return for 2,000 years. Luke gives hope that he might return in the Age of Aquarius.
I’ve used Matthew as the primary Gospel because it is the most complete. The other two synoptic gospels, Mark and Luke, are variations of Matthew. The Book of John has a twist that deserves separate treatment.
CAPRICORN, THE SEA GOAT, DECEMBER 22-JANUARY 19
The sun’s position starts at lowest point in horizon and ascends upward as the days get longer. Goats are known to habitat rocky mountains which stand higher than the sun on the horizon at this time of the year. Rocks symbolize barrenness and goats can be associated with dark places like mangers, where they are kept. This is a time of darkness when evil forces are in control.
The goat half of Capricorn has a symbolic reference to the scapegoat used to carry away the sins of the people of the wilderness (Lev. 16:8, 10). The fish half alludes to water, chaos and birth as in Genesis 1:2.
Matt. 1:18-2:23 tells us when Jesus was born; Herod tried to have him killed.
Luke 2:12 refers to Capricorn when he tells us the baby was born in a manger. Mangers can be seen as dark places where there is no lighting.
The sun is not born until December 25 when days start to grow noticeably longer.
It’s a new sun in its virgin stage. This is similar to the term, new moon, which survived from the days of ancient moon worshipers.
Since the entire sky can be seen as God’s universe, the sun of God is referred to as the son of God.
The three magi in (Matt. 2:1) symbolize the three stars forming a waist belt in the winter constellation of Orion.
The star of Bethlehem (Matt. 2:2) is symbolized by the brightest star in the winter sky, Sirius, in the constellation, Canis Major. To Egyptian astronomers, Sirius’ rising marked the beginning of their new year.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The three stars in Orion’s belt are aligned along a southeast direction, pointing towards Sirius. Since stars, like the sun, always rise from the east, it would appear as three stars were following one bright star. Or as the star of Bethlehem guiding the magi.
Ahead of them, went the star that they had seen at its rising (Matt. 2:10).
If the magi were on land, they couldn’t come from the east and follow a star from the east. But if both are in the sky, it makes sense.
The constellations would appear to stop when they are directly overhead. The magi entered the “house” [of Capricorn] (Matt. 2:10).
In the first twelfth of the cycle, he was a child prodigy at twelve years old (Luke 2:42-47). Jesus tells his parents, Did you not know that I must be in my Father’s house? (Luke 2:49). In other words, he must enter each house of the zodiac.
As constellations, the magi could not return to Herod. They had to continue west.
Capricorn covers Matt. 1:18-2:23
AQUARIUS, THE WATER BEARER, JANUARY 20-FEBRUARY 18
Water and light is the essence of all life (Gen 1:2-3). The sun needs water to bring new life into the world.
30 degrees on the Zodiac.
30Jesus is 30 years old when he begins his mission. (Luke 3:23).
Jesus is baptized by John the Baptist (Matt. 3:13-17). John can be seen in the constellation Aquarius. See John the Baptist’s Stars.
Jesus temptation in the wilderness Matt. 4:1-11. The sun is too weak to overpower Satan, but it hasn’t reversed into darkness.
Aquarius covers Matt. 3:1-4:11
PISCES THE FISHES, FEBRUARY 19-MARCH 20
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The sun needs food to sustain it on its journey. There are no grains or meat at this time.
The sun is rising on the horizon, but there is still more darkness. Jesus collects his disciples. The first are fishermen. Matt. 4:18-22 Pisces covers Matt. 4:12-4:22
ARIES, THE RAM/LAMB, MARCH 21-APRIL 19
Starts with the spring or vernal equinox, when days and nights are equal. This is when the sun’s strength starts to become apparent.
Time of year when lambs are born. The flock begins to increase.
Sermon on mount (Matt. 5:1-7:29). His spiritual guidebook.
Jesus attracts followers by performing miracles (Matt. 8:1-9:38).
He’s gathered as many followers as he could by himself.
37Then he said to his disciples, “The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few;
38pray therefore the Lord of the harvest to send out laborers into his harvest.” Matt. 9:37-38).
Aries covers Matt. 4:23-9:38.
TAURUS, THE BULL, APRIL 20-MAY 20
Bulls are needed for plowing and tilling the fields. The bulls are his disciples.
Sermon on Mission (Matt. 10:1-42). Jesus tells his disciples what they need to do to add followers.
The disciples go out to their cities to preach the message (Matt. 11:1). John the Baptist is a bull of a different breed (Matt.11:2-19).
Jesus reproaches unrepentant towns (Matt.11:20-24).
There is still much work to be done. It’s time to take the yoke off and rest.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

28Come to me, all who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.
29Take my yoke upon you, and learn from me; for I am gentle and lowly in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.
30For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” (Matt.11:28-30). Taurus covers Matt. 10:1-11:30.
GEMINI, THE TWINS, MAY 21-JUNE 21
A time of increasing or doubling as the sun reaches its zenith. It ends on the Summer solstice when days are the longest and nights the shortest. The sun is at the peak of its strength.
Season noted in Matt.12:1 when Jesus and his disciples go through grain fields plucking heads of grain to eat.
Shows strength in Lord of the Sabbath parable in Matt.12:1-8. 8For the Son of Man is the lord of the sabbath.
Shows unbeatable power over demons. Cures man with withered hand at Matt. 12:9-14. Cures a man who is blind and mute (Matt. 12:22).
At its zenith, the sun straddles over its descent into darkness. The Pharisees are made to call him the prince of demons.
24But when the Pharisees heard it they said, “It is only by Beelzebul, the prince of demons, that this man casts out demons.” (Matt. 12:24)
Gemini covers Matt. 12:1-24
CANCER, THE CRAB, JUNE 22-JULY 22
The sun has crossed a major divide; darkness starts to increase. Crabs walk in a zigzag path, sideways and backwards at the same time in a kind of a backsliding movement. This is a time for assessment and division.
In a parable, Matt. 12:25-37, Jesus talks of division:
And of assessment: for by your words you will be justified, and by your words you will be condemned.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

In “The Sign of Jonah” parable, Matt. 12:28-45. The people of Nineveh listened to Jonah and were saved because they repented. But those who did not listen will not be saved.
Jesus has to depart from his family because he can’t take them with him, Matt. 12:46-50
Covers Matt. 12:25-50
LEO, THE LION, JULY 23-AUGUST 22
This is a time of strength when the sun goes to the end of the growing season to the time of harvest. At the end of the growing season, food is plentiful, and seeds have to be stored for the next season.
In a sermon on establishing God’s kingdom, Matt. 13:1-23, Jesus talks of it as a place where the harvest will be stored.
The season is noted by the “Weeds Among the Wheat” parable, Matt. 13:24-30.
30Let both grow together until the harvest; and at harvest time I will tell the reapers, Gather the weeds first and bind them in bundles to be burned, but gather the wheat into my barn.
In the “Parable of the Mustard Seed”, Matt. 13:31-33.
33The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed that someone took and sowed in his field.
40Just as the weeds are collected and burned up with fire, so will it be at the end of the age.
Covers Matt. 13:1-53.
VIRGO, THE VIRGIN, AUGUST 22-SEPTEMBER 21
Virgo is depicted as a woman with grain stalks in her hand. This is when the harvest is turned into food. As the sun descends below its peak, this is also a time when troubles start to emerge.
The people in his home town of Nazareth were suspicious of his wisdom and power (Matt. 13:54-58).
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

57Prophets are not without honor except in their own country and in their own house.
John the Baptist’s life ends with his head being cut off. When Jesus crosses the equinox (Matt. 14:1-12), the head of Aquarius rises without its body.
Jesus feeds five thousand with five loaves and two fish. (Matt. 14:13-21). Virgo was known as the house of bread and the two fish represent Pisces. In the zodiac wheel below, Virgo and Pisces are separated by five houses.
Jesus walks on water (Matt. 14:22-33). With the harvesting complete, the water has completed its life giving miracle. This is the first time his ghost appears. See Jesus’ Ghost.
In the “Tradition of the Elders” parable, Jesus explains his reason for not washing before eating (Matt. 15:1-19).
Feeds four thousand with seven loaves and a few fish. (Matt. 15:32-39) In the zodiac wheel below, there are five houses between Virgo and Pisces, and two more when we count Virgo and Pisces.
In the “Sign of Jonah” parable: The sky is threatening. There will be no sign except the sign of Jonah (Matt. 16:4). The sign won’t appear until the sun stays at its lowest time of descent for three days as Jonah was three days in the fish’s belly.
Virgo covers Matt. 13:54-16:4
LIBRA, THE BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 23-OCTOBER 23
The balance symbolizes the fall equinox when days and nights are equal. It is a time for settling debts by weighing the good against the bad.
They have left the House of Bread in Virgo. There is no bread. Watch out for the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees. (Matt. 16:5-12)
In Peter’s “Confession about Jesus” (Matt. 16:13-28), Jesus talks about settling debts:
27For the Son of man is to come with his angels in the glory of his Father, and then he will repay every man for what he has done.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

When Peter and Jesus talk about the temple tax, Jesus asks:
25What do you think, Simon? From whom do kings of the earth take toll or tribute? From their sons or from others?”
26When Peter said, “From others, Jesus said to him, “Then the children are free.” (Matt. 17:24-27)
In the “Sermon on Life in the Kingdom of God”, Matt. 18:1-35, Jesus talks about the price of getting into the kingdom of heaven.
23″Therefore the kingdom of heaven may be compared to a king who wished to settle accounts with his servants.
When it comes to settling debts, money issues can’t be left out. In the parable of “The Rich Young Man”, Matt. 19:16-30, Jesus tells the man:
21″If you would be perfect, go, sell what you possess and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me.”
The “Workers in the Vineyard” parable, Matt. 20:1-16, is another parable about wages and compensation.
Jesus heads towards Jerusalem starting with Matt. 20:17 and enters the city at v10. He knew he would meet his demise (Matt. 20:18-19).
Jesus drives the moneychangers out of the temple, Matt. 21:12-17.
It’s in the fall when figs have no fruit. Jesus’ curses a fig tree for not bearing fruit, Matt. 21:18-22.
In the “Parable of the Tenants”, Matt. 21:33-46, Jesus’ parables are getting more violent. For example:
39And they took him and cast him out of the vineyard, and killed him. More talk of violence in the “Parable of the Wedding Feast”, Matt. 22:1-14.
7The king was angry, and he sent his troops and destroyed those murderers and burned their city.
Jesus denounces the scribes and the Pharisees, Matt. 23:1-39. He is angry.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

33You serpents, you brood of vipers, how are you to escape being sentenced to hell?
In the Sermon on Mt. Olive, Matt. 24, 25, Jesus talks about tribulation.
7For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, and there will be famines and earthquakes in various places:
8all this is but the beginning of the birth-pangs.
Libra covers Matt. 16:5-25:46.
SCORPIO, THE SCORPION, OCTOBER 24-NOVEMBER 21
The sun is getting weaker and the air is cold, remindful of a scorpion’s sting. Scorpions are seen as crawling creatures who frequent cracks, holes and other secluded spots, so they are associated with acts of secrecy and evil. This is a time of argument and conflict.
Judas plots to betray Jesus, Matt. 26:14-16. When the sun crosses the equinox, it is allegorized as being arrested or betrayed by the dark forces.
The time of the year is marked by the name, Gethsemane (Matt. 26:36), which means oil press or olive press. Olives used for oil are harvested late winter when the fruit is at its ripest.
At Gethsemane (Matt. 26:36-46), Jesus talks about his death
38″I am deeply grieved, even to death; remain here, and stay awake with me.”
Jesus is betrayed by Judas and arrested, Matt. 26:47-56.
Judas kisses Jesus when Scorpio kisses the sun as it passes through.
48Now the betrayer had given them a sign, saying, “The one I shall kiss is the man; seize him.” (Matt. 26:48)
Ends with Jesus’ arrest, Matt. 26:55-56. Scorpio covers Matt. 26:1-26:56.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

SAGITTARIUS, THE ARCHER, NOVEMBER 22-DECEMBER 21
At the Winter solstice on December 21, the sun enters the lowest point on the horizon. The next three days are the darkest days of the year. The scorpion’s stings turn into the archer’s arrows. The weakened sun is going to die a violent death on the solstice.
He’s put on trial by the Jewish high council, Matt. 26:57-67. Trial again before the Roman governor, Pilate, Matt. 27:11-26.
Crucified in Matt. 27:32-56. His pierced body is symbolized by the archer’s arrows.
Sagittarius covers Matt. 26:57-28:20 DECEMBER 22-25
The three days following December 21 remain perceptibly the darkest days of the year. Jesus dies and remains unseen for three days.
The first day when daylight gets noticeably longer. The sun is seen to come back to life. Three days have passed and Jesus is seen again (Matt. 28).
His Resurrection starts in the spring during the solar equinox. In biblespeak, the sun has conquered darkness.
THE AGE OF PISCES 6 BCE TO 2012 CE
Before the sun entered Pisces Jesus was the Lamb of God in Aries. See When Was Jesus Born.
29The next day he saw Jesus coming toward him, and said, “Behold, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world! (John 1:29)
After his resurrection, he entered Pisces the fish. 42They gave him a piece of broiled fish,
43and he took it and ate before them. (Luke 24:42-43).
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The Age of Pisces ends approximately in 2012 CE. This is when Jesus’ time ends.
20″I am with you always to the end of the age.” (Matt. 28:20).
O THER
Jesus is referred to as carpenter in Mark 6:3. Carpenters build houses.
The number seventy is rounded off from the zodiacal seventy-two. 72 * 360 = 2590, the number of years in a Zodiac Great Year.
1After this the Lord appointed seventy others, and sent them on ahead of him, two by two, into every town and place where he himself was about to come. (Luke 10:1).
Room and house are synonymous with house of the Zodiac. The man carrying a jar of water describes Aquarius. Aquarius is a large constellation which Luke describes as a large upper room.
10He said to them, “Behold, when you have entered the city, a man carrying a jar of water will meet you; follow him into the house which he enters,
11and tell the householder, ‘The Teacher says to you, Where is the guest room, where I am to eat the Passover with my disciples?’
12And he will show you a large upper room furnished; there make ready.” (Luke 22:10-12).
The place of their last supper symbolizes the Age of Aquarius, the time of his return.
15And he said to them, “I have earnestly desired to eat this passover with you before I suffer;
16for I tell you I shall not eat it until it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God.” (Luke 22:15-16)
2In my Father’s house are many rooms. (John 14:2)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The two heavy lines form the cross of the Zodiac on which the sun dies. The Christian cross represents the length of days at each cardinal point: The short leg represents the winter solstice, the long leg the summer solstice and the two equal legs represent the spring and fall solstices. Thus, the sun dies on the cross.
At sunrise and sunset the sun’s rays have to pass through a much greater thickness of atmosphere. As a result, nearly all the blue light is scattered out by the particles in the air. This is what causes red sunrises and sunsets. As the season approaches the winter solstice, the sun sinks lower towards its lowest position on December 22. At lower angles the sun has more atmosphere to punch through, so red sunrises and sunsets appear with increasing frequency.
Ancients saw these natural events as their sun god weakening as it was falling and bleeding.
“This is my blood of the covenant, which is poured out for many. (Mark 14:24)
In the photograph below, the reflection of the suns rays was allegorized as Jesus walking on water. See Jesus’ Ghost
I am the light of the world.
12.”I am the light of the world; he who follows me will not walk in darkness, but will have the light of life.” (John 8:12)
5As long as I am in the world, I am the light of the world.” (John 9:5)
Jesus crown of thorns symbolizes the sun’s corona. Pictures of a halo around his head have the same significance.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

17And they clothed him in a purple cloak, and plaiting a crown of thorns they put it on him. (Mark 15:17)
PAGAN PARALLELS
The breakdown of the Gospels into twelve zodiacal motifs is not a coincidence. It was the way myths were written in biblical days. To make my point, there is a popular myth called “The Twelve Labors of Hercules”. It serves to show how these ancient stories were patterned after the astrological patterns of the stars. Watch how the sun, personified as Hercules, goes through each of his twelve labors.
1. In Leo, Hercules first labor was to slay the Nermean lion. After killing the lion, the hero flayed the beast and used its skin as a shield. The leonine skin may be compared to the brownish clouds trailed by the sun in fighting its way through the atmospheric vapors, which are eventually conquered. The constellation, Orion, is often depicted with Orion holding up an animal skin as a shield.
2. When the sun entered Virgo, the constellation of Hydra was setting, and, thus, the second labor of Hercules was to kill the Lernean Hydra. The monster had several head, one being immortal, and as he raised them to attack Hercules, the hero burned off the mortal heads and buried the immortal one under a stone. The heads are allegorized as the clouds being burned up by the suns rays.
3. When the sun enters Libra, the constellation of the Centaur rose above the horizon, so Hercules in hit third labor was entertained by a centaur and soon afterwards he slew a group of centaurs in a fight over a cask of wine. In Libra, there is a star group called the Boar appearing in the evening sky. So after killing the centaurs, Hercules met the Erymanthian boar and engaged him in mortal combat.
4. As the sun moved into Scorpio, Cassiopeia, more anciently known as the Stag, Rose into view, and the fourth labor was the capture of a stag with golden horns and brazen feet.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

5. As the sun passed into Sagittarius, three constellations named after birds followed, and these were the Vulture, the Swan and the Eagle. In his fifth labor, Hercules killed the three birds with arrows.
6. The constellation of Capricorn was also called the Stable of Augeas, and the sixth labor was the cleaning out of the Augean Stable. This is why, when Jesus was born in Capricorn, he is depicted as being born in a manger.
7. While the sun was in Aquarius, the Lyre, or celestial Vulture, proceeded to set. Prometheus at the time was also setting, while the Bull of Europa was on the meridian. In his seventh labor, Hercules slew the vulture which had preyed on the live of Prometheus and captured a wild bull engaged in laying waste the island of Crete.
8. While the sun was going through Pisces, Pegasus the celestial horse, rose in the east, so for his eighth labor, Hercules escaped with the horses of Diomede.
9. As the sun enters Aries (the Ram of the Golden Fleece), the ship Argo was rising in the evening sky and Andromeda was setting. On of the stars of Andromeda was called her girdle. In his ninth labor, Hercules sailed in the ship Argo in search of the Golden Fleece; he also fought the Amazons and captured the girdle of Hippolyte, their queen, and then rescued Hesione from a sea monster. The constellation Argo, by the way, makes its appearance in the Bible as Noah’s ark.
10. As the sun passed into the Bull, the Pleiades rose and Orion set, and for his tenth labor, Hercules labor was to restore the seven kidnapped Pleiades sisters to their father after killing their abductor, King Busiris (Orion). Then our hero traveled to Spain and appropriated the oxen of Geryon.
11. When the sun entered Gemini, Sirius (the Dog Star) was rising, and for his eleventh labor Hercules overcame Cerberus, the guardian dog of Hades. In the Bible, Sirius is recognized as the star of Bethlehem; it is the brightest star next to the sun. Orion has three stars at its belt that point that follow Sirius as the three wise men.
12. As the sun entered the constellation Cancer, the River and the Centaur were setting in the western sky. The constellation Hercules also descended toward
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the west followed by Draco (the Dragon of the North Pole) a guardian of the Golden Apples of the Hesperides. In the star atlases Hercules had been pictured as crushing the head of the dragon with one of his feet. Genesis 3:15 doesn’t makes sense until you see Hercules’ foot on top of the serpent’s head.
15I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; he shall bruise your head, and you shall bruise his heel.” (Gen. 3:15)
In the twelfth and final labor, Hercules journeys to the Hesperides in quest of the Golden Apples of that region. Afterwards he donned a robe, which was soaked in the blood of a centaur slain by him at the rive crossing. The robe mysteriously caught fire, and Hercules perished in the flames.
This death ended his mortal career, but later on he resumed his youth in Heaven, and there became immortal. His death scene can be compared to the description of a beautiful sunset.
Final thought
It would be more accurate to think of Jesus as the sun of God rather than the son of God.
Related reports
Paul’s Mystery Evidence of Jesus’ non-historicity comes from Paul who declares he was the first to recognize Jesus through revelation and Scripture.
When Was Jesus Born
The Three Wise Men and the Star of Bethlehem Son of Man
TEXT: The following contains graphic language. Viewer discretion is advised.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
GARY TUCHMAN, CNN HOST (voice-over): 2008. A trip that made history. The new pope’s first visit to the United States. His first chance to directly address American Catholics about the sex abuse scandal enveloping their church.
POPE BENDICT XVI: No words of mine could describe the pain and harm inflicted by such abuse.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): For the first time ever, a pope met directly with victims of abuse.
JOHN ALLEN, CNN SENIOR VATICAN ANALYST: He became the first pope to apologize for the sex abuse crisis in his own voice. He became the first pope to issue an entire document devoted to the sex abuse crisis. And on and on.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): But behind the public apologies and historic meetings is a darker, more complicated story.
TEXT: What the Pope Knew.
ALLEN: I think the frustratingly complex answer is that Pope Benedict XVI is both part of the problem and part of the solution on the sex abuse issue.
DAVID GIBSON, POLITICSDAILY.COM: Joseph Ratzinger was not and is not the villain of the sexual abuse crisis in the Catholic Church in no way, shape, or form. And yet, he’s not the hero, either. He was part of a culture.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

THUCHMAN (voice-over): David Gibson is a religion reporter and biographer of the Pope.
GIBSON: The power, the authority, under church’s — the church’s canon law was always in his hands to do something. But he always took the slower route, he always took the stalling tactic. That’s something I think people still want him to answer for. Why? Why didn’t he do more?
TUCHMAN (on camera): For decades, before he became pope, Joseph Ratzinger was a high-ranking Vatican official who, more than anyone beside Pope John Paul, could have taken decisive action to stem the sexual abuse crisis. But critics say and documents show that Pope Benedict’s history of dealing with sexual abuse was very troubling. Part of a culture of foot-dragging and, perhaps, obstruction.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): That history begins in Germany in the small town of Grafing. In 1986, the parish priest, Peter Hullermann, was convicted of sexually abusing children. But as shocking as the abuse itself was this — Hullermann had molested children before, and church officials knew it.
WILFRIED FESSELMANN, ABUSE VICTIM (through translator): I was an altar boy in the church that it happened in. And I went to mass two to three times a week.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): At this church in Essen, Germany, Wilfried Fesselmann says Hullermann abused him seven years before he was arrested in Grafing. Fesselmann was just 11 years old.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

FESSELMANN (through translator): He gave me something to drink, and I had to drink it, and noticed that I started feeling weird. Then, he took off his clothes, told me to take off mine. And then we touched each other, and I had to perform oral sex.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Hullermann was transferred to Munich for therapy. His psychiatrist warned the church he should never be allowed to work with children again. But a few weeks after the transfer, Hullermann was placed in a new, unsuspecting parish.
Who oversaw the transfer of a known child molester to the new church? The man known today as Pope Benedict, then known as Cardinal Ratzinger, the Archbishop of Munich.
FESSELMANN (through translator): Munich should have suspended him in 1980. Mr. Ratzinger or whoever should have made sure he was no longer involved in the church. Should have cut him off. This would have saved a lot of victims from him.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): The Vatican admits Cardinal Ratzinger approved Hullermann’s transfer into his diocese in Munich, but says it was Ratzinger’s deputy who placed the pedophile priest in a new parish. A decision the Vatican says Ratzinger was unaware of.
MONSIGNOR CHARLES SCICLUNA, PROMOTER OF JUSTICE, VATICAN: Effective changes.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN (voice-over): Monsignor Charles Scicluna, the Vatican’s prosecutor, worked with the pope for years on sex abuse cases. When he sat down with me at the Vatican, it was his first ever television interview on the pope’s record.
SCICLUNA: Now, we’re talking about a big, huge diocese with a minimum of 1,000 priests. The Archbishop of Munich and Freising needs a delegate, and he would then delegate his decisions and the follow-up to other people.
TUCHMAN (on camera): That’s totally understandable. But of those 1,000, I would bet you there are not that many sexual molesters. And it’s probably pretty easy –
SCICLUNA: Let’s hope not.
TUCHMAN: That’s right. And it’s probably pretty easy to keep track of sexual molesters. And my question for you is, maybe it’s possible that, could Cardinal Ratzinger have done a better job keeping track of the sexual molesters?
SCICLUNA: Knowing Cardinal Ratzinger, when he delegates something, then you feel that you are responsible. Now, it is very sad, it is very sad, once you delegate things to people and they put you down? What do you do? You are frustrated.
GIBSON: If Cardinal Ratzinger in Munich did not know about Father Peter Hullermann, he should have. That’s one of the things that an archbishop does. You always know where your priests are. He wasn’t minding the store.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN (voice-over): Hullermann was finally exposed in 2006. Not by the church, but by Wilfried Fesselmann, after undergoing therapy.
FESSELMANN (through translator): I googled him and immediately found his name and saw that he was working with kids again. I was totally shocked and astonished how this could happen.
TUCHMAN (voice-over) The Vatican says when Ratzinger moved on from his post in Munich, he also left the Hullermann problem behind.
SCICLUNA: It is only appropriate that once you have a successor in place, the responsibility is his.
GIBSON: Where was Benedict all these years when this priest was abusing other kids? Why didn’t he say something? As the sexual abuse scandal exploded into the 80s and into the 90s, didn’t he ever check back and sort of say, “You know, that guy, Father Peter Hullermann, maybe you should check and see where he’s at.”
TUCHMAN (voice-over): The pope himself has never addressed the issue.
GIBSON: How many other abusive priests may have come under his jurisdiction while he was in Munich as archbishop? We don’t know.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): After five years as Archbishop of Munich, Ratzinger was tapped for a major promotion to a position at the Vatican, where he would become directly involved with some of the most notorious sex abuse cases in the United States.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TEXT: What the Pope Knew.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
TEXT: What the Pope Knew. TUCHMAN (voice-over): At a lakeside retreat in northern Wisconsin.
TERRY KOHUT, ABUSE VICTIM: Come.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Terry Kohut tries to escape his past. It isn’t easy. Fifty years ago, when he was just 10 years old, Terry, who is deaf, was sent to the St. Johns School in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. What happened there to Terry and up to 200 other deaf boys is now central to the sex abuse crisis in the Catholic Church. And to the question of what Pope Benedict, then Cardinal Ratzinger, knew about it all.
Terry Kohut has never spoken publicly about the horrors he endured at St. Johns. Until now.
TUCHMAN (on camera): What did he do to you?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

KOHUT (through translator): And then it was that afternoon, I went into his office. The door was closed. And Father Murphy said, “Take your pants down.”
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Father Lawrence Murphy was the headmaster and priest at St. John’s for more than two decades. He was a charismatic fund-raiser and respected church leader. But Father Murphy has also been identified by dozens of deaf men who say he raped and sexually abused them as children for years.
KOHUT (through translator): And Father Murphy told me to go to bed. And so, I went to bed with my pants around my ankles still. And went to bed. Lied down in bed. And then, he touched me.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Father Murphy’s abuse would come to the direct attention of Cardinal Ratzinger, but his handling of the case would stun Murphy’s victims.
GIBSON: I think what the Murphy case shows is the deference that Cardinal Ratzinger and Pope Benedict would always give to the priest.
JEFF ANDERSON, ATTORNEY: What actually happens in court –
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Today, Terry Kohut is suing the Vatican for what Father Murphy did to him at St. John’s. His lawsuit is the first to ever specifically name Joseph Ratzinger, now Pope Benedict. Until now, Terry Kohut has been anonymous, named only as John Doe 16. In this exclusive interview with CNN, he is going public.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

KOHUT (through translator): Yes, I was confused as to why it was happening. I mean, he was a priest. You know, I was trying to figure out what — I mean, I can’t believe a priest would do that.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): From 1950 to 1974, Father Murphy abused as many as 200 deaf boys, according to court documents.
TUCHMAN (on camera): This was the St. John’s School for the Deaf. It’s now a different school. But for many people who were voiceless and vulnerable children, it remains a frightening place, because it’s the place where they were molested and sometimes raped by Father Lawrence Murphy.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): The priest is believed to have picked out victims who were especially vulnerable, or had been through tragedy already in their young lives. Terry Kohut fit that pattern.
KOHUT (through translator): My brother was electrocuted. Died when I was 10. And when I was 11, my Father hung himself. And at 12 my favorite dog died, and it tore me up. I saw Father Murphy, and I thought that he could be a second father. But, to my shock, he took advantage of that.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Carl Nelson and Steven Geier were at St. John’s with Terry Kohut. They say they were also molested by Father Murphy.
STEVEN GEIER, ABUSE VICTIM (through translator): It wasn’t easy living in the dorm. There were no parents, no police. We were stuck. It was like prison. You can’t get out.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN (voice-over): Carl Nelson had been a Lutheran, but Father Murphy helped him convert to Catholicism, and then began visiting him at night in bed.
CARL NELSON, ABUSE VICTIM (through translator): I was just a small kid. And he was such a big, strong man. What could I do?
TUCHMAN (voice-over): On numerous occasions, the boys tried to tell people about what was going on. Family members, other priests. No one believed them. Carl Nelson said one group of boys actually went to the Milwaukee police begging for help, but the police took them back to Father Murphy.
NELSON (through translator): We talked to the police. We told them our story. But they believed him. They believed Father Murphy, not us.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): The boys from the school even put out their own fliers. After years of allegations and threats of lawsuits, local bishops finally moved Father Murphy in 1974 to remote northern Wisconsin. There, more reports of abuse surfaced.
TUCHMAN (on camera): Tell me why, Terry, you’ve decided to file suit. What do you want to see happen?
KOHUT (through translator): I want the see the Vatican — because I’ve been waiting for all these years for them to excommunicate, defrock Father Murphy, but they haven’t.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): In 1995, Terry Kohut began writing letters about what happened to him.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN (on camera): You wrote an amazing letter to Father Murphy in 1995. I want to read part of it.
“Jesus on the cross on the wall saw you come in every night to molest us. He must have been shocked and grieved every time. I hope he cried like we did, because we were innocent children.” TUCHMAN (voice-over): Terry Kohut sent copies of his letter to the Vatican, to the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith. The head of that office was Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger, now the pope.
Coming up, see what the pope knew, and what he did about Father Murphy. TEXT: What the Pope Knew.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE) TEXT: What the Pope Knew.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): In the mid 1990s, allegations of rape and sex abuse by Father Lawrence Murphy at St. John’s school in Milwaukee came to the attention of the Vatican. The trail of documents unearthed in the Murphy case
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

goes right to the top of the Vatican, including Pope Benedict, then Cardinal Ratzinger.
ANDERSON: As long as this work needs to be done, I feel blessed to have the chance to do it.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Minnesota attorney Jeff Anderson is the lead lawyer in Terry Kohut’s lawsuit against the Vatican and against Pope Benedict. Anderson has filed hundreds of lawsuits for sexual abuse victims of priests and has obtained a massive trove of internal Vatican documents to build his case against the pope.
TUCHMAN (on camera): Do you think Cardinal Ratzinger knew about the case of Father Murphy?
ANDERSON: Well, we know the letters went to his secretary, Bertone, and we know, thus, that Ratzinger was directly involved. Not just because it was addressed to him, but because it was handled by his secretary and in his department under his authority and control.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Sex abuse cases were not then Joseph Ratzinger’s primary responsibility as head of the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, or CDF. But a handful of cases, like the Murphy case, did come to his direct attention. These are the cases that give us the clearest look at what the pope knew.
It is through rarely-seen internal Vatican documents obtained by CNN that the true story is revealed. On July 17, 1996, the Archbishop of Milwaukee, Reverend Rembert Weakland, wrote to Cardinal Ratzinger, describing Father Murphy’s Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

abuse and his use of the confessional to solicit sinful actions. Reverend Weakland asked Cardinal Ratzinger how to proceed.
It would take eight months and two more letters to the Vatican before he heard back. Cardinal Ratzinger’s secretary, Archbishop Tarcisio Bertone, wrote back to Weakland, telling him to proceed with a secret church trial.
Then, Father Murphy himself wrote a personal letter to Cardinal Ratzinger saying he was 72 years old and sick. He wrote, “I have repented of any of my past transgressions, and I simply want to live out the time that I have left in the dignity of my priesthood.”
After Father Murphy’s personal letter to Cardinal Ratzinger, something seemed to change. The letters from Rome struck a different chord, seemingly sympathetic to the molesting priest. Cardinal Ratzinger’s secretary wrote to Archbishop Weakland asking him to give careful consideration to pastoral measures, counseling and supervision, instead of a trial. Weakland disagreed.
In May of 1998, he flew from Wisconsin to Rome to meet with Cardinal Ratzinger’s team. Notes from the archdiocese’s log of that meeting state, “It became clear that the Congregation was not encouraging us to proceed with any formal dismissal.”
Finally, on August 19, 1998, Archbishop Weakland agreed with the CDF’s suggestion to put together a pastoral plan, and he stopped the trial. That meant Father Murphy would remain a priest for the rest of his life.
TUCHMAN (on camera): On August 21, 1998, Father Murphy died. Despite what he did with the deaf children, despite the lives he ruined, he was never
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

defrocked. He was buried right here, with the full dignity and honors of a Holy Roman Catholic Priest in good standing.
SCICLUNA: And I got to travel, which I enjoyed very much.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): The Vatican’s prosecutor, Monsignor Charles Scicluna, says he understand the frustration and anger in the Murphy case.
TUCHMAN (on camera): Should Father Murphy have been allowed to die a priest?
SCICLUNA: If the case would have been decided today, with the knowledge we have, the judgment may have been different. But we’re talking about human judgment here. And so –
TUCHMAN: Was it faulty human judgment by the cardinal, though?
SCICLUNA: I wouldn’t say faulty, because it is a judgment that took care of reparation, of scandal in the sense that it expected a public admission of guilt. And it also ensured that Father Murphy be kept in a ministry which did not constitute a risk.
TUCHMAN: Wasn’t that a mistake back then? Is that something that would happen today?
SCICLUNA: No, I wouldn’t call it a mistake. I would call it a different take on a very difficult case.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN (voice-over): But Terry Kohut’s attorney sees it much differently. ANDERSON: That process is all designed to do one thing. That is to avoid scandal.
TUCHMAN (on camera): What would you say to the pope if he was sitting across from you?
KOHUT (through translator): I would tell him why. I would ask him why. “Why didn’t you stop — why did you stop that trial? Why did you give pity to Father Murphy? What about me, what about the 200 other boys?”
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Coming up, another case of a pedophile priest, with Cardinal Ratzinger’s signature.
TEXT: What the Pope Knew.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
DON LEMON, CNN ANCHOR: Hello, everyone. I’m Don Lemon, live in the CNN World Headquarters in Atlanta. Time for your top stories.
(NEWSBREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
GARY TUCHMAN, CNN CORRESPONDENT (voice-over): This is Stephen Kiesle.
STEPHEN KIESLE, CONVICTED PEDOPHILE: With these younger girls, sometimes I didn’t differentiate them from boys.
TUCHMAN: A twice convicted pedophile. KIESLE: That was a problem.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: You may have touched the younger girls in the breast area.
KIESLE: Yes.
TUCHMAN: For nearly a decade after his first after for abusing children, he remained an ordained Catholic priest.
KATHIE THOMPSON, ABUSE VICTIM: He wore tennis shoes, but he had on the shirt with the full collar and full beard and kind of straggly hair and he’s just, you know, come across this field, (INAUDIBLE) priest.
TUCHMAN (on camera): It was early 1970s here in St. Joseph church and school, at town of Pinole, California, where Kiesle was so popular with the kids, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

he was called the pied piper, shattered the innocence of many of those children. Children like Kathie Thompson who says she was shake in fear when Kiesle would close in on her.
THOMPSON: He liked to kiss on the lips and with his tongue. He liked to put his hand up your skirt. And for some people he tickled, for me he pinched.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): He pleaded no contest in 1978 to molesting boys here at Our Lady of the Rosary near Oakland, and was sentenced to three years probation. He took a leave of absence from the church, attended counseling and asked the church permission to leave the priesthood.
(on camera): It seemed to be an open and shut case for defrocking, a priest already convicted of pedophilia in a well publicized trial wanted to be immediately released from his priestly duties. But the Vatican did not get rid of the molester, until six years later.
The tortured process is documented in a revealing series of letters between Kiesle’s bishop, John Cummins, and the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, or CDF, in Rome. In June of 1981, Cummins requested Kiesle be defrocked because of his taking sexual liberties with boys ages 11 to 13. November 1981, the CDF requests more information. A week later, Cardinal Ratzinger takes over the CDF.
February 1982, Cummins warns Ratzinger of a scandal. March 1982, the CDF responds, nothing to report. December 1982, Cummins writes again. October 1992, the CDF, again nothing to report.
Father Thomas Doyle, a former church insider, is now a victims’ advocate.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

FATHER THOMAS DOYLE, PLAINTIFF’S CONSULTANT: This seemed to be a key, crucial burning issue for Bishop Cummins at the time — the fact that he continued to send letters over, and that isn’t to say how many phone calls did he — did he make.
TUCHMAN: Throughout the entire process, Kiesle remained a priest, but was forbidden to work in a parish, a move that may have protected children, but did not reduce the bishop’s zeal to formally remove Kiesle from the church. Finally, after four years of delay, a response from Ratzinger, his decision: to delay even more. Ratzinger’s letter suggested “very careful consideration which necessitates a longer period of time.”
And while he acknowledged the “grave significance” of the case, Ratzinger said it was also necessary to “consider the good of the universal church.”
THOMPSON: I’m devastated by him. I can’t believe that he would let that go and think for the better of the church, let’s not do this. What about the better of the kids? He’s just as guilty as Kiesle, just as guilty.
TUCHMAN: Kiesle would remain a priest for another year and a half, before Ratzinger would allow him to leave the priesthood.
Why did it take so long? The Vatican says Ratzinger’s hands were tied because of a blanket order from Pope John Paul II that no priest under 40 could be defrocked. Kiesle was 38.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

DOYLE: He was not old enough to satisfy the Pope’s policy at that time. And so, they saw that as more important than the urgency of the situation, which was getting rid of, or at least defrocking a known serial sexual abuser.
TUCHMAN (on camera): Interesting how people, the victims and our viewers, could think, this is just like thinking from people who are totally out of touch.
MONSIGNOR CHARLES SCICLUNA, PROMOTER OF JUSTICE, VATICAN: We’re not en masse. We’re not en masse.
TUCHMAN: But that’s what it sounds like. SCICLUNA: Yes, I understand. But
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Monsignor Scicluna says Kiesle could have been defrocked through a church trial, a process that would have taken years.
SCICLUNA: There was a system — there was a procedure whereby a person could be reduced to the lay status (ph) or layasized. And it was a penal trial.
So, the procedure was there, it was the choice of the bishop on the local level. Now, bishops, I understand, want a quick way out and I understand that time is of the essence in these things.
Today, we have a system whereby these requests are sent to Holy Father irrespective of the age of the priest requesting. So, we have gone forward and I’m very grateful for that.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN: Kiesle was layasized, a Vatican’s term for defrocking on February 13th, 1987, the day before his 40th birthday. Today, Kiesle is a registered sex offender. He’s career as a pedophile did not end in the church. He molested a girl in 1995, and he’s now out of prison after being sentenced to six years.
I found him in the parking garage of his condominium complex in northern California where he lives with his wife. I wanted to ask him about his past.
(on camera): Sir, how do you feel that the Vatican did not give you approval to leave the priesthood?
(voice-over): “It was all a long time ago,” he told me. But it seems like just yesterday for Kathie Thompson.
TUCHMAN (on camera): What would you say to him? THOMPSON: Rot in hell and why don’t you go there now?
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Coming up: while Cardinal Ratzinger left abusive priests in the church, you might be surprised at the kind of priest he did target.
FATHER THOMAS J. REESE, S.J., CATHOLIC CHURCH: The body of Christ. The body of Christ. (END VIDEOTAPE)
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
REESE: This is the bread come down from heaven and this is the cup of everlasting life.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Father Thomas Reese is the kind of Cardinal Ratzinger saw is a threat to the church.
REESE: The body of Christ.
TUCHMAN: His crime? Publishing a magazine.
REESE: In 1998, I became editor-in-chief of “America” magazine, which is the national Catholic weekly magazine published by Jesuits in the United States, and I tried to encourage a conversation, a dialogue, a debate in the magazine about issues facing the church.
TUCHMAN: Among the topics: gay marriage and abortion rights — issues that were repellent to the conservative cardinal who saw himself as the guardian of church doctrine.
REESE: I knew that some of the issues that we published in “America” were controversial. But I always made sure that we had people who supported the Vatican line. For example, I even had a couple of articles by Cardinal Ratzinger himself.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN: Despite that, publishing views that dissented from church beliefs became grounds for firing in Cardinal Ratzinger’s mind.
REESE: It was public knowledge that Cardinal Ratzinger asked that I be removed.
DAVID GIBSON, AUTHOR, “THE RULE OF BENEDICT”: Open debate is just not something that Joseph Ratzinger was comfortable with. He was so concerned that the church have a unified front and everybody knew where the church stood, and if you weren’t on board with that, then you were — out.
TUCHMAN: Cardinal Ratzinger’s campaign against priests who stray from strict church doctrine was so aggressive that the press dubbed “God’s Rottweiler.”
Vatican experts say Ratzinger silenced, censored or, otherwise, punished dozens of theologians during his reign at CDF?
JOHN ALLEN, CNN SENIOR VATICAN ANALYST: He was easily the most polarizing figure in the Catholic universe. I think Catholic conservatives thought of him as their champion. And for Catholic liberals, this guy was the Darth Vader of the Catholic world.
TUCHMAN: Cardinal Ratzinger was passionate about stamping out dissent. But there was never any public indication he was passionate about getting rid of pedophile priests.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

DOYLE: I’ve seen evidence of this in my life as a cleric, that the Vatican is much more interested in how you think rather than how you act. That’s what they’re more concerned about. They’re obsessed with that.
TUCHMAN: For Ratzinger, the cure to the sexual abuse crisis was to faithfully follow strict church doctrine.
GIBSON: So, for him, tightening up on orthodoxy and a proper spirituality would necessarily be the first step in curing things like sexual license and sexual abuse by priests.
REESE: Father, hear the prayers of the families you have gathered here before you.
TUCHMAN: So, Father Reese was seen as a threat to the church and Ratzinger moved forcefully against him.
However, for a pedophile priest, it would be a different story.
(on camera): In 1989, Bishop Daniel Ryan drove about 45 minutes north of hi diocese office in Springfield, Illinois, to the town of Lincoln. He came here to Lincoln to visit one of his priests — a priest who was living here in a prison.
(voice-over): In 1985, Father Alvin Campbell pleaded guilty to multiple charges of sexual assault on boys as young as 11 years old. He was sentenced to 14 years in prison.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Matt McCormick was one of the children Campbell abused.
MATT MCCORMICK, ABUSE VICTIM: I don’t come by the school, and I don’t come by the church.
TUCHMAN: Starting in seventh grade, Campbell molested McCormick in the church’s school, the rectory, and even here.
(on camera): This is the confessional you were in? MCCORMICK: This is the confessional. And he would sit there.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Campbell was sent to prison, but he was still a priest. That’s why Bishop Ryan had come to visit him, to try to convince him to voluntarily leave the priesthood. Campbell refused.
So, Ryan turned to Rome for help. He sent copies of Campbell’s indictments, spelling out in graphic detail what Campbell had done to his victims, and asked Joseph Ratzinger to defrock Campbell.
Ratzinger’s answer? No. “The petition in question cannot be admitted. And as much as it lacks the request of Father Campbell himself, which is called for by the current norms.”
(on camera): Incredibly, what Cardinal Ratzinger was saying was that he could not agree to defrock a priest, even a convicted child molester, without that priest’s permission.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(voice-over): He showed the letter to Matt McCormick, it was the first time he had seen this.
MCCORMICK: I guess I’m going to have to read this again.
TUCHMAN (on camera): What’s the first thing you would say to Pope Benedict if you were face to face with him?
MCCORMICK: Well, what would I say to him? I’d say that what you’ve done is created an environment for pedophiles and molesters of children to exist. And the violation of these children falls on your shoulders.
TUCHMAN: Monsignor, do you see how it sounds so ridiculous, under our Canon Law, unless he requests it, you can’t defrock him?
SCICLUNA: It would sound ridiculous if you forget the next paragraph that says there is a way of reducing him to the lay state and it is by church trial.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Ratzinger’s letter does say the bishop can avoid responsibility for keeping Campbell by putting him through a church trial. But, again, that would take years and Campbell had already been convicted in a criminal trial. Scicluna admits the process needed changing.
SCICLUNA: I think that these cases certainly taught Cardinal Ratzinger and his collaborators that something needed to be done and something has been done. Today, Canon Law has a different scenario that this thing would not happen
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

under today’s Canon Law. And that is also the merit of Cardinal Ratzinger who’s Pope Benedict XVI today.
TUCHMAN: Campbell would finally be defrocked three years later after he finally agreed to request it himself.
After bouts with depression, alcohol and drugs, McCormick today is happily married with a daughter — and a wife who gave up on the church.
BETH MCCORMICK, MATT’S WIFE: We both converted to Lutheranism because of this. I don’t — personally, I don’t have faith in the Catholic Church whatsoever at all.
TUCHMAN: Coming up, a change in attitude?
ALLEN: A failure in the Campbell case which is being left and I think rightly so at the feet of Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger was the very problem that Cardinal Ratzinger later on in his career, who went to John Paul II to resolve.
(END VIDEOTAPE) (COMMERCIAL BREAK)
(BEGIN VIDEOTAPE) TUCHMAN (voice-over): By 2001, the sexual abuse crisis was beginning to engulf the Catholic Church. But Pope John Paul had not addressed the crisis. Priests in the U.S. were being put on trial for abuse, even rape.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Lawsuits against the church were piling up. One diocese in Texas was forced to pay millions to victims.
GIBSON: The era of denial was clearly over. Ratzinger finally convinced his boss that we’ve got to start doing something. He knew the media scandal was coming down.
TUCHMAN: The Pope gave Cardinal Ratzinger and the CDF the power to cut through the bureaucracy and handle all sexual abuse cases directly.
John Allen believes Ratzinger underwent a kind of conversion.
ALLEN: Reading those case files with the detailed notes they contained about the testimony of victims over and over again convinced him this wasn’t just about smoke, that there was genuine fire here. And from 2001 forward, the Congregation from the Doctrine of the Faith became the beachhead for the Vatican for an aggressive response to the crisis.
TUCHMAN: Still, Ratzinger seemed defensive to the public. In 2002, he told reporters that the U.S. media had exaggerated the crisis. He said, “One comes to the conclusion that it is intentional, manipulated, that there is a desire to discredit the church.”
But behind the scenes at the Vatican, Cardinal Ratzinger was making waves. The new rules gave him the power to jumpstart the process for defrocking priests.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

ALLEN: They began to process hundreds and hundreds of cases from around the world at a pace that by Vatican standards is absolutely astonishing, because the typical working philosophy in the Vatican is, talk to me on Wednesday and I’ll get back to you in 300 years.
GIBSON: He became increasingly active behind the scenes, even though he wouldn’t push the envelopes, even though he wouldn’t cross his superiors, he began pushing and pushing and pushing.
TUCHMAN: One battle he pushed and eventually won was against the notorious Reverend Marcial Maciel Dellogado, a powerful Mexican priest and protege of John Paul, who was accused of molesting young seminarians. The case was laying dormant for years. But in 2004, Ratzinger reopened the case, and eventually removed Maciel from priestly duties. As Pope, he would take control of Maciel’s powerful religious order, the Legionaries of Christ.
ALLEN: I think the bottom line is this: however bad you think the Vatican’s response to this crisis has been, it would have been infinitely worse were it not for the personal leadership of Pope Benedict XVI. TUCHMAN: Once Ratzinger became Pope Benedict, there were more unprecedented acts — meetings with victims of abuse, public apologies, and, finally, an acknowledgement that the crisis did not come from enemies of the church on the outside, but was, quote, “born from the sin within the church.”
(on camera): Is it possible that Cardinal Ratzinger could have been more flexible back the, perhaps more creative which would have alleviated a lot of the horrors that these victims have gone through for many years?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

SCICLUNA: Cardinal Ratzinger was creative when he expressed his frustration with the Canon Law, and ultimately went to John Paul II and asked for special faculties or permissions.
TUCHMAN: So, is it fair to — is it fair to say that Cardinal Ratzinger was frustrated that he couldn’t do more with these victims and getting rid of these bad priests?
SCICLUNA: I think that we have — we have it on record that he was frustrated, yes. Yes.
TUCHMAN: While the Pope has evolved and taken some strong measures to deal with the crisis, there is unfinished business that still haunts the victims of pedophile priests, and that is: what about the bishops, the bishops who covered up priestly abuse and moved those priests from parish to parish?
DOYLE: We have been trying and trying and trying to do something about the bishops who have covered up, who have lied about this, who have wasted hundreds of millions of dollars of the faithful’s money to stonewall it, you know, through the courts. They’ve done nothing about these bishops.
TUCHMAN (voice-over): Bishops like Cardinal Bernard Law of Boston, who covered up the crimes of priest who assaulted dozens of children. He eventually was forced to resign, only to end up as a cardinal in Rome.
GIBSON: He has this grand title, great apartment and real power and real authority in the Vatican, and yet, he is one of the most notorious bishops from this whole era of scandal.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN: Gibson believes the Pope will never publicly rebuke the bishops.
GIBSON: He doesn’t want to open up that can of worms because he doesn’t want to cause difficulties for his brother bishops. The bishops of the church are his colleagues — that is his circle.
TUCHMAN (on camera): And there is more unfinished business. Even now, it’s hard to believe, but there are priests accused of abuse hiding in plain sight in the church.
(voice-over): In this town in southern India lives a priest wanted by a U.S. prosecutor. CNN’s Liz Neisloss tracked him down. Joseph Jeyapaul has been accused of molesting two girls when he was a priest in Minnesota. He fled the country, ending up here in the diocese of Ootacamund.
Jeyapaul’s U.S. bishop has written the Pope’s old agency, the CDF, repeatedly about the abuse, even saying a U.S. county attorney wants to extradite him. Yet, to this day, six years after he was first accused, Father Jeyapaul is still a priest. He maintains he’s innocent.
FATHER JOSEPH JEYAPAUL, CATHOLIC CHURCH: It is a lie. It’s totally a lie.
TUCHMAN: And says the victims are out for cash.
JEYAPAUL: I think there may be a motive to get money from the diocese.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TUCHMAN: Officials in the local diocese say Jeyapaul has been suspended, but he remains free until he’s extradited, which U.S. authorities say could take years.
BISHOP: These guys can go from one country to another country and there’s no universal database that says, beep, beep, beep, this guy has a record. This guy is a problem.
TUCHMAN: Jeyapaul is only one of several accused priests still sheltered by the church. Remember, Peter Hullermann, the German pedophile priest overseen by Cardinal Ratzinger in Munich? Fourteen years after his conviction, he was still a priest in a town of Bad Tolz in Germany, until the church finally suspended him last spring.
To date, Pope Benedict has never personally addressed his role in the Hullermann case, or why Hullermann remained a priest for so long.
ALLEN: The Hullermann case is a disgrace from the beginning to the end. But as long as the impression is, that on the Hullermann case, you know, the message is stonewalling and denial, I think it’s going to be much more difficult for the Pope or his apologists to convince the rest of the world that he’s on the side of the angels on the sex abuse issue.
TUCHMAN: To Vatican insiders, Pope Benedict may stand as a reformer — the church official who did more than anyone to address the crisis. But to many victims, ordinary Catholics, and the public at large, it’s not nearly enough.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The unfinished business of the sexual abuse scandal, not only weakens the Pope’s credibility, but it may cause the very thing he devoted his life to preventing: Catholics straying from the faith.
GIBSON: If the church leaders seem to have no credibility, people aren’t going to listen to them. They’re going to wind up doing what Cardinal Ratzinger feared most. They’re just going to go their own way, believe what they want to believe. In the end, that could be the worst scenario ever, that’s the nightmare for Joseph Ratzinger, and to a degree because of his track record, that could come true.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
Transcript Providers
Return to Transcripts main page
CNN PRESENTS
Encore Presentation: The Two Marys
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Aired December 25, 2008 – 16:00 ET
THIS IS A RUSH TRANSCRIPT. THIS COPY MAY NOT BE IN ITS FINAL FORM AND MAY BE UPDATED.
(NEWSBREAK)
ANNOUNCER: One is revered as the mother of Jesus, the other as the prostitute Jesus saves.
They are the Virgin Mary and Mary Magdalene, the founding mothers of Christianity.
LESLEY HAZELTON, AUTHOR: Christianity began the moment Mary gave birth.
ANNOUNCER: But now, new evidence paints a different picture of who they really were.
SISTER ELIZABETH JOHNSON, PROFESSOR: Catholics have shifted what they’re teaching about Mary. Protestants are now taking another look.
KAREN L. KING, PROFESSOR: It’s going to ask people, I think, to rethink some really fundamental things about Christian theology, life and practice.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

ANNOUNCER: At stake is the future of the Church.
MARVIN MEYER, PROFESSOR: These issues must be addressed. And they will have to be addressed, if the Church is going to survive.
(BEGIN VIDEO TAPE)
SIGOURNEY WEAVER, NARRATOR, “THE TWO MARYS”: They are two of the most popular women on the planet. Billions pray to them, great temples honor them. And both are bona fide media stars in blockbuster movies and in best-selling books.
And this, despite the fact that they have both been dead for nearly 2,000 years.
One is venerated as the mother of Jesus. The good Virgin Mary, who said “yes” to God’s request, and who reigns from heaven, crowned with stars.
HAZELTON: In a sense, you could say that Christianity began the moment Mary gave birth. In fact, you could say that our whole modern world begins the moment Mary gave birth.
The way we date our checks. It’s the way we date – we make dates. It’s the way we count our age, count our anniversaries, and so on, from the moment Mary gave birth.
WEAVER: The other Mary, called Magdalene, is the bad girl, who is seized by demons.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

In ancient times, scholars say, her flaming red hair was a sign that she was touched by Satan.
Until she found Jesus. And her conversion at his hands made her Christianity’s original hooker with a heart of gold.
KING: I think I learned what most people did, which is that Mary Magdalene was a repentant prostitute.
She was a follower of Jesus, but she was the woman caught in adultery. She appeared, you know, at the resurrection.
But the prominent imagery of her was the repentant bad girl.
WEAVER: Scholars have called these two Marys the two faces of Eve – one, the first perfect woman, the other, the first fallen woman.
When Eve ate the forbidden fruit in the Garden of Eden, Christian doctrine says she stained humanity with Original Sin. And women have been struggling ever since to overcome that burden.
HAZELTON: I think there was a very strong-felt need on the part of the church fathers to put women in their place. So, by dividing women into madonnas and whores, they could either be all good or all evil.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: These two women wouldn’t matter at all, were it not for their relationship to Jesus. One, as the mother of the Son of God, and the other, some scholars say, as the Messiah’s favorite apostle.
Today, the Marys are taking on new identities. While traditional devotion to the Virgin Mary is experiencing a rebound, there is also a new focus on Mary of Nazareth, as a kind of first century feminist, not the icon so familiar to generations.
JOHNSON: That icon highlights a spiritual angle of a person. But know that that icon is rooted in a history. And it’s the history of a poor woman in a violent situation who suffered violence.
And if you realize that, even the most spiritualized icon is going to make you turn toward poor women in violent situations who are oppressed, even today.
WEAVER: At the same time, Mary Magdalene has become a media star.
The linchpin character of a mega-selling novel that says, she wasn’t just Jesus’ apostle, but his wife, and the mother of his children.
AMY-JILL LEVINE, PROFESSOR, VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY DIVINITY SCHOOL: “The Da Vinci Code” is appropriately shelved in books labeled fiction.
REV. GERALD O’COLLINS, S.J., PROFESSOR, PONTIFICAL GREGORIAN UNIVERSITY, ROME: Have I read it? I would give it prize one for historical misinformation.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: Those reviews haven’t stopped new Magdalene fans from thronging to places like London’s Temple Church.
According to the novel, this was home base to the Knights Templar, who fought crusades to keep the truth about Mary Magdalene’s marriage to Jesus a secret for centuries.
REV. ROBIN GRIFFITHS-JONES, MASTER OF THE TEMPLE CHURCH, LONDON: We must now have 50 visitors or more every day, coming into the church and asking the verger on their entry, “Have you read ‘the book’?”
The verger still naively assumes they mean the Bible. But, of course, they mean the other Bible, “The Da Vinci Code.”
WEAVER: This change in perception among both scholars and the public, that Mary Magdalene was a leader – and not a sinner – is nothing short of seismic, especially for Christian women, who fill the pews, but not the pulpits, and who now want their due.
KING: Some people are very threatened by this, precisely because it may be that the results of this work are going to show that women were leaders in the early Church.
It’s going to ask people, I think, to rethink some really fundamental things about Christian theology, life and practice. And that can certainly be threatening.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MEYER: One cannot alienate half of the human race and get away with it. That’s not what spirituality is all about.
These issues must be addressed. And they will have to be addressed, if the Church is going to survive.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Hail, Mary, full of grace. The Lord is with thee …
WEAVER: It could be the most popular Christian prayer on the planet.
Every hour, millions of people the world over pray to her, echoing the angel Gabriel’s astonishing announcement.
She was to be the mother of God’s son. UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Hail, Mary, full of grace.
WEAVER: “Hail, Mary, full of grace,” said Gabriel. “The Lord is with thee.” With that endorsement, the Virgin Mary, an icon in blue, was soon elevated by the early church fathers to a lofty throne as the Queen of Heaven. And she hasn’t stepped down since.
HAZELTON: They couldn’t deal with the real Mary. She was just too strong, too intelligent, too capable.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

They had to sort of pare her down, make her two-dimensional, just this icon. They had to make her virgin, and only virgin.
WEAVER: And the icon, as centuries of artists have shown us, is blonde and blue-eyed.
But the reality may come as something of a shock.
BEN WITHERINGTON, III, PROFESSOR, ASBURY THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, WILMORE, KENTUCKY: I would assume that she looked like other Middle Eastern women, which would have been dark haired and dark skinned.
And she probably would have been about the same height as women of her time. And what we know about that is, that’s probably five feet – 5’1″, 5’2″ – somewhere in there.
WEAVER: And scholars say her name wasn’t Mary, but Mariam, in the Aramaic language she spoke in a small town called Nazareth.
It was a rural existence, governed by the rituals of Jewish life, and by Roman soldiers in the nearby city of Sepphoris, a frequent target of Jewish rebels.
According to journalist Lesley Hazelton, author of “Mary: A Flesh and Blood Biography of the Virgin Mother,” Mary was not just an observer, but directly involved in the politics of her time.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

HAZELTON: There’s no doubt in my mind that she – because she knew the ins and outs and all the side roads of the hills, where the caves were, where you could hide, where you could safely go and nobody could track you, even at night without a moon, especially on moonless nights – she would have been used to, and she would have wanted to, guide rebels who were fleeing from the military to safety. Rather like a kind of underground railroad.
WEAVER: The Virgin Mary as the Princess Leia of her day, defending the rebels against the evil empire?
Perhaps. Until the 13-year-old Mary, who was not yet married to Joseph, got some news from an angel that she was pregnant. And the father was God.
WITHERINGTON: Imagine a Jewish girl in this era going to their mother and father and saying, well, I’ve got good news and I’ve got bad news. I’m going to be the mother of the Messiah. And, no, my fiance is not the father.
I mean, this doesn’t work in that sort of setting, you know. It’s a scandalous story. WEAVER: Yet Mary may also have had some powerful supporters.
LEVINE: It might have been the case, as it is in many rural cultures even today, that a pregnant girl was not anomalous, and that the rest of the village – particularly the women in the village – would have helped Mary through her pregnancy and supported her.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

She was very much at risk in that pregnancy until Joseph decided to throw the mantle, you might say, of his patriarchal protection over her and take the child as his own.
And that gave a stable family life, then, for Jesus.
WEAVER: The story of that birth is found only in two gospels, Luke and Matthew. And while they don’t agree on all the details, they do agree that this event was miraculous – a child born to a virgin.
KING: This is a tradition in antiquity, in general. If you’re important, you had a special birth.
WEAVER: For centuries, she has been portrayed as a sinner, a prostitute whom Jesus saves.
In films such as “Jesus Christ Superstar.”
UNIDENTIFIED FEMALE: I never thought I’d come to this, …
WEAVER: And “The Last Temptation of Christ.”
UNIDENTIFIED FEMALE: Is it so bad showing a prostitute’s room?
WEAVER: That tradition continues.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And yet, Mary Magdalene is also adored by millions, who see in her humanity what Jesus saw. A humanity that makes her a powerful witness to his life and his resurrection.
It’s no surprise, then, that today she is the subject of not only a blockbuster novel that turns her into the wife of Jesus, but also of a surge of scholarship that recasts her role in an entirely new and different way.
JOHNSON: Neither a whore nor a wife, but a witness. Someone who preached to the apostles. Someone who was a woman, was a leader in the community.
WEAVER: But that’s not how Mary Magdalene started out. In the Gospels, Jesus cures her of possession by seven demons.
WITHERINGTON: And, of course, the number seven has a symbolic sort of resonance in early Judaism. It means a complete set.
So, it means she was as bad off as she possibly could be. She was as possessed as one could imagine a person to be possessed. She had a full set of demons.
WEAVER: This introduction of a demonic Mary Magdalene has also overshadowed what is later mentioned in the Gospel of Luke, that she was a woman of resources, very likely helping to bankroll the ministry of this itinerant rabbi.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

JOHNSON: Jesus is supported by women. Women pay his bills. Mary Magdalene supports him in terms of deep and abiding friendship and fidelity.
WEAVER: The source of her income was probably the fishing business, which in first century Galilee, historians tell us, was profitable and tough, just as it is today.
WITHERINGTON: If she grew up in a fishing village, I’m putting my money on the fact that somehow, some way, she was involved in that trade, or helping somebody in that trade.
And so, I would say that she was a working girl.
WEAVER: While the Virgin Mary’s home town of Nazareth has become a shrine to her memory, Mary Magdalene’s home is a neglected ruin.
HAZELTON: There’s not much of Magdala left. In fact, there’s hardly anything left.
There are the ruins of a sixth century Byzantine monastery built there six centuries after Mary Magdalene’s time. And they’re very beautiful ruins. They’re closed to the public.
WEAVER: The Magdalene’s reputation is all the more surprising, given what the gospels tell us about who she really was.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MEYER: She was a beloved disciple. She might have been the beloved disciple. And she was very close to Jesus – a soul mate of Jesus.
WITHERINGTON: You can see the way the “Galilean Gazette” would have read. Radical rabbi and disciples – including women – traveling throughout Galilee teaching. Oy!
You know, this would not have gone down well at all in a conservative, patriarchal culture.
WEAVER: Other scholars say that the Magdalene’s high profile role would not have been surprising.
LEVINE: The gospels demonstrate that women could appear in public and speak out in public, that women could travel on pilgrimage, for example, from the Galilee down to Jerusalem.
That women owned their own homes, that women had use of their own funds, that women could function without husbands. And it wasn’t as if that was scandalous.
WEAVER: And yet, the gospels tell us that she was unusual, following him all the way to Jerusalem and staying to bear witness to his death. MEYER: One of the intriguing things about the gospel accounts, the New Testament, is the fact that at the time of the crucifixion, the guys all run away.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And that becomes a very interesting matter. It seems to indicate that, in fact, in terms of the rising of faith and the continuation of the movement, women played a primary role, and in particular, Mary Magdalene.
WEAVER: In the Gospel of John, Mary Magdalene is the first person to whom Jesus appears after he rises from the dead.
WITHERINGTON: So there’s this poignant moment of epiphany, this moment of recognition. She – he says, “Mariam,” and she says, “Rabuni.” And she grabs him. And he says, don’t cling to me. Don’t cling to the Jesus of the past.
We need to go forward into a new, brighter future, for you and for the male disciples.
WEAVER: And then, she disappears from the scene, only to reappear centuries later as a prostitute, the woman with the alabaster jar filled with precious ointment for washing Jesus’ feet.
How did this happen?
MEYER: There is a story about a woman who is a member of the oldest profession in the Gospel of Luke, just before the first account of Mary of Magdala.
And Gregory the Great, at the end of the sixth century, read that story, and read about Mary, and conflated the two and drew the conclusion that Mary herself was a prostitute.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: Gregory the Great just happened to be pope. And when he preached this revised version of Mary Magdalene in the year 591, his sermon turned her into a fallen woman for the next 1,400 years.
While Mary Magdalene was being downgraded, Mary of Nazareth was getting her own makeover – one that some say fills a primal need.
HAZELTON: What we need is to be able to conceive of the sacred, of the divine, without gender. Until we reach that stage – and we’re not there yet – just as the ancients needed a goddess, so do we too.
And Mary becomes that goddess. (COMMERCIAL BREAK) (NEWS BREAK)
WEAVER: A pilgrim from a religion other than Christianity could be forgiven for thinking that Christians worship a goddess and that her name is the blessed Virgin Mary.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Let us pray that we will join Mary, the Mother of the Lord in the glory of heaven.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: But just how did this lavish coronation happen to a peasant woman from rural Galilee?
LEVINE: According to Luke, who wrote the Book of Acts, Mary is present in the worshipping community in Jerusalem following the death of Jesus and that’s the last time we hear reference to her in all of the Acts of the Apostles.
HAZELTON: I like to think of her as the sort of center of such a community. They want to worship her, she says, “No, I am one of you, we are all equals.”
WEAVER: But as Christianity started spreading, Christian leaders recognized Mary’s appeal for potential converts among the pagans.
JOHNSON: If you go back and you read the prayers to the goddesses and shrines to the goddesses and the rituals of the goddesses, they were beautiful and they had to deal with healing and salvation and with comfort in all kinds of ways. And so what the bishops did, and this was done with approval, is as they said, baptize all of that and bring it within the parameters of the Christian message.
And so the titles, the shrines, the iconography of the goddesses got transferred to the feminine figure in the Christian tradition, connected with Jesus at his birth, namely his motjer
WEAVER: The Vatican is the Sacred Heart of Mary and Devotion. That has been especially true under Pope John Paul II and with good reason. On May 13th, 1981, the Pope was shot in St. Peter’s Square and barely survived. Rescued from death, he believes, by Mary’s hand.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MSGR. LUCIANO, RECTOR OF THE SANCTUARY IN FATIMAS: I believe and I am sure he believes it to that it was the Virgin of Fatima that saved him. Inside I think he believes it. The Pope has said once to my bishop that he comes to Fatima every day.
WEAVER: Fatima is the town in Portugal where the Catholic Church believes this image of the Virgin Mary appeared to three shepherd children on May 14th, 1916. 65 years to the day that the pope was nearly killed by this bullet. The Virgin Mary also gave three secrets to the children. The first, a vision of hell. The second, the need to defeat communism in Russia and the third, a prediction too terrible to reveal.
Then, in the year 2000, Pope John Paul revealed the secret.
O’COLLINS: It was about a figure in white being wounded. It wasn’t a precise prophecy of what happened to the pope in 1981 but it was kind of a vague picture that fitted that occasion and there was nothing very startling about it and I am very glad they came out with that because that was a Happy Hunting Ground for religious fanatics.
(MUSIC) WEAVER: But the pope is hardly alone in his devotion to Mary in apparitions. Thousands continue to receive visions and millions more make pilgrimages to those sites. How does the Vatican determine which miracles are real and which are faith-induced fantasies?
O’COLLINS: Well, they want to look at the results in people’s lives. If the results are good, “by their fruit you shall know them” and there is a real holiness there and the vision is having a good impact on people and are these
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

visions helping people to pray more to be closer to Jesus himself? There may be something in them. That’s the only test. Time is also important. You can’t tell straight off.
(MUSIC)
WEAVER: Mary makes more appearances to people than does her famous son. So why is Mary bigger than Jesus when it comes to capturing the imagination of everyone from popes to peasants.
HAZELTON (VOICE OVER): She is exceptionally sympathetic and therefore for many she is the person who will come to warn us if there is danger, if we need to repent for our sins. If God is angry.
WEAVER: Mary’s maternal reach even extends beyond Christianity into Islam where many non-Muslims might be surprised to learn that she is also venerated.
HAZELTON: There’s actually more about Mary in the Qoran than there is in the new testament, word for word. But the story of her in the Qoran is wonderful. The chapter on Mary in the Qoran shows a pregnant, having to leave her village, going out into the desert, giving birth to Jesus under a palm tree, under the protection of the Angel Gabriel.
WEAVER: While Islam might revere Mary, she remains a lightning rod for disputes between Catholics and many Protestants who consider some aspects of Marian devotion excessive.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: As a matter of fact they were right when you look at some quarters.
UNIDENTIFIED FEMALE (VOICE-OVER): The old argument is getting very tired on both sides. Catholics have shifted what they are teaching about Mary. Protestants are now taking another look. I think It’s too strong to say she is going to be a point of unity between Protestants and Catholics but at least not necessarily a huge bone of contention as in the past.
WITHERINGTON: With the rise of women’s issues in Protestantism, especially more and more women becoming ministers in various Protestant denominations, Mary has become more on the front-burner for Protestants as well. I mean, why are we busy running around just talking about Peter and John? I mean, we should also talk about how Mary is presented as a role model in the New Testament.
(MUSIC)
WEAVER: While the Virgin was being turned into a goddess, the Magdalene was being turned into a sinner.
Now the other Mary is getting a second look thanks to some stunning discoveries in the sands of Egypt.
PROF ELAINE PAGELS, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY: We found buried fragments of huge arguments and what we found are just glimmers or hints of what must have been explosive controversies in the first century.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

What we discovered is that the question about women, their leadership and their participation was not something made up in the 20th century or the 21st century but it was actually an issue in the Christian movement from the very beginning.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
WEAVER: Each year on the feast of Mary Magdalene, pilgrims in the French hill town of Vezelay march to a huge basilica carrying a relic of the saint. A piece of her rib the tradition says is one of the few clues to her fate.
Mary Magdalene disappears from the gospels after Jesus does, leaving church patriarchs to paint a picture of her as a woman on the wrong side of the Garden of Eden.
HAZELTON: I hesitate to say it was done in bad conscious. But it was done by men who were used to power. It was done by men who could not envision women taking a powerful role, women being that close to Jesus.
MEYER: The effect of that was to eliminate Mary from any kinds of serious consideration as an apostle because that is not the kind of cloth of which apostles are cut. Apostles are not repentant whores and that had the effect of marginalizing Mary from that point on.
WEAVER: It took the Catholic Church until 1969 to formally undue Pope Gregory’s sermon turning her into a prostitute but by then the image of this sinful Magdalene was set, bolstered by 15 centuries of sensuous Christian art.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

KING: There is something about Mary Magdalene as a repentant prostitute which allows painters and artists to keep the voluptuousness and sensuality within the Christian tradition by making it repentant. So in some ways I think she is marvelous for artists precisely because it’s a place to allow femininity, to have a place in the Christian tradition that they might not otherwise easily find.
WEAVER: All that began to change in 1945 when an Egyptian goatherd discovered a jar of papyrus documents in a dry river bed at Nag Hammadi. Documents that would threaten centuries of Christian teaching.
KING: They contained a treasure trove of over 40 new texts, most of which belong to Christianity in the second and third centuries and they’re basically allowing us to fill out and to some degree even rewrite portions of the history of Christianity in those centuries.
WEAVER: But rewriting does not come easily to a 2000 year old religion. The Nag Hammadi texts, known as the Gnostic Gospels, reveal mysteries that offer us secret ways to salvation.
PAGELS: If Jesus said something like “If you bring forth something within you, if you bring forth it will save you,” it doesn’t suggest that you need a church or a priest or you don’t maybe need to be baptized, so it’s about seeking. It’s a very different kind of path. An it was different from the one that the leaders and bishops of the church found useful for organizing the Christian communities.
WEAVER: Church leaders declared this Gnostic path a heresy. But just as revolutionary as Gnostic practice was the Gnostic view of the feminine role.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MEYER: One of the features of Gnostic thought that made Gnostics so attractive is the fact that the Gnostics were clear in acknowledging that God is male and God is female. There are gods and there are goddesses. There are male and there are female manifestations of the divine. And this gives a power and inclusiveness to Gnostic theology.
WEAVER: This power was on display most vividly in the newly discovered Gospel of Mary Magdalene. The first gospel named after a woman. While scholars say that she probably didn’t write it, these words from the gospel itself put Mary in direct conflict with Peter.
Quote, “‘Did he really speak privately with a woman and not openly to us?’ Peter asked, ‘Are we to turn about and all listen to her? Did He prefer her to us?’”
KING: The Gospel of Mary makes the strongest argument for women’s leadership of probably any text in all of antiquity precisely because it argues that leadership should be based on one’s interior spiritual maturity and not one whether one is a man or a woman.
WEAVER: So does this mean Mary Magdalene, rather than Peter, could be the first pope?
O’COLLINS: That is a bizarre idea that Mary Magdalene is the first pope. She is the first east(ph) to witness and that is a decisive moment but people didn’t use the word “pope” then and Peter was clearly the leader of that core group of 12.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: Other scholars, even those who dispute the authority of the Gnostic gospels say the new texts do reflect some kind of internal church battle, one that has echoes for women 1800 years later.
WITHERINGTON: I think there may well be some kind of struggle from the third or fourth centuries AD between the dominant tradition, which is represented by Peter and then Mary Magdalene becomes a sort of heroine figure for this subdominant voice that still wants to be heard.
WEAVER: Another Gnostic text, the Gospel of Philip, seems to tell us that Jesus’ relationship to Mary Magdalene was intimate. It says “He used to kiss her often.” Likewise, Protestant reformer Martin Luther thought Jesus and the Magdalene may have been a couple and the songwriters of “Jesus Christ Superstar” couldn’t resist the idea either.
So “The Da Vinci Code’s” thesis isn’t new, but could it be true? Even feminist theologian have trouble buying into that one.
KING: For her to be standing in the text next to Jesus and not be called “Mary, wife of Jesus,” but to be called “Mary Magdalene” would be unique in all of ancient literature of any kind and as historians, we don’t like unique and in my mind that simply settles the issue right there.
WEAVER: So what is behind the enduring fascination of a romance between the savior and the Siren?
WITHERINGTON: In a Jesus-haunted culture, everybody wants an approachable Jesus and one of the things that underlines things is the human element of Jesus. Remember the song:
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(MUSIC)
There is this motif in our culture of wanting to humanize God or make him more like us. Bring him down to our level.
WEAVER: The debates are not likely to end because the underlying issues. Authority in the church, the role of women, continue to percolate and so does the search for the real meaning of the two Marys.
MEYER: Give us Mary. Give us Mary. She doesn’t belong to the hierarchy of the church. She belongs to all of us. Let us have Mary again. Let us have Mary Magdalene again. Let us have Mary the Mother of Jesus. Let these figures not be a part of official theology, let them be a part of our lives.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
WEAVER: Two women, both named Mary. While scholars try to forge a new reality for the Marys, those views can collide with the weight of Christian tradition. 2000 years of the Madonna and the sinner. For Catholic, Orthodox and some Protestant churches that bar women from the pulpit, the idea of the Magdalene as an apostle could completely redraw the face of Christianity.
JOHNSON: More and more women do not want to raise their children in the church when their girls are told, “You can not do this.” Their daughters are told, “You can not do this.” They are told, “You can not do this.” Who wants to belong to an institution that keeps silencing you?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: For Protestants, rediscovering a role for Mary the Mother of Jesus could be equally unsettling.
WITHERINGTON: I would like to see the rehabilitation of traditions about Mary based in the scriptures as a model disciple and one who wrestles with understanding Jesus and so is very approachable.
KING: It’s not just that people are looking for reasons to be able to ordain women, for example. It really is a matter of looking at the tradition and writing it accurately historically so that we have a strong historical basis to build contemporary theology in church life.
(MUSIC)
WEAVER: But re-imagining the role of Mary in Christianity or in any religion could shake sacred ground.
PAGELS: The question of how we understand gender and the relationship between men and women has always been an explosive and potentially controversial one. It can break societies apart. WEAVER: But scholars argue that the enduring appeal of the Virgin Mary and the renewed interest in Mary Magdalene can point the way to a new future by recovering the authentic past.
O’COLLINS: Christianity comes from real people who lived in real places and it is rooted in Jewish history and any good interest in Mary and Mary Magdalene is part of this rooting of the Christian story in its origins which is historical.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WEAVER: And more potentially explosive documents about the Christian story, scholars say, are out there, just awaiting discovery.
WITHERINGTON: There are more documents there to be read that will shed more light on Jesus, on Mary Magdalene and the Mother of Jesus and what happened in the early church. There are more gospels to be found. And those gospels, in turn, will change our way of looking at the ancient world and the early church.
KING: What was the relationship like between the Virgin Mary and Mary Magdalene? Well, they certainly shared Jesus in common but more than that I think they shared in common a hope for a better world. A concern that people unite and work together. A sense that women can accomplish enormous amounts both individually and in particular if they work together.
WEAVER: So the arguments about the Marys that took place centuries ago, arguments long considered settled, are being renewed with fresh evidence to fuel them and with women getting equal time for the first time. Will a new vision of the two Marys push Christianity to places it has never gone or will it divide it like never before?
No matter what new evidence is found, one thing is certain. Nearly 2,000 years after they walked the Holy Land, the world is still looking to the Marys for answers.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

TO ORDER A VIDEO OF THIS TRANSCRIPT, PLEASE CALL 800-CNN- NEWS OR USE OUR SECURE ONLINE ORDER FORM LOCATED AT www.fdch.com
ANNOUNCER: The story of Jesus has transcended generations and cultures. But why is the greatest story every told the greatest mystery never solved?
Now, scholars, clergy and forensic scientists search for the evidence. Who was Jesus?
AMY-JILL LEVINE: Was Jesus a healer and an exorcist? Oh, I think so. Quite a good one, in fact.
ANNOUNCER: When was he really born?
MICHAEL MOLNAR: The computer came back with only one answer. That was April 17, 6 B.C.
ANNOUNCER: What did he look like?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

RICHARD NEAVE: I could never reconcile myself to have him having long, blond hair and blue eyes.
ANNOUNCER: And why did he have to die?
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: The pains were literally brutal, absolutely brutal. ACTOR PORTRAYING JESUS: This is my body …
ANNOUNCER: Explore the mystery of Jesus — next on CNN PRESENTS. (BEGIN VIDEO)
LIAM NEESON, NARRATOR, “THE MYSTERY OF JESUS”: Nearly 2,000 years ago, historians tell us, in a remote outpost of the Roman empire, three men were crucified on a hill. Two of the men were thieves.
The third man’s crime was marked by the sign nailed to his cross. “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.”
Jesus himself insisted his throne was in heaven, not of this world. But that didn’t matter, the Romans saw him as a political nuisance. To his fellow Jews, he was just another failed Messiah.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

No one even thought to record his death.
The story of Jesus has transcended generations and cultures. The tale of a routine execution that gave birth to a new religion. Yet, from that unlikely beginning, a great faith was born. And today, some two billion people believe Jesus was the Son of God.
But even as billions of people pledge themselves to follow Jesus’ teachings, we have known almost nothing about Jesus the man. No other great religious figure, from Moses to the Buddha to the Prophet Mohammed, is so shrouded in mystery.
AMY-JILL LEVINE, PROFESSOR OF NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES, VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY: It’s very difficult to classify Jesus within a single category, whether he was a sage or a healer or a teacher or a charismatic figure. And I suspect the most accurate response to the question, who was Jesus at the time, would be a mixture of all of these different identifications.
NEESON: The startling discovery of what some claim to be the burial box of Jesus’ brother James, reopened the biggest detective story of all time — the mystery of Jesus, the man.
The plain limestone container, called an ossuary, is inscribed with a tantalizing clue in Aramaic, the language Jesus spoke.
“James, son of Joseph, brother of Jesus.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The public was enthralled. From people who flock to see the ossuary on display, to Biblical scholars around the world. Could this be the first physical evidence that Jesus walked the earth?
So when the Israeli authorities alleged eight months after its discovery that the ossuary’s inscription was forged, the centuries-old quest for the historical Jesus became ever more urgent.
Did he have a real brother? Was Mary really a virgin? How did Jesus live, and why did he have to die?
Who was Jesus the man? Why is the greatest story ever told also the greatest mystery never solved?
Almost all we know about Jesus’ life comes to us from the four books of the Gospels called Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. Yet the Gospels were written anywhere between 40 and 70 years after Jesus died, and with an eye to converting people.
DR. BART EHRMAN, CHAIR OF RELIGIOUS STUDIES, UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA: The Gospels weren’t meant to be historically accurate accounts in the way we would think of. They weren’t written according to our standards of biographical accuracy.
They were meant to proclaim the good news of Jesus’ life, death and resurrection.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: One of the stories that historians are debating is the Christmas card scene of his humble birth in a manger, heralded by a star in the east and attended by three wise men.
It’s only mentioned by Matthew and Luke, and they don’t always agree. So, is any of it true? Scholars say yes — to a degree.
DR. CLAIRE PFANN, PROFESSOR OF NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES, UNIVERSITY OF THE HOLY LAND, JERUSALEM: When we look at the Gospel of Matthew and the Gospel of Luke, we can see that there are about 12 pieces of information, 12 facts, that they share in common, that they both know about Jesus’ early years.
They both know that his mother is Mary, that the father or step- father is Joseph, that they’re from the family of David, that the birth took place in Bethlehem. So they have this string, a skeleton of information about the very formative years of Jesus and his conception.
But they don’t have much beyond that.
NEESON: Sadly, the birthplace of the man Christians call the Prince of Peace is often a war zone, as it has been for centuries, from the Romans to the Crusaders to the present-day clash between Israelis and Palestinians.
But the manger that generations of pilgrims have sought out is a bit of a shock — a stone grotto that doesn’t look much like a cozy stable.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Caves like this one pockmark the region where Bethlehem lies. But one scholar suggests that we’ve got the wrong address. There is another Bethlehem, one that borders Joseph and Mary’s home territory of Nazareth.
BRUCE CHILTON, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, INSTITUTE OF ADVANCED THEOLOGY, BARD COLLEGE: That suggests to me that this is the Bethlehem that we ought to be looking at, instead of Bethlehem of Judea.
NEESON: It is unlikely that this argument is going to trump the centuries of tradition that point to the Bethlehem of faith.
REV. THOMAS FITZPATRICK, DIRECTOR, PONTIFICAL BIBLICAL INSTITUTE, JERUSALEM: It is a historical place, revered for centuries by the faithful. It is the place where it is celebrated Jesus was born.
That’s enough for me in my devotion. It’s not enough for me as a scientist.
NEESON: And what of the other great tradition of the first Christmas, the star in the east? Was it a myth? Or did it really exist?
Astronomer Michael Molnar may have found the answer on a 2,000- year-old coin he bought a few years ago for $50. On one side Molnar noticed the astrological sign for Aries, which stood for Judea in ancient astrology. On the other side was the god Jupiter.
MICHAEL MOLNAR, ASTRONOMER & AUTHOR, “THE STAR OF BETHLEHEM”: When I came across the coin that showed me that Aries the
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

ram was the sign of the Jews, and I asked myself, well, what event would have happened in Aries the ram?
NEESON: So, armed with a computer and charts of the ancient heavens, Molnar started plotting the course of Jupiter in the constellation of Aries around the time of Jesus’ birth. And he suddenly hit the mother of all celestial alignments.
MOLNAR: According to the beliefs of 2,000 years ago, if you have the sun, Jupiter and moon, accompanied by Saturn, in the sign of Aries the ram, this created the conditions for the birth of a divine and immortal person.
NEESON: If there was a star in the east, that would have been it. Just when, exactly, did this star appear? Molnar did some more calculations.
MOLNAR: The computer came back with only one answer. It said it happened only once in Aries the ram. That was April 17, 6 B.C.
NEESON: Christmas in April? Jesus born six years before we thought? It’s likely true, since King Herod, who went on a murderous rampage when he heard of Jesus’ birth, died in 4 B.C.
But after his birth, Jesus largely disappears from view, and the mysteries of his early life deepen. Who were Jesus’ parents? His brothers and sisters? Just how did Jesus grow up?
LEVINE: Jesus was probably doing what most other teenagers were doing — honing their job skills, meeting other people, meeting other people, helping to Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

support the family, learning what he could about his community and his tradition.
NEESON: His tradition was Jewish, and his community was the village of Nazareth in rural Galilee. Just as the ancient prophets had said, the Messiah would be a Nazarene.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: Nazareth in the first century was just a small town in rural Galilee, a world away from cosmopolitan Jerusalem 100 miles down the road.
Yet it was here, the Gospel of St. Luke tells us, that an angel of the Lord appeared to Mary and told her something extraordinary. She was going to be the mother of God’s son.
But what do we know about this woman who would change the course of history?
REV. N. THOMAS WRIGHT, BISHOP OF DURHAM, CHURCH OF ENGLAND: We don’t know very much about Mary. We get little tantalizing snapshots. And from those tantalizing snapshots, she appears to be a lively, intelligent, but basically down-to-earth woman.
NEESON: And maybe not a woman at all when she bore Jesus, but a girl with a remarkable life ahead of her. PFANN: Mary was very young when she became pregnant with Jesus. She was probably just in her mid-teens. Which meant that by the time Jesus was doing his public ministry, maybe she was 45.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Joseph, Jesus’ earthly father, is perhaps the most mysterious figure of all. By the time Jesus has begun his public ministry, Joseph has vanished from the story. That has led to speculation that Joseph, a carpenter by trade, was many years older than Mary.
Life in the Nazareth of Jesus’ day was hard. Today, a group of Biblical scholars and archeologists have built Nazareth village, to give a better sense of just what daily life in the Nazareth of Jesus’ time was like.
EHRMAN: There were no paved streets. There were no luxuries of any kind. The houses are made of field stones that are insulated with mud and straw. It was a very basic kind of hand-to-mouth existence.
NEESON: It was also an existence that closely followed the rituals of Jewish life. In fact, the only time the Gospels mention Jesus as a boy is during the visit to the temple in Jerusalem. This visit would have made an enormous impression on a devout 12-year-old from the hinterland.
WRIGHT: Jerusalem was the place where, particularly at festival times, people always hoped that maybe now, God was going to do something dramatic. And that sort of sense is in the air, that you get there, and it’s going to happen. The new thing is going to be born.
PFANN: Jesus sat with the teachers of the law, the great rabbis, the ones who ran the academies in Jerusalem, and had deep, detailed discussions about the Hebrew Bible, the Old Testament, with them.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And these teachers and rabbis looked at this kid and said, this kid has a real gift. We should sign him up. Let’s get him to enroll. He’s wasted up there in Nazareth.
NEESON: It was a mission, the Gospels say, that Jesus thought more important than his earthly family. For when they had departed for Nazareth, Jesus was still in the temple.
LEVINE: And on the way home, Mary and Joseph suddenly realized, after a few days, that Jesus is missing. This always struck me as somewhat like “Home Alone.”
And they come back and they discover him in the temple. And Mary is very upset and says, how could you do this?
PFANN: Jesus, in his 12-year-old, know-it-all state says, “Well, didn’t you know, I needed to be about my father’s business?”
And he understands that his destiny is somehow here. The temple is where he belongs. Discussing these religious issues is what he is supposed to do. NEESON: How could Mary and Joseph fail to notice Jesus was missing? Did this mean that the family was so large that a child like Jesus could just disappear? The Gospels speak of Jesus’ four brothers — James, Joses, Judas and Simon — and at least two sisters.
But many believed that Mary remained a virgin all her life, and that these siblings were either stepchildren from Joseph’s earlier marriage, or cousins.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Scholars who have read the texts closely say that doesn’t seem to be the case, and they don’t need the controversial ossuary to make their point.
EHRMAN: The word that’s used of James and Jesus’ other siblings, the Greek word for brother, is the word for brother. Some people thought, well maybe they’re cousins, for example. Well, there is a Greek word for cousin, and that’s not the word that’s used here.
NEESON: The theological questions are profound, and the debate is a difficult one, especially if you’re a Jesuit and a scientist, like Tom Fitzpatrick.
FITZPATRICK: I don’t know if we’re ever going to get to a definitive answer that satisfies every question or every person on this. It’s been a very important doctrine, a mystery for the church, over 2,000 years. It’s not the most important doctrine.
NEESON: Just as fascinating as Jesus’ family tree is the debate over just what Jesus looked like. This certainly isn’t a matter of doctrine, but it has always been a source of intense speculation. The centuries-old guessing game that science tells us is way off the mark.
RICHARD NEAVE, MEDICAL & FORENSIC ARTIST: I could never reconcile myself to him having long, blond hair and blue eyes, because he comes from a part of the world where people are basically rather swarthy, with dark hair and dark eyes.
NEESON: So, what then does science say is the true face of the Son of God?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: Trying to figure out what Jesus really looked like has preoccupied Christians for centuries. And legions of artists have stayed busy trying to supply the answer.
But the difficulty in trying to flesh out the image of Jesus, is that his contemporaries considered his message, not his looks, all important.
Also, Judaism forbids the worship of images and idols, especially of someone claiming to be God. Of course, that did not stop Christians from imagining how Jesus looked.
He was first depicted as a triumphant sun god, like Apollo. Since then, Jesus has been re-imagined by every generation. And movies have never tired of portraying him, from “Jesus Christ Superstar” to the brooding artist in “Jesus of Montreal” to the smiling Buddy Christ of the film “Dogma.”
LEVINE: Jesus is not, as far as I can tell historically, the blond, blue-eyed, Max von Sydow version, or even Jeffrey Hunter, who we get from the movies.
FITZPATRICK: I think that he would have looked very much like what we know by the term “hippies.”
NEESON: Now we may be able to literally put some flesh on the bones of centuries of guessing. That’s what the noted medical and forensic artist Richard Neave did when Biblical scholars gave him a copy of a skull from the first century, found in present-day Israel.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

They wanted to get an idea of what a man of Jesus’ time and place might have looked like.
NEAVE: It’s a strong skull. And to live satisfactorily, especially the kind of life that Jesus led, you’re going to have to be a fairly tough, rugged kind of fellow.
You know, he walked miles. He carried his staff. He could be flogged. He could carry his cross.
I mean, you know, that takes a lot of physical strength and determination. And so, he’s not a wimp.
NEESON: Neave has spent nearly 30 years reconstructing the heads of mystery people — anonymous murder victims, ancient archeological finds and suicides.
But how would he approach a recreation of a face from 2,000 years ago?
NEAVE: It’s done in exactly the same way as you would handle a forensic case. There’s absolutely no difference, except that in this case, a nice, clean, prepared cast, rather than the original skull.
Then you make a copy of that, and that’s mounted onto a metal stand. Pegs are inserted into the skull at specific anatomical points. And these indicate the average thickness of tissue that you’re going to get, say, there or there or there.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Neave’s skull was rendered into an image by the BBC, and further developed by the artist Donato Giancola, with the help of Neave and Biblical scholars. The result is a startling image — nothing like the Jesus that history has imagined.
NEAVE: The nose is quite prominent, and a full mouth, a youngish face, between 30 and 40, I suppose.
NEESON: Neave stresses that his Jesus head is not “the” Jesus head. At best, it represents a face that Jesus himself might have seen or had. And still it attracts debate. NEAVE: I’ve had one or two comments from people suggesting that it doesn’t look anything like Jesus, which of course doesn’t surprise me. They actually — some of them do go on to say that they know exactly what Jesus does look like, because they took a photograph of him only three weeks ago.
NEESON: Even though science has given us a better idea of what Jesus might have really looked like, Jesus’ face wouldn’t matter were it not for what he said and what he did, and, the Gospels tell us, in a surprisingly short time — just three years.
What was the message of this carpenter’s son from Galilee? And why did it get him killed?
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: When Jesus suddenly reemerged into the public eye, so the Gospels tell us, he was about 30-years-old. And he had a powerful mission. To rock the ancient world with his teachings.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

His public ministry would last just three years. But in that brief span, this obscure Galelian carpenter would rouse such passion, that his followers would call him not just The Son of Man, but the Son of God.
So who was Jesus? A faith healer? A rebel? A messiah?
DR. BART EHRMAN, UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA: Some scholars think that he was principly to be understood as a Jewish Rabbi. Some think that he was better understood as a social revolutionary, or even a political revolutionary. Some people think that he was an ancient philosopher — a Jewish philosopher.
And probably the majority of scholars continue to think that he was best understood as a kind of Jewish apocalyptic prophet.
NEESON: But Jesus the prophet was not alone in his search for souls to save. Scholars tell us the landscape was teeming with Jewish groups. Each with there own take on God’s word. One such sect, the Essings (ph), were Apocalyptic Jews who lived in the dessert by the Dead Sea.
DR, CLAIRE PFANN, UNIVERSITY OF THE HOLY LAND, JERUSALEM: When their writings were discovered in the caves of Kumron (ph) in 1948, we suddenly gained startling new clues about Jesus’ own spiritual roots.
We have from Kumron (ph) just a small bit of a manuscript that shows us that there were other Jews, just before the time of Jesus, who were waiting for a Messiah, who would exert miraculous and healing power, and who would also
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

have the power to raise the dead. And Jesus embraces that messianic (ph) expectation.
NEESON: And it began with a baptism as the Gospels tell us. Performed by the man who tradition and scholarship say was Jesus’ cousin, (UNINTELLIGIBLE). John the Baptist lived in the wilderness wearing camel skins. Eating locusts, and wild honey. And baptizing people in the Jordan River to cleanse them of their sins.
This was a radical new spin on the Jewish purification bath. John was turning an ancient ritual into a new sacrament.
PFANN: John the Baptist, he recognized Jesus at the baptism. And he said, this is the man I’ve been waiting for. This is the person I am preparing the way for. And he expected Jesus to be the Messiah of Israel.
NEESON: And that’s the message Jesus took to the Jewish people. The Gospels tell us he returned home, found his first disciples, among Galilean fishermen. And soon, he called attention to himself, by casting out demons, and healing the sick.
DR. AMY-JILL LEVINE, VANDERBILL UNIVERSITY: Those healings would have attracted greater and greater crowds. And those crowds then would have provided the base for Jesus’ other teachings. Was Jesus a healer and an exorcist? I think so. Quite a good one in fact.
NEESON: A healer, an exorcist, and soon, a miracle worker. According to the Gospel of John, Jesus’ first big public miracle was at the wedding at Kana, turning water into wine, and saving his friend’s party.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Science can never say whether a miracle really happened. But scholars say there would be no mistaking the message that Jesus was sending.
LEVINE: In turning water to wine, at the wedding of Kana, he is saying, I am the bridegroom of the great Messianic banquet that God is going to have one day. And the bridegroom has arrived on the scene.
NEESON: The miracles kept coming, the loaves, and fishers, raising Lazarus from the dead, walking on water, and repelling Satan. But magicians and healers and exorcists were everywhere in the Middle East in those days.
LEVINE: We have various accounts of miracle workers, both Pagan as well as Jewish in the first century. The book of Acts presents, for example, other exorcists who were not part of Jesus’ contingent, but they do seem to be successful exorcists.
REV. N.T. WRIGHT, BISHOP OF DURHAM, CHURCH OF ENGLAND: We can put Jesus on a continuum of other healers, but he still breaks the mold. He does more than they do and more frequently.
NEESON: And more than miracles, Jesus reached beyond social boundaries to include woman prominently among his disciples. One woman who followed Jesus has become second only to his mother, in the story of his life. Yet Mary Magdolin has not exactly been regarded as a virgin.
LEVINE: Christian tradition depicts Mary Magdolin as a prostitute. But she’s never called a prostitute in the New Testament, or indeed in the first couple of
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

centuries of Christianity. The most we know about her, is that she is independent. Luke tells us that she was possessed by seven demons, and had been exorcized by Jesus. So perhaps she followed him because he had performed a healing for her.
Other than that, Mary is in independent woman. Prostitute? No reason to think so.
NEESON: But what was she to Jesus? Could Jesus had been married to Mary Magdolin as some legends have it? Or to anyone else?
LEVINE: We have no indication in the Gospel tradition that Jesus is married. Would it have been unusual for a Jewish man to have been unmarried? No, not at all.
NEESON: Whatever the details of Jesus’ personal life, to his fellow Jews, what he said was as important as what he did. He gave them a radical agenda scholars say. One of which society’s outcasts could play a central role.
It’s manifesto promised that the powerful will be brought low, and the meek would inherit the earth. The Sermon on the Mount was an edgy message at a volatile time.
WRIGHT: The thought of Jesus going up into the hills with his followers, and giving them special teaching has a kind of a revolutionary flavor to it. My goodness, we’re being prepared to do something. This is not some lessons that will help us say our prayers a bit better. Though it will, it will go much more than that. It’s setting an agenda for a whole movement, and how it is going to go.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: The Gospels tell us that Jesus as the Messiah had healed Japeel (ph) for the masses. Here finally, was someone who could liberate the Jews from a century of Roman rule.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Jews in particular thought that this land that they occupied had given to them by God. The idea that some other power was controlling this land was considered not only to be a political nightmare, it was also thought to be theologically blasphemous.
LEVINE: And if Jesus is preaching the Kingdom of God, he is clearly preaching something antithetical to the Normative Kingdom, which is the Kingdom of Rome.
NEESON: And if that wasn’t enough the Gospels tell us, Jesus then took his disciples and his message to Jerusalem, the heart of Judaism, and of Roman political power. The fuse was primed. The people wanted a savior.
PFANN: And as they sit here on this mount of olives where we are today, they say OK, now are you going to set up the kingdom? We are waiting, we want to rule.
NEESON: And then, no sooner had Jesus ministry begun, it was over. Jesus was now reviled as a common criminal. Deserted by the people who had once hailed him as the Messiah. Was it prophecy, or politics that set Jesus out to die?
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Jesus came back to Jerusalem, the Gospels tell us during Passover. As a devout Jew, he had been to the Great Temple many times before with his family. But now he came at a politically charged time, with a provocative message.
LEVINE: Passover is the feast of freedom. The city has swelled with well over a million pilgrims. There is a concern for Roman occupation. Pilot has brought his troops into the city. Anybody who talks about the Kingdom of God, and even more, anybody about whom the word goes out, this is a new King, is clearly a political liability.
NEESON: And not just a liability to the Romans, but to the Jewish Hierarchy, led by their high priest, Ciaiphus (ph). In one of the most vivid passages in the Gospels; a furious Jesus enters the temple to cleanse it of the many changes he finds there.
PFANN: Overturning the temple tables, the moneychangers, and all of the offerings that were being sold. Which was the necessary business of temple work. Was a direct prophetic assault, on the religious institution.
In a way he was saying that a new era was beginning. This was about as much as the religious authorities could take. And they put together a plot to turn him over to the Romans.
NEESON: But first Jesus would fulfill the ritual duties of his religion, and eat the Passover sador (ph) with his friends. A meal known today as the Last Supper.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WRIGHT: According to our earliest accounts, he knew that he was in trouble, and was likely to be arrested. And so he took these symbolic foods of the Passover meal, and installed new significance in them.
NEESON: It is a communion recreated today in churches everywhere. UNIDENTIFIED MALE: This is my body which will be given up for you.
WRIGHT: It’s difficult to know if he actually said these things. Our reports are decades later. But I think he certainly had a last supper. And he may well have anticipated that he was going to be killed soon thereafter.
NEESON: As according to the Gospels, that’s exactly what happened. Betrayed among the olive trees in the garden of Giseminy (ph) by his own disciple, Judas Hiscariot (ph).
Throughout Christian history, Judas has been made the art villain in Jesus’ death. Yet, just what did this trusted disciple betray?
EHRMAN: It’s possible that Jesus taught the disciples privately, that when the Kingdom comes, you will be the rulers, and I of course will be the King of this coming kingdom. If that’s what he was teaching them, then everything else falls in place.
What Judas portrays to the authorities, is that Jesus was teaching this in private. The authorities used it as a charge to bring to Pontius Pilot.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Pontius Pilot was the Roman Governor of Judia who had power of life and death over his Jewish subjects, and often used it.
REV. BRUCE CHILTON: Pontius Pilot the very tear that Jesus entered into Jerusalem was in a very difficult political position. And as a consequence of that, he agreed to help Kiaphis (ph), and to pin the whole blame for what had occurred within the temple — a disturbance there involving Jesus, on Jesus himself.
NEESON: Scholars think that the most accurate part of the Gospels comes here at the end. The eyewitness details of his death by crucifixion, perhaps the most gruesome form of capital punishment ever devised.
CHILTON: It was a case of a state organized around the principal of terror. And you pointed this terror at anyone who was seen as posing a threat or posing a potential threat. That certainly applied in the case of Jesus.
NEESON: And to many others. The Romans crucified up to 10,000 people during Jesus’ lifetime. Often people just like himself.
EHRMAN: It wasn’t unusual at all to have somebody — even a prophet a arrested, and executed. Even in the Gospels, he’s killed with two other people that morning. Probably they too were troublemakers. And the next day, Pilot probably ordered a couple of other people killed.
NEESON: The crucifixion has always been depicted as an awful death. Modern forensic science tells us that it was even worse than we imagined.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

After three decades as a medical examiner in New York, Dr. Frederic Zuggerby (ph) has investigated hundreds of homicides. But his research into death by crucifixion is as chilling as anything he has ever seen. A death that began with a furosus (ph) scourging by Roman soldiers using a medal tipped whip.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: The bits of medal would literally enter the skin, even up to the front of the body; the weight would carry it to the front and rip. Rip blood vessels, skin, the pains were literally brutal.
NEESON: Zuggerby (ph) says his agony was compounded when Jesus was then forced to carry the 50-pound cross beam out of Pilot’s fortress. And through these streets of Jerusalem, today called the (UNINTELLIGIBLE), “the way of sorrows.”
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: In the condition that Jesus was in at this time, the shocking condition which is now being built up, the crowning of thorns adding more shock, Jesus would be stumbling; he would be unsteady on his feet. He would fall, he would get up, fall.
NEESON: Finally Jesus arrived at a hill outside the city walls called Gargotha (ph), which means the place of the skull (ph). A site that today is covered by the ornate church of the Holy (UNINTELLIGIBLE).
In Jesus’ day, this holy place was a killing feet (ph), where a team of Roman soldiers awaited their victim, and quickly set about their grizzly task.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: The members of it would hold their legs across their body, their arms while they nailed the nails into their hands.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Though some victims lasted a week, Zuggerby (ph) calculates that Jesus spent about six hours on the cross. Then it was finished.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: If I were to write a death certificate, I would say the cause of death was due to shock, which causes cardiogenic (ph) shock, or the failure of the heart as a pump. And that would be the cause of death.
NEESON: While politics has a hand in Jesus’ death, scholars say so too did prophecy. They note that Jesus’ followers believed the prophecies of ancient scripture. That a political Messiah, a glorious earthly king would come to free them from Rome.
But Jesus had a new prophecy. One that was very different from what they had expected.
He begins to teach them that the Messiah must suffer and die. And that he would go up to Jerusalem, he would be tortured, he would be beaten, he would be crucified, he would die, and he would rise again.
This was not an expectation that they had for the Messiah.
NEESON: So the Gospels say when the disciples showed up at Jesus’ tomb, three days after his death, and found it empty, they were astonished. Jesus said he would rise from the dead. Had his prophecy been fulfilled?
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Christianity’s defining moment came three days after Jesus’ death. When the Gospels tell us he rose from the tomb, and appeared to his downcast followers.
In fact, scholars believed the Gospels were written backwards, starting with Jesus’ death, because those were that facts that the apostles knew the best. And the facts that launched their faith.
EHRMAN: What makes Jesus different isn’t that his message was different. What makes him different is that after he was executed; his followers claimed that he was raised from the dead. Christianity begins when Jesus’ followers proclaim his resurrection.
NEESON: But the resurrection is also the point where science stops and faith begins. Skeptics have explained the resurrection as a mass hallucination. Or a s a tale told to comfort Jesus’ followers. But none of those theories explain the mystery of faith.
WRIGHT: The belief that dead people don’t rise, was absolutely universal across the whole ancient world, with the exception of the Jews, who said that at the moment, dead people don’t rise, but one day there will be a resurrection. Either of all the righteous, or possibly of everybody.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: The best historical explanation for the rise of the early Christian movement is that Jesus really was raised from the dead on the third day.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: While science may not explanation the resurrection of Jesus, it can illuminate his life, even to believers.
REV FITZPATRICK: I’m one of those persons anyway (ph). Look at the secular world and say there’s wonderful things going on there. And they can be a help to us, even talking about who Jesus is.
Good, let’s recognize that. Let ourselves be tested by the world. We can only be helped.
WRIGHT: Bring in as much of the other evidence as you can the (UNINTELLIGIBLE) coins (ph), archeological data. Let’s do the history thing properly. And then this figure emerges in three dimensions. And we say my goodness; this is not just a religious icon. It is not just a wild-eyed revolutionary. It is somebody who is all of that, and much much more. And he’s enormously compelling.
NEESON: Perhaps more compelling in today’s world. Where religion more often than not seems to be a source of conflict.
PFANN: Jesus as a historical figure provides no appointed dialogue among Jews, Christians, and Muslims. Because the Islamic world excepts him as a prophet. The Christian world excepts him as Son of God. And clearly, he was a Jew. We will not agree from synagogue to church to mosque on what he represents. But at least we all have some claim upon him, and that’s the basis of conversation.
NEESON: So historians will continue to dig for clues in the dust of the Holy Land. Sifting through new evidence, and reexamining the old. All to capture the essence of this Jewish rabbi who so changed the world.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And faithful Christians will continue to rely on Jesus’ own words to doubting Thomas. Words that define the mystery of faith. Blessed are those who have not seen, and yet believe.
(END VIDEOTAPE)
TO ORDER A VIDEO OF THIS TRANSCRIPT, PLEASE CALL 800-CNN- NEWS OR USE OUR SECURE ONLINE ORDER FORM LOCATED AT www.fdch.com
LIAM NEESON, ACTOR: It’s a dangerous, tumultuous time in the Roman Empire. Nowhere more so than in the province of Judea, on the far edge of the Mediterranean.
Its capital, the holy city of Jerusalem, is teeming with pilgrims for the springtime feast of Passover, many of them looking for an earthly king, a messiah who will deliver them from the yoke of Roman oppression.
Into this powder keg walks Jesus of Nazareth. His protests against the Romans make him a popular hero. To some, he is the messiah. But to the Romans, he is political trouble. So they crucify him.
The followers of Jesus believe that he has risen from the dead and will soon usher in the kingdom of heaven. But when and how will this new faith survive after Jesus?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Today, more than two billion people call themselves Christians, people who believe Jesus rose from the dead. But perhaps it’s a real miracle that Christianity did not disappear when the Romans crucified Jesus on a lonely hill outside Jerusalem almost 2,000 years ago.
PROF. CLAIRE PFANN, UNIV. OF THE HOLY LAND, JERUSALEM: This region, Jerusalem and Judea, represented an important land bridge between Syria and Egypt. So throughout history, this has been a critical place.
NEESON: Jerusalem had been the holy city of Judaism for more than 1,000 years, a place that the Romans had occupied since 63 B.C. At the time the Romans killed Jesus, around 30 A.D., scholars say, the Jews were desperate for a messiah to free them from Roman oppression, to liberate them and their promised land.
But even then there was disagreement as to who that messiah might be.
PROF. AMY-JILL LEVINE, VANDERBILT UNIV. DIVINITY SCHOOL: In the first century, there was no messianic checklist. Some people would have followed Jesus and considered him to be the messiah, God’s anointed one. Others followed John the Baptist. Others followed additional figures.
NEESON: In the cosmopolitan city of Jerusalem, with its massive temple, the holiest site on earth for Jews and its regal priestly caste, would many have even noticed Jesus, the wandering rabbi from the Galilee?
PROF. BART EHRMAN, UNIV. OF NORTH CAROLINA, CHAPEL HILL: It’s a good question whether Jews in Jerusalem at the time would have even known
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

about the sect of Jewish Christians, people who believed that Jesus was the messiah.
PROF. JUDITH LIEU, KING’S COLLEGE, LONDON: He would have looked the same as everybody else. He dressed the same as everybody else. He had perhaps some disciples, some people following behind him.
When you think of the temple, it’s a place where there’s a lot of activity, a lot of coming and going, no pews, then he would not necessarily have stood out to everybody.
NEESON: And his execution might have been equally obscure.
PFANN: The Romans executed hundreds of thousands of people in the Holy Land in the first century B.C. and A.D. and another person being crucified it’s almost part of everyday activity.
NEESON: In fact, the Jesus story looked to be over even before he died. After all, Jesus had been betrayed by his own disciple, Judas. And as Jesus had foretold in the gospels, his chief disciple, Peter, had already publicly denied him three times.
Only a few women, led by his mother, Mary, stayed at the foot of the cross.
PFANN: Outside of the women who remained there watching, the picture we get from the gospels is that most of his followers actually ran away and hid, because they were afraid for their own safety.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: That should have been the end of the Jesus story and it might have been, if not, the gospels tell us, for the women, namely, Mary Magdalene and Mary, mother of Jesus.
Three days after his death, they discovered his empty tomb. As he promised, Jesus had risen from the dead.
REV. ROBIN GRIFFITH-JONES, MASTER OF THE TEMPLE CHURCH, LONDON: This is the key moment. What happened in the days after Easter and how did the news spread?
NEESON: The new faith had another revelation. The resurrected Jesus appeared to his disciples. According to the Acts of the Apostles, Jesus told them to stay in Jerusalem, where they would soon get a sign from heaven, baptized with the Holy Spirit.
PFANN: So they sit there in a state of anticipation and expectation, but not really knowing.
NEESON: Then on the Jewish feast of Pentecost, 50 days after Jesus died, the sign came and, suddenly, from heaven, there came a sound like the rush of a violent wind. And it filled the entire house where they were sitting, divided tongues, as of fire appeared among them, and a tongue rested on each of them. All of them were filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in other languages.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: So that Jews who were in Jerusalem, be they from Egypt or Syrene or Greece or even Rome, would be able to understand this new proclamation in their own dialect.
EHRMAN: And so now, all of a sudden, 8,000 Jews in Jerusalem have converted and before long, there won’t be any non-Christian Jews left, according to the Book of Acts.
NEESON: The story in the Book of Acts was written by Luke decades later. Could he have exaggerated to make it sound even more impressive?
GRIFFITH-JONES: I think it most unlikely that it happened exactly as Luke describes it, but Luke is absolutely clear what significance he sees in what happened, and what he needs to do is relay through his story not just what happened, but what it meant that it happened, what it signified.
And so he draws on the Old Testament and we have this wonderful image of all the nations of the earth being reunited under this renewed blessing and law of God.
NEESON: Less than two months after the violent death of Jesus, his once terrified followers were now boldly proclaiming his divine rule. It would seem that Christianity had already taken root, though its followers didn’t see it that way.
EHRMAN: These earliest followers of Jesus understood themselves to be Jews. They thought that Jesus was the Jewish messiah who had been sent from the Jewish god to the Jewish people in fulfillment of the Jewish scriptures.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: So they’re not, at least originally, interested in starting a new religion. They’re interested in preparing the world for its final consummation.
NEESON: But that kingdom doesn’t come and it claims the followers of Jesus start to make about him begin to sound like blasphemy.
PROF. LAWRENCE H. SCHIFFMAN, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY: So the problem is not in the belief that Jesus is the messiah. The problem is when the belief is moving from messiah to a kind of deified messiah and as this begins to be understood by the Jews, then opposition to this movement is no longer a political thing. It’s a very strong religious thing.
NEESON: In fact, it will come to bitterly divide the family and lead to centuries of persecution. But now, in the years after the death of Jesus, his followers needed to keep his message alive.
And they get two messengers who could not be more different, Peter, the simple fisherman from Galilee, who was Jesus’ chief apostle, and Paul, a sophisticated Pharisee. Together, they will create a religion that would change the world. (COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: Just a few years after Jesus was killed, the Book of Acts tells us, a devout Jew named Stephen stood on the steps of the temple in Jerusalem, the holiest spot in all of Judaism, and directly challenged the religious establishment.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

He proclaimed the Jews had rejected the messiah and so the temple would be destroyed. The only way to salvation was through Jesus, the son of God. It was blasphemy.
EHRMAN: And according to the traditions in the Book of Acts, as he’s being stoned to death, he looked up to heaven and he saw Jesus himself standing by the right hand of God. And he prays to Jesus that he not hold this against his persecutors, and then he dies.
NEESON: The martyrdom of Stephen was a gift from heaven and a propaganda coup. Just like Jesus, his followers were willing to prove their faith with their lives.
But for one young man who participated in the stoning of Stephen, getting rid of blasphemers was the mission. His name was Saul. Born in Tarsus, in Asia Minor, he was a Pharisee, a member of a powerful Jewish movement.
EHRMAN: And he thought that this was a blasphemous idea, that the messiah would be somebody who was crucified, because for most Jews, the messiah must be a figure of grandeur and power. How can you say that a crucified man is the messiah?
PFANN: As he understands it, the appropriate response to this is to persecute, to cut out, to destroy this messianic Jewish movement that is happening, that is focused on Jesus of Nazareth, and that’s what he does.
NEESON: Saul was at the forefront of that persecution, says the Book of Acts. Breathing threats and murder, Saul set off in furious pursuit of Jesus’ followers, who had fled to Damascus.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

GRIFFITH-JONES: Damascus was a holy place and there were those who thought the messiah, the Christ, would appear in Damascus.
NEESON: But while on the road to Damascus, Saul had an extraordinary vision. Suddenly a light from heaven flashed around him, says the Book of Acts. He fell to the ground and heard a voice saying to him, “Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?” He asked, “Who are you, Lord?” The reply came, “I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting.”
PFANN: And when he finds out that Jesus is truly alive, it means that the other things that Jesus’ followers say about him must also be considered as true. Jesus is the messiah.
NEESON: Saul of Tarsus, who never met Jesus in the flesh, never traveled or supped with him, and who wanted to kill his followers, becomes the greatest defender of the Jesus faith, known to the world by the Greek version of his name, Paul.
EHRMAN: Some people have called Paul the second founder of Christianity, because Christianity is more than following the teachings of Jesus. Christianity is not just a religion that Jesus had. It’s the religion about Jesus. It’s a religion founded on Jesus’ death and resurrection.
NEESON: In his letter to the Galatians, Paul reveals exactly what Jesus told him to do, that “I should announce him triumphant among the Gentiles.” It was a radical mission.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

PROF. RICHARD A. FREUND, UNIV. OF HARTFORD: He starts preaching there to Gentiles, to pagans, and saying, “This is a faith that can touch you,” and that must have been — the Jews in the Diaspora must have said, “My gosh, did we miss something? When did they suddenly make Judaism into a universal religion?”
NEESON: People listened to Paul because he was the perfect man for the job, able to speak to both Jews and Gentiles in their own language.
EHRMAN: So he’s one of the first really powerful intellects to convert to Christianity in the first century.
NEESON: Just what did this cosmopolitan Jew say to the pagans to make them give up their ancient gods and believe in Jesus?
EHRMAN: This is the one who could heal your child, if your child was sick. This is the one who could end the draught, who could end the famine. This is the god who could raise the dead, that this was the god who could do miracles, and so this was the only god to be worshiped.
NEESON: Indeed, Paul’s first mission abroad was so successful that, for the first time, the followers of Jesus get the name by which they will be known forever.
PFANN: And after the apostles, Luke tells us that it was an Antioch that the believers were first called Christians.
EHRMAN: There’s some evidence to suggest that the term “Christian” itself was actually used by the opponents of the followers of Jesus as a term of derogation, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

that, in fact, these are Christians, these are little Christs. And who was Christ? He was the one who was crucified. That’s what these people deserve, as well.
NEESON: The Christians now had a name and an identity of their own. It marked the beginning of the public split with Judaism.
LIEU: Both claim the same heritage going back to Abraham. At some stage, you begin to give yourself a label, or perhaps other people begin to give you a label, and labels themselves begin to set up differences. They begin to make you aware of differences.
NEESON: But delivering the Jesus message put Paul and Peter in conflict. Paul’s open door mission to the pagan Gentiles was a huge problem for Peter, who thought the resurrection of Jesus was for the Jews alone. If you wanted to follow Jesus, you had to become a Jew and obey Jewish law. And Peter wielded considerable power back in Jerusalem, power given to him by Jesus.
LEVINE: According to the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says to Peter, “You are Peter — the Greek term for rock, petros — and on this rock, petra, I will build my church.”
EHRMAN: Peter became the head of the small Christian church that was centered in Jerusalem itself. So early on, Peter was the key player in early Christianity and, according to our tradition, was the one that converted Jews early on to believe in Jesus and the messiah.
NEESON: But there was another crucial leader of the early followers of Jesus. His name was James and he seemed to have the ultimate trump card in the new faith.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

EHRMAN: Because he was Jesus’ earthly brother, he was actually raised in prominence among the Christians of Jerusalem and eventually, then, it wasn’t long before he became the leader of the Jerusalem church.
NEESON: And James agreed with Peter: Jesus was for the Jews.
Within two decades of the crucifixion of Jesus, scholars say, Christianity faced a life or death moment.
EHRMAN: This was the major dispute in early Christianity, whether followers of Jesus have to become Jewish in order to worship the Jewish god.
NEESON: The conflict threatened to destroy the new faith. How could it be saved?
PFANN: In Jerusalem, around the year 48 to 49, the first apostolic council is called in order to resolve the issue of Gentile Christians, do they convert or don’t they convert.
LEVINE: Paul argues that the Holy Spirit had descended upon the Gentiles apart from the Law of Moses. Therefore, there was no reason to insist that those Gentiles be converted first to Judaism in order to be a member of the church, and James, the brother of Jesus, presiding over this Jerusalem council, agrees with Paul.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: It was a huge triumph for the new faith and especially for Paul, whose argument had won the day. The Jesus message was for the whole world, and those who believed that message would win eternal life.
But the biggest test was yet to come. Just how will the Jesus message go down in the pagan heart of the Roman Empire?
(COMMERCIAL BREAK) (MUSIC)
NEESON: In the first century A.D., the Roman Empire was home to more than 60 million people and dozens of religions.
At the center of it all, Rome, a city of a million people. To spread the word of Jesus, the missionaries now had to conquer that empire, and first into Rome was the simple Galilean fisherman, Peter.
LEVINE: Would Peter have been in awe? Of course, he would have been, but Peter had a message which he was convinced would put in awe all those people of Rome.
NEESON: Believers in Jesus also provided answers to the central mystery of life.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: The questions pagans were asking were, “What was going to happen to me when I died? How do I get forgiveness from sin?” The Christian church said, “We can provide you those answers.”
NEESON: Believe in the resurrected Jesus and win eternal life. That was the message that had appeal across the Roman Empire, a message that first spread throughout the huge Jewish community outside Israel.
LEVINE: Over a million Jews in Egypt and Alexandria, Jews in Damascus, Jews in Antioch, Jews in Athens, certainly Jews in Rome — and for the early Christians, these early followers of Jesus, some of these Jews would have provided missionaries a home, missionaries a base by which they could reach other Jews, as well as Gentiles.
EHRMAN: The Romans had provided roads throughout the entire empire. They had gotten rid of many of the pirates that were on the seas. There was a common currency throughout the empire. Travel was both possible and feasible and so it wasn’t unusual for somebody like Paul to be able to travel around to different places.
GRIFFITH-JONES: And Paul never stopped. He just never stopped, on either by foot across the great land mass of Asia Minor or by sea, particularly, across the Aegean, to and fro from east to west.
LEVINE: But we cannot discount the force of Paul’s own personality. Religiously speaking, Paul was a genius.
NEESON: Paul not only set up Christian communities, he also directed them from afar, writing letters, or epistles, to keep them on the Jesus message. Paul’s Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

epistles to these various Christian communities are the earliest surviving Christian documents, older than the gospels.
And he preached everywhere, from small town synagogues to Athens, the center of world culture, convincing philosophers and slaves alike that God had sent his son, Jesus, to die and rise again to save everyone.
In his letter to the Romans, written in 57 A.D., Paul says that, “By God’s will, I may somehow at last succeed in coming to you.”
Nearly three decades after the death of Jesus, Paul would make his way to Rome, but only after he was jailed in Jerusalem, where he found himself threatened with death.
LEVINE: I can picture him just trying to convert the entire Praetorian guard. The early Christians, particularly the evangelists, the apostles, were politically problematic. They were proclaiming a son of God, a god from God, a savior, but those happened to be titles that the Roman emperor arrogated to himself.
NEESON: For the next few years, Paul would languish in prison, surviving assassination attempts and brutal interrogations.
Finally, his appeals to be tried in Rome were answered.
PFANN: Paul is a citizen of the Roman Empire and that provides certain protections for him. They include the right to a trial, the right to not be whipped or beaten without a trial, the right to appeal to Caesar, and a protection against crucifixion.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: The trip from Jerusalem almost killed Paul, when he was shipwrecked in a storm. Finally, in the year 60 AD, Paul reached Rome, in chains, just in time for Rome’s first official persecution of Christians, at the hands of the emperor, Nero.
In the year 64 AD, when a fire destroyed much of imperial Rome, Nero famously fiddled while the city burned. But he had his reasons for letting the fire burn. He wanted to clear out space for grand new buildings.
GRIFFITH-JONES: The Christians, living in the south of the city, are immune from the fire that weeps northwards. The Christians fall under suspicion. Nero, the emperor, being blamed widely, realizes the Christians are the scapegoats, the natural scapegoats.
EHRMAN: He apparently had some of them burned as human torches in his gardens. He had others wrapped in animal skins and set wild dogs upon them in a public setting. And so this was the first persecution of Christians by a Roman emperor.
The reasons Christians were persecuted early on was not because it was illegal to be a Christian. They were persecuted because they were known to be troublemakers.
NEESON: Among Nero’s victims were the two most important leaders of the early Christian church. Peter had been living and preaching in Rome. Paul had been living under house arrest.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Now, they were both condemned to death for their faith.
PFANN: Peter is not a citizen of the Roman Empire and so he is able to be crucified. And he is crucified upside down, because he did not feel that he was worthy to die in the same manner that Jesus did.
NEESON: And Paul, who spread Christianity throughout the empire, was beheaded.
Two years earlier, James, the brother of Jesus, had been stoned to death in Jerusalem. Now, Peter was gone and Paul, too. The head, the heart of the faith.
If Jesus hadn’t saved these three, what then for Christianity?
EHRMAN: Once these people died, there were already leaders in place who could take over the mantle of leadership and then lead Christianity on into the future.
NEESON: Christians weren’t the only ones facing violent martyrdom. Back in Judea, in the birthplace of Christianity, Judaism was about to undergo the most horrific trial in its tortured history.
Rebellion, then war with Rome. The terrible outcome would crack open the growing rift between the Jews and the Christians for the next 2,000 years.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

COSTELLO: Hello, I’m Carol Costello in New York. CNN PRESENTS: After Jesus will continue in just a moment. But first, a quick check of the day’s top stories.
The search for two missing climbers on Oregon’s Mt. Hood has been suspended again because of bad weather. But officials have given up hope of finding either Brian Hall or Jerry Cooke alive. An autopsy release late today indicates a third climber in the party, Kelly James, had been dead for several days before his body was found last Sunday. James died of hypothermia.
A major winter storm hit Denver, Colorado, during this morning’s rush hour. Highways slowed to a crawl, then closed down completely. Denver’s airport has closed and hundreds of flights have been canceled, stranding even more travelers. Up to two feet of snow expected to pile up in Denver before the storm moves into the Plains. Blizzard warnings are up for eastern Colorado and adjoining sections on Nebraska and Kansas.
And literally thousands of one-armed bandits are coming to the city of brotherly love. Pennsylvania officials today approved five licenses for stand- alone slot machine parlors. Two of them will be in Philadelphia. Now that means it will become the nation’s biggest city with casinos. The state’s gaming board rejected Donald Trump’s bid for a slots parlor. It also turned down plans to build them near the historic Gettysburg battlefield and next to Pittsburgh’s Mellon Arena.
Quick break, we’ll have more news at the top of the hour, and then it’s back to CNN PRESENTS: After Jesus.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: In the year 66 AD, the Jews of Israel had seen enough of their Roman masters and launched a revolt that would end in disaster and permanently divide them from their Christian brothers.
EHRMAN: There was a serious uprising in which Jews decided to try and throw out the Roman oppressors and establish Israel as a sovereign state in the land. NEESON: The Romans sent in their legions from Assyria and fought their way south through Galilee to Jerusalem, the holy city of Judaism and fortress of the Jewish rebels.
SCHIFFMAN: They made the tactical mistake of all assembling in Jerusalem around that temple. Then the worst thing happened. They started to fight among themselves about what to do, how to defend themselves.
NEESON: That’s when, according to the Jewish historian Josephus, the Roman general, Titus, surrounded Jerusalem. Titus, a brutal warrior, cut off the city’s food and water in an attempt to starve the people out.
LEVINE: Meanwhile, he waited for Jewish faction A to defeat Jewish faction B. He let the internal revolutionaries fight the battle for him.
NEESON: Titus and his troops then breached the walls of Jerusalem. They attacked the temple, slaughtering more than half a million Jews with sword, fire and crucifixion.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

EHRMAN: The Temple Mount was a huge area. You could fit 40 American football fields inside the Temple Mount, within the walls. Much of it was plated with gold and with fine wood and so, from a distance, it would sparkle.
FREUND: Every single Jew had an obligation to make three pilgrimages a year to the temple in Jerusalem and people who lived in Judea felt that obligation very seriously. The idea of pilgrimage was central to a Jew’s identity.
NEESON: The temple’s majesty and its importance to the Jews made it the perfect target for the Romans to make clear exactly who was king of the Jews — Rome.
So the Romans burned the temple to the ground and Titus and his men seized the spoils of war.
PFANN: The gold was melted down, the silver was melted down and these precious metals were actually used in facing of the coliseum, to adorn the coliseum.
As all conquerors do, they took the wealth for themselves.
NEESON: The destruction of the temple was devastating and symbolic, further dividing Jews and Christians.
Jesus had prophesied the end of the temple. “Truly, I tell you,” he said to his disciples, “not one stone will be left here upon another. All will be thrown down.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: For the Christians, the destruction of the temple was punishment on the Jews for their rejection of Jesus.
NEESON: Some Jewish rebels managed to escape and made their way to a hilltop fortress called Masada. But that, too, ended in tragedy when the Romans built a ramp to penetrate the fortress.
EHRMAN: When this happened, the Jewish insurgency within the walls then took a suicide pact. They killed one another until the last ones then killed themselves.
And so when the Romans finally arrived at the fortress, in fact, all they found were dead bodies.
NEESON: Now, with their rebellion crushed, with hundreds of thousands dead and with their temple gone, the Jews were in danger of disappearing altogether.
FREUND: There was no central temple. There was no leadership. Remember, this had been in place for a 1,000 years. They have had this same structure for a 1,000 years. Now, it was over.
Many other religions had folded up their tents, you know, with far less.
NEESON: But it wasn’t quite over. Rabbi Yochanan ben Zakkai had escaped the besieged Jerusalem, smuggled out in a coffin.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

He made an appeal to the newly appointed emperor, Vespasian, asking to set up a peaceful rabbinical academy in the nearby town of Yavneh, promising that it would be purely religious and not political or military in nature.
Surprisingly, Vespasian agreed and only a year later, in 70 A.D., the rabbi’s academy represented Judaism’s last hope.
FREUND: And he brought these scholars together in Yavneh and he built, for the first time, what would become the basis for a new type of Judaism that would then run parallel with the beginnings of Christianity.
NEESON: From the ruins of the temple, two separate and distinct faiths emerged.
EHRMAN: Some people have thought that this destruction of Jerusalem in the year 70 led to a major break between Judaism and Christianity, in part, because there were many Jews who didn’t want to side with the Jewish rebels in fighting against the Romans, because for these followers of Jesus, salvation doesn’t come by overthrowing the Romans. Salvation comes by believing in Jesus.
NEESON: At the end of the first century, Christian leaders decided they needed a new holy scripture. They started writing down what Jesus had said and done. And now Christianity would take a new direction, a religion based on the word of the written gospels, a religion that would guide them far into an uncertain future.
But just who wrote the gospels and are they, indeed, the last word on Jesus?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(COMMERCIAL BREAK) NEESON: By the end of the first century, Christianity was adrift. The followers of Jesus, persecuted by the imperial powers in Rome, estranged from the Jewish religion from which they had come.
Their founding leaders were dead and the great temple of Jerusalem was gone. Israel lay in ruins.
Jesus promised he would return to save his loyal followers, but he had not. If ever there was a time of peril for Christianity, this was it.
PFANN: The delay in the Second Coming caught everybody by surprise. I don’t think any of the earliest Christians thought they would be around for a 100 years or 200 years or even 300 years.
GRIFFITH-JONES: Jesus’ delay was, indeed, a crisis, which is why the New Testament has so many times to address the question, “Oh, where is he? Why hasn’t he come back? When’s he coming?”
Why didn’t it just break John into a sort of collapse of disappointment and disillusion?
NEESON: It didn’t break down, because Christian leaders decided they needed something more permanent to preserve the faith in Jesus. So they compiled a history, sacred books and a clergy to stand in for Jesus. But that didn’t happen overnight.
EHRMAN: I think most people imagine that after Jesus died, the Church just emerged suddenly and that you had Christians confessing the Nicean Creed, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

reading the canon of the 27 books of the New Testament, and that it was all in place right after Jesus’ death. And, in fact, it took centuries for these things to fall into place.
NEESON: The core of Christian belief is the story of Jesus’ life, death, and resurrection, as told in the four gospels, the books of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John, named after the evangelists said to have written them.
EHRMAN: Matthew and John were two of the disciples of Jesus, Matthew the tax collector and John the beloved disciple. Mark was a companion of the apostle Peter and Luke was a companion of the apostle Paul.
NEESON: But did they really write the gospels?
GRIFFITH-JONES: We can never be sure. What could happen, it’s easy to imagine, that in days such as that, Peter was relaying to some young pupil the stories he remembered, before it was too late, and Mark is putting them into an order in which this story will offer some consolation to a church that is facing terrible destruction.
NEESON: Mark is the earliest gospel, scholars say, written around 65 AD. Matthew and Luke were written some 15 to 20 years later. And, finally, the gospel of John was written about 90 or 95 AD.
While each of the four gospels recount the death and resurrection of Jesus, they are strikingly different.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

EHRMAN: The question of where they got their information is very interesting. What most scholars today think is that after the days of Jesus, his followers told stories about him, about what he did during his ministry.
And these stories were circulating year after year, decade after decade, until later authors, who were not the illiterate Aramaic followers of Jesus in Galilee and then Jerusalem, but were Greek- speaking Christians of a later generation, these later authors heard these stories and then wrote them down in their books.
NEESON: The gospels were written not as history, scholars say, but as a kind of divine story, a gospel truth.
GRIFFITH-JONES: When we now read these gospels as straightforward narratives, we completely miss their point. We are trying to make them into a diary. They’re not a diary. We’re trying to make them into a biography. They’re not a biography.
They are what, in our terms, should be called an apocalypse, a disclosure of a truth, which — a supposed truth, which the gospel writers themselves believed was beyond all normal human apprehension.
NEESON: And they were aimed directly at the Jews who had not embraced Jesus as the messiah. So by the end of the first century, disagreement had become a deepening divide, further driving Christians from the Jewish faith.
GRIFFITH-JONES: By the time we get to John, we hear talk of those who respected Jesus being thrown out of the synagogue, yes, and how the enemies in John’s gospel are the Jews. It’s left a terrible legacy in Christendom. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LIEU: If you read your gospel carefully, then sometimes you have to stop, and you’re rather perplexed by this, because Jesus is a Jew, his disciples are Jews. Actually, all the characters are Jews.
So when the Jews challenge Jesus and his disciples, you should say, “Hang on a minute, they’re all Jews. What do we mean by this?”
FREUND: They’re Jewish and they’re writing about other Jews. And it’s like I can call my mother names, but you should not call my mother names. This was an inter-brotherly, sisterly fight for a definition of Judaism. And, yes, they did not like what other Jews were saying, but they were also themselves Jews.
NEESON: Scholars say that the final split came early in the second century, when the Jews of Israel launched another rebellion against Roman rule, led by their messiah, Simon Bar Kokhba.
SCHIFFMAN: The Jews in the rebellion thought that Bar Kokhba was their messiah, which meant that they had already rejected the Christian notion of messiah.
NEESON: The Bar Kokhba rebellion ended with the slaughter of hundreds of thousands of Jews, including their messiah.
But Christianity soon had a new fight and the enemy came from within. As Christianity’s second century began, its leaders now battled heretics, the monks and mystics who wrote their own Jesus stories, gospels that would threaten this young religion.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
COSTELLO: Hello. I’m Carol Costello in New York.
CNN Presents: “After Jesus” will continue in just a moment, but, first, a quick check of the day’s top stories.
Just in time for the official start of winter, a major storm is roaring out of the Rocky Mountains and into the Plain states. Denver, Colorado’s airport now closed — hundreds of flights have been canceled. Heavy snow also is snarling travel in New Mexico, Kansas and Nebraska. Portions of Interstate 40, 70, 80 are shut down.
Bad weather on Oregon’s Mount Hood has forced crews to suspend the search for two missing climbers. Officials have now given up hope of finding Brian Hall and Jerry Cooke alive. An autopsy released today shows a third climber, Kelly James, died of hypothermia.
In what will likely be his last White House news conference of the year, President Bush acknowledged today that things are not going well in Iraq. He said he still hasn’t decided whether to order a sharp increase in the number of U.S. troops there, but he does want to increase the overall size of the U.S. military.
(BEGIN VIDEO CLIP)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

GEORGE W. BUSH, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES: I’m inclined to believe that we need to increase in — the permanent size of both the United States Army and the United States Marines. I have asked Secretary Gates to determine how such an increase could take place and report back to me as quickly as possible.
(END VIDEO CLIP)
COSTELLO: Defense Secretary Robert Gates was in Baghdad today to confer with U.S. commanders, just two days after taking charge at the Pentagon. The Associated Press is reporting, the Pentagon is pushing President Bush to request nearly 100 billion more dollars for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Now back to CNN PRESENTS: “After Jesus.” (BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
NEESON (voice-over): By the start of the second century, Christianity was at a crossroads.
After the crucifixion of Jesus, around 30 A.D., the New Testament recounts how the faith he started took on a new life. Inspired by the leadership of the apostles Peter and Paul, the message of the resurrected Jesus spread into the heart of the Roman empire.
But success brought persecution and death. As Christianity’s early leaders began to die out, it was critical to keep the story of Jesus alive. So, they
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

compiled sacred books about his life, what we know today as the New Testament.
But to the south, in the desert sands of Egypt, a group of Christian monks and mystics were writing their own gospels with a very different version of the life of Jesus, one that launched a battle for the very heart of Christianity.
Of all the threats to Christianity over the past 2,000 years, perhaps the greatest came in 1945, near the village of Nag Hammadi in southern Egypt, where the waters of the Nile dry up into desert sands.
This is where a farmer named Muhammad Ali was digging for fertilizer when he discovered a clay jar with 13 ancient books hidden inside.
MARVIN MEYER, PROFESSOR, CHAPMAN UNIVERSITY: Within these books, there were over 50 texts, most of which we did not know about before, that could help us understand the beginnings of Christianity and the development of religion in some remarkable new ways.
NEESON: But it all nearly vanished in a puff of smoke, when the mother of Muhammad Ali was looking for fuel to make some tea.
MEYER: She found these old books. And, as he told the story, Muhammad Ali says that his mother ripped out some pages of papyrus, some precious pages of ancient text, and pushed those underneath her stove, and burned the papyrus, and had some delicious tea that day. But what was lost in the process, we will never know.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: What we do know is that the surviving books, called the Gnostic Gospels, gave the world a compelling and competing story of what happened after Jesus.
MEYER: The texts of the Nag Hammadi library are making it very clear that there were a lot of gospels that were composed in the early church. Four were finally selected for the New Testament canon, but, beyond that, there were plenty of other gospels.
NEESON: Other gospels, more than one version of the faith? In fact, there were many. There were even Christians who believed in more than one god.
BART EHRMAN, PROFESSOR, UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA, CHAPEL HILL: All of these groups said that they were following the teachings of Jesus, and that they themselves were the true Christians, and that the other groups are wrong.
NEESON: By far, the most successful and threatening was a group called the Gnostics, who lived in Egypt in the second century. And they wrote their own version of the life of Jesus.
MEYER: The word “Gnostic” comes from the Greek “gnosis,” which means knowledge, but it’s not the kind of knowledge that you simply get out of books, but, rather, it is mystical knowledge. It is insight into the true nature of — of who you are, and what is your relationship to God, and is there an essence, a spark, a bit of the light of God within your own self.
NEESON: But finding God within yourself was blasphemous, according to Orthodox Christians. They believed that God had created everything, and his Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

creation was perfect, though man had sinned in the Garden of Eden. The Gnostics saw it differently.
EHRMAN: According to Gnostics, this world we live in, this material place is not the creation of the one true God. This is a cosmic disaster that happened, and there are people who are trapped here in human bodies.
REVEREND ROBIN GRIFFITH-JONES, MASTER OF THE TEMPLE CHURCH, LONDON: But there is hope, because some of us, just some of us, will be woken up by the redeemer coming to us from the world of the spiritual, and will reintroduce us to our real destiny, which is to rise again from this material filth, through layer after layer of the heavens, to the true spiritual realm.
It’s very attractive. It offers a form of — of self-discovery, of self-truth, self- realization.
NEESON: The Gnostic message was very seductive: a mix of Greek philosophy, Egyptian religion, and Eastern mysticism, all very contemporary in its spirituality.
MEYER: The New Testament Gospels are gospels of the cross. The Gnostic gospels are gospels of wisdom. The New Testament Gospels care about salvation from sin. The Gnostic gospels care about salvation from ignorance. The New Testament Gospels look to stimulate faith. The Gnostic gospels look to stimulate knowledge and insight.
NEESON: Gnosticism held a fascination for many Christians for another reason. Its gospels seemed to offer a more female-friendly faith.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MEYER: It was the Gnostics that thought that the role of the female as an image and the role of women within the church should be advanced, so that God is not only male; God is also female. There are not only male leaders; there are female leaders. There are not only male priests; there are female priests. And, in this way, there is a kind of gender balance found in these texts.
NEESON: That balance is not found in the Gnostic gospel of Thomas, where Peter asks Jesus to send Mary Magdalene on her way, for women aren’t worthy of apostolic life.
EHRMAN: And Jesus replies, “Leave her alone, for I shall make her a male, for every woman who becomes a male will enter into the kingdom of God.”
This isn’t a very liberating view of women, and not one I think that people probably want to latch on to today. NEESON: The Gnostic gospels seemed to assault the very foundation of Orthodox Christianity, telling a different version of the life of Jesus.
Not only does doubting Thomas have a gospel, but so does Judas Iscariot, the apostle who betrayed Jesus for 30 pieces of silver.
MEYER: The gospel of Judas Iscariot? What a provocative thought that is, that there could be good news or a gospel that is associated with the person who is most renowned as the betrayer of Jesus. And, now, lo and behold, a gospel of Judas has been discovered, shedding more light on how provocative and interesting and insightful that second century was, with all the diversity of thoughts, so that even a figure like Judas can be linked to the good news of Jesus.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: So, too, can Mary Magdalene. For centuries, mistakenly depicted as a repentant prostitute, she is the chief apostle in her own Gnostic gospel, and much more than that to Jesus in the Gnostic gospel of Philip.
MEYER: In the gospel of Philip, it is said that Jesus loved Mary Magdalene more than all the other disciples and he used to kiss her often on her — and then there is a lacuna, or a hole, in the text. You would think, probably, it means on her lips, as a matter of fact.
But it says something about the perception in that particular text of the closeness of Jesus and Mary Magdalene. Mary was a beloved disciple of Jesus.
NEESON: But scholars tend to read that passage as symbolic, rather than as a literal relationship, or secret marriage, between Jesus and Mary Magdalene.
EHRMAN: Scholars have not been persuaded over the years that Jesus was married. We know of Jews from the first century, in fact, who were unmarried. And it’s striking that the Jewish men that we know of who were single and celibate were men who have shared the same point of view as Jesus.
NEESON: Perhaps the biggest problem with the Gnostic gospels is that they were written decades, and even centuries, after the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. For some historians, that passage of time raises serious questions of authenticity.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LAWRENCE H. SCHIFFMAN, PROFESSOR, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY: The Gnostic gospels are not early sources of Christianity. They’re documents that came into existence way after the actual Gospels had come into existence.
They also don’t fairly represent Christianity as what it was, namely, a group that had its origins in Judaism. In fact, some of these documents are essentially anti- Semitic. And that’s why they want to deny the Old Testament origins of Christianity, let alone to deny the real human role of Jesus in Judea in the first century.
NEESON: Gnosticism, to church leaders, was heresy. And, to survive in this dangerous time, the church had to be united. Over the next two centuries, the sacred Gnostic texts would be suppressed, hidden or destroyed, while Orthodox Christianity constructed great temples and claimed authority over the Bible.
Even so, Christianity would face its greatest challenge: methodical, brutal persecution by the Roman Empire.
(END VIDEOTAPE) (COMMERCIAL BREAK) (BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
NEESON (voice-over): The landscape of Christianity today looks very different than it did in the first century. Back then, there were no steeples, no pews, no altars, no churches, as we know them. Even the Christmas holiday did not exist.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

RICHARD A. FREUND, PROFESSOR, UNIVERSITY OF HARTFORD: The simplest things, like the date when Jesus was born, was totally fluid through the second and into the third century. It only appears for the first time on a Christian calendar in the fourth century as December 25.
So, you get the feeling that the entire coalescing of the religion of Christianity is taking place over 100, 200 years after Jesus is no longer walking the face of the earth.
NEESON: The structure familiar to contemporary Christians began in the first years of the faith with a simple act, as Christians would hold their primary worship on a Sunday, the day Jesus rose from the dead, and not the Saturday Sabbath of the Jews.
EHRMAN: Paul speaks of Christians gathering together on the first day of the week. And they apparently sing hymns. They apparently read scripture. They take a collection of alms for the poor, and they celebrate what came to be known as the Eucharist.
PRIEST: This is my body, which will be given up for you.
NEESON: Eucharist, from a Greek word meaning thanksgiving, was the early Christian celebration, a recreation of the Last Supper.
CLAIRE PFANN, PROFESSOR, UNIVERSITY OF THE HOLY LAND, JERUSALEM: The one ritual that Jesus established for his communities was to share bread and wine in remembrance of him.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Do this in memory of me.
PFANN: And throughout all the Christian communities, whether they were Jewish Christians or Gentile Christians, that partaking of the bread and the wine in his memory became the central focus of worship.
NEESON: But that Eucharist would have looked much different than the ritual we see today, as Paul reveals in Corinthians. JUDITH LIEU, PROFESSOR, KINGS COLLEGE, LONDON: But the Lord’s supper, as he describes it, it is not a sort of different sort of practice with those tiny, wee little wafers or bits of bread and a thimble full, or, you know, a sip of wine or something. It’s something which is integrated into a normal meal. He talks about some people going away hungry and other people having too much. So, it’s — it’s integrated in a normal social sort of context.
NEESON: And while the New Testament mention the idea of a church, using the Greek word “ecclesia,” early Christians did didn’t worship in magnificence cathedrals.
AMY-JILL LEVINE, PROFESSOR, VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY DIVINITY SCHOOL: Ecclesia simply means an assembly. Early Christians, early followers of Jesus would have met in private homes. They might have met in public buildings.
PFANN: They began in the synagogue. They broke from the synagogue. And they met in houses.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

In Corinth, where you have very wealthy Gentile Christians and Jewish Christian leaders, you would have a villa. And maybe a villa could host 75 or 100 people at one time.
REVEREND GERALD O’COLLINS, S.J., PONTIFICAL GREGORIAN UNIVERSITY, ROME: So, baptism took place at home, and also the Eucharist. The Eucharist has its roots in the Last Supper.
NEESON: But who presided over these rituals was then an open question.
EHRMAN: The earliest Christian churches were not organized according to a hierarchical structure, such as we think of today, where there might be a pope, for example, in the Catholic Church, or there be bishops over churches, or priests, or — or even pastors over churches.
The early Christian communities, in fact, were completely egalitarian.
NEESON: But a hierarchy did begin to emerge, taking on the form of the society around this young church, and building on the vocabulary of the New Testament itself.
PFANN: Words like “episkopos,” which means a pastor, but comes — or a shepherd — but comes to mean a bishop, words like “presbyteros,” which means an elder, but comes to mean an overseer, or words like “diakonos,” which means a servant, but comes to mean deacon, all of these things are inherent already in the New Testament.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

We see, though, that the structure of — of the congregations is much looser. However, as — as these congregations continue to go on, as — as time lapses and communities grow, there is a need for more and more structuring.
NEESON: And with that structure came a power struggle. Who would emerge as the new face of Christianity?
(END VIDEOTAPE) (COMMERCIAL BREAK) (BEGIN VIDEOTAPE)
NEESON (voice-over): As Christian communities took hold around the Mediterranean, women were critical in spreading and nurturing the new faith. But now, at the beginning of the second century, a hierarchy develops. And its face is male.
EHRMAN: Eventually, Christianity came to oppress women and to silence women. And, so, throughout history, of course, Christianity has been known as a male religion, in that only the leader — only the men can be leaders of the churches. Only men can be the priests or the pastors or the pope.
But, in the early days, Christianity was probably much more in tune with women’s needs and the possibility of women playing leadership roles in the churches.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LIEU: It is a man’s world. And it’s a world when it’s quite often difficult to — to capture the glimpses of women, and to capture the glimpses of — of what women themselves felt. On the whole, women don’t write in this world. They don’t leave records of what they are doing.
NEESON: As a result, the few surviving documents we have are written by men of the church, who drafted blueprints for church life in works such as the Didache.
PFANN: The Didache, for example, which is a composition that is titled “The Teaching” — didache means teaching — “The Teaching of the 12 Apostles to the Gentiles.” And this is meant to be part of the legacy of the Jerusalem and Jewish Christian community to help Gentile Christian communities structure themselves.
NEESON: Locked in the library of the Greek Orthodox patriarch in Jerusalem is the single surviving copy of the Didache. Written about 100 A.D., it is a type of how-to manual for early Christians that provides practical advice, how to worship, pray, baptize.
PFANN: How do you baptize? Do you immerse, or do you sprinkle? What do you do if there’s not enough water? How do you handle this situation? How do you celebrate communion? How do you break the bread? What should you say when you have the lord’s supper? Very practical advice.
The Didache provided structure for the earliest Christians. And with structure came power. And with that power came the final foundation stone of what we recognize today as the church, the authority to define what is sacred scripture and what is heresy.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

LEVINE: Surely, by the end of the first century, the letters of Paul have been collected. The Gospels Matthew, Mark, Luke and John, and likely other gospels, as well, had been written. But it would take another several centuries before the canon of the church, as we know it today, finally took shape.
EHRMAN: Different Christian communities had different gospels that they — that they read during their worship services. Eventually, as it turned out, of course, only four Gospels made it into the New Testament. And scholars are fairly convinced that these four, in fact, are the four earliest Gospels.
NEESON: With dozens of other gospels circulating, how did church leaders ensure the survival of the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and John?
EHRMAN: It is true that church leaders discouraged the reading of these other books, and they — they didn’t allow them to be read in their church services.
But they didn’t burn these other books. The way that you would prevent a book from being circulated in the ancient world was simply by not copying it. So, the way to destroy a book was simply not to reproduce it. And that’s probably what happened to most of the gospels that didn’t make it into the New Testament.
NEESON: Armed with a hierarchy, a distinct set of beliefs and rituals, and canon of sacred texts, the Christian church not only had structure, but had power, a clear and present danger to the Roman Empire.
Christianity, attracting millions of followers, growing in its influence, extending its reach, had to be wiped out.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(END VIDEOTAPE) (COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: Mighty Rome was in trouble, threatened by warlike tribes and ruled by two rival emperors.
On October 28 in 312 AD, Emperors Maxentius and Constantine and their armies met on the banks of the Tiber River near the Milvian Bridge to fight for total control of the empire.
Though Constantine’s soldiers were outnumbered four to one, he had a secret weapon.
EHRMAN: Before the battle, he had a vision in which he saw a sign of the cross in the sky and the words written over it that said, “By this, conquer.” He didn’t know what this meant so he called in some dream interpreters and they told him this meant that it was the cross of Christ that would allow him to be victorious.
And so he arranged to have the image of the cross painted on the shields of all of his warriors.
NEESON: Constantine vowed to convert to Christianity if he won the battle and for centuries, his victory was seen as a turning point for Christianity. But did Constantine really convert to the faith his empire had tried to destroy?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

EHRMAN: Some historians have doubted whether Constantine actually converted in the year 312. And it’s true that there’s some evidence that he retained a devotion to some of the Roman gods.
Even after allegedly converting, for example, he minted coins in which he had a picture of the Sun God. The inscription on the coin was “Sol Invictus,” which means the unconquerable sun, a reference to the sun god, who, in fact, was over all.
And so was he really a worshiper of the God of Jesus or was he a worshiper of the Sun God?
O’COLLINS: By that time, of course, Christians ran to millions. And I suppose Constantine thought, “If you can’t beat them, join them.”
And I think with his mother, too, he thought, “Well, this is true.”
NEESON: Constantine had an influential mother, Helena, a devoted Christian. She traveled to the Holy Land and located the most important sites from the Christian story, building great shrines that remain among the holiest Christian places today.
O’COLLINS: She was a very noble lady and she led the building program in the Holy Land to have the Church of the Holy Sepulchre built, where Jesus was buried and rose from the dead, and, also, a church built to honor the giving of the Our Father, the Lord’s Prayer.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

She had a building program there, that she had the money and his support.
NEESON: Constantine also found in her faith something that would redeem him.
O’COLLINS: He knew Christian faith very well and he knew that baptism remitted all your sins. And he had quite a bit of blood on his hands. He wasn’t the head of the Roman Empire from being Mr. Nice Emperor.
NEESON: Indeed, Constantine was ruthless. He killed his son, his wife, and several relatives. He had persecuted and tortured Christians. Yet, with numbers in the millions, he knew they were crucial to keeping his fragile empire together. So he made Christianity legal in the year 313. That ended decades of brutal persecution. But it marked fierce internal battles in the church, the biggest of which went to the heart of Christianity.
PFANN: Now, while the church was persecuted as an illegal religion and underground, there was only so much work that it could do to normalize what would be the heart of Christian teaching about the nature of God, about the nature of Jesus, about relationships within the church.
NEESON: But once Constantine legalized the church, long-standing doctrinal questions broke into the open, the biggest of them going to the core of Christian belief: was Jesus truly the son of God or just a wise man?
Was Jesus truly the son of God or just a wise man?
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

EHRMAN: Constantine didn’t care which side won this debate. Constantine wanted a unified Christianity because he wanted a unified empire. And he wanted to use Christianity to help him unify his culturally-diverse empire.
So he wanted Christians throughout the empire to agree on major theological issues.
NEESON: In the year 325 AD, Constantine called the world’s bishops to the small town of Nicea outside the imperial city of Byzantium to grapple with the essence of Christian belief.
PFANN: What we now call the Nicean Creed — “I believe in God, the Father Almighty, creator of heaven and earth” — those tenets of faith come down from the fourth century and are still the bottom line of Christian teaching today.
NEESON: And the heart of the Nicean Creed and Christian faith is the Jesus was both God and man.
GRIFFITH-JONES: The earliest communities were already giving Jesus the worship that could only be given to God. This is happening within 30 years of Jesus’ death. But to find a philosophical language in which to say it, in which to formulate it, that took 300 years.
EHRMAN: The Council of Nicea was not called in order to decide whether Jesus was divine. It was called in order to decide in what way is Jesus divine. Is Jesus a secondary deity, a subordinate deity or, in fact, is he equal with God the Father. And the side that won out was the side that declared that Jesus was equal with God the Father, that he had always been God.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

NEESON: Beyond questions of dogma, however, Constantine’s Nicean Council was also a major political turning point for the church.
EHRMAN: Constantine declared Christianity a legal religion and he stopped the persecution. But it’s not correct to say that Constantine made Christianity the official Roman religion. In fact, he didn’t make it the official religion. He did make it a favored religion and he started giving lands to Christian bishops and supplying funds for the building of churches and so forth. This made it a very popular thing to become a Christian, especially to become a Christian leader. So from going from being a persecuted small sect, it turned into an important religion that was favored by the emperor.
MEYER: Ultimately, the decision is made by some kind of a vote. Ultimately, it has to do with power and with politics. And that’s how people decide who is on the inside and has the right way of thinking, and who is on the outside, as the other, and should be excluded as a heretic.
NEESON: Some 300 years after Jesus, Christianity was now the dominant religion of Europe and it would spread around the world.
As the Roman Empire crumbled under assault by barbarians, Christianity rose to become an empire of faith.
(COMMERCIAL BREAK)
NEESON: In the span of three centuries, the life and death of a Jewish rabbi from Nazareth had become the basis of the favored religion of the Roman
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Empire and gospel to millions, an astounding development that still fascinates and confounds even the experts.
FREUND: It’s interesting that one single Jew becomes the focus of the devotions of a whole people, while — you know, there were many other Jews who were — who had also been crucified and many of them were also known as Messiahs, in the same time period. None of them have the following. So the big question is, why Jesus? Why did he get that type of following? And that’s the real quest of people, you know, who work out in the field and archaeology, is trying to figure out why Jesus?
NEESON: Little wonder that the most popular explanation over the ages was that this all had to be the work of God.
But historians don’t work from divine theories.
EHRMAN: The historian can only look at what did happen in time and space and what we can say with some certainty is that the early followers of Jesus came to believe that Jesus had been raised from the dead and they were able to convince other people that Jesus was raised from the dead.
NEESON: Perhaps it was just the right faith at the right time, with a world ready for a messiah who offered universal salvation.
GRIFFITH-JONES: At a time of instability in the Roman Empire and emerging danger in the Roman Empire, an overextended empire, incredulity clearly in the traditional gods of the Roman Empire, and Christianity offering something that appeared to be utterly and beautifully coherent about everything from the
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

smallest detail of your daily life and the community around you, through to eternity. This is very compelling.
NEESON: Some would say it was ultimately power politics, both divide and earthly, with an emperor recognizing the power of the people and their faith.
SCHIFFMAN: It seems to me that what really made the difference in turning what was the whole Greco-Roman world into Christian was essentially the Roman government decision. That is to say Christianity was spreading and it was getting bigger and bigger. But without that decision on Constantine’s part, what we know of as Christianity as a world religion, probably wouldn’t have taken place.
NEESON: In the end, the story must always return to the beginning, to a single man from the Galilee, and a message so powerful that it moved his unlikely disciples to great things. LEVINE: It’s sometimes suggested that a group of fishermen from the Galilee would be incapable of establishing a worldwide religion, but that’s simply our own modern skepticism. After all, Abraham, a single man from Ur of the Chaldees, managed to do so and Muhammad, a single individual, managed to do so.
The human spirit is remarkable, if people simply put their mind to accomplishing what they feel God calls them to do.
NEESON: Whatever accounts for Christianity’s success, the debates, over what the faith in Jesus is and what organized religion should be, are far from settled.
MEYER: In the beginning of Christianity, there is diversity. There are different points of view, different interpretations of Jesus, different ways of
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

understanding God and the world. And in the beginning, there is no Orthodoxy and heresy.
NEESON: But that situation did not last for long. And much of the first 300 years of Christianity and beyond were spent defining that faith.
MEYER: The struggle regarding orthodoxy and heresy never comes to an end and these battles about truth and inclusion and exclusion are with us to the present day.
PFANN: Sometimes we say if we could just get back to New Testament Christianity, then the church would live in unity. But in reality, when we look at the pages of the New Testament, we find that from the very beginning, diversity characterized the earliest believers, whether they were Jewish Christians or gentile Christians. The Christian message and the Christian church has always lived in this tension of diversity.
GRIFFITH-JONES: And the church has gradually and slowly built up a fuller and fuller understanding of what it is to be human in the image of God, trying to be honest to the Jesus who walked in Galilee, and delivered the sermon of the mount, and, also, trying to be honest to the lives we lead in the 21st century. And that will always be in tension, always.
NEESON: Christianity has survived many powerful attempts to kill it off. And today, many of the issues that occupied the first Christians are once again causing us to debate, challenge, and to believe or not, 2,000 years after Jesus.
END
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Astrology in the Bible
“There shall be signs in the sun, the moon, and the stars.” – Jesus Christ, Luke 21:25
The Bible is filled with references to astrology. This is because astrology was widely accepted as truth in Biblical times. Christians who believe that astrology is Satanic would be surprised to learn that the Bible is filled with astrology and even Jesus himself made numerous references to astrology.
People believed in the study of the stars in Biblical times. Everyone knew the influence of the sun on the Earth, and the sun was a star. It certainly made a pattern, so far as life on Earth was concerned – it shaped everything, or at least nourished everything – and the shape had to be such as to allow the sun to give life to it.
One of the great astrological stories in the Bible is the story of the star of Bethlehem. It is written that the star was a sign from God signaling the birth of the Messiah into the world. The three Magi, Persian astrologer-kings, determined the time of this birth by the position of this star. In 1600, Johannes Kepler hypothesized that this star was actually a conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn. Confirmed by modern astrology, this symbolism ties in with the prophecies of that era concerning a Messiah amongst the Jews. The
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

conjunctions occurred at the end of Pisces, ruled by Jupiter. Jupiter is the planet of kings. Saturn is the planet that rules the Jews, thereby giving the king of the Jews. This was a very infrequent triple conjunction of Jupiter and Saturn and it occurred in the year 7 B.C.
The following are some of the most interesting Biblical references to astrology.
“I know a person in Christ who fourteen years ago was caught up to the THIRD HEAVEN. Whether it was in the body or out of the body I do not know – God knows. And I know that this person – whether in the body or apart from the body I do not know, but God knows – was caught up to paradise. He heard inexpressible things, things that humans are not permitted to tell.” (2 Cor. 12:1-4)
The phrase, “I know a person,” is a euphemism people used in those days to refer to themselves in a humble manner. Paul explained that he was taken to the “third heaven.” The phrase, “third heaven,” is a reference to the multi-level realms of the afterlife. This is an astrological/religious concept believed by Jews, Christians, Gnostic Christians, Platonists, and other people in those days. A correlation with Paul’s third heaven can be found in the Gnostic book entitled “The Apocalypse of Paul.”
The Apocalypse of Paul also describes Paul’s afterlife visit to the third heaven. It also describes how Paul travels through a hierarchy of heavenly realms all the way to the “tenth heaven.”
According to Flavius Josephus, the famed Jewish historian, the Jewish temple at Jerusalem had the twelve signs of the zodiac inlaid in its floor. Josephus also stated that the twelve loaves of showbread in the temple was a reference to the
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

zodiac. In modern times, Israel issued stamps with the zodiac signs identified with the twelve tribes of Israel and the astrological symbolism of the temple.
The Bible states that God made the heavenly bodies to show us “signs” of his intentions. These signs can be read by anyone who knows how to interpret them. Astrology is about interpreting these signs in the motions of the sun, moon, planets, and stars.
“And God said, “Let there be lights in the expanse of the sky to separate the day from the night, and let them serve as SIGNS to mark seasons and days and years, and let them be lights in the expanse of the sky to give light on the Earth.” And it was so.” (Gen. 1:14-15)
“And there shall be SIGNS in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the Earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; Men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the Earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” (Luke 21:25-27)
In the verse above, Christ uses astrology to reveal the “signs” in the sky of his coming.
The Bible states that the first communication from God came from the stars. David writes in his Psalm:
“The HEAVENS declare the glory of God, and the firmament shows his handiwork. Day after day utters his speech and night after night shows his knowledge. There is no tongue or language where their voice is not heard. Their Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

line is gone out through all the Earth and their words to the ends of the world. In them (the heavens) he has set a tabernacle for the sun.” (Psalm 19:1-4)
“Can you bring forth the Mazzaroth (the zodiac) in their seasons or lead out the Bear with its cubs? (an astrological constellation)” (Job 38:32)
This Bible verse shows God using astrology to answer Job.
The Bible also describes an astrological sign called the “Morning Star” which is a reference to the planet Venus. The Morning Star, also known as the “light bringer”, is also an astrological symbol that functions as a sign for the onset of dawn. It appears as a brilliant “star” at night just before the sun rises and brings light each morning to Earth. The greatest function of this “light bringer” is as a symbolic reference to the Messiah who brings the light of God to the people. The Bible also uses the term “Morning Star” as a reference to all sons of God including Lucifer, the “light bearer”.
“I, Jesus, have sent my angel to give you this testimony for the churches. I am the Root and the Offspring of David, and the bright MORNING STAR.” (Rev. 22:16)
“And we have the word of the prophets made more certain, and you will do well to pay attention to it, as to a light shining in a dark place, until the day dawns and the MORNING STAR rises in your hearts.” (2 Peter 1:19)
“Just as I have received authority from my Father. I will also give him the MORNING STAR.” (Rev. 2:27-29)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“How you have fallen from heaven, O MORNING STAR, son of the dawn! You have been cast down to the Earth, you who once laid low the nations! You said in your heart, “I will ascend to heaven; I will raise my throne above the stars of God; I will sit enthroned on the mount of assembly, on the utmost heights of the sacred mountain. I will ascend above the tops of the clouds; I will make myself like the Most High.” (Isaiah 14:12-14)
“After this, Job opened his mouth and cursed the day of his birth. He said: “May the day of my birth perish … May its MORNING STARS become dark; may it wait for daylight in vain and not see the first rays of dawn, for it did not shut the doors of the womb on me to hide trouble from my eyes.” (Job 3:1-10)
“Where were you when I laid the Earth’s foundation? … On what were its footings set, or who laid its cornerstone – while the MORNING STARS sang together and all the angels shouted for joy?” (Job 38:4-7)
In one of the prophetic dreams of Joseph, he saw eleven stars bowing down to his star. The interpretation of this dream was obvious and that was that Joseph’s brothers will bow down to him.
“Then he (Joseph) had another dream, and he told it to his brothers. “Listen,” he said, “I had another dream, and this time the sun and moon and eleven stars were bowing down to me.” When he told his father as well as his brothers, his father rebuked him and said, “What is this dream you had? Will your mother and I and your brothers actually come and bow down to the ground before you?” (Gen. 37:9-11)
Of course, we all know the rest of the story that they indeed had to bow down to Joseph when Pharaoh made him a prince because of his ability to interpret dreams.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Here is an excellent Bible passage that describes the astrological influences on humanity:
“There is a time for everything, and a season for every activity under heaven: a time to be born and a time to die, a time to plant and a time to uproot, a time to kill and a time to heal, a time to tear down and a time to build, a time to weep and a time to laugh, a time to mourn and a time to dance, a time to scatter stones and a time to gather them, a time to embrace and a time to refrain, a time to search and a time to give up, a time to keep and a time to throw away, a time to tear and a time to mend, a time to be silent and a time to speak, a time to love and a time to hate, a time for war and a time for peace.” (Eccl. 3:1-8)
Astrology refers to every 2160 years as a new “AGE” which is a different sign of the zodiac that comes into position to influence the Earth. The Bible describes events that will occur according to the signs of the astrological “ages”.
And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the AGE. (Matt. 28:20)
Anyone who speaks against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven, either in this AGE or in the AGE to come. (Matt. 12:32)
The harvest is the end of the AGE, and the harvesters are angels. As the weeds are pulled up and burned in the fire, so it will be at the end of the AGE. (Matt. 13:39-40)
What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the AGE? (Matt. 24:3)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

No one who has left home or wife or brothers or parents or children for the sake of the kingdom of God will fail to receive many times as much in this AGE and, in the AGE to come, eternal life. (Luke 18:29-30)
We do, however, speak a message of wisdom among the mature, but not the wisdom of this AGE or of the rulers of this AGE … None of the rulers of this AGE understood it. (1 Cor. 3:6-8)
These things happened to them as examples and were written down as warnings for us, on whom the fulfillment of the AGES has come. (1 Cor. 10:11)
“[Christ was raised] far above all rule and authority, power and dominion, and every title that can be given, not only in the present AGE but also in the one to come. (Eph. 1:21)
… who have tasted the goodness of the word of God and the powers of the coming AGE. (Heb. 6:5)
Then Christ would have had to suffer many times since the creation of the world. But now he has appeared once for all at the AGE of the ages. (Heb. 9:26)
Just and true are your ways, King of the AGES. (Rev. 15:3)
All these Bible verses are referring to the end of the AGE of Pisces (the fish, the Church age) and the beginning of the AGE of Aquarius (the water-bearer, Christ).
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Jesus was born under the end of the age of Aries (the ram or lamb) and this may explain why he called himself the “lamb of God.” By the time Jesus began his ministry, it was the beginning of the age of Pisces (the fish, the Church age). The sign of the fish has special significance to Christianity because the sign of the fish has been known throughout the millennia to be the sign of Christianity. Jesus recruited “fishermen” as disciples to make them “fishers of men.” He fed the masses with a miraculous draft of fishes. His followers were know in Latin as “pisciculi”, the “little fishes.” A commonly used icon in Christian churches is the “Vesica Piscis”, which is Latin for “mouth of the fish”. Its shape resembles a fish without a tail. It can be seen in the shape of stained glass windows in many churches and cathedrals. The Pope wears a ceremonial hat in the shape of a fish head.
Around the year 2300 A.D., the end of the age of Pisces will occur. The world will then enter a new age, the age of Aquarius (the Water-Bearer). It should be obvious to Christians that the identity of this “Water-Bearer” is the one who (1) came from the waters of Galilee (2) baptized with water (3) changed water into wine (4) walked on the water (5) washed the feet of others with water (6) calmed the ocean waters (7) gives living water (8) says we must be born of water (9) drank the cup from the Father.
Sometime before the age of Aquarius arrives, major Earth changes were foretold by Jesus and Cayce to occur. Jesus said that before this happens, there will be wonders in the sun, moon, and stars signaling this coming age of the Christ consciousness. This is a good reason why every Christian should study astrology so that these heavenly signs can be interpreted.
Another astrological reference concerning Christianity deals with the winter solstice which begins on December 21. It is the day of the year when the night is longest and the daytime shortest. The ancient Egyptians noticed that on the autumn equinox, the sun does not set farther south and sets in the same place on the horizon for three days. This is an astrological reference to when the sun Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

(Son) goes down for three days (dies) and then begins to rise again (resurrection). Using the crude instruments available, ancient astronomers were able to detect by December 25th of each year that the daytime had become noticeably longer. This date was chosen, and remains, the traditional date for followers of many different religions to celebrate the “rebirth” of the sun. Following the equinox, each succeeding day has slightly more sunlight than the previous day. It was seen as a promise that warmth would return once more to the Earth. Numerous pre-Christian religions honored their gods’ birth or rebirth on or about that day.
The ancient Egyptians knew that as long as the sun rose in the morning, life would continue on the Earth. This explains why the Egyptians used the sun as their symbol for the eternal life of the cycle of the seasons. In many Christian churches today, the symbol of the cross with a circle in the center of it appears on church steeples. This icon of the circle as representing the sun, comes from the Egyptian belief that the sun represents eternal life.
In the Book of Revelation, the following symbolism is used to describe the appearance of the Son:
Behold, he comes with clouds and every eye shall see him. (Rev. 1:7) The Son (sun) is the light of the world and is seen by everyone.
The Son (sun) of righteousness arises with healing in his wings. (Malachi 4:2)
The Egyptian religion held that the Sun of God, Horus, was killed under the sign of Virgo (the virgin) but was resurrected in the age of Leo (the lion). This is why the Egyptians built the Sphinx with the head of a woman (Virgo) and the body of a lion (Leo).
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

During the days of Moses, the Hebrews were subject to the religion of Egypt. Before the worship of Amen-Ra (God) was instituted, Egyptians worshipped Isis (the Mother of God). When the Hebrews left Egypt and arrived in Canaan, their religion was influenced by the Canaanite religion whose God was named El (the planet of Saturn). The Star of David is a symbol which comes from the star of Saturn (El) which is the planet the ancients used to refer to the Hebrews.
With the influence of the religions of Isis, Ra and El, or: Is(is) Ra El(Elohim-Lord) or Mother Father Son(Sun)
The Hebrews named their nation Is-Ra-El, or Israel. The Hebrews adopted Saturday (from Saturn’s day) as their day of worship. Christians, whose astrological influence was the sun (also from Egyptian origin), worshipped on Sunday (or the sun’s day).
The story of Jonah (Semetic for “sun”) is about a man who is swallowed by a whale (death) and remains in it’s belly for three days at which time the man is freed (resurrection). This story is another symbolic of the astrological account of how the sun remains still for three days during the winter equinox. It is also symbolic of the resurrection of Christ.
When Moses came down from the mountain, he saw the people worshipping a golden calf. This idol came from the Egyptians astrological worship of the sun. Golden represents the color of the sun. The calf (Taurus the bull) represents the age in which the Moses lived when he wrote the Torah. When history moved into the next sign (Aries the ram), the Hebrews celebrated the approach of their
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Messiah by blowing rams horns. The sign of Aries influenced many religions to adopt the lamb of God concept.
The concept of the zodiac is very ancient, with roots in the early cited cultures of Mesopotamia. Astrology is, more than likely, the oldest religion created by humans. The first twelve-sign zodiacs were named after the gods of these cultures. The Greeks adopted astrology from the Babylonians, and the Romans, in turn, adopted astrology from the Greeks. These cultures renamed the signs of the Mesopotamian zodiac to symbols of their own mythologies. This is why the familiar zodiac of the contemporary West bears names out of Mediterranean mythology.
The concept of reincarnation is a necessary tenet of astrology. The notions of reincarnation and karma together explain why some people are born into lucky circumstances and others into unfortunate conditions. For astrologers concerned with the question of why some people are born into a life of hardship written large across their horoscopes and other people seem to be born under a lucky star, reincarnation and karma prove important explanatory tools to understand divine justice. Reincarnation also provides a framework for explaining why a person has certain personality traits. They are carryovers from past lifetimes.
“There shall be signs in the sun, the moon, and the stars.” – Jesus Christ, Luke 21:25
| Christian index | Next |
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Copyright 2007 Near-Death Experiences & the Afterlife
WHAT MAKES UP THE DIFFERENT DIMENSIONS OF OUR REALITY?
From “An Ascension Handbook” by Tony Stubbs
Your physical body exists in the 3rd dimension – it is matter-based. The 4th dimension is the astral plane – it is emotion-based. Together these two make up what we call the Lower Creation World. These are the dimensions where the game of separation is carried out. Only in these dimensions can the illusion of good and evil be maintained -and can You feel separated from Spirit and from each other. You’ve all became quite good at doing that. Its been a very successful game of separation but it is time for it to end. So, this planet is in a state of ascension. It is now vibrating at the very top Of the astral plane, right Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

on the dividing line with the 5th dimension – the Lightbody dimension. As part of the ascension process, these dimensions will be ‘rolled up into the higher dimensions and will cease to exist.
The 5th through the 9th dimensions make up the Mid-Creation Realm.
The 5th is the Lightbody dimension in which you are aware of yourself as a Master and a multidimensional being. In the 5th dimension, you are completely spiritually oriented. Many of You have came in from this plane to be Lightworkers.
6th dimension holds the templates for the DNA patterns of all types of species’ creation, including humankind. It is also where the Light languages are stored and is made up mostly of colour and tone.. It is the dimension where consciousness creates through thought and one of the places where you work during sleep. It can be difficult to get a bead on this because 1 you are not in a body unless you choose to create one. Men you are operating 6th-dimensionally, you are more of an alive thought. You create through your. consciousness, but you don’t necessarily have a vehicle for that consciousness.
The 7th dimension is that of pure creativity, pure light, pure tone. pure geometry, and pure expression. It is a plane of infinite refinement.
The 8th dimension is of group mind or group soul and where you would touch base with the vaster part of who you are. It is characterized by loss of sense of the “I”. When You travel multi-dimensionally, it is this plane where you have most trouble keeping Your consciouness together because you are pure “we” Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

operating with group goals. So, it may seem as though you have gone to sleep or, blanked out., (Ah-ha!)
The 9th dimension in the model that we use is the plane of the collective consciousness of planets, star systems, galaxies, and dimensions. Once again, it is very difficult to get a sense of “I” because you are so vast that everything is “you”. Imagine being the consciousness of a galaxy. Every life-form, every star, – planet, and group mind of every species in it is you. If you visit this dimension, it can be difficult to remain conscious.
The 10th through 12th dimensions make up the Upper Creation Realm.
The 10th dimension is the source of the Rays, home of what are called the Elohim. This is where Light is differentiated and is the source of plans of creation which are sent to the MidCreation levels. You can have a sense of “I” at this level but it won’t be what you are used to here.
The llth dimension is that of pre-formed Light, the point before creation and a state of exquisite expectancy just like the moment before a sneeze or an orgasm. It is the realm of the being known as Metatron, and of Archangels and the Higher Akashic for this Source-system. There are planetary Akashic records and galactic Akashics as well as the Akashic for an entire Source-system. You are in one Source-system of many. So, we are giving you a description of one Source- system only – this one. If you go to another Source-system, what you will experience will be different. As an Archangel, my home base is the 11th dimension. We come to you as messengers, that is what “Archangel” mans. It is one of my functions, I have many. I have an Elohim function which is not very verbal. We have many, many jobs.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The 12th dimension is the One Point where all consciousness knows itself to be utterly one with All That Is. There is no separation of any kind. If you tap into this level, you know yourself to be completely one with All That Is, with the creator force. If you tap in there, you will never be the same again because you cannot sustain the same degree of separation if you have experienced complete unity.
Spirit creates the illusion of separation up to the 7th dimension. At higher frequencies, distinctions become completely meaningless, and all is Spirit. A definite frequency band exists in all these levels which acts as a unifying medium, a common frequency. Just like the public channel on CB radio, except that you don’t just talk on it, but you are part of it. If you match your consciousness to the frequency of this Unity Band, you experience complete unity with all that is. It is also known as the Christed Band and emanates from the Christed level. It throws off sub-harmonics into all the lower frequency planes. The energy in the Christed level is your energy. It is the level at which you existed as a Christed Being, above all separateness.
Copy
Planetary Harmonics & Neuro-biological Resonances
Planetary Harmonics & Neurobiological Resonances
in Light, Sound, & Brain Wave Frequencies; Including the translation of sound to color
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Copyright © 2003-2010 Nick Anthony Fiorenza, All Rights Reserved Last update Feb 25, 2010
New sections added (especially for musicians and light-sound healers): How to convert musical notes to color.
Musical notes and their corresponding colors on a Keyboard.
The Measurement of Light, Musical composition–adjusting a musical scale to the frequencies of Earth and Venus.
Planetary Harmonics in light, color, and sound for healing. Natural verses man made frequencies.
An extensive update clarifying the Schumann Resonances. Related Material
Planetary Bio-Harmonic Audio Meditations Planet-Chakra Correspondences
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The Emotional Tone Scale
The Measurement of Light
Converting Audio Tones to the Visible Spectrum of Light – Color
Before getting into Planetary Harmonics and Bio-harmonic resonances, let us first explore the octave of visible light, that which the human eye sees, and its relation to sound. The octave of visible light, extending from the color red to the color violet, is forty octaves higher than middle audio octave, that which you would hear on a piano keyboard. Light, however, is measured by its wavelength, whereas sound in measured by its frequency.
Frequency is a measure of how many waves occur in a given moment of time. The most common unit of measure for frequency is the Hertz. One Hertz = one cycle per second. A frequency of 60 Hertz means that there are 60 cycles occurring in one second.
If we were to raise the middle C, which has a frequency of ~523 Hertz, by forty octaves (523 times 2 forty times), we would have a very high frequency of 5.75044581 x 1014 Hertz. That is 575 trillion cycles per second. Because of these unweilding numbers, light is measured by the length of wave (space) rather than how many waves are occurring in a second. A higher frequency means that there are more waves occurring in a given amount of time, thus the waves become shorter as the frequency becomes higher. Thus, Frequency and wavelength have an inverse relationship.
Waves of light are quite short. For example, the center frequency of the color green has a wavelength that is 0.0000005132 meters long (0.5132 x 10-6 meters). Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

To make this easy, we measure visible light in a unit called the Ångstrom (Å) (that is a capital A with a little circle on top). One Ångstrom = 1 x 10-9 meters (that is one nanometer). The colors of the visible spectrum are measured in thousands of Ångstroms. As show in the above char, the visible spectrum of light extends from about 7000 Å (red) to about 4000 Å (violet). Also shown in the above chart are the center wavelengths for each of the seven basic colors; their corresponding audio frequencies; and the location of the musical notes of an audio octave translated to the the visible spectrum.
Converting Frequency to Wavelength
To convert a frequency to wavelength, we divide the “speed of light” by the frequency. Conversly, to convert a wavelength to frequency, we divide the “speed of light” by the frequency.
To convert the middle audio octave to light (wavelength) we must first raise the note (frequency) forty octaves (frequency times 2, forty times).
Example: To convert middle C (523 Hz) its corresponding wavelength in the visible spectrum.
First we must raise 523 Hz forty octaves (523 times 2, forty times) That = 575044581326848 cycles/sec. Then we convert that frequency to wavelength (using the formula above)
Thus, we divide the speed of light by that frequency. Using 299,727,738 m/sec (the speed of light at Earth’s surface):
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

299727738 meters/sec divided by 575044581326848 cycles/sec = 5.212252192837177e-07 meters => 5212 Ångstroms, which lies in the green band of the visible light spectrum.
Thus, when we raise each note in middle audio octave by forty octaves we find its corresponding color harmonic. As shown in the chart below, the note “G” lies in the red area of the color spectrum. The note “A” raised forty octaves lies in the orange part of the spectrum. The note “B” lies in the lemon (yellow- green) part of the spectrum. The note “C” in the green band; the note “D” in the turquoise-blue band; and the note “E” lies in the violet band. Notice that the note “F” lies in the far violet area of the visible spectrum. This is near where the human eye range of color perception begins to drop off (although unique to each person). Also notice that the note F# lies even further from violet, in the near-UV (ultra-violet) area of the spectrum. Thus (when raised 39 octaves rather than forty octaves), it also it resides in the far-red (or near infra-red). Because of this, the note F# embraces the visible spectrum, and thus has some red and some violet, a combination that produces more of a purple color.
Piano Key Board and Guitar Fretboard in Color
Note: Translating the colors of visible light to a computer screen or to printed document is an approximation. Keep this in mind if you are using or printing the above chart for your personal use.
Equal Temperament, Standard Pitch A=440 Hz
Middle Audio
+40 Octaves
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Wavelength in Ångstroms
F# 369.995 Hz 406813254963167.2 Hz (+39) 7367.6984 Å (purple / red-violet) G 391.996 Hz 431004160041680.9 Hz (+40) 6954.1727 Å (red )
G# 415.305 Hz 456632676573511.7 Hz 6563.8697 Å ( red-orange) A 440.000 Hz
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

483785116221440 Hz
6195.4725 Å (orange)
A# 466.164
512552738450571.2 Hz
5847.7443 Å (yellow )
B 493.883 Hz
543030101260894.2 Hz
5519.5419 Å (lemon )
C 523.251 Hz
575044581326848 Hz
5212.2522 Å (green)
C# 554.365 Hz
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

609530763532042.2 Hz 4917.3521 Å ( green-tuquoise) D 587.330 Hz 645776164341678.1 Hz 4641.3565 Å (blue )
D# 622.254 684175508430127.1
4380.8604 Å ( blue-indigo)
E 659.255 Hz 724858538169466.9
4134.9825 Å ( violet)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

F 698.457 Hz 767961593001541.6
3902.9001 Å ( far violet)
F# 739.989
813626509926334.5 Hz (+40) 3683.8492 Å (purple / red-violet) Planetary Harmonics
The astrophysical parameters of a planet are, in part, that which create its astrological characteristic (psychophysiological resonance). An example chart of Earth’s Harmonic Spectrum is presented below. Earth’s astrophysical parameters are shown translated to their corresponding alpha brain wave frequencies, audio frequencies, and corresponding light (color) wavelengths.
The fundamental frequencies of a planet are derived from the planet’s astrophysical parameters such as diameter, circumference, rotational velocity, orbital period, etc. These frequencies generally have very long wavelengths, thus they lie in the very low frequency (ELF) and ultra-low frequency (ULF) range. Planetary harmonics govern natural long-term biological growth patterns, monthly and yearly biological processes, and daily brain and psychophysiological function.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Like audible sound, brainwaves are measured in frequency, were as light is measured by its wavelength. The mid-audio octave is six octaves up from the alpha brain wave octave, and, as presented above, the visible octave of light (color) is 40 octaves up from the mid-audio octave.
When we think of a color of light, generally we are visualizing a narrow band of many frequencies (wavelengths) that comprise a single color or shade of color. In the chart shown above, the center frequency (wavelength) of each of the basic colors is shown, as well as their corresponding audio and brain wave frequencies. Also shown is the conventional musical scale, which reveals where each note lies with respect to the colors in the light spectrum.
The following chart shows the fundamental Earth harmonics in light, sound, and brain wave frequencies. All of these frequencies (and many more) create Earth’s unique “Harmonic Signature.”
“Spacial” astronomical parameters, such as the distance of a planet form the Sun or Earth, its diameter and circumference, to name a few, have harmonics resonances just like “time-related” parameters, like the orbital period of planet (its year); or its rotational period (its day). All of these parameters create a planet’s complex “harmonic signature.” That is why it make little sense to say a planet resonates with one specific frequency. The harmonic signatures of all of the planets in our solar system, as well as a myriad of ever-changing resonances occurring between the planets, as well as those created by their ever-changing cycles with each other, create s Grand Evolutionary Symphony in which life evolves in our entire solar system. This is the “harmonic environment” in which every biological rhythm breathes.
The Schumann Resonances
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The 7.83 Hz. Schumann Resonance figure that many people hear about is a number made popular by researcher Robert Beck whose work on ELF signals, Earth resonances, and their affect on brain wave frequencies was presented at a U.S. Psychotronic conference and published in late 1970′s. He reported that 7.83 Hz is a brainwave frequency often detected when psychics are in their intuiting mode. Others following his work proclaimed the Schumann Resonance to be 7.83 Hz., although this has led to some confusion as to the true nature of the Schumann Resonances (yes plural), and to the assumption that Earth herself resonates at this one frequency, which it does not.
In actuality, there are several frequencies between 7 and 50 Hertz that compose the Schumann Resonances. These frequencies start at 7.8 Hz and progress by approximately 5.9 Hz. (7.8, 13.7, 19.6, 25.5, 31.4, 37.3, and 43.2 Hz.). These resonances are NOT composed of fixed or specific frequencies any more than the collective mood of human surface consciousness is fixed. Changes occurring in these frequencies are quite normal and do not indicate anything out of the ordinary. All of these frequencies fluctuate around their nominal values. For example, the fundamental Schumann frequency fluctuates between 7.0 Hz. to 8.5 Hz. These frequencies vary from geological location to location, and they can even have naturally occurring interruptions.
These frequencies were first calculated by Schumann in 1952, he reporting the lowest in the group to be about 10 Hz. They were later measured by the National Bureau of Standards at Boulder Colorado in the 1960′s where the 7.8 Hz nominal figure was discovered along with the 5.9 Hz progressing overtones.
The Schumann Resonances are the result of cosmic energy build-up within the cavity that exists between Earth’s highly conductive surface and the conducting layer in the upper atmosphere called the ionosphere.* This creates a world-wide lightning display of broadband electromagnetic impulses that fill this cavity and
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

that act as the stimulus for the cavity to resonate. (This is another example of spatially created harmonic resonances.)
* A part of Earth’s upper atmosphere is ionized plasma caused by the sun’s ultraviolet radiation. This layer, the ionosphere, couples Earth’s outer magnetosphere with Earth’s inner neutral atmosphere.
The Schumann Resonances, thus, are also a part of the many frequencies that create Earth’s “Harmonic Signature.”
The 7.8 Hz. Schumann fundamental frequency is quite close to Earth’s 7.5 Hz. circumference harmonic (calculated using the speed of light at Earth’s surface). It is also close to 8 Hz., an ideal number from a mathematical perspective. Because of all of these factors, the 7.83 Hz. frequency, the 7.8 Schumann Resonance or an 8 Hz. frequency, had been proclaimed by some to be an ideal frequency to attune to, and that to electronically generate a frequency in this range may even protect us from unwanted harmful frequencies–a point upon which I, any many others, tend to differ and which I elucidate upon in the “Light and Sound for Healing” section below.
To support our greatest well being, and to make possible our evolution and spiritual awakening, we must allow ourselves (and our brainwave patterns) to breath in concert with mother Earth and with her natural cycles moment-to- moment. The Earth is a spherical receiver of cosmic energy (evolutionary intelligence) which directs our biological process and spiritual evolutionary unfoldment. The Earth re-radiates the cosmic information it receives from its core outward in complex long-wave signals. We receive these signals via our spinal columns and cranial structures (a vertical antenna system). The cranial cavity, the capstone to this antenna captures this information and re-focuses it to the pineal gland, a neuro-endocrine transducer in the center of the brain, where it is then transmitted (via the hypothalamus) as signals that direct the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

pituitary gland, the master control center of the brain. These signals are further distributed via the rest of the neurological sytem.
Signals in nature breath and meander. Only man-made signals are well-defined sign-wave frequencies. It is possible to entrain the brain with artificially generated signals in a matter of seconds–and at a cost. We are not intended to function at one specific frequency. Entraining ourselves with artificially generated frequencies for extended periods, whether 8 Hz or by the 50 and 60 Hz power fields we live in, can be debilitating and is dangerous. It can create degeneration, disease, and mental, emotional, and physical disharmony and imbalance. Most importantly, it can keep us from receiving and integrating the cosmic intelligence provided by mother Earth in a harmonious way. That intelligence is responsible for our evolutionary awakening. It is more important now than ever to be attuned to Earth’s core, and the natural cycles of nature, our entire astronomical harmonic environment, for our psychophysiological stability and spiritual awakening.
There has also been rumor circulating in some esoteric circles about the 7.8 Hz. Schumann frequency increasing and that this implies a raising of the awareness or spirituality of human consciousness. In my opinion, both points are nonsense built upon misunderstandings about the fluctuating and multi- frequency nature of the Schumann Resonances and about the nature of frequencies in general. Even if it were true (which would require a significant change in the physical size of the Earth or in her surrounding atmosphere), an increase in frequency does not imply an increase in awareness–on the contrary if anything. From a philosophical perspective, if one were to extend their field of perception out to embrace more space, one would be relaxing their brainwave patterns toward a longer wavelength, toward zero, not increasing their brainwave frequencies. When people say, they are increasing in frequency, or increasing their vibrational rate, and they are referring to shifting from a material form to a light form, or to a more transcendent dimensional form, these terms (used to describe frequencies in the electromagnetic spectrum) are
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

really inappropriately applied. They are implying general concepts of thought only and should be understood as such.
Planetary Harmonic Comparisons
Although there are many other parameters creating each planet’s “harmonic signature,” the following chart is a comparison of the four basic parameters of each of the primary planets: rotation and sidereal period (time), and circumference and diameter (space). Corresponding brain wave frequencies, middle octave audio frequencies, and light wavelengths are shown for each planetary parameter.
Notice the close resonance between Jupiter’s circumference harmonic and Pluto’s circumference harmonic, and between Jupiter’s diameter harmonic and Pluto’s diameter harmonic. Astrologically, Jupiter and Pluto work well together, this being one indicator of why this is so. The same holds true for Pluto and Mercury. Many interesting correspondences can be found when exploring planetary harmonics. Another example is the close resonance between Mercury’s rotation harmonic, and Neptune’s sidereal period harmonic. An in- depth presentation of this ressearch and work which I began in the mid-1980s, I may publish in the future.
A Fun Exploration for Musicians and Sound Healers
The following material reveals how to adjust the pitch of the conventional musical scale so it resonates to different planetary harmonics–in this case, Earth or Venus. Composing music in a pitch resonant to Venus, for example, can bring out an entirely new expression and an entirely new response from the listener.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The following two charts show musical octaves adjusted to the planetary harmonics of Earth and Venus. The first chart is more educational in nature. It shows the conventional musical scale, the Pythagorean musical scale, and a musical scale shifted to resonate with Earth’s mean circumference.
The Pythagorean musical scale is simply based on whole number progression of 8 Hertz as the fundamental frequency to create the note “C.” That is, 8 Hz. raised 6 octaves is 512 Hz. This drops the pitch of the conventional musical scale–from middle C being 523 Hz. to middle C being 512 Hz. Eight hertz is very close to the Schumann Resonance of 7.8 Hz.
The musical scale based on Earth’s circumference drops middle C yet further, down to 479.104 Hz.
In Tune to Venus
There are five scales in the chart below. The first one shows the conventional musical scale. Each of the other four are shifted in pitch to resonate with four different harmonic parameters of Venus.
The scale based on the circumference of Venus has the note “C” adjusted to this harmonic. The scale based on the diameter of Venus has the note “G” adjusted to this harmonic. The scale based on the rotation of Venus also has the note “G” adjusted to this harmonic. The scale based on the sidereal (orbital) period of Venus has the note “A” adjusted to this harmonic.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This last scale may be the easiest for musicians to explore for reasons discussed below. This scale raises the note “A” from the conventional 440 Hz. to 442.38 Hz. To compose music in this slightly higher pitch can provide a quite interesting experience. Because “A” is the primary note in this scale (resonant to the Venus sidereal period), it may be of interest to explore composition in the key of A, or with emphasis on A.
Changing the Pitch of a Musical Instrument
Obviously it is not possible to change the pitch on all musical instruments, but the pitch can be changed slightly on some reed and string instruments, and on some synthesizers. Because the pitch is shifted the least amount based upon the Venus Sidereal Period, it may be the easiest one for most musical instruments to easily accommodate.
More sophisticated synthesizers may provide the capacity to vary the pitch to accommodate the other scales, and some may even offer the ability to program the frequency of each note individually (which provides a means to create non- conventional scales with the planetary harmonics). Either way, there is the need to have a frequency readout of at least one note to adjust the pitch control of the synthesizer. If a synth does not have this feature, it is simple to connect a “digital frequency counter” for this purpose. (Ask your local electronics’ wiz to help). To adjust an acoustic instrument, simply use a microphone (and amp if required) fed into a “digital frequency counter.”
There are many ways to explore the use of Planetary Harmonics. Applying them in musical composition is a safe approach. However, caution should be exercised if using any electronically generated frequency for a sustained period.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Planetary Harmonics in Light and Sound for Healing
My exploratory research in the 1980′s using specific colors, sound, and geometry tuned to the planetary harmonics was extremely affective at stimulating mental, emotional, and physical response for healing purposes. The different harmonic parameters of one planet also have different effects as well (too involved to discuss in this introductory presentation). The use of specific frequencies in this more focused way should be explored only by those who have a thorough understanding of bio-energy medicine; light-sound technologies; mental, emotional, and physiological correspondences; and the “healing crisis” process.
Because of the entraining capacity of single electronically generated frequencies (as described under “Schumann Resonances”), if they are used for sustained periods, they can trigger and hold a person in any number of psycho- emotional states. For example, specific frequencies can trigger or accentuate any “condition of weakness.” If a person has a thyroid condition and suppressed anger, certain frequencies may trigger this condition and enrage the person. If a person has a thymus (heart chakra) immune weakness and suppressed fear, sustained man-made frequencies can trigger and hold that person in extreme paranoia. (This type of entrainment already occurs due to the 50 and 60 Hertz electromagnetic fields people live in daily and the electronic devices they live with–including TV’s and computers.) For this reason, and when using frequencies for healing purposes, specific frequencies (especially in coordinated color and sound), should be used in sequences or progressions designed to bring a person completely through a healing crisis rather than simply trigger the condition, or worse yet, sustain it.
Whole brain and body resonance
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Although the use of individual frequencies might be used for healing, brain and body coaching, etc. the healthy brain and body functions in wide bandwidth of naturally occurring resonances, not at some idealized frequency.
Remember, living in a pure and unadulterated environment free of entraining frequencies, attuned to Earth, the lunar rhythms, and to the other natural astronomical cycles of life, is one of the healthiest things a person can do.
The use of any of the information presented herein and any effects or conditions it may produce is the sole responsibility of the user. This material is offered for research and educational purposes only.
** *
RELATED MATERIAL:
Planetary Bio-Harmonic
Audio Meditations
Designed for the Attunement, Transformation & the Evolution of Consciousness
Including:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Audio – Lunar Cycle Timing Planet – Chakra Correspondences The Emotional Tone Scale
Planetary Harmonics and Neurobiological Resonances is an introduction to an in-depth and cooperative work with a dear friend and colleague E.E. (Shine) Richards.
For additional technical information and inspirational thought regarding Earth Resonance, please visit the work of
Ernest (Shine) Richards
Shine Richard’s site is dedicated to honoring, exploring and understanding Earth and Earth’s energetic connections to its life-forms and to the whole cosmos. There you will also find links to the work of many other researchers involved with Earth resonance and subtle energy research.
Lunar Planner Archive Lunar Planner Main Page Holy Cross Main Page Return to Top
Copyright © 2003-2010 Nick Anthony Fiorenza, All Rights Reserved
Besides that god was the greatest UFO I have this fact for u to keep in mind. http://www.2012.com.au/dimensions.html
In the different dimension ppl never are the same as the original dimesion
This is how it counter acts to the body and is how hypnotic influence by anyone not just religiously but anyone who can tap into this under hypnosis can be of risk
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

http://www.lunarplanner.com/Harmonics/planetary-harmonics.html

This is why lucid dreaming is a condicendal state it’s a state that has a different meaning in each wave of time and dimension and how it’s perceived is different than in other ways out in our land of earthly physical plane
This is something tought to only extreme ppl who devote time deeply yet keep it covert I don’t use it but here it is
http://www.wingmakers.co.nz/Crystals_and_Aura_Healing.html http://www.homeoint.org/morrell/articles/pm_metal.htm
http://ezinearticles.com/?Chakras—How-Do-They-Affect-Our-Psychic-Mind? &id=2781178
The occult war is a load of bull it’s just a term
This is the truth the theory on et or choopla watson calls it
Is that it’s a key word for advanced socity living with modern day technology only at it’s extreme power which means very advanced and like a radio wave it is just professional computer like watson but it’s orignated creation Was a book that became a novel keyword for coverting the science behind the stars.
http://peswiki.com/index.php/PowerPedia:Teslascope_– _Extraterrestrial_Radio_Transmitter
This man knows what a true et is he wrote a book the book based on a telescope is the true et
Which basically put they are not real it’s just unknown computer tech stuff that dosnt or is unexplainable and when fixed is sent out to the public
Truth be told I know that going forward in our today’s modern tech can kill us but that’s why I say liv backward Kenneth p
I invented the liv backward system only me. Aura Healing With Crystals
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

It is important to ground yourself when doing healing work. There are several ways you can ground. One way is by grounding yourself into the earth this is done by drawing a line of energy from the base Chakra and dropping the line into the earth and grounding to the earth’s core or your earth star 6 feet below your feet. The other more advanced way is to draw a line of energy from the tan tien.
The tan tien is the centre from which all martial artists move when they perform. It is from this centre that a martial artist draws power to break concrete. It appears to be a ball of power or centre of being ness, about two and one-half inches in diameter. It is located about two and one-half inches below the navel. It has a strong membrane around it so it looks a bit like a rubber ball.
It can be gold in colour. This is a will centre. It is your will to live in the physical body. It contains the one note that holds the physical body in physical manifestation. It is with your will and this one note you have drawn up a physical body of the body of your mother the earth it is from this centre that healers can also connect to a great deal of power to regenerate the body, provided that the healer grounds the haric line deep into the molten core of meridian earth.
When their haric line extends down into the earth, healers can gather great power. When used in healing, the tan tien can turn very bright red and become very hot. This is what being grounded on the haric level means. When this happens and the tan tien turns red, healers feel intense heat all over their body.
Grounding Stones
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The placement of a grounding stone during and after a healing, Reiki healing or crystal healing session, or even holding one grounding stone in your hands, really helps to integrate the changes within the physical body. Using grounding stones or crystals such as smoky quartz, or lodestone. I find using a grounding stone works best if you’re working alone. I always place a smoky quartz crystal at the base Chakra between the legs or place 2 smoky quartz crystals below the soles of the feet this works very well. I find it grounds the healing as well.
Etheric Body
The Etheric subtle body is the first layer of the auric field and is the closest energy field that is emitted from the physical body. This layer of energy is very solid and is a part of our Meta physical makeup. Within this Etheric layer you feel all physical sensations, painful and pleasurable. There are direct correlations between the energy in the Etheric body and what you sense within your physical body. Even the sense of touch can stimulate the sensations felt within the Etheric and physical bodies.
The Etheric Body associated with physical aspects and awareness of the material body and is related to the First (Root) Chakra. It is on the next higher vibrational level to the physical body, which has the lowest vibrational level. It bridges the connection of the material body to the higher bodies.
The Etheric body is an energy matrix and the form is shaped and anchored to the physical matter of the material body. This can also be said for all objects of physical matter and living objects such as plants and other living organisms have an etheric field surrounding them. This field is known as the Etheric plane. It is the interplay of energy within this Etheric plane that affects our physical body and well being, this response to our environment is empathic and telepathic in nature and a natural process of our Etheric being.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Henceforth this is the light encoded reality matrix of our planets etheric plane. Environmental change such as seasonal change or climate change can affect the etheric plane when the climate in which we live is over cast and dull the energy with the matrix slows and debris builds up in this field. This is known as DOE, dead organ energy. To much dead organ energy in our environment can lead to a slowing in the movement of energy within our subtle body and auric field.
As the etheric body slows the sensation within our physical body is stronger. In turn the etheric body becomes dull and movement of clean healthy energy from meridians slows and our immune system is weakened. Henceforth leading to illness such as colds and flu’s the same goes for if it is sunny for long periods the planets field is freely moving with energy and our fields are moving freely with energy.
Our subtle bodies are healthy and the meridians flow freely into the bodies organs making our immune system stronger. Bring good health. Pollution in our environment can lead to ill heath as well prana energy and the meridians are weaker if you live in a city where there is large months of pollution, toxins can make our subtle bodies weak as well.
It is the etheric response to injury that can leaded to slow healing when you injury your physical body I have noticed that the energy around the limb slows and becomes dark like a bruise within the etheric body. These blockages can make healing take longer. One way of telling if there is a blockage in a area of your body were there is an injury is to place a lodestone hanging on a peace of string over the area if it spins then there is a blockage hold the lodestone there till it stops.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This helps to free up the blockage in the field. Below is a list of stones used with the etheric body for opening and healing you can place a stone on a Chakra, or over an injury, other things to try are healing nets. Healing nets are sets of eight or more crystals place around the body evenly about one foot away from you. It is here that we find the first point of the etheric heart which links into the heart Chakra.
Etheric Body and Crystals
Crystal
Bloodstone
Carnelian
Clear quartz All Etheric Garnet Base Etheric, astral
Chakra Subtle Body Heart, base Etheric Sacral Etheric
Haematite
Kunzite
Lodestone
Malachite
Red coral
Red jasper
Tektite
Topaz Solar plexus Etheric Emotional Body
Sacral, solar plexus Etheric Heart, throat Etheric
All All
Heart Etheric, emotional Heart Etheric
Base Etheric
Base, brow Etheric, astral
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The second auric layer is the Emotional Body associated with the vibrational level of inner feelings and related to the Second (Sacral Plexus) Chakra. It extends three inches around from the physical body. This body or auric layer and all higher layers are perceived by the third eye. Here we find the second point of the sacred heart located the just below the heart Chakra on the left hand side of the body and this point can be found about waist height on the left hand side of the emotional body of the auric field.
Emotional Body and Crystals
Crystal Chakra Subtle Body
Amethyst quartz Blue Lace agate
Brow, crown Emotional, mental Throat Emotional, mental Emotional, Etheric
Clear quartz
Chrysocolla
Emerald
Gold Heart
Turquoise
Green Aventurine Heart Etheric, emotional, mental Milky quartz All Emotional
Moonstone Sacral, solar plexus Emotional Opal Sacral, solar plexus, crownEmotional Sodalite Throat, brow Emotional, mental Rose Quartz Heart Emotional
Green tourmalines Heart Emotional
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
All Heart,throatEmotional,mental Heart Astral, Etheric, emotional Emotional, mental, spiritual Throat, all All

Mental Body
The third auric layer is the Mental Body which is associated with the vibrational level of thoughts and mental processes of the ego and related to the Third (Solar Plexus) Chakra. It extends three up to eight inches around from the physical body.
Here we find the third point of the etheric heart, which is linked to the thymus this Chakra, is located just below the throat and above the heart Chakra. This point can also be found just above shoulder height on the left side of the mental body in the auric field. And is the highest point within the etheric heart.
Mental Body and Crystals
Crystal
Amazonite
Amber
Diamond
Lapis lazuli
Moss agate
Obsidian
Ruby Heart
Sapphire
THE HEALING POWER OF METALS by Peter Morrell
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
Chakra Subtle Body Heart, throat Mental, etheric Solar plexus Mental
Crown Mental
Throat, brow Etheric, mental Heart Emotional, mental Base,sacral,crown Mental Mental, spiritual
Solar plexus, crown, heart, throat Emotional, mental

Materia Medica remedy tre, 1998 – Peter Morrell
There are seven metals in the ancient alchemical system of healing, which have resurfaced from time to time in medical thought. With growing interest in this area, this article gives merely an outline of them, their links with disease and materia medica and thus hopefully an introductory portait of their perennial relevance to natural healing.
The article is basically divided into two parts – first a part that describes the 7 metals and their symbolic links; second a discussion of how this knowledge can be applied to heal your life.
The seven metals are
gold silver mercury
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

copper iron tin lead
They correspond respectively to the planets sun, moon, mercury, venus, mars, jupiter and saturn. These in turn correspond with certain key qualities or personalities described in detail in astrology and Hermetic science. Stated simplistically and for brevity, mars is seen as masculine and active, venus is feminine, artistic and passive, jupiter the theorizer, saturn the lord of death, mercury the communicator, sun the day-king and moon the night goddess.
They are also deemed to correspond to the parts of the body as follows
sun – gold – aurum – heart and spine
moon – silver – argentum – brain and fluids
mercury – mercury – hydrargyrum – nervous system, lungs venus – copper – cuprum – kidneys, nutrition
mars – iron – ferrum – blood, muscles and circulation jupiter – tin – stannum – liver & gall bladder
saturn – lead – plumbum – skeleton and skin, hair, nails
Similarly the planets and metals correspond to certain colours. There are various schemes. One such scheme is as follows:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

sun – gold – golds, yellows
moon – silver – white, cream, greens
mercury – mercury – silver, grey, yellow
venus – copper – blues, pinks, pastel shades
mars – iron – reds & browns
jupiter – tin – oranges
saturn – lead – black, dark colours, purple, violet, indigo
Because foods can also be classified as the seven metals, one may change one’s diet so as to reduce foods that are harmful for you and increase your use of more helpful foods. This applies generally, not just to considerations of which foods might be rich in which metals. Some food correspondences are shown:
sun – sunflower seeds, oranges, eggs, grapes
moon – melons, cucumbers, yogurt, cheese, milk
mercury – cereals
venus – fruits, potato, chocolate, sweets, berries
mars – peppers, tomatoes, onion, garlic, curry, meats, black pudding jupiter – nuts, seeds, lemons, apples
saturn – coffee, carob, aubergenes, olives
Guide to the seven metals
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

A brief outline of the metals is as follows:
A person who has excess Iron is hard, strong, active and assertive – an ‘Iron Man’. It is the masculine metal that will fight or argue if pushed, or even without pushing. They make decisions quickly, they speak abruptly and forthrightly, they move quickly and are always busy, moving on to new things. They gravitate naturally to military, metal-working, butchering and police matters where they find others of their own kind and a job they thoroughly enjoy. They think on the hoof, rarely reflecting on what they do. They are activity centred, spending most of their time fully occupied. They like sports of all kinds. Many business people fall also into this category. They are accused of being hard, selfish and aggressive. Some incline to violence or criminality. Iron is softened, domesticated and improved with silver, copper or gold. The iron type needs to be less assertive and more kind, needs to be mellowed and made more passive and receptive to others’ needs. Nux vom and Coffea types abound here. Also Sulphur and Ferrum met.
People with an excess of Copper, like venus, are mild and artistic, goes with the flow, creates harmony, will never upset others needlessly. It is prominent in artists of all kinds; they like sweet things, sloppy films.
Like silver people, with whom they match very well, they are inspired, poetic and romantic. The copper type has the needs of others just as clearly in mind as their own. They are kind, deep, generous and warm-hearted. They like their creature comforts, food, etc and a romantic life. Copper people love life and people; they love to socialise and mix with others. They have strong family ties and the presence and companionship of friends and family are very important to them. jobs like designers, film-makers, artists, actors, musicians. The copper type needs to develop more confidence, more structure, more strength, more
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

grit. Copper can be strengthened either with iron or lead. Pulsatilla is a key remedy for copper types.
Persons with an excess of Lead are dark and heavy, rather sombre or gloomy, rather depressed or maybe a control-freak; ‘don’t touch that, it’s mine!’, etc. They like coffee, dark clothes, winter, night-time and gloomy or highly structured music. They tend to be rather conservative and love structure and strict time guidelines, etc. They can be uptight and intolerant especially of interference from others, which they dislike. They are often too wrapped up in themselves to bother much about others. They fail to see how others can’t also lead a strict and orderly life. They tend to be very serious, to think too much and to dwell in the past. Jobs like architects, bankers, accountants, solicitors. They are rather conservative and set in their ways. They dislike change and upset of any kind. Interested in politics. The lead type needs to loosen up a bit and develop more spontaneous joy. It is chiefly mellowed and improved through gold, copper, tin or silver. Close remedies are Calc, Plumbum, Alumina and Lycopodium.
Tin people are the theorizers; even when there is nothing to think about; they like to speculate, maybe gamble a little, a flutter on the horses is not beyond them; they also like travel and long journeys abroad. They might be accused of having a suspicious mind and of seeing things that aren’t there. Their love of theories comes from their ability to clearly see patterns in events and data. These patterns are often not visible to others. From these patterns and trends they build up theories to explain the world around them. They are natural philosophers. They often have a well developed sense of humour. Tin types need to develop more action and less thought, to live less in themselves and more in the outer world. It is the inquisitiveness, expansiveness and growth tendency of jupiter that makes tin people so obsessed with patterns and information. They tend to be excessive and obsessive in the things they do. This also stems from their great natural enthusiasm. jobs like university and college lecturers, philosophers, bishops, clergy, professors, travel agents. Tin can be livened up a
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

little with iron, made more artistic with silver or copper and deepened with lead. Chelidonium and other liver remedies are associated with Tin.
Mercury is the chatterbox, ceaselessly talking and gossiping, sometimes harmlessly, sometimes bitchily. Mercury makes a good messenger, diplomat or go-between, yet they can be two-faced and cannot keep a secret! They appear as all things to all people, somewhat promiscuous in every sense and rather changeable. they love books, letters, newspapers, magazines, journals, correspondence, reading, writing, telephones, crosswords, languages, jobs like teachers and writers, servants, doctors, diplomats, entertainers, Mercurius, Tuberc, Cann indica and Stramonium are related remedies.
Silver is the sensitive metal of the emotions and the more refined senses. Maybe they are clairvoyant or just oversensitive; they like to be treated kindly and will not tolerate any roughness. They do not get on with iron types, for example, who they find far too rough and insensitive. Like copper they have a fine artistic sense and prefer family and friends most. The lunar silver type is the most caring and compassionate of all the metals; they like people and want to mother them and care for them. In this sense they are the archetypal feminine type. People with excess silver may find life rather painful and constantly on an emotional roller-coaster, as they react to negative and positive things so intensely and with powerful emotion. They need to develop some lead or iron to harden and protect them from the harsh realities of life, by reducing the intensity of their emotional response. mothers, childminders, nannies, nurses, teachers. Argentum, Pulsatilla and Ignatia are related to the Silver type of person.
Gold is king, proud, refined and naturally superior. Vain, arrogant and somewhat haughty, the sun type is nevertheless very warm-hearted and kind. Once you get past the vanity, you see that they are kind givers who love to throw parties and splash out on big shows. They are music lovers and especially like opera. They make loyal friends, and though intent on big schemes, will always Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

help others in need. Gold people succeed very easily and are gifted as natural winners; they come top, come first, get the gold medals, strive to win or win without even trying; they can be proud, aloof, smiling, aim to succeed, become famous; kings, queens, bosses, directors, music lovers, etc. Remedies like Aurum, Platina.
Discussion
To utilise metal therapy directly, you need to search through your life and identify all those qualities that mark you out as being lead, tin or silver, say. By checking your likes and dislikes for example, you can eventually narrow this down. In this way you will eventually discover your own unique metallic blend. You can build up through a few days thinking a quite complete profile of yourself in relation to the qualities of the 7 metals. This is quite easy. You just set yourself a questionnaire about colour and food preferences, etc. Then you can determine where your metallic strengths and weaknesses lie. The end-goal is to restore the metallic balance and acquire a more even blend which likewise promotes a balance in health and well-being.
There is a very accurate but complex astrological method for determining the precise blend of metals in one’s make-up and for showing in numerical terms which metals are strongest and weakest in one’s make-up. But such a method is too complicated to describe here.
There are three possible outcomes of your search. Firstly, you may find you have an even blend of all the metals and no problems in life. Make the most of your good fortune, you are unusual! Secondly, you might have several metals even, with one or more deficient, in which case it is those deficient one’s that you Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

need to boost further. Thirdly, it may turn out that you have all the metals even but one or more standing out as having a much higher score. This indicates that you have an excess of this one metal in your life. To reduce its effect upon you, you need to push it further away from you by discarding all colours etc that relate to it and adopt qualities, colours, etc, that are its opposite. This will neutralise its overall effect and restore the balance.
One’s life contains two distinct kinds of ‘metallic’ things. There are things you like and have by virtue of a metal excess, and there are those that you have due to a metal deficiency. You must search for both. If you like blacks and dark blues, sleep easily, but are hard to rouse and lack energy then you have a clear excess of lead. But you may also feel brightened by reds, which is your second favourite colour. This indicates a lack of iron. Thus this person should reduce the lead in their life and heighten the iron. By making this kind of adjustment, they can compensate for the lack of one and excess of another. They will lose their tiredness and gain a more positive outlook, just through making quite subtle changes to the contents of their life.
As a general rule, men need to cultivate more silver or copper to tone down their mars, and women need to develop more lead or iron to balance their copper and silver.
It is well to bear in mind that although we all contain aspects of all the metals, nevertheless, one or more will tend to be dominant (in excess or deficient) in any one person.
Rationale
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

In a sense ‘as above so below’ the heart in the body is seen in alchemy as equivalent to the gold of the earth and the sun of the heavens; brain of the body as silver in the earth and moon in the heavens; nerves and lungs of the body as mercury in the rocks and mercury in the heavens, etc. The reasoning behind these close correspondences is that they share similar qualities and resonate with each other on many different levels.
A link is thereby established and repeatedly emphasised between man, the earth-bound metals and the wider cosmos. In alchemy this link is seen as vital for gaining any fundamental grasp of our nature, disharmonies in the body, the earth or the cosmos. All are seen as intimately and inextricably interconnected. By identifying deficiencies in one realm, for example, one can then apply the appropriate change or re-tuning through the organ, metal or planet that corresponds. In this way adjustments can be made in any realm and the harmony of interrelationships that constitutes ‘man-earth-cosmos’ can be re- established.
It is inherent in this view of life, that any imbalance in the cosmos which has become imprinted in your makeup will inevitably manifest as an imbalance within your life, often as disease. The imbalance may lead you inexplicably and intuitively to favour a particular food, colour, plant, metal, etc over others. By searching through these like and dislike patterns in your life, you can begin to express that imbalance in terms of the 7 metals. And then you can begin to deal with it.
This interrelationship means, amongst other things, that we uncontrollably attract into our life that which is helpful or useful to us and which reflects our inner nature. This includes people, relatives and friends, as well as objects, plants, pets, etc. The inner and the outer natures cooperate, reflect and reinforce each other. Yet also, through the polarity principle, we can attract that which is
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the exact opposite. To some extent this is why we can become ill from the very thing that will heal us and be healed by that which makes us unwell – contraries and similars being to this degree convergent. It also means we can attract into our lives the very things that cause us ill-health. Yet, as Louise Hay and Edward Bach both indicate in their little books, it is through developing love (and especially self-love) that we can begin to liberate ourselves from the negative in our life – which is perhaps the ultimate healing.
They both also point to the power of another great imponderable in healing – that of belief. Belief has immense power. Whether we choose to ‘rationally’ scoff at it or accept and use it as a tool in healing, the choice is ours. Not just belief in the practitioner or the therapy, belief in yourself. In this sense, belief is the difference between wanting to do something and actually doing it. It is the power of belief not science, that built the Pyramids and Stonehenge and other wonders of the world. In this sense too it is belief that sets the healthy apart from the sick.
A simple example of alchemical re-tuning would be to wear a tin or orange bracelet if a person was prone to liver problems. Kidney complaints could be improved by ‘bringing copper more intimately into your life’; nerve disorders through bringing silver; heart through bringing gold, etc. This sounds deceptively simplistic, but it conveys the essence of a profound teaching and its ordinary application in our everyday life. Of course, the world is very complex and we must also take into account not only the seven metals, but also certain plants, minerals and animals, including homoeopathic remedies, as long as they are viewed or classified as ‘aspects of the seven metals’ and thus used as agents of natural healing.
Many other methods exist. One might just place in one’s home or garden the metal or a mineral, plant or animal that corresponds and fill that ‘gap in one’s life’ in that way.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

If, for example, it turns out that you are an excessively ‘lead or saturn type’ person, then you can reduce or eliminate the wearing of blacks and blues, stop eating black cherries and drinking coffee, and start using brighter colours and eating other foods. If however, you have a deficiency of saturn-lead, then you would take the reverse steps, and bring this metal much more into the forefront of your life by so doing. Through simple and harmless experimentation of this kind one can come to test the usefulness of these ideas very easily and maybe come to know profound truths.
Thus the phrase ‘bringing some metal more into your life’ can be interpreted in many different ways, each having the potential of bringing about the desired healing effect. So it does not just mean the metal – it means the archetype the metal has come to represent. It may mean a colour, a metal, a herb, a food, a crystal or an animal. Once one’s metallic deficiency or excess – or what we might term one’s ‘simillimum metallicum’ – has been identified, then one can explore different ways of bringing that metal into your life and adjusting and exploring the right intensity or dosage of one’s intimacy with it. The essence can be placed under one’s bed, made into a pillow, put in your bath, placed on the tongue, held in one’s hand, sewn into clothes, incorporated into a bodily ornament or piece of jewellery, used as a lotion or ointment, or as tablets in the mouth, etc. The possibilities here are endlessly exciting.
I recall with some shame now my own scepticism when told by a patient some years ago about a local Muslim healer she had visited for her sick son, who mostly used Islamic prayers written in Arabic on pieces of paper to be placed in the bath of the sick person. I privately scoffed at this idea at the time, yet now I can see its more subtle significance. Perhaps the lesson to learn here was that we do not know everything and should always be open minded even towards the apparently ludicrous – especially towards the ludicrous!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The method we adopt is largely immaterial, it is the process of linking and correspondence that is important, and bringing it more closely into your life. By re-establishing your intimate correspondence with that metal in some way, one initiates a healing process, which is in reality a harmonisation of imbalances. The precise method one uses to link up with the archetype is secondary, varies from individual to individual and embraces all the healing arts available. A certain amount of harmless experimentation is required with this technique to find for oneself what acts best.
One might meditate upon a certain colour, metal or flower, immerse oneself in a certain phrase or poem that encapsulates the quality one seeks to acquire. These might include acquiring a cat (gold), dog (mars), fish (tin), tortoise (lead) or horse (tin) as a pet, wearing a certain colour more often, placing of crystals upon one’s body or the use of Flower essences or essential oils.
One can find in Britain simple remedies that are useful. They occur in fields, waste-places and gardens. They can be prepared in homoeopathic form by the usual methods or by flower essence preparation using spring water and pressed juice, preserved with some vodka and then potentised in the usual way. Gems, crystals and mineral remedies can be used directly or prepared using the Rae potentiser. Remedies can also be introduced into your life by being with them, holding them, placing them within your active environment. This especially applies to colours, crystals, metals, plants and minerals. It is the original method of Bach with his flowers. It is also worthwhile considering removing some elements from your life that might be harmful to your health. Some colours, foods, fragrances, plants etc that you have around you may be producing mild provings in your health or are counteracting more subtle forces that would otherwise enhance your health.
For each remedy it is important to gain some insights about its healing properties, some astrological links and also associated colours, etc. These will help people who wish to meditate upon each remedy before using them. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Perhaps the remedies a person needs grow right outside their own house. And we attract to us the remedies we need. So looking beyond the very commonest plants that are found in your garden – including foreign plants – pick those unusual ones that only grow or thrive in your garden. It is safe to assume that these plants are specifically attracted to you. Choose those and make tinctures or a mixed tincture to potentise or as an oil to rub behind the ears. This acts like the Bach remedies. They can also be brought closer to you by bringing them indoors, placing them in the bedroom, etc.
All of these are perfectly valid methods of bringing the desired healing quality into your life. They represent different methods of ‘imbibing’ a metal into one’s psycho-physical system. In this way they are all methods of ‘bringing a metal into one’s life’ and activating a healing response or re-tuning of one’s life. They are also different expressions of the same law of similars, which is the driving force behind homoeopathy.
From the above it becomes possible I hope, to more fully appreciate the otherwise silly sounding sentence that ‘jupiter in the heavens is tin in the earth and the liver in man’. It is a remarkable correspondence of qualities and functional processes that is being revealed, an organic vision of universal wholeness, not a logical or scientific claim.
It is surely exciting to feel that here is a system of very profound and yet relatively simple natural healing. It can be explored by anyone truly interested in healing their lives in the fullest sense. It recommends itself as safe, harmless, universal and effective. Worth trying.
Send comments to Peter Morrell.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Copyright © Peter Morrell, 1998
SOURCES USED AND OF RELATED INTEREST:
Adams, G and Olive Whicher, 1949, The Living Plant and The Science of Physical and Ethereal Spaces, Goethean Science Foundation, Clent, Worcs.
Adams, G and Whicher, 1952, The Plant Between Earth and Sun, ibid
Adams, G, 1965, Physical and Ethereal Spaces, Goethean Science Foundation, Clent, Worcs.
Adams, Peter, 1985, Paracelsus and Homoeopathy, The Homoeopath 5:1, Summer 85, pp6-8
Bach, Edward, 1931, Heal Thyself
Bonnard, Jean (1994a) Paracelsus, SH 20, 25-6-94, pp17-19
Bonnard, Jean (1994b) Arborivital Medicine, R T Cooper (1844-1903), SH 21, 10-9-94, pp23-24
Bott, Victor, c1985, Anthroposophical Medicine – an Extension of the Art of Healing, Steiner Press
Coulter, Harris L, 1993, Paracelsus Today, The Homoeopath, 51, p104 Danciger, Elizabeth, 1987, The Emergence of Homoeopathy, Century Danciger, Elizabeth, 1993, Review of ‘Frontiers of Health’ by Christine Page, The Homoeopath 13:1, Jan 1993, pp53-54
Danciger, Elizabeth, 1993, The Wounded Healer, The Homoeopath 51, Oct 1993, pp130-132
Douch, G, 1976, Depression and the Liver, BHJ LXV, p230-33
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Engel, 1961, Steiner & Homoeopathy, BHJ 50
Ernst, Edward (1994) Magic or Medicine?, SH 23, 22-10-94, pp3-8
Evans, Michael, c1985, Extending the Art of Healing, an Introduction to
Anthroposophical Medicine, Steiner Press, London
Ghegas, Vassilis, 1983, Aurum metallicum, The Homoeopath 4:2, Winter 1983, pp59-65
Graham, Helen (1990) Time, Energy and the Psychology of Healing, Jessica Kingsley, London
Griffiths, Colin, 1995, The Thymus Gland, Prometheus Unbound, 2:1, Autumn 1995, pp15-23
Griggs, Barbara, c1985, Green Pharmacy – the History of Herbal Medicine
Grossinger, Richard (1983) The Alchemical Tradition In The Late 20th Century, N.Atlantic Books, USA
Hay, Louise, You Can Heal Your Life
Herscu, Paul (1994a) The Student and the Organon, part 1, SH 17, 23-4-94, pp5-9, p7 SH17
Herscu, Paul (1994b) The Physician and the Organon, part 2, SH 18, 14-5-94, pp10-15
Hill, Ann, Editor, 1979, A Visual Encyclopaedia of Unconventional Medicine, New English Library
Holmyard, E.J.(1957) Alchemy, Penguin, London
Holt, David (1988) Alchemy: Jung and the Historians of Science, Harvest 33, pp40-60
Hopkins, A.J. (1925) A Modern Theory of Alchemy, Isis, 7, pp58-76 Husemann, F. & Wolff, O. (1982) The Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine, Vol I, Anthroposophical Press, New York
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Jung, Carl, 1958, Psychology and Alchemy, RKP
Katz, Richard & Patricia Kaminski, 1987, Flower Essences and Homoeopathy, The Homoeopath 6:3, Spring 87, pp130-141
King, Francis X, 1989, Rudolph Steiner and Holistic Medicine, Rider Miles, Martin, 1992, Homoeopathy and Human Evoluton, Winter Press
Miles, Martin, 1995, Proving of Stonehenge Sol, Prometheus Unbound 2:1, Autumn, 1995, pp9-14
Morrell, Peter, 1995, Hahnemann as Scientist, The Homoeopath 57, April 1995, pp380-383
Morrell, Peter, 1995, Steiner And Homoeopathy, Prometheus Unbound, 2:1, Autumn
1995, pp24-30
Morrell, Peter, 1996, Thomas Maughan, The Homoeopath 60, Jan 1996
Myss, Caroline, 1994, `The Creation of Health’ SH 19, 4-6-94, reprinted from `Vital Times’, NW College of Hom
Norland, Misha, 1982, Myth, Metal and Medicine pt 1, The Homoeopath 2:3, Spring 82, pp83-87
Norland, Misha, 1982, Myth, Metal and Medicine, pt 2, The Homoeopath 2:4, Summer 82, pp125-30
Norland, Misha, 1982, Myth, Metal and Medicine, pt 3 , The Homoeopath 3:1, Autumn 82, pp10-13
Norland, Misha, 1989, The Alchemist and the Goddess, The Homoeopath 9:1, Autumn 1989, pp267-283
Norland, Misha, 1990, The Alchemist and the Goddess – Further Thoughts, The Homoeopath 10:1, Autumn 1990, pp17-19
Norland, Misha, 1994, Review of Edward Whitmont’s The Alchemy of Healing, The Homoeopath 52, Jan 1994, pp163-64
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Norland, Misha, 1994, Some Thoughts about Mercurius, The Homoeopath 55, October 1994, pp303-306
Page, Christine, 1992, Frontiers of Health – from Healing to Wholeness, CWDaniel
Pelikan, Wilhelm, 1959, The Secrets Of Metals, Anthroposophic Press, New York
Pelikan, Wilhelm (1968) Archetypes, Plants and Man, BHJ, 59:4, pp163-168
Pelikan, 1968, Being in Nature and Man, BHJ 59
Pelikan, 1970, Disease Process and Medicinal Plant, BHJ 59, pp169-73
Richardson-Boedler, Cornelia, 1994, The Catalytic Healing Effects of Bach
Remedies in Homoeopathic Treatament, The Homoeopath 54, July 1994, pp246-250
Rowe-Leat, (1985) The Meaning of Illness.
Steiner, Rudolph (1951) The Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine, Steiner Press, London
Steiner, Rudolph & Ita Wegman (1967) Fundamentals of Therapy, Steiner Press, London
Steiner, Rudolph (1975) Spiritual Science and Medicine, Steiner Press, London
Steiner, Rudolph (c1950) The Four Temperaments
Steiner, Rudolph (c1950) The Metaphysical Significance of the Blood
Thompson, Vivienne, 1986, Plumbum and the Chronos Myth, The Homoeopath 5:3, Spring 1986, pp138-140
Treuherz, Francis, 1985, Steiner & the Similimum, in The Homoeopath, 5.1, Summer 1985, pp12-31
Treuherz, Francis, 1986, Flower Essences, The Homoeopath 5:3, Spring 86, pp141-3
Anthony Turner, 1976, Venus and Jupiter, BHJ 65, p181
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

JFG Turner, 1939, Rudolph Steiner a Fresh Look at the Etiology of Disease, BHJ 28, pp157-168
Twentyman, L.R, 1952, Miasms and Archetypes, BHJ, 41:4, pp130-139 Twentyman, L.R, 1957, Approach to the Pre-Cancerous State, BHJ 46, pp64-9
Twentyman, 1957, The Psychosomatic Problem in Relation to Cancer, BHJ 46, pp144-46
Twentyman, 1970, Cancer in the 20th Century, BHJ 59, p58-66
Twentyman, L.R. (1974) The Place of Homoeopathy in Modern Medicine in the Light of History, BHJ 63:2 (April), pp82-94
Twentyman, L.R. (1974) The Seven Ages of Man, BHJ 63:3 (July), pp190-95
Twentyman, L.R. (1978) Neurosensory Aspects of Malignant Disease, BHJ 67:2, pp149-164.
Twentyman, 1980, The Liver and Depression, BHJ 69
Twentyman, L.R. (1982) The Nature of Homoeopathy, Royal Society of Health Journal, 102, pp221-5; also in BHJ 72:1, 1983, pp20-28
Twentyman, L.R. (1983) Lead, Death and Ressurection, BHJ 72:2, pp79-84
Twentyman L.R. (1988) The Science and Art of Healing, Floris Books, Edinburgh
Twentyman, LR, 1990, The Leech, Hirudo medicinalis, The Homoeopath 10:1, April 1990, pp22-23
Ullman, Dana, 1993, Understanding Nature to Learn Materia Medica, The Homoeopath 13:1, March 1993, pp27-33
Watson, Ian, 1993, Review of ‘The Magical Staff’ by Matthew Wood, The Homoeopath 13:1, March 1993, pp47-48
Whicker, Karen Suzanne, 1995, Bach Flower Remedies, SH 34, 9-9-95, pp11-15 Whitmont, Edward C, 1947, Natrum Mur, Hom Recorder LXIII; 5, Nov, p118ff
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Whitmont, Edward C, 1949, Phosphor, Hom Recorder LXIV, 10, April, p288ff
Whitmont, Edward C, 1950, The Analysis of a Dynamic Totality – Sepia, Hom Recorder, Mar 1950, LXV, p9ff
Whitmont, Edward C, 1950, Towards a Basic Law of Psychic and Somatic Interaction,
Hom Recorder, lxv, feb 1950, LXV, 8, p202ff Whitmont, Edward C, 1975, Lachesis, BHJ 64
Whitmont, Edward C, 1993?, The Alchemy of Healing, Psyche and Soma, North Atlantic Books
Whitmont, Edward C, 1994, The Alchemy of Healing, The Homoeopath 52, Jan 1994, pp163-4
Whitney, Jerome, 1993, Review of ‘Homoeopathy and Human Evolution’ by Martin
Miles, The Homoeopath 13:2, April 1993, pp102-103
Whitney, Jerome, 1994, On Paracelsus, Swedenborg and Fractals, SH 22, 1-10-94, pp22-23 & in The Homoeopath 56, Jan 1995, p356
Whitney, Jerome, 1994, Letter re Paracelsus, SH 23, 22-10-94, pp37-39
Whitney, Jerome, 1995, Homoeopathy and Medical Alchemy, The Homoeopath 57, April 1995, pp405-6
Whitney, Jerome, 1995, The Source of The Miasms, The Homoeopath 57, April 1995, p398
Whitney, Jerome, 1995, Why Meditative Provings?, SH 37, 11-11-95, pp27-29
Wolff, Otto (1988) Anthroposophical Medicine and Its Remedies, Tobias Therapeutic Assn, S.Africa
Wood, Matthew (1992) The Magical Staff – The Vitalist Tradition in Western Medicine, N Atlantic bks
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Wright, Jill, 1994, Chalcancite a New Methodology for Proving, Prometheus Unbound, 1:1, June 1994, pp15-18
Nikola Tesla
While Nikola Tesla was conducting experiments with his Magnifying Transmitter at Colorado Springs in 1899, he detected coherent signals which he determined had originated on Mars. Tesla was widely criticized for his astounding claims, yet no one could seriously dispute him; he was a solo pioneer without peer. No one since then has reported constructing a Magnifying Transmitter or otherwise replicated his experiments; the issue remains unresolved and the mystery unsolved. Tesla revealed no technical details in his pronouncements and publications of that period (other than the pertinent patents). His Colorado Notebooks were published in the 1980s, but they make no mention of his alleged contact with Mars.
Tesla elaborated on the subject of “Talking With the Planets” in Collier’s Weekly (March 1901):
“As I was improving my machines for the production of intense electrical actions, I was also perfecting the means for observing feeble efforts. One of the most interesting results, and also one of great practical importance, was the development of certain contrivances for indicating at a distance of many hundred miles an approaching storm, its direction, speed and distance traveled….
“It was in carrying on this work that for the first time I discovered those mysterious effects which have elicited such unusual interest. I had perfected the apparatus referred to so far that from my laboratory in the Colorado mountains
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

I could feel the pulse of the globe, as it were, noting every electrical change that occurred within a radius of eleven hundred miles.
“I can never forget the first sensations I experienced when it dawned upon me that I had observed something possibly of incalculable consequences to mankind. I felt as though I were present at the birth of a new knowledge or the revelation of a great truth…. My first observations positively terrified me, as there was present in them something mysterious, not to say supernatural, and I was alone in my laboratory at night; but at that time the idea of these disturbances being intelligently controlled signals did not yet present itself to me. The changes I noted were taking place periodically and with such a clear suggestion of number and order that they were not traceable to any cause known to me. I was familiar, of course, with such electrical disturbances as are produced by the sun, Aurora Borealis, and earth currents, and I was as sure as I could be of any fact that these variations were due to none of these causes. The nature of my experiments precluded the possibility of the changes being produced by atmospheric disturbances, as has been rashly asserted by some. It was sometime afterward when the thought flashed upon my mind that the disturbances I had observed might be due to an intelligent control. Although I could not decipher their meaning, it was impossible for me to think of them as having been entirely accidental. The feeling is constantly growing on me that I had been the first to hear the greeting of one planet to another. A purpose was behind these electrical signals….”
Decades later on his birthday in 1937, he announced: “I have devoted much of my time during the year past to the perfecting of a new small and compact apparatus by which energy in considerable amounts can now be flashed through interstellar space to any distance without the slightest
dispersion.” (New York Times, Sunday, 11 July 1937.)
Tesla never publicly revealed any technical details of his improved transmitter, but in his 1937 announcement, he revealed a new formula showing that “The Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

kinetic and potential energy of a body is the result of motion and determined by the product of its mass and the square of its velocity. Let the mass be reduced, the energy is reduced by the same proportion. If it be reduced to zero, the energy is likewise zero for any finite velocity.” (New York Sun, 12 July 1937, p. 6.)
About 40 years later, Arthur Mathews claimed that Tesla had secretly developed the “Teslascope” for the purpose of communicating with Mars. The late Dr. Andrija Puharich met with Matthews, and discussed him in an interview (Pyramid Guide, May-June & July-Aug. 1978):
“[Arthur Matthews] came from England. Matthews’ father was a laboratory assistant to the noted physicist Lord Kelvin back in the 1890s. Tesla came over to England to meet Kelvin… to convince him that Alternating Current was more efficient than Direct Current. Kelvin at that time opposed the AC movement…. In 1902, the Matthews family left England and immigrated to Canada…. When Matthews was 16 his father arranged for him to apprentice under Tesla…. He eventually worked for him and continued this alliance until Tesla’s death in 1943….
“It’s not generally known, but Tesla actually had two huge magnifying transmitters built in Canada, and Matthews operated one of them…. People mostly know about the Colorado Springs transmitters and the unfinished one on Long Island. I saw the two Canadian transmitters. All the evidence is there….
“[The Teslascope is] the thing Tesla invented to communicate with Beings on other planets. There’s a diagram of the Teslascope in Matthew’s book [The Wall of Light]. In principle, it takes in cosmic ray signals…. Eventually the signals are stepped down to audio…. Speak into one end, and the signal goes out the other end as a cosmic ray emitter….”
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Matthews’ diagrams of the Teslascope make minimal electronic sense. No one has ever confirmed the reality of the Teslascope.
Several years after Tesla announced his reception of signals from Mars, Guglielmo Marconi also claimed to have heard from an alien radio transmitter. However, Marconi was more easily dismissed by his contemporaries, who claimed that Marconi had received interference from another radio station on Earth.
In the 1970s, L.G. Lawrence (field manager of the Ecola Institute) described his “Communication by Accident” with ET intelligences:
“On October 29, 1971… while conducting exploratory RBS [Remote Biological Sensing] experiments in Riverside County, CA, our field instrumentation’s organic transducer complex intercepted a train of apparently intelligent communication signals (tight spacing and discrete pulse intervals) while accidentally allowed to remain pointed at the constellation Ursa Major during a short rest period. The phenomenon prevailed for somewhat over 33 minutes….
“A somewhat similar phenomenon was observed on April 10, 1972…. The apparent signals, aside from seemingly growing weaker, appear to be transmitted at great intervals ranging from weeks to months, possibly years. A faint, coherent , binary-type phenomenon was noted during aural monitoring…. Intervals between rapid series of pulse trains ranged from… 3 to 10 minutes….
“Because our equipment is impervious to electromagnetic radiation and found free of internal anomalies, the tentative conclusion of biological-type interstellar communications signals has emerged….
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“As a mere audio presentation, the instrumentation tape is unpleasant to listen to. However, a fascinating degree of enchantment tends to emerge after the tape has been played back three or more times, typically over a period of weeks. We ascribe this to psycho-acoustical adaptation…. The tape contains a short, incremental series of deep, harmonious oscillations resembling nonsense chatter or background modulations. An intelligent character of the overall pulse is applied by discrete spacing patterns, apparent repetitions of sequences, and highly attenuated Gaussian noise…” (Borderlands, 1st Qtr., 1996, pp. 27-29).
Gregory Hodowanec
In the 1980s, electrical engineer Greg Hodowanec developed his theory of Rhysmonic Cosmology. He also experimented with a Gravity Wave Detector (GWD) of his own design. The simple devices detect “coherent modulations” in the microwave radiation.
Hodowanec published his first report of “SETI with Gravitational Signals” using his GWDs (Radio Astronomy, April 1986):
“The advantage of a possible gravitational technique for SETI over the radio technique is primarily one of time of ‘propagation’ for these signals. The radio waves travel at the speed of light, but the gravitational signals (per the writer’s theories) are essentially instantaneous signals. Another advantage of the gravitational technique is the simplicity of the instrumentation required. As SARA members know, radio astronomy can be quite complicated. The gravitational wave detectors… must rely largely on the Earth’s mass as a ‘shadow’ to enable the detection of gravitational radiation. Therefore, ‘objects’ or signals located in the observers’ zenith are best detected. Yet, the other areas
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

are still ‘detectable’ especially with the aid of other ‘shadows’ such as the sun, moon, planets, etc.
“Of particular interest to SETI observers may be the strange audio type gravitational signals which appear to come from the Auriga and Perseus region of our Galaxy. These ‘signals’ have been ‘heard’ by the writer for several years now, and generally range between about 4 and 5 hours right ascension, with a peak intensity near 4.5 hours R.A. The signals appear to be several ‘tones’….”
Soon afterward, Hodowanec made the first mention of a definite contact with an apparently extraterrestrial communicator in a letter (7-23-88) to an editor at Radio-Electronics magazine:
“On the morning of this date, at 7:30 to 7:38 AM (EST), I recorded the following apparently Morse-Code like pulses:
“A A A A R A R T T N N N N K C N N N E E E E E N E N N T T T N E E E E E A E E R K E N N ET E EAAAA E E E NTT K NT NT S E S E S E S E M N A SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE —
“As you can see, these do not appear to be just random pulses, but the SE signals, which are most prevalent, appear to be possibly an identification signal. These signals are detected in shielded l/f detectors and thus are scalar (gravitational) in nature. The signals above (if they were extraterrestrial) came from either the Auriga-Perseus region near my zenith or the Bootes region under my Earth position. I still cannot rule out that they may just be due to Earth core movements of some sort which are remarkably like Morse code signals, or even the possibility that they are man-made.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

By July 1988, Hodowanec had confirmed Tesla’s claims, as he announced in “Some Remarks on Tesla’s Mars Signals”:
“…Such signals are being received today with simple modern-day scalar-type signal detectors… coherent modulations are being ‘heard’ in [the microwave] background radiation. The most prominent modulations being three pulses (code S) slightly separated in time, a la Tesla! On occasions, the code equivalents of an E, N, A, or K, are also heard, but the most persistent response is SE, SE, etc.
“Any l/f type noise detector will respond to this background modulation. However, the experimenter must be careful that he is not creating these responses at the ‘local’ level by his own or other local actions. For example, the detectors will also respond to heart beats, breathing actions, local movements, as well as possible psychic effects. The detectors are easy to make and the experimenter should easily reproduce these results.”
Hodowanec released more details in a Cosmology Data Note (10-13-88):
“Since about early August 1988, it was noticed that apparently ‘intelligent signals’ existed in these modulations [of the microwave background radiation]. It can be said that the intelligence was in the form of digital-type communication, e.g., dots and dashes, or ones and zeros. This type of communication may have been chosen by this ‘unknown communicator’ as it was conducive to the ‘mass movement’ form of longitudinal gravity signaling, as well as an easily recognizable universal system. This same method was proposed by the writer for a gravity system communication method.
“These ‘signals’ were noticed to be similar to the simpler International Morse Code symbols, primarily because they are the simplest way to present Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

information in the pulse form. Thus, the ‘letters’ found in these transmissions are typically: E, I, T, M, A, N, R, K, S and O, as well as… the comma and the wait signal. However, numbers are seen here as the simple series of pulses, e.g., 1 is one pulse, 2 is two pulses, 3 is three pulses, and so on.
“On August 26, 1988, after the writer had sent the message ‘Greg Radio’ during a local gravity signal transmission test, it was noticed that the letters G and D were apparently added to some of the received messages noted thereafter!
“The writer’s first hard evidence that the above test message may have been intercepted by this unknown communicator was seen that on August 28, 1988… a strong and repeated message of the Greg Radio was received with the message finally terminated with the series SE (or 31)!
“Further evidence that these may be actually communication attempts is seen in that on October 11, 1988… a very different approach was seen: A series of Greg Radio’s was sent at about the normal code speed of about 5 words per minute, followed by KKTT, and then the series was repeated at a slower speed and also followed by KKTT…
“Another confirmation that these may be ‘messages’ appeared on October 12, 1988… Here, a series of A’s and R’s (with Greg Radio occasionally inserted) was then followed by Greg Radio sent as a series of five repetitions of each letter, e.g., Greg was sent as GGGGGRRRRREEEEEGGGGG !!!
“Sufficient ‘messages have now been received to indicate that perhaps a serious attempt to indicate that perhaps a serious attempt to contact this writer was being made by some ‘unknown communicator’. While this communicator may yet be some terrestrial experimenter, the possibility still exists that the communicator may be ‘extraterrestrial’ for the following reasons:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“a. The messages are in simple code (e.g., dits and dahs) type of pulses which would be expected to be used if one intelligent civilization were to try to contact another civilization in terms of pulses. That some of the simplest pulse signals are similar to simple Morse Code signals is more than coincidence — they are both based upon the same premises!
“b. Numbers are not in the complicated Morse Code symbols, but are in simple sequence, using short pulses or dits.
“c. The ‘communicator’ has recognized the coherent nature of Greg Radio and is possibly using that sequence of codes in various fashions to indicate that a ‘contact’ has been made.
“d. The communicator thus far has not responded to ‘word’ messages or the amateur Q-code signals. Thus it is believed that while some apparently Morse Code signals are being used, the communicator is not really familiar with such usage, other than recognizing the coherent nature of the signals.
“e. Since these messages at present appear largely near the noon hour, they may be coming from a definite source in space. At present, it is believed to be from the general direction of the constellation, Andromeda, but not necessarily the Galaxy there…
“There is also some possibility that this communicator may be ‘extraterrestrial’, perhaps yet in our Solar System (Mars?), but no further than our own Galaxy or Local Group of Galaxies… [T]his same communicator may have been trying to reach here ever since the turn of the century when Nikola Tesla reported the interception of scalar S signals!!”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Soon after, Hodowanec wrote this brief, untitled report (2-23-89):
“Without going into the details of how this was determined: ET may be on Mars!
“This, in spite of NASA’s denial of any life forms on Mars [which situation changed in 1996]. This possibility has been recently suspected by the writer due to the apparently very close tracking of my position on Earth by ET. ET, of course, always knew that I was on Earth (as seen by his tracking), but now he has most emphatically confirmed that he is on the 4th planet from the sun, i.e., Mars!!!!!
“While this release is probably a bit premature, I am so positive of these gravity signal ‘exchanges’ that I will stick my neck out in this instance. ET on Mars is apparently much more advanced than we are here on Earth, and he may have even previously visited here on Earth, and possibly colonized here (but who are his possible descendants??).
“It is still a mystery on where ET may be living on Mars (possibly underground near the polar regions??), and why ET doesn’t use EM wave signaling methods?? Perhaps, it is because Mars is so hostile now that ET must have developed a very sophisticated underground civilization which is not conducive to EM radiation systems?
“This material is being released now confidentially to but a very few active colleagues until further confirmations on this assertion are obtained….”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

In his Mars Flash #1 (3-28-89) and #2 (3-30-89), Hodowanec notified colleagues that, “As the result of the continued gravity signal communications between GH Labs and the Martians, the following extraordinary facts have come to light:
“The exchanges are now being made in terms of short ‘English’ code words for certain items. For example, the Martians now understand that FACE means the human face, MAN means the human person, Earth now means our planet, and Mars means their planet! They had originally tried some of their terminology with me, but gave up except where it made sense to me. For example, I now know that TTT at the end of their names means person and OOTTAEERR is their name for the 10th planet!”
In a handwritten footnote to the above, Hodowanec informed this writer that the Martian’s name is “AAAAAATTT”: “He appears to ‘understand’ my messages, even though I may have to repeat them in several ways so that he can ‘see’ the meaning….
“Communications between GH Labs and a Martian intelligence now continue with increasing progress since we have been able to establish over 50 simple expressions (most in simple English) for many of the common ‘ideas’ that we have. Martian AAAAAATTT is extremely adept in relating my English terminology to these common Earth-Mars observations….
“Mars has also confirmed that they are also ‘men’ with one ‘head’ that have two ‘eyes’ that ‘see’. Also, they have one ‘body’ with two arms that have hands with five fingers each. Also they have two legs with two feet that have five toes each. I haven’t been able to have them confirm the nose and mouth in the face, but that could be confirmed shortly, since those features appear in the FACE.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“Probably the most significant fact which was determined on this date seems to be that Mars is most emphatic that Earth men are like Mars men! This appears more and more that Mars has colonized Earth in the remote past! This could be true since we on Earth have never really found the ‘missing link’ between Earth humanoids and humans!
In a letter (3-17-89) to this writer, Hodowanec mentioned that “Generally, our contacts are limited to 20-30 minutes… since there appear to be other ETs out there interested in joining in also, and so there is some interference after a while. Some of these other ETs use other methods of communications such as tones and what appear to be guttural voices!
“ET is probably more advanced then we are on Earth. We no longer exchange simple arithmetic, and when I sent him Pi to five decimal places, he sent Pi back to seven decimal places immediately! We had discussed our nine planet solar system, but ET came back with ten planets, calling the 10th planet OOTTAEERR! When questioned on this, ET kept on confirming the existence of a tenth planet! He now knows the other nine planets by their Earth names! He also confirmed that Mars has two moons, the Earth one, and that Jupiter has nine major moons.
“These contacts are getting to be more interesting all the time, and ET appears to be most anxious to continue them. However, I just cannot spend too much time with him… I got across to him that I am just one person here communicating with him, and that the rest of Earth presently does not recognize the existence of any life on Mars….
“I have now had over 100 contacts with ET and can reach him at any time of day or night…. We have also established some simple codes for acknowledgments and go ahead and respond. While we use these simple codes
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

in many contexts, both ET and I now understand in which context they are being used!”
In another letter (3-22-89) to colleagues, Hodowanec affirmed that his contacts with Martian intelligents “has been verified in a number of ways… The Martians are apparently the advanced civilization, for they are the ones generating the ‘modulated oscillated beam’ which is now tracking my location on earth and is thus the means of our communications. [The beam is "only about 15 miles in diameter here on Earth, but 1012 inches on Mars."] There is an apparent ‘team’ on Mars which is involved in these contacts. The original contact, ET#1, with whom I have established the initial relationship, is apparently the most highly knowledgeable and advanced. The others who sometimes ‘man’ the Mars station appear to be less knowledgeable and some only request or acknowledge a transmission….
Mars is most desperate to continue these contacts…. [The] exchanges are made in many varied ways which cannot be readily predicted in order to convey the fact that these are real contacts! Also, one can recognize the ‘fist’ of the one ‘keying’ these codes, e.g., ET#1 always sends clean letters or numbers, and identified himself and me in some fashion. The other ETs on Mars usually don’t. Therefore, no automation is being used here!
“While these contacts were originally due to a serendipitous circumstances, it is really the result if my gravitational communication experiments and thus a direct result from Rhysmonic Cosmology. And yet, however fantastic and unreal this may seem, it is real, and if also it is confirmed by one of you, it will be a major milestone in the history of mankind! Perhaps, if one of you finally ‘hears’ the modulations of l/f noise background, you may try to establish your own contacts?”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

However, Gregory Hodowanec also had extreme reservations about the gravity of the situation, which he expressed it in a letter (4-14-89) to this writer:
“…my ‘contacts’ with Mars continue with much information being exchanged. However, due to the increasingly astounding nature of these exchanges, I am now limiting further releases to only two long-time observers (witnesses) of my research efforts. This is being done so as not to jeopardize these contacts with unwanted notoriety or publicity in the media. There are now nine “Mars Flashes” for the record. Perhaps, in the future, I may release some of these….
“…gravity signal communications are instantaneous, require extremely small energy expenditure, [unlike Tesla’s experiments] and is so simple as to be just unbelievable by the average person. However, this is as far as I want to go with release of details at this time….
“I would appreciate that you keep this info somewhat confidential now. The Earth may not be ready for what I will have to say eventually. Nothing dire, just fantastic and thus perhaps unbelievable!”
A variety of GWD circuits exist today (Figure 2). Complete details of Gregory Hodowanec’s theory Rhysmonic Cosmology, etc., are available from Rex Research. r
References
Colorado Springs Gazette (9 Jan. 1901), p. 7, col. 6,7,8; ibid. (9 March 1901), p. 4, c. 2.
Electrical World (4 April 1896), p. 369: “Is Tesla to Signal to the Stars?”
Mountain Sunshine (Denver, CO) 1(1): 31-34 (1899).
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

English Mechanic & World of Science, #2228 (5 Dec. 1907)
New York Evening Post (22 Jan.1919), p. 14, c. 4, 5.
New York Sun (Thurs., 3 Jan. 1901); ibid., (12 July 1937), p. 6.
New York Times (23 May 1909), p. 10, c. 6, 7.; ibid. (3 Feb., 1919); p. 14, c.3: “Celestial Movies”; ibid., (3 Sept. 1921), p. 4, c. 4.; ibid., (11 July 1937), p. 13, c. 2.
New York Tribune (12 Jan .901), p. 2, c. 3.
Pyramid Guide 4 (3):1 (Jan.-Feb. 1976); ibid., 5(2):5 (Nov.-Dec. 1976); “Letter From Tesla” (6 Jan. 1900).
Tesla, N., Collier’s Weekly (March 1901), p. 359-361; “Talking With the Planets”
Tesla, N., Current Opinion (March 1919), p. 170-171; “That Prospective Communication with Another Planet”
Tesla, N., “Electrical Communication with the Planets” in Thompson, S.P.: Polyphase Electric Currents & AC Motors; 1902, Collier & Son, NY; p. 234-236;
Tesla, N., Harvard Illustrated Mag. (March, 1907), p. 119-121; “Signaling to Mars” Tesla, N.: New York Herald (12 Oct. 1919), p. 7; “Signals to Mars…”
Time (20 July 1931), p. 27.
Lawrence, L.G.: “Interstellar Communications Signals”; Borderlands 52(1):27-29 (1996)
Hodowanec, Gregory: Rhysmonic Cosmology (H18-HG3/$6); ibid., Rhysmonic Cosmology Notes (H17-HG2/$4); ibid., Rhysmonic Cosmology Collected Papers (H19-HG4/$8); ibid., Rhysmonics Articles (H21-HG6/$4); ibid., G-Wave Detectors (H16-GH/$7); ibid., GWD Circuits (H20-HG5/$7); ibid., Rhysmonics Updates (H22-HG7/$4). Published by: Rex Research, P.O. Box 19250, Jean NV 89019; Catalog: $2.
The Mark of the beast refers to a prediction I had given of a huge. Attack at 666 ave new York in the federal reserve.
Or this which is how world nuts see it
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

666 * RFID Biochip Implant
DIGITAL ANGEL by VeriChip YOUR IMPLANT is HERE!
vaccination * implantation * identification
I suspect this will be a visible TATTOO, not the chip.
666 WATCH
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

7 angels pour out 7 vials / bowls of the wrath of God on the earth.
The first angel poured out his bowl on the earth and it became a loathsome and
malignant (cancerous) sore on the people who had the mark of the beast and who worshiped his image.
Revelation 16
THIS IS NO HOAX! Forced RFID chips removed surgically .
One of the inventors of the RFID chips has successfully had 2 chips surgically removed which had been secretly implanted
in him without his knowledge or consent. The chip was embedded in a Verichip-induced cancerous tumor.
Many people have been targeted for years, implanted with a chip without their knowledge or consent and now suffer from them.
They can be inserted via vaccinations – implantation identification tracks you everywhere you go.
RFID Biochip contains lithium which causes painful sores. WARNINGS, page 5:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MONDEX Microchip Digital Angel is an implant under skin the size of a grain of rice
LITHIUM
Dr. Carl W. Sanders
”There are 250,000 components in the microchip, including a lithium battery.
I fought them over using lithium as a battery source but NASA was doing a lot with lithium then.
A doctor at Boston Medical Center what that concentration of lithium in the body could do if the chip broke down.
He said that you would get a boil or grievous sore.
Revelation 16:2 BOWL JUDGMENT
The first angel poured out his bowl on the earth; and it became a loathsome and malignant sore on the
people WHO HAD the MARK of the beast and who worshiped his image.
If you obey His Word, Listen for His Voice YOU WILL BE SAFE
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Do not be afraid of tomorrow, God is already there
I remember a prophecy which said of coming disasters,
areas will not recover from one calamity before another strikes.
It doesnt matter, GOD is in control
Try saying that to yourself daily, regardless what happens
CHOOSE TODAY whom you will serve! Joshua 24:15 As for me and my mouse, we will serve the LORD!
Next step in H1N1 flu scare, Microchip implants CONTROL, CONTROL, CONTROL
Company developing under-the-skin devices to detect bio-threats VeriChip microchip implant about the size of a grain of rice
VeriChip is working with a Minnesota company, Receptors LLC, to develop the virus-detection technology.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

VeriChip in Florida boasts selling the worlds first and only federally approved radio microchip for
implanting in humans is now turning its development branch toward emergency preparedness,
hoping to produce an implant that can automatically detect the presence of swine flu or other
viruses in the bloodstream.
VeriChip Corporation currently sells a small, under-the-skin Radio Frequency Identification capsule, or RFID,
that patients can opt to have implanted, containing a number computer-linked to their medical records,
enabling doctors with a special reader to access the information even if the patient is unconscious or unidentified.
But VeriChip has also turned its attention to other uses for the technology, including microchips that be used to
tag and log human remains after a disaster and implants the company hopes will be able to warn if their host is
infected with the H1N1 swine flu virus, the H5N1 bird flu virus or other pandemic agents deemed to be a bio-threat.
Next step in H1N1 flu scare, Microchip implants:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

MASTERCARD OWNS 57% of MONDEX
AMERICAN EXPRESS is also going with the RFID CHIP, so are DRIVER’s LICENSES. 2007
This entire cashless system ‘may’ become MANDATORY SOON – EVEN THIS YEAR! All is ready. ALL!
The man of SIN is the one you put in control in YOUR MIND!
Mark Mandatory, 666
son of perdition exalts himself above God to be worshipped as God, showing himself to be God.
And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the Truth,
that they might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie:
That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrigheousness.
2 Thessalonians 2:4, 10-12
He causes all to be given a mark on their right hand or on their forehead. Revelation 13:16
Ole Gorbechov has a mark on his forehead.
AntiChrist Alley
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

September, 2004
The UN Seeks to change Calendar to a 13 Month Moon Calendar
666 – Implant under human skin Digital Angel WAS tested in EU in 2001
MISUSED, these could amount to stalking
Digital Angel, VeriChip and other tracking ‘marks’ – Privacy concerns! – Also do search engine for MONDEX
The 10 horns are ten kings who will come from this kingdom.
After them another king will arise, different from the earlier ones, he will subdue 3 kings. He shall speak pompous,
arrogant words against the Most High, Shall persecute, oppress the saints of the Most High,
He will (intend to change, make alterations in times and law) (try to change the set times and the laws).
Then the saints shall be handed over to him for a time and times and half a time. (3 and a half years)
But the court will sit for judgment, and his dominion power will be taken away, and completely annihilated and destroyed forever.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Then the sovereignty, power, dominion and the greatness of all the kingdoms under the whole heaven will be given to the people
of the saints of the Highest One, His kingdom will be an everlasting kingdom, and all the dominions will serve and obey Him.
Daniel 7:24-28
I pieced together 3 different translations for clarity. This 11 king some call the antichrist.
Would that be the President of the UN, United Nations?
Bill Koenig Commentary – October 30, 2000
I noticed the Digital Angel is now billed as “something you can wear close to the body” and is not being called an implant.
Isn’t that an interesting twist? Furthermore, one of the executives of Applied Digital Solutions has stated he is a Christian
and that their implant will not be the Mark. Maybe it won’t become the actual Mark, however
I continue to find the name that was selected a fascinating irony. watch.org
Applied Digital Solutions (ADS) Acquires Rights to World’s First Digital Device Implantable in Humans
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

With Applications in E-business to Business Security, Health Care and Criminal Justice
Company Press Release December 15, 1999 (old)
The name for the product is a classic. It would be fascinating to know how they decided on Digital Angel.
Inserted just under the skin, with maintenance-free regenerating power supply, miniature
‘Digital Angelr’ has multi-billion dollar market potential Applied Digital Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ:ADSX – news)
announced that it has acquired the patent rights to a miniature digital transceiver – which it has named
‘Digital Angelr’ – that can be used for a variety of purposes
The press release stated, the device can be used for a variety of purposes, such as providing a tamper-proof means of
identification for e-business security, locating lost or missing people, tracking valuable property and monitoring the
medical conditions of at-risk patients. In the agreement signed last week, ADS acquired the right to develop this
unique product itself for all of its applications or to sublicense the development of specific applications to other entities.
A special technology group has been formed within ADS to supervise the development of the device.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

For the first time in the history of location and monitoring technology, Digital Angelr overcomes former limitations.
Basic Features and Potential Uses of Digital Angelr The Digital Angelr transceiver can be implanted just under the skin or hidden
inconspicuously on or within valuable personal belongings and priceless works of art. When implanted within the human body,
the transceiver is powered electromechanically through the movement of muscles. It can be activated either by the wearer or
by a remote monitoring facility. The device also can monitor certain biological functions of the human body such as heart rate
and send a distress signal to a monitoring facility when it detects a medical emergency.
The implantable transceiver sends and receives data and can be continuously tracked by GPS (Global Positioning Satellite)
technology. The transceiver’s power supply & actuation system are unlike anything ever created. When implanted within a body,
the device is powered electromechanically through the movement of muscles, and it can be activated either by the wearer or
by the monitoring facility. A novel sensation feedback feature will even allow the wearer to control the device to some degree.
The smart device is also small enough to be hidden inconspicuously on or within valuable personal belongings and priceless works of art.
Commenting on Digital Angel’sr many potential applications, Richard Sullivan, Chairman & CEO of ADS said: “We believe its
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

potential for improving individual and e-business security and enhancing the quality of life for millions of people is virtually
limitless. Although we’re in the early developmental phase, we expect to come forward with applications in many different areas,
from medical monitoring to law enforcement. However, in keeping with our core strengths in the e-business to business arena,
we plan to focus our initial development efforts on the growing field of e- commerce security and user ID verification.”
DIGITAL ANGEL UNVEILED & DEMONSTRATEED in NEW YORK OCTOBER 31, 2000
SPOOKY! ~ ON HALLOWEEN, 2000
The BIBLE and the BIO CHIP
October, 2001 There is talk of a national ID card.
This can become an implant inside a month, as ID cards are lost, stolen, borrowed. They’re of NO value.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

DIGITAL ANGEL was unveiled publicly in New York October 31, 2000
BACKGROUND and TECHNICAL ABSTRACT
Digital Angel E-Business Security, Location & Medical Monitoring
BACKGROUND
On May 13, 1997, US Patent # 5,629,678 was granted for a `personal tracking and recovery system,’ consisting of a
miniature digital transceiver implantable in humans with a built-in, electromechanical power supply & actuation system.
These features enable the device to remain implanted and functional for years without maintenance. This transceiver
sends and receives data and can be continuously tracked by Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) technology.
On December 10, 1999, Applied Digital Solutions, Inc (ADS) acquired the patent rights to this technology, which the company
refers to as `Digital Angel.’ The agreement gives ADS the right to develop this
unique product for all of its applications or to sublicense the development of specific applications to other entities.
For more information, visit the Company’s web site at ADSX.com Applied Digital Solutions
Revelation 13:16-18
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

He causes all, small and great, rich and poor, and the free men and the slaves, to be given a mark on their
right hand or on their forehead, and he provides that no one will be able to buy or sell, except the one who has the mark,
either the name of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him who has understanding
calculate the number of the beast, for the number is that of a man and his number is 666
Revelation 14:9-11
Then another angel, a third one, followed them, saying with a loud voice, “If anyone worships the beast and his image,
and receives a mark on his forehead or on his hand, he also will drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is mixed in
full strength in the cup of His anger; and he will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the
holy angels and in the presence of the Lamb.
And the SMOKE of their TORMENT GOES UP FOREVER and EVER
they have no rest day and night, those who worship the beast and his image, and whoever receives the mark of his name.
IMPORTANT!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The implanted chip in your forehead or hand involves WORSHIP of the ANTICHRIST
It is NOT involuntary! It will NOT be secret or an accident. DO NOT take this chip!
Thou shalt have NO other GOD before ME, saith the LORD GOD JEHOVAH Exodus 20
DO NOT take a mark to buy or sell. Revelation 13
If you do you CANNOT enter heaven! Revelation 14
REPENT!
The DEVIL has COME, & he’s ANGRY THE BEAST is LOOSE
DIGITAL ANGEL is here! Implant under human skin GLOBAL CASHLESS SOCIETY soon, Revelation 13 and 14
The world’s financial institutions are announcing a GLOBAL CASHLESS SOCIETY.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The ability to conduct all manner of monetary exchange is now being replaced by microchip technology & electronic currency.
GLOBAL FINANCIAL COLLAPSE:
MASTERCARD bought a 51% share in MONDEX
With MasterCard’s backing, there’s nothing to stop MONDEX now from becoming the global standard.
MONDEX is the company providing this cashless system & has already franchised over 20 major nations.
The system is based on SMART CARD technology which employs microchips concealed in a plastic card
which stores electronic cash, identification, and other information. All transaction systems are being made
secure by adopting SETprotocols (Secure Electronic Transaction) and will display the SET MARK.
MON-DEX – A compound of the words MONETARY & DEXTER. Webster’s Dictionary Encyclopedia Edition defines these words as:
* monetary – pertaining to money
* dexter – belonging to or located on the right hand * SET – the Egyptian god of evil or Satan
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The final solution will be to have the microchip simply placed inside the human body as they do now with
microchip pet identification systems.
The devil is loose on earth.
He is ANGRY because he knows his time is SHORT!
Christian: I John 4:4 Greater is He that is in you than he that is in the world.
The cashless system is all in place now, tested, and ready for the whole world. Antichrist is alive and about to step into power.
Echelon is a supersecret global surveillance network, run by the US National Security Agency.
Echelon is said to intercept and sift through countless electronic transmissions daily, filtering out
those with particular “keywords” such as Clinton, etc. that could signal a security threat.
2009 UPDATE
Now you could add Obama, and Echelon’s name may have changed. VeriChip is still in business.
Spy in the sky? That could be Echelon Snoops target YOUR e-mail, calls
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Is the government listening in on your phone calls with Echelon, the spy satellite?
Reading your e-mail for words like “plutonium,” “Clinton” or “terrorism”? Rep. Bob Barr of GA, a former CIA analyst,
worries it might be. European Parliament is concerned, too. A top-secret global surveillance system that sounds
more like something out of “The X-Files” than a real computer network operated by 5 countries.
The Bible says God will judge a country by giving them a leader just like themselves. What was integrity and responsibility?
To find more on this, enter Digital angel, biochip, or mondex into several search engines. Also NewsMax.com and WND.com
Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me.
Cast me not away from thy presence and take not Thy Holy Spirit from me.
Restore unto me the joy of Thy Salvation and uphold me with Thy free Spirit.
Psalm 51:10-12
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

What is shortly to befall America
This word called URGENT was emailed to me Dec. 10th to be posted by anonymous.
How much of this do I believe? Well, I believe what has already begun. – smile here.
I believe the bible is God’s word, and will be fulfilled. Today’s news parallels the bible.
DO NOT BOTHER to debate a ‘rapture’ – it wont matter. That is a warning. Heed it.
We need a CLEAR, CALM head to act – not react. When we panic, we cant think.
I have been reporting how China is now the global power, NOT the USA. Already, my America no longer exists.
I can see Obama and the globalists are using wikileaks: as an excuse to close the internet to the public.
They control the media and the media have the public screaming about wiki.
Wiki leaked nothing I have not reported. He could have been stopped but wasnt.
Cant you see the plan to seize the net? They have already begun seizing several domains.
That much of this prophecy has ALREADY BEGUN.
They are forbidding guns now, and go to insane lengths to punish anyone with a gun.
This whitehouse WANTS Americans slaughtered. Obama HATES us.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

3 men had detailed visions years ago of America attacked by Russia and China – Dumitru Duduman, Henry Gruver and AA Allen.
I have sensed this attack is soon, very soon, prior to the end of 2011 – not far off. I have felt this for weeks, heavy upon me. Its as if its already begun.
I have heard Taiwan makes all our ammo. Everything Taiwan exports must clear thru China.
How handy for China to simply block shipments when they are ready to attack USA.
I see reports in various U.S. states and other parts of the world of diseases and plagues.
I know for years virus have been created in labs to be unleashed and cause the most deaths.
I have seen in the news ‘new virus’ being discovred, and/or superbugs.
A cyberattack against the USA is highly likely, shutting down electricity plants, water supply etc.
There have been many blackouts in areas due to (whatever we are told).
In 2008 entire continents were cut off from internet. Reports were they were ‘cut,’ but I think just the switch was flipped. So easy to do.
America reaps what it has SOWN. For every human being slaughtered in its mothers womb there will be a life taken to repay.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Mankind at this time will have very little tech left, they will be back to swords and shields.
Sure fits Duduman where we fight them with sticks. Globalists dont want us traveling or communicating with each other.
I have been reporting how China is now the global power, NOT the USA. Already, my America no longer exists.
What is shortly to befall America and the world:
December 2010 Last Trumpet
There’s nothing we have today that couldn’t be taken away tomorrow, including your child.
December Last Trumpet :
China – A Rising Superpower! Threats From Iran And North Korea! Privacy on the verge of Extinction!
A Diluted Money Supply!
The Growing Threat of Bankruptcy! The Call for Globalization!
The Continued Rise of Islam!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

THIS IS THE JUDGMENT that the Light has come into the world,
and men loved the darkness rather than the Light, for their deeds were evil.
GOD so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have Eternal LIFE. For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him.
He who believes in Him is not judged;
he who does not believe has been judged already, because he has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. John 3:16-19
666
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Chips cause cancer:
AntiChrist Alley. When the Big Hand Says 13 Moon, Calendar, Canada press: GWEN Towers, HAARP & Satellite GPS_EMF Control Grid:
Microchip: Mark of the Beast?: Lithium Based, DANGER! Cause Sores
Next step in H1N1 flu scare, Microchip implants:
Thirst for justice prophecies:
Technological marvel or liberty destroyer?:subdermal biochip Digital Angel Implant Goes Live! mind control:
The Coming American Holocaust:
SITE INDEX Pages
INDEX page to DREAMS, VISIONS, POETRY, TEACHINGS: BIBLE STUDIES:
Encouraging Writings:
ISRAEL in PROPHECY:
APOCALYPSE :The Revelation of Messiah CONSPIRACY :TWA 800, AA 587, Chemtrails
ONLY SALVATION, SAFETY:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

HELL, HOME of ALLAH: Thermodynamics
SURVIVAL tips:
Matthew 24 : Words of Jesus in the Holy Bible
ILLUMINATI, Roots of Evil in Jerusalem, SURVIVAL tips page here too: The RAPTURE, Second Coming – The DAY of the LORD:
UFO’s : Angels or Aliens?
Or my definition of ur work in a true clairvoyance eye. From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
666 Fifth Avenue
General information
Location 666 Fifth Avenue, New York City Coordinates 40°45′37′′N 73°58′34′′W
Status Complete
Constructed 1957
Height
Roof 483 ft (147 m)
Technical details
Floor count 41
Floor area 1,500,000 sq ft (139,000 m2)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Companies involved
Architect(s) Developer Owner
Carson & Lundin
Tishman Realty and Construction Kushner Properties
Front of 666 Fifth
666 Fifth Avenue is a 41-story[1] office building on Fifth Avenue between 52nd and 53rd Streets in New York City.
Contents [hide]
1 History
1.1 Tishman ownership
1.2 Sumitomo Realty ownership 1.3 Tishman ownership
1.4 Kushner ownership
2 Tenants
3 In popular culture
4 References
5 External links
[edit]History
[edit]Tishman ownership
The Tishman family via Tishman Realty and Construction built the 1,500,000- square-foot (139,000 m2) tower in 1957. It was designed by Carson & Lundin
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and the building was called the Tishman Building. One of its most famous exterior features was the prominent 666 address emblazoned on the top of the building. The other distinctive exterior features are embossed aluminum panels.
The original design included lobby sculptures by Isamu Noguchi including the “Landscape of the Cloud” which consists of sinuously cut thin railings in the ceiling to create a cloud effect. The cloud is also carried into a floor to ceiling waterfall.
The penthouse was occupied by the Top of the Sixes restaurant. For many years the building had a distinctive feature of a T-shaped atrium walk-through open to the sidewalks on 52nd Street, 53rd Street and Fifth Avenue with glass storefronts inside the walk-through. This included a bookstore and another area used for years by Alitalia Airlines. The entrance to 666 Fifth Avenue was inside this walk-through.
[edit]Sumitomo Realty ownership
Tishman Realty dissolved in 1976 and the building was sold for $80 million. In the late 1990s Japanese firms bought both Rockefeller Center and 666 Fifth Avenue. The new owner of 666 Fifth was Sumitomo Realty & Development Company. Major changes included replacing the Top of the Sixes restaurant with the Grand Havana Room, a cigar bar private club.
[edit]Tishman ownership
The newly reconstituted Tishman Speyer Properties bought the building for $518 million in 2000. At about the same time Tishman also bought Rockefeller Center. Shortly after the purchase Tishman enclosed the atrium walk-through and added a third tenant Hickey Freeman.[2]. The enclosure cut off the Fifth Avenue entrance. Access is now via 52nd or 53rd Streets. In 2002 the 666 address in the side of the building was replaced with a Citigroup logo. Citigroup is now the building’s largest tenant.[3]
The 2006 sale was the third blockbuster deal involving Tishman in two years. In 2005 Tishman bought the MetLife Building for $1.72 billion setting the previous record. A month before the 666 sale, Tishman bought Stuyvesant Town
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and Peter Cooper Village for $5.4 billion which was the biggest real estate deal in history in the United States.
[edit]Kushner ownership
In December 2006, Tishman Speyer Properties along with the German investment firm TMW announced the sale of the building to the Kushner Properties for $1.8 billion, the highest price ever paid for an individual building in Manhattan[4]
The deal turned heads since the building at 483 ft (147 m) is not even on the list of tallest buildings in New York City. However it is considered a trophy building because of its location on Fifth Avenue across from Rockefeller Center.
Kushner sold the retail condiminium portion of 666 Fifth to a Stanley Chera led group for $525 million.
[edit]Tenants
Brooks Brothers and the National Basketball Association store became the initial ground floor tenants. Brooks Brothers moved out in 2009. Hickey Freeman moved out in May 2009. The new Hollister Co. Epic New York flagship has announced plans to lease the Hickey Freeman space, and Uniqlo will occupy 90,000 square feet (8,400 m2) on the ground, second, and third floors.[5] The Hollister flagship opened in the later part of 2010 and features a live video feed from Huntington Beach, California displayed on 179 flat-screen TVs outside the store along with wave pools.[6] Polished gray columns were placed in the lobby near the elevators and the changes were made to the subway entrance at the base of the building. The building is directly above the Fifth Avenue / 53rd Street station which is served by the E M trains. The building has also become an attractive location for law firms, hosting the New York offices of Vinson & Elkins, Fulbright & Jaworski, and Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe. It also houses the hedge fund Atlantic Investment Management. In addition, the real estate developer Rockrose also moved in in mid 2009 after break up. In Klaus Nomi’s self-titled 1981 record, 666 Fifth Avenue Room 2220 is listed as the contact address in the liner notes.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

[edit]In popular culture
The construction of the building can be seen in Shirley Clarke’s film Skyscraper (1960).
The roof of the building can be seen (fittingly) in John Boorman’s Exorcist II: The Heretic (1977).
Klaus Nomi used the address on his self-titled album, Klaus Nomi (1981). This building is featured in Good Omens as the headquarters for Famine [edit]References
^ Official Tishman description
^ The Midtown Book: The Tishman Building
^ Top Price for Top of the Sixes – National Real Estate Investor – December 12, 2006
^ Big Deal, Even in Manhattan: A Tower Goes for $1.8 Billion, New York Times, December 7, 2006
^ [1]
^ Feran, Tim (December 7, 2010). “Surf’s up at newest Hollister store in NYC”. The Columbus Dispatch. Retrieved December 26, 2010.
[edit]External links
Emporis profile of building
Categories: Buildings and structures completed in 1957 | Fifth Avenue (Manhattan) | Skyscrapers in New York City | Office buildings in Manhattan | Skyscrapers between 100 and 149 meters | Citigroup buildings
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Thank god I can for see such attacks.
I am of very use to all who raise there hands and believe in love
THE MENTAL PLANE
The mental plane is often depicted as being above the causal plane, but both are
really aspects of the same realm of the mind. What we call the mental plane is simply
the higher aspect of the mind – the region of pure thought – as distinguished from the
lower mind which is associated with our past and future experiences. Because the
mental plane is the highest level of existence conceivable to the human mind, it is
often regarded as the ultimate spiritual realm and the true home of God. Growing up a Christian in the Lutheran church,
I was taught to believe that God is up there
somewhere in heaven watching everything,
rewarding good behavior and punishing bad deeds. Leading a good Christian life would result in a place in heaven at His side in the afterlife, made possible by the sacrifice of His son, Jesus Christ. Like many doctrines of the major religions, the belief in good and evil, sin and redemption, God and Satan, etc., is based on mental concepts. Therefore, religious
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

beliefs such as the supremacy of good over evil place that religion’s heaven on the
mental plane. (This is not to say individual members of major religions haven’t transcended these doctrines and achieved higher states.)
Disaffected with the Christian teachings, I left the church at 16 and became an atheist. I decided to hew to the secular belief that nothing was real or acceptable unless
it could be measured and proven with scientific methods.
I knew there was scientific proof for electro-chemical activity going on in my brain cells, stimulating thought and emotion, and that there were immutable laws of physics and mathematics which all reality is based on. What I didn’t see at the time was that I was still placing my “heaven,” or my idea of the source of all creation, on the mental plane. Whether I saw it religiously as the abode
of God who loved me but judged me according to accepted norms of good and evil, or scientifically as the origin of the laws of physics, mathematics, evolution, etc., I continued to revere the mental plane. I regarded the mental plane as the ultimate because I didn’t know any better and also because it
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

made me feel good. The belief that the mental state is the highest comforted me because I felt I could understand reality and make sense of it logically, providing assurance that I knew the mechanics of creation and had a measure of control over them.
However, when I stumbled across the
teachings of Light and Sound I came to realize the mental plane is not the ultimate source of creation. I learned it is merely the highest level of the lower worlds — the top of the realm of duality. In my subsequent studies I heard that the mental plane is associated with the color blue, and that it is the region of pure thought. But what did it actually look like? Was it a nebulous, bluish world where thoughts mysteriously coalesced out of the swirling ether to take on shape and meaning?
At first I thought so, but then I did a spiritual exercise in which I projected myself above my head and looked down on my thoughts. I saw
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

them flowing through my mind like a broad, stately river. It made me realize the “stream” of thoughts is the conduit of Divine Spirit flowing into the lower worlds from the higher worlds. The mental plane, with its concepts, laws, opposites, etc., provides the mechanism by
which Spirit splits into duality and flows into the lower worlds. Given the mental plane’s proximity to the act of creation, it was no wonder I had originally thought of it as the ultimate heaven.
Further studies revealed that the mechanics of creation in our own individual universe are that we, as Soul, contact energy fields, or matrices, on the mental
plane by directing our attention to them, i.e. “thinking”
of them. The flow of Spirit channeled by Soul’s
attention imbues the matrices with additional energy in direct proportion to how long and how intensely we
focus on them, regardless of whether the thoughts are positive or negative. Any strongly held thought or
belief becomes a dense energy field that attracts more energy, similar to gravity or magnetism.
This additional energy is mostly supplied by us and others via imagination and feeling. We “picture” what we’re
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

thinking about, and we attach feelings to our thoughts and beliefs. At that point the energy field grows dense enough to where it becomes visible, or “manifested” on the astral plane. If we continue long enough, and/or intensely enough, to add energy to the matrix with our thoughts and feelings, the energy field’s increased density makes it manifest in our life on the physical plane as matter or action. With the physical plane being the densest state with the highest proportion of matter vs Spirit, it usually takes relatively huge amounts of energy to make a thought or image manifest as physical reality. This inertia is why there is often a lengthy time lag between the inception of a thought and its manifestation in the physical, if it happens at all.
Besides inertia, there are any number of reasons why our thoughts and imaginings may never manifest in the physical. Competition from opposing desires of others who share our living space could be one. We exist within a set of agreements we call our family, community, country, planet, and plane, and if what we desire requires a change in one or more of these agreements, manifesting our wants could take more energy than we alone can muster. Another
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

reason is that we often work at cross-purposes with our- selves. We consciously want one thing and subconsciously create something else because of fear or feelings of low self-worth, etc. Only when we bring all our energies in alignment can manifesting wishes seem effortless.
Trying to manifest ideas or desires from the human consciousness can also be
frustrating because we don’t always know what all the ramifications of manifesting our
desires might be. There could be some decidedly negative consequences we didn’t
think about. I believe it is for the latter reasons that progress on the spiritual path
beyond the mental plane always involves giving up the desire to manifest things from
the human state. Instead, we learn to surrender our creative capacity to a higher state
that can know all the ramifications, whether we call it our higher self, the Inner Master,
Spirit, Divine Guidance, etc. (More on the higher self on the soul plane page.)
After learning all this, the question still remained in my mind: what about those electro-chemical reactions in my brain? If the act of creation in our lives is facilitated by this flow of force (or this aggregation of energy) from the Soul state to the physical state, what about the reverse? Does not the condition of our physical body often
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

influence our feelings, and our feelings influence our thoughts, and our thoughts in turn determine where we, as Soul, direct our attention?
I took this question into contemplation, and in response the master showed me a giant double helix made out of light. One strand of the helix represented the downward flow of Spirit from the higher worlds, and the other the reverse flow of force from the lowest world to the highest. The flows were intertwined and connected at all points. My interpretation of this symbol was that we are indeed subject to a reverse flow of energy where each lower plane or body influences the one above it. It is no accident that the DNA of living beings looks like a double helix. We are creations and representatives of this dual flow, to the point where the core of each of our cells reflects this symbol in its double helix shape.
The concept of “flow” in creation cannot be overemphasized. Everything is based on flow. In the physical, blood flows in our veins, food and drink and oxygen flow into the body while waste and sweat and nitrogen flow out. Another way of saying it is, energy flows into the body in one form and flows back out in some other form. If any of these flows are interrupted for
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

significant periods of time, the body dies. If any of these flows are significantly out of balance or of poor quality, our health suffers. On the astral plane, energy flows through us in the
form of feelings and pictures. Again, if this flow is out of balance, we’ll have emotional problems which eventually influence our physical state of being as well. “Out of balance” in the astral can mean being either overly emotional or being emotionally repressed. It can also mean going too far on the
As mentioned above, on the mental plane we experience this flow as a stream of thoughts. Thoughts flow into our mind – whether from Spirit or from other sources – and normally flow back out in some rational form. We know that when people are mentally unbalanced the symptoms may range from mild delusions to full- blown schizophrenia. However, we can also be mentally unbalanced by refusing to accept any new or different thoughts, or by being too attached to a particular idea or set of thoughts (which is really the same thing). One only has to watch people heatedly discussing politics or religion to understand attachment to a set of ideas. Attachment interrupts the flow. One has
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to let go of one set of thoughts to allow another set to come in. This doesn’t mean that one
can’t hold specific views, but detachment means not to hold them to the exclusion of
others. Thoughts, doctrines, ideas, etc., are not truths in themselves; they’re just
different ways of looking at things.
ALOS stands for Advanced Land Observing Satellite, which was launched by Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency in January 2006. Its Japanese name is “DAICHI”.
The size of DAICHI is 3.5m wide x 4.5m long x 6.5m high, with its Solar Battery Paddle is 22m x 3m wide, gross weight is approximately 4 tons, which is one of the largest among Land Observing Satellites.
ALOS major specifications
Launch Date January 24, 2006 Launching Vehicle H – IIA
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Launch Site
Tanegashima Space Center, Japan Spacecraft Mass
Approx. 4 tons
Generated Power (Solar paddle) Approx. 7kw (at End Of Life)
Designed EOL
3-5 years
Orbit
Sun Synchronous, Sub recurrent Repeat Cycle: 46 days
Sub-Cycle : 2 days
Altitude : 691.65km (Above the equator) Inclination : 98.16 deg.
Attitude Determination Accuracy
2.0 x 10-4 deg. (off-line, with GCP)
Position Determination Accuracy
1m (off-line)
Data Rate
240Mbps (Via Data Relay Test Satellite) 120Mbps (Direct Transmission) On-board Data Recorder
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Solid-state Data Recorder (90Gbytes) General Concepts of “Three Sensors”
ALOS has three remote-sensing instruments, PRISM is a panchromatic radiometer with spatial resolution in order to obtain terrain data including elevation. AVNIR-2 is a visible and near-infrared radiometer for observing land and coastal zones and provides better spatial resolution. PALSAR is a phased array type L-band Synthetic Aperture Radar, an active microwave sensor for cloud free and day and night land observation.
Sensor
Spatial Resolution / Swath Width Characteristics Utilization
PRISM
Spatial Resolution : 2.5m
Swath Width : 35km(Triplet mode) 70km(Nadir Only)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

It has three independent optical systems for viewing nadir, forward and backward producing a stereoscopic image along the satellite’s track.
Cartography, making DSM for mapping, urban planning, agriculture, forest monitoring, coastal monitorig, monitoring illegal dumping, flood monitoring etc.
AVNIR-2
Spatial Resolution : 10m
Swath Width : 70km
The Advanced Visible and Near Infrared Radiometer type 2 (AVNIR-2) is a visible and near infrared radiometer for observing land and coastal zones.
It provides better spatial land-coverage maps, wide range of urban planning, agriculture(vegetation research), forest monitoring, coastal monitoring, pollution monitoring on ports and harbors, plants monitoring, flood monitoring etc.
PALSAR
Spatial Resolution : 10m(fine resolution mode) 100m(Scan Sar mode)
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Observation Swath : 70km(fine mode) 250-350km(Scan SAR)
The Phased Array Type L-band Synthetic Aperture Radar (PALSAR) is an active microwave sensor using L-band frequency, which can observe with fine resolution in a conventional mode as well as wider swath with a SAR images.
It enables to make DEM, extract topography data by interferometry, estimate biomass, forest monitoring, agriculture, monitoring oil spill, moisture of soil, shipping inspection etc.
Click here for details of each three sensor. Major Mission Of ALOS
Major Mission of ALOS includes cartography, regional observation, disaster monitoring and resource surveying. As examples of an exploration study, JAXA sets 12 categories as “major categories of research”. They are, “Land Use and Land Cover Research”, “Disaster Prevention and Disaster Monitoring”, “Land and Mineral Resources”, “Biological Resources”, “Oceanography”, “Agriculture” and so forth, and to promote the study that encourage to use Satellite data.
Cartography
ALOS can manage mapping as well as updating of maps of Japan and around other countries mainly in the Asia-Pacific region. Using ALOS PRISM enables to obtain many kinds of data, which range from artificial components such as roads and constructions, target area of rivers and to water regions, and to topographical DEM data. With ALOS data, more detailed mapping is achieved Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

as PRISM can also present information on vegetation and soil by adding optical sensor and synthetic aperture radar to DEM data.
Regional Observation
ALOS practices essential regional observation to maintain “Sustainable Development” on a worldwide scale. Providing information on environment and resources by extracting data taken by the Satellite, ALOS supports preservation and maintenance of environment and resources, and encourages sustainable development and utilization on a regional level.
Disaster Monitoring
ALOS can conduct disaster monitoring over Japan and around the world. Collaborating with existing Satellites and disaster monitoring systems, ALOS collects and provides data regarding major disaster such as volcano eruption, flood, and earthquake.
Resource surveying
ALOS can survey natural resources through its PALSAR.
Others
ALOS contributes to technology development that is needed for future earth observation.
The faster we keep up to date we die so liv backward it hurts going too far ahead
The future is only my witness
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

I decided to make this page when I was reading Syliva Browne’s Book of Angels. She writes about the phylums or ranks of the angels, describes what they look like and what they do. One of them are the Thrones (9th phylum). “They, like the Principality, are by far the highest, most elevated and spiritual of all the angels. Thrones are all strong female angels standing 6ft, 8 inches and they are Mother God Azna’s Army or Court. Always to her sides and behind her they assist with fertility and you may ask them to attend you if have such problems. They have purple wings and carry a sword to cut through negativity.”
Isin’t that beautiful? I thought it was. I’m a Sylvia Browne fan. I read all her books. If you haven’t, I highly recommend it. Well, if you do a little research, you’ll find that the angels of fertility are in the bible and other religious books. Here are some Angels of fertility:
Queen of Angels/Mother Azna/Virgin Mary: Regina Angelium
In Catholicism, the queen of angels is the Virgin Mary. In the cabala, it is the Shekinah; in gnosticism, the Pistis Sophia.
Thrones:
Mother Azna’s Army
The Thrones are Mother Azna’s Army or Court. They are all strong females standing 6ft., 8 inches tall. You may ask these beautiful angels to assist you with your fertility problems. They are there to help you.
Anahita:
Angel of Fertility
Anahita is a female angel whose reverence is to keep the earth and all of nature fruitful. She grants fulfillment so that we may harvest the dreams that we have worked hard for.
Lailah:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Angel of Conception
Lailah is the angel of the night in Jewish legend. She is in charge of conception and is appointed to guard spirits at their birth. Another legend states that she fought for Abraham when he battled Kings.
Armisael:
Angel of Childbirth
Armisael is the angel to call upon to assist in easy childbirth. According to the teachings of the talmud, a woman could improve giving birth by reciting Psalms 20 nine times.
Gabriel:
Angelic Messenger/Angel of Mercy
Grants wishes and hopes, making our dreams come true. Also fosters joy, truth, justice and love. Helps to ease pain and loss.
Instructor’s Name
1234 Main Street
Anytown, State 54321
Tel.: 123.456.7890
email: no_reply@apple.com
Dynamicus
Nunc nobis videntur parum clari fiant sollemnes in futurum, demonstraverunt lectores legere me lius quod ii legunt saepius Claritas est etiam. Sequitur mutationem consuetudium lectorum Mirum est notare quam littera gothica quam. Facilisi Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Dignissim qui blandit
Odio dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis dolore. In hendrerit in vulputate velit esse molestie consequat vel illum dolore, quarta decima et quinta decima; etiam processus qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit augue duis. Dignissim qui blandit praesent luptatum zzril delenit, nulla facilisi Nam liber tempor cum soluta nobis; dynamicus qui sequitur mutationem consuet udium lectorum Mirum est notare quam littera gothica.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Duis aute in voluptate velit esse
Cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. At vver eos et accusam dignissum qui blandit est praesent. Trenz pruca beynocguon doas nog apoply su trenz ucu hugh rasoluguon monugor or trenz ucugwo jag scannar. Wa hava laasad trenzsa gwo producgs su.
Sit amet consectetuer
Eodem Modo: Typi qui nunc nobis videntur. Parum Clari, Fant Sollemnes. 1992 Humanitatis Seacula: Quarta decima. Putamus. 1966
Quam Littera: Gothica quam nunc putamus parum claram. Lorem Ipsum. 1986 Notare Quam: Littera gothica quam nunc putamus parum claram anteposuerit. 2006 Bartusiak: Risus Curabiyur Fringilla Venenatis. 1993
Parum Clari: Fiant sollemnes in futurum, putamus parum claram. Formas. 2004 Morbi Auctor: A Sodales. Interdum. Quisque. 2000
Laoreet Venenatis: A Faucibus Luctus Auctor Condimentum. 1993
Assignment Day Cum soluta nobis 1
Task
Ex ea commodo consequat Duis
2 Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis
. 3  Fin hendrerit in vulputate velit molestie
. 4  Commodo consequat Duis autem vel eum
Euismod 5
6 Ut laoreet dolore magna aliquam erat
Habent claritatem insitam est usus 7 Duis autem vel eum iriure
Autem vel eum 8
In vulputate velit 1/11/2010
2/12/2010 10% Adecima et Puinta
3/15/2010 15% Nunc Tobis
4/16/2010 20% Midentur
5/18/2010 20% Farum
6/4/2010 25% Sollemnes in Futurum
In 1935, Kiyomaro Takeuchi discovered 1900 year old document stored in Ibaraki Prefecture, Japan, containing evidence, that Jesus (Joshua) born in
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
Eorum claritatem Investigationes
10% Quarta

Bethlehem to virgin Mary is buried in Herai Village in Aomori district of Japan. The document contained also Jesus will, requesting that his brother’s tomb to be located next to his. The document was SO authentic and news so explosive at the time, that the Japanese government banned the document from public view and kept it locked in a museum in Tokyo. During World War II Tokyo was severely bombed and the museum with all documents was allegedly destroyed. Luckily, Takeuchi family made copies of the document before surrendering it to officials. Copies preserved by the Takeuchi family survived to this day.
Document depicted here is such a copy, photographed by Dr T.J.Chalko in a small museum in Shingo Village, formerly known as Herai,
next to Jesus tomb. It was written originally in ancient Japanese and most people in modern Japan cannot read it. The ancient Takeuchi document has been translated to modern Japanese language. It is interesting to note that historians still argue about the authenticity of this document.
Note that any “material evidence” such as bones, teeth etc which could possibly be excavated from the grave – will clarify absolutely nothing about the identity and the spiritual magnitude of the person buried in Herai. Clearly more precise evidence is needed. The remainder of this article presents some of the most fascinating part of it.
The map shows the Aomori prefecture, located at the northern part of Honshu, next to Hokkaido Island and the exact location of the Shingo Village (New-village) formerly known as Herai. Herai is NOT a Japanese
name. In modern Japanese language “Herai” sounds almost identical to “Hebrai” which simply means “Hebrew”. In Hebrew “Herai” resembles a word meaning “a mountain”. Indeed, Jesus and his brother Ouriki tombs are placed at the flattened top of quite a steep mountain. It is quite possible, that renaming the village was a part of the Japanese government cover-up. Both tombs are simple domes shaped from the soil. Crosses look quite new and out of place.
Until recently, the public was not informed about details of the content of both graves, which are very unusual. In his book “Thiaoouba Prophecy” (first published as “Abduction to 9th Planet”), among many other things, Michel Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Desmarquet describes the exact content of the Jesus’ brother tomb, on the basis of the information he received from people from Thiaoouba (pronounced tYehova). The Japanese translator of “Thiaoouba Prophecy” was astonished that Michel Desmarquet knew about the unusual content of the grave. As a result, “Thiaoouba Prophecy” was translated into Japanese, published by Tokuma Shoten.
The next photo shows Dr Tom J. Chalko , visiting Herai on 7 September 1997 (97/9/7) holding “Thiaoouba Prophecy” in his hand, the book which inspired him to go to Herai. Enlarged cover of this book is included for your convenience, so you can have a good look at it. Click on it, if you need more details
Information given to tourists and visitors in Herai and propagated by the media seems severely distorted. It is implied that Jesus acquired all his knowledge from scholars in Japan, went to Judea to teach and then escaped crucifixion. Someone else died on the cross. There was no resurrection. This “legend” cannot be true, because “Japanese Jesus” DID NOT preach and did not perform ANY miracles when he came to Japan after allegedly escaping crucifixion. How could Christ forget everything He knew?
According to “Thiaoouba Prophecy”, Jesus (Joshua) born to virgin Mary in Bethlehem, after an “angel” from Thiaoouba (tYehova) implanted the embryo, escaped the slaughter of 2606 babies and arrived in Egypt. After surprising all scholars at the age of 12, he left his parents at 14 to travel with his 12 years old brother Ouriki to Burma, India and China. Eventually he arrived in Japan at the age of 50. He got married there, and had 3 daughters. Finally he died in Herai where he had lived for 45 years, gaining respect and love of everyone. Christ who appeared at Judea and died on the cross was another, very special man. No man born on Earth could do what he did. Christ never said that He was born on Earth… He insisted that He was a Son of Yehova (which is commonly translated as God or Father)… For full details of his story you need to read “Thiaoouba Prophecy”.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Indeed, when we disregard myths, religions, fanatical doctrines, biased interpretations, emotions etc, and concentrate on facts, we have to accept the fact that Christ died on the cross and came back to life after nearly 3 days. No one disputes that – there were many witnesses at the time. But to die and come back after 3 days is only possible if the consciousness continues to exist unharmed when the physical body is fully dead. Hence, by dying and consciously coming back to life Christ has demonstrated the immortality of consciousness. He tried to inspire people to review their materialistic attitude. His message hasn’t lost any of its relevance today.
The strength of skepticism on Earth is extraordinary. Priests, officials and media continuously manipulate information, so people are scared and confused and therefore easier to control and exploit. Today teachings of Christ are perverted beyond recognition. Fear of God is preached and people continue to torture and kill one another in the name of God and Christ. South Africa is one example, Ireland is another. The Universal Law of “Loving one another” seems much too advanced for the great majority of people on Earth.
Very important and extraordinarily comprehensive evidence of what really happened 2000 years ago comes from the Herai folklore. Folklore cannot be easily erased by officials, by renaming villages, hiding, destroying and
mistranslating documents or other material remains. People in Herai, for almost 2000 years perform a dance and sing a very strange song: “Nanya Do Yara Nanya Do Nasareno Nanya Do Yara”, repeated many times.
This custom is very specific to Herai village. This song, as recorded in Japanese writing (see left), has absolutely no meaning in the Japanese language. However, some people say that phonetically it resembles distorted Japanese phrases: “What is it? what’s happening ?, what are you going to do ?”.
In September 1997 Dr Tom J. Chalko visited Herai village and brought the text of this song to Melbourne, Australia, where it was recognized by expert as very intelligently composed Hebrew-Egyptian riddle. Decoding of different aspects Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

of the riddle took 3 months and the work still continues in 2004. The simplified meaning of the First Word of The Song Na-nee-ya in English is as follows: “it is ME, Joshua, the child given by Yehova”…
The complete translation/decoding of the song riddle will take a book to explain. The song reveals, among many other things, the precise identity, ethnic origin, exact circumstances of Birth, education and the Magnitude of the Intellect of its Author, buried in Herai. Detailed analysis of ancient Hebrew words indicates that the song is a precise code referring to ancient Hebrew texts (Torah), well known in the 1-st century AD. The song seems to pose a question in Japanese, and the detailed answer is encoded as a riddle in Hebrew. The depth, precision and intelligence of the code in The Song is clearly a work of a genius. It took people on Earth almost 2000 years to decipher his song! The Song contains phenomenal amount of information, by cleverly referring an intelligent reader to exact references in ancient texts.
It is interesting to note, that the name of God used in this song (Ya) is a shortened name Yehova, which is the way the Hebrew people at the time of Moses pronounced the name “Thiaoouba”.
The very first character of The Song, “+”, is an ancient Egyptian hieroglyph meaning “a savior”. In Hebrew “savior” translates to Joshua. Hence, the first character of the song is a signature of Joshua. “+” character here has nothing to do with crucifixion – it is simply a signature of Joshua who as a baby escaped to Egypt and was educated there. This cross – a signature of Joshua – appears in the top illustration in this article. Chances of “+” representing “na” in Japanese by pure coincidence are very slim. Hence, The Song seems also to support a hypothesis that Joshua of Bethlehem and later of Herai (Shingo) has actually designed the modern phonetic Japanese alphabet called katakana and called + specifically “na” so that his signature coincides with the word “Nanya” in The Song. That way he could say “it is ME, Joshua, the child given by Yehova” just by writing a single word “Nanya”, comprising just 3 katakana characters. Note that the Hebrew alphabet is also phonetic, where characters mean syllables, unlike the chinese kanji. It is quite possible, that yet another “level” of the
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

riddle is encoded in Song’s katakana characters, resembling a mix of Egyptian hieroglyphs and a handwritten Hebrew characters.
When I listened to The Song for the first time in June 1998 in Herai, it became clear to me that it was designed specifically to be preserved. It is very simple, catching, memorable and it sounds more like a mantra than a song. “Do
Yara” (the part that reveals the exact circumstances of conception) is clearly accented. The Song doesn’t resemble any Japanese song at all. It is performed by 4 elderly ladies from the village. Why not young ladies? Because “old people are closer to meeting with God” – explained Mr. J. Hokosawa, head of Shingo Local Government. Singing the song is clearly a privilege, honor and a responsibility in Herai. It is considered a very important “holy” song, which in itself is quite extraordinary, because people who sing it do not understand the meaning of its words at all.
Imagine how much people of Herai loved Joshua when He was alive – they sing His song every year for almost 2000 years without even understanding it. Joshua was clearly an extraordinary man. It is likely that He taught people to read, write and sing – using an easy alphabet, so they remembered all sounds. He had quite an extraordinary story to tell about his own identity and He encoded it in The Song for future generations to decipher. His ingenious method survived millennia of wars, religions, politics, education, science, propaganda, cover-ups – without the slightest distortion. Today “katakana” alphabet is used on every computer keyboard in Japan…
Jesus, son of Mary of Bethlehem, counted on the intelligence of the future generations. Has he overestimated potential of humanity on Earth? How many people can comprehend his message?
Journalists worldwide (BBC, ABC Australia – to mention a few) KNOW about the song. I met some of them in Herai personally. However, their programs clearly ridicule efforts of simple people from Mountains of Herai to preserve tradition. People from Herai WILL keep singing The Song, and no one on Earth, even the Pope himself, can stop them.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The Song is one of the most important and profound folk songs on the planet today. You can listen to it NOW if your browser supports multimedia. To appreciate the song, set you media player to repeat, since the fragment available for download is repeated 50-100 times every time the song is performed.
© 1997-98 Dr T.J. Chalko PhD, M.Desmarquet
This document may be freely copied and distributed, providing that its authors, acknowledgments and its Internet address are all clearly shown.
Acknowledgments: Dr T.J. Chalko PhD hereby acknowledges invaluable assistance of Dr T.Otaka from Tohoku University, Mr. A. Kawai and Mrs. S. Kawai from Tokyo, Mr. J. Hosokawa, head of Shingo (Herai) Government, Mr. Yokota (Shingo tourist division), without whom it would be almost impossible to acquire the detailed information needed for our research. Acknowledged is also brilliant work of Hebrew translator of the song, who doesn’t want to be identified here.
In the years to come in 2025 Jesus will renew vows to marry John 2:1-12:
The Wedding at Cana
By Dr. Hal Harless
Foundation Fellowship of Greenville, TX July 12, 2009
I. Introduction
A. Please turn to John 2:1.
B. While you are turning…. What is a miracle?
1. Definition of a miracle:
a striking and religiously significant intervention of God in the system of natural causes.
Note two things here: (1) the concept of miracles presupposes, rather than sets aside, the idea that nature is a self-contained system of natural causes. Unless there are regularities, there can be no exceptions to them. (2) A miracle is not a contradiction. A man walking through a wall is a miracle. A man both walking Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and not walking through a wall at the same time and in the same respect is a contradiction. God can perform miracles but not contradictions–not because his power is limited, but because contradictions are meaningless.[1]
2. Biblical words
a. Heb. môpet (” wonder, sign, portent”[2])
b. Heb. pele’ (“wonder … unusual, extraordinary”[3])
c. Heb. ‘ot (“sign, pledge, token”[4])
d. Gk. dynamis (“a deed that exhibits ability to function powerfully, deed of power, miracle, wonder “[5])
e. Gk. teras (“someth[ing] that astounds because of transcendent association, prodigy, portent, omen, wonder “[6]).
f. Gk. sēmeion (“sign or distinguishing mark whereby someth[ing] is known, sign, token, indication … event that is an indication or confirmation of intervention by transcendent powers, miracle, portent”[7]).
3. Religious context or merely an odd occurrence?
II. Exposition
A. Background
1. Today, we move into the section concerning the public ministry of God, the Son (John 2:1-12:36a).
2. Last week, we looked at Jesus’ calling of His first disciples (John 1:35-51).
3. This week, we will look at Jesus’ first miracle, turning water into wine at the marriage in Cana (John 2:1-12).
B. Exposition: Public ministry of God, the Son (John 2:1-12:36a)–The first sign: the wedding at Cana in Galilee (John 2:1-12)
1. The problem: a shortage of wine (John 2:1-4)
a. The occasion (John 2:1-2)
2:1 On the third day there was a wedding in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there; 2 and both Jesus and His disciples were invited to the wedding (John 2:1-2).
1) “On the third day there was a wedding in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there.”
a) Jesus arrived in Cana “on the third day” after leaving Judea.[8]
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

b) Marriages were on the fourth day of the week (Wednesday) for first marriages or the fifth day of the week (Thursday) for widows.[9] Therefore, this was on a Wednesday.
c) Cana was probably Khirbet Kana about eight miles from Nazareth.[10]
d) Nathanael was from Cana (John 21:2).
e) Jesus’ mother was also at the wedding.
f) Jesus’ presence indicates His approval of marriage and rejoicing.
2) “And both Jesus and His disciples were invited to the wedding.”
a) Jesus and His disciples were also invited to the wedding.
b) However, the Gk. verb translated “invited” is singular.
c) It is possible that the extra disciples put a strain on the wine supply.[11]
d) The suggestion of some that this is Jesus’ marriage to Mary Magdalene is absurd; He would hardly be “invited” to His own wedding.
e) Mary Magdalene is nowhere called Jesus’ wife.
f) Paul referring to his single status said, “Do we not have a right to take along a believing wife, even as the rest of the apostles and the brothers of the Lord and Cephas?” (1 Cor 9:5). Note that he did not say, “and even the Lord Jesus.”
g) Mary Magdalene does not appear this early in the gospels.
h) Luke indicates that Mary was a woman of private means who supported Jesus (Luke 8:2-3).
i) Hints of a relationship all come from late Gnostic forgeries.
j) There is no reason to believe that Jesus ever married.
b. The request (John 2:3-4)
3 When the wine ran out, the mother of Jesus said to Him, “They have no wine.” 4 And Jesus said to her, “Woman, what does that have to do with us? My hour has not yet come” (John 2:3-4).
1) “When the wine ran out, the mother of Jesus said to Him, ‘They have no wine.’”
a) The wedding celebration ran out of wine, a social calamity.[12]
b) Wedding feasts could last for seven days.[13]
c) “Wine” (oinos) means “a beverage made from fermented juice of the grape.” i) There are different Gk. words for unfermented grape juice (tryx) or sweet new wine (gleukos).[14]
ii) Wine was watered down with three parts water to one part wine.[15] Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

d) Mary disturbing the male guests was possibly a breach of etiquette.[16] e) However, guests were expected to bring gifts to help in the cost of the celebration.[17]
f) Mary does not tell Jesus what to do; she merely informs Him of the need. 2) “And Jesus said to her, ‘Woman, what does that have to do with us?’”
a) Jesus’ language in addressing Mary seems a little harsh to our ears.
b) “Woman, what does that have to do with us?” is literally, “What to me and you, woman?”[18]
c) The phrase “what to me and you” distances the parties and carries a reproach (see Jdg 11:12; 2 Sam 16:10; 1 Kgs 17:18; 2 Kgs 3:13; 2 Chr 35:21).[19] d) “Woman” was Jesus’ normal polite way of speaking to a woman (Matt 15:28; Luke 13:12; John 4:21; 8:10; 19:26; 20:15).[20]
e) However, this also establishes some distance between Mary and Jesus.
f) Jesus is tactfully but firmly asserting His independence.[21]
g) Roman Catholicism is clearly mistaken to claim the Son’s submission to Mary.
3) “My hour has not yet come.”
a) “My hour has not yet come” refers to the prophecy of Daniel 9:24-27 that pinpointed the exact day of Messiah’s coming, the Triumphal Entry.
b) Before the Triumphal Entry, Jesus repeatedly expressed that His time had not yet come (John 7:6, 30; 8:20), but, after the Triumphal Entry, Jesus said, “The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified” (John 12:23).
c) At that point, Jesus knew “that His hour had come that He would depart out of this world to the Father” (John 13:1). Jesus knew that, after His presentation, Messiah would be “cut off” (Dan 9:26).
d) Keener explains, “Because Jesus’ ‘hour’ in John refers especially to the cross, here Jesus is saying, ‘Once I begin doing miracles, I begin the road to the cross.’”[22]
e) Jesus lived His life with an awareness of God’s timetable and His destiny.
2. The solution: Jesus changes the water into wine (John 2:5-12).
a. Obedience (John 2:5-8)
1) Filling the jars (John 2:5-7)
5 His mother said to the servants, “Whatever He says to you, do it.” 6 Now there were six stone waterpots set there for the Jewish custom of
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

purification, containing twenty or thirty gallons each. 7 Jesus said to them, “Fill the waterpots with water.” So they filled them up to the brim (John 2:5-7).
a) “His mother said to the servants, ‘Whatever He says to you, do it.’”
i) Though Mary did not know exactly what Jesus would do, she clearly expects something.
ii) Therefore, she instructs the servants to do whatever Jesus directs.
iii) Obedience is frequently a prerequisite to seeing a miracle of God.
b) “Now there were six stone waterpots set there for the Jewish custom of purification, containing twenty or thirty gallons each.”
i) “Stone waterpots” were less likely to become ritually unclean.[23]
ii) Jesus’ miracle produced about 120-180 gallons of wine.
iii) 120 gallons would be 3,840 cups with 4 oz. of wine mixed with 12 oz. of water, more than enough.[24]
c) “Jesus said to them, ‘Fill the waterpots with water.’ So they filled them up to the brim”
i) Jesus commanded that the waterpots be filled with water.
ii) The servants complied so enthusiastically that the pots were filled to the brim.
iii) Filling waterpots with water is not too strange, but the next command would have tested their faith.
2) Taking water to the headwaiter (John 2:8)
8 And He said to them, “Draw some out now and take it to the headwaiter.” So they took it to him (John 2:8).
a) This has been translated, “chief servant” (HCSB), “head steward” (NET), and “chief steward” (NRSV).
b) The “head waiter” (architriklinos) so called because of the “[triklinos] a banquet room ‘with three couches’” was “the slave who was responsible for managing a banquet … head waiter, butler.” He was not the same as the “[symposiarchos] toastmaster, master of the feast.” [25]
c) He was responsible for regulating the wine.
d) If he were aware of the shortage, he would have getting nervous by now.[26] e) Jesus’ next command was to draw some water from one of the waterpots and take it to the headwaiter.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

f) At this point, it is still water!
g) The servants risked being thought crazy or incompetent. h) Nonetheless, in faith they complied.
b. The miracle (John 2:9-10)
9 When the headwaiter tasted the water which had become wine, and did not know where it came from (but the servants who had drawn the water knew), the headwaiter called the bridegroom, 10 and said to him, “Every man serves the good wine first, and when the people have drunk freely, then he serves the poorer wine; but you have kept the good wine until now” (John 2:9-10).
1) “When the headwaiter tasted the water which had become wine, and did not know where it came from (but the servants who had drawn the water knew).”
a) “Water which had become wine”–This has been translated:
i) “The water just now turned into wine” (AB).
ii) “The water; it had now turned into wine!” (CJB). iii) “The water now become wine” (ERV, ESV, RSV). iv) “The water (after it had become wine)” (HCSB). v) “The water that was now wine” (NLT).
b) The point is that it was not wine when the servants filled the waterpots; it was still water that they took to the headwaiter. It became wine when they presented it to the headwaiter.
c) This is similar to Jesus commanding paralyzed people to rise, take up their bed, and walk. They found that they were no longer paralyzed when they tried. d) Peter walked on water, but he had to get out of the boat.
e) It takes a step of faith.
2) “The headwaiter called the bridegroom, and said to him, ‘Every man serves the good wine first, and when the people have drunk freely, then he serves the poorer wine; but you have kept the good wine until now.’”
a) A natural strategy would be to bring in poorer quality wine after the guests tastes were dulled.
b) The headwaiter praised the groom’s generosity because he thought that he had saved the best for last.
c) Jesus not only made wine, He made good wine.
c. The first sign (John 2:11)
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

11 This beginning of His signs Jesus did in Cana of Galilee, and manifested His glory, and His disciples believed in Him (John 2:11).
1) “This beginning of His signs”–This was Jesus’ first miracle contrary to noncanonical books that have Him performing childhood miracles.
2) This miracle was a “sign.”
a) The Gk. word translated “sign” means “an event that is an indication or confirmation of intervention by transcendent powers, miracle, portent .”[27] b) John wants us to focus on the significance of the miracles.[28]
i) The sign “manifested His glory.”
(a) This refers back to John 1:14, “And the Word became flesh, and dwelt among us, and we saw His glory, glory as of the only begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth.”
(b) The miracle was a signpost pointing to Jesus as the God of nature.
(c) God the Father turns water into wine constantly in agriculture; Jesus supernaturally speeded up the process.[29]
ii) His disciples already believed that Jesus was the Messiah, but this strengthened their faith.
c) John was the only one of the Gospel authors who was there when this miracle occurred.
i) Therefore, this miracle is not recorded in the Synoptic gospels.
ii) Thirty-five miracles are recorded in the gospels.[30]
iii) However, John wrote that “there are also many other things which Jesus did, which if they were written in detail, I suppose that even the world itself would not contain the books that would be written” (John 21:25).
3. Short stay in Capernaum (John 2:12)
12 After this He went down to Capernaum, He and His mother and His brothers and His disciples; and they stayed there a few days (John 2:12).
a. Jesus made his headquarters in Capernaum (Matt 4:13; Mark 2:1).
1) The city’s name in Heb. kĕfar naÊûm means “village of [the prophet] Nahum.”
2) The likely site is Tell Hûm, about 15 miles from Nazareth on the North shore of the Sea of Galilee.[31]
b. “His brothers”–It would appear that Mary had other children after Jesus. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

c. “A few days” means ten days in Acts 1:5. d. Thus, we are drawing near to Passover. II. Applications
A. Jesus
1. Jesus approves of marriage although He did not marry.
2. Jesus approves of celebrations; there is nothing holy about being melancholy.
3. Contrary to Roman Catholicism, Jesus does not take orders from Mary or anyone else.
4. Jesus lived His life with an awareness of God’s timetable and His destiny. B. Miracles
1. Obedience is frequently a prerequisite to seeing a miracle of God.
2. Faith motivates us to step out.
3. It is when we step out in faith that we discover God’s power.
4. Miracles meet needs, but they also point to who Jesus is.
[1] Peter Kreeft, Ronald K. Tacelli, Handbook of Christian Apologetics (Downers Grove, IL: InterVarsity, 1994) 109.
[2] BDB 68-69.
[3] BDB 810.
[4] BDB 16-17.
[5] BDAG 262-63.
[6] BDAG 999.
[7] BDAG 920-21.
[8] Rogers, NLEKGNT 180.
[9] b. Ketûbbôt 2a; 3b; see Lightfoot, Commentary 3:250; Keener, BBCNT 267-68.
[10] Keener, BBCNT 268; Tenney, “John,” EBC 9:42; Harris, BKKWS 273.
[11] J. Dwight Pentecost, The Words & Works of Jesus Christ: A Study of the Life of Christ (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1981) 114.
[12] Köstenberger, “John,” ZIBBC 2:25; Keener, BBCNT 268; Rogers, NLEKGNT 181.
[13] b. Ketûbbôt 4a; b. Baba Batra 145a. See also Lightfoot, Commentary 3:252; Alfred Edersheim, Sketches of Jewish Social Life in the Days of Christ (repr.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1978) 155; Keener, BBCNT 268; Blum, “John,” BKCNT 278; Rogers, NLEKGNT 181; Harris, BKKWS 272-73.
[14] BDAG 701; 201. See Robertson, WPNT 5:37; Köstenberger, “John,” ZIBBC 2:26.
[15] b. Šabbat 77a; see also Pentecost, Words & Works 116; Keener, BBCNT 268. [16] Köstenberger, “John,” ZIBBC 2:25.
[17] b. Baba Batra 145b; see also Keener, BBCNT 268; Rogers, NLEKGNT 180-81.
[18] The Gk. is “Ti emoi kai soi, gynai?”.
[19] Köstenberger, “John,” ZIBBC 2:26. In several cases, the LXX is identical to our text.
[20] See also Josephus, Antiquities 17.74.
[21] Keener, BBCNT 268.
[22] Ibid.
[23] Ibid.
[24] Tenney, “John,” EBC 9:42 makes the same point, but his calculation is off. [25] BDAG 139. See also Robertson, WPNT 5:36.
[26] Keener, BBCNT 268.
[27] BDAG 920-21; see also Robertson, WPNT 5:37; Pentecost, Words & Works 117.
[28] Blum, “John,” BKCNT 278.
[29] Ibid.
[30] Ibid.
[31] BDAG 537.
… He passed his time in several ancient cities of India such as Benares. All loved him because Issa dwelt in peace with Vaishas and Shudras whom he instructed and helped. But the Brahmins and Kshatriyas told him that Brahma forbade those to approach who were created out of his womb and feet. The Vaishas were allowed to listen to the Vedas only on holidays and the Shudras were forbidden not only to be present at the reading of the Vedas, but could not even look at them.
Issa said that man had filled the temples with his abominations. In order to pay homage to metals and stones, man sacrificed his fellows in whom dwells a spark of the Supreme Spirit. Man demeans those who labor by the sweat of their Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

brows, in order to gain the good will of the sluggard who sits at the lavishly set board. But they who deprive their brothers of the common blessing shall be themselves stripped of it.
Vaishas and Shudras were struck with astonishment and asked what they could perform. Issa bade them “Worship not the idols. Do not consider yourself first. Do not humiliate your neighbor. Help the poor. Sustain the feeble. Do evil to no one. Do not covet that which you do not possess and which is possessed by others.”
Many, learning of such words, decided to kill Issa. But Issa, forewarned, departed from this place by night.
Afterward, Issa went into Nepal and into the Himalayan mountains ….
“Well, perform for us a miracle,” demanded the servitors of the Temple. Then Issa replied to them: “Miracles made their appearance from the very day when the world was created. He who cannot behold them is deprived of the greatest gift of life. But woe to you, enemies of men, woe unto you, if you await that He should attest his power by miracle.”
Issa taught that men should not strive to behold the Eternal Spirit with one’s own eyes but to feel it with the heart, and to become a pure and worthy soul….
“Not only shall you not make human offerings, but you must not slaughter animals, because all is given for the use of man. Do not steal the goods of others, because that would be usurpation from your near one. Do not cheat, that you may in turn not be cheated ….
“Beware, ye, who divert men from the true path and who fill the people with superstitions and prejudices, who blind the vision of the seeing ones, and who preach subservience to material things. “…
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Then Pilate, ruler of Jerusalem, gave orders to lay hands upon the preacher Issa and to deliver him to the judges, without however, arousing the displeasure of the people.
But Issa taught: “Do not seek straight paths in darkness, possessed by fear. But gather force and support each other. He who supports his neighbor strengthens himself
“I tried to revive the laws of Moses in the hearts of the people. And I say unto you that you do not understand their true meaning because they do not teach revenge but forgiveness. But the meaning of these laws is distorted.”
Then the ruler sent to Issa his disguised servants that they should watch his actions and report to him about his words to the people.
“Thou just man, “said the disguised servant of the ruler of Jerusalem approaching Issa, “Teach us, should we fulfill the will of Caesar or await the approaching deliverance?”
But Issa, recognizing the disguised servants, said, “I did not foretell unto you that you would be delivered from Caesar; but I said that the soul which was immersed in sin would be delivered from sin.”
At this time, an old woman approached the crowd, but was pushed back. Then Issa said, “Reverence Woman, mother of the universe,’ in her lies the truth of creation. She is the foundation of all that is good and beautiful. She is the source of life and death. Upon her depends the existence of man, because she is the sustenance of his labors. She gives birth to you in travail, she watches over your growth. Bless her. Honor her. Defend her. Love your wives and honor them, because tomorrow they shall be mothers, and later-progenitors of a whole race. Their love ennobles man, soothes the embittered heart and tames the beast. Wife and mother-they are the adornments of the universe.”
“As light divides itself from darkness, so does woman possess the gift to divide in man good intent from the thought of evil. Your best thoughts must belong to Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

woman. Gather from them your moral strength, which you must possess to sustain your near ones. Do not humiliate her, for therein you will humiliate yourselves. And all which you will do to mother, to wife, to widow or to another woman in sorrow-that shall you also do for the Spirit.”
So taught Issa; but the ruler Pilate ordered one of his servants to make accusation against him.
Said Issa: “Not far hence is the time when by the Highest Will the people will become purified and united into one family.”
And then turning to the ruler, he said, “Why demean thy dignity and teach thy subordinates to live in deceit when even without this thou couldst also have had the means of accusing an innocent one?”
Since the beginning of time….
millions of individuals have experienced the “vibrations, floating and paralysis” that are the common prelude to an out-of-body experience.
Here are some techniques for inducing an Astral Travel or Out of Body experience. Scroll below on click on:
The Early Morning Method The Visualization Method The Target Technique
The Early Morning Method
1. Select a time in advance that you will experience an OBE. (This evening I will have a conscious OBE.)
2. Several hours before your chosen time keep reminding yourself of your focused goal to have an immediate and conscious OBE.
4. At bedtime set your alarm for about 4 hours after you expect to fall asleep.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

5. When you are relaxing and drifting off to sleep, repeat your intention to have a fully conscious OBE. (Hold your intention as your last conscious thought)
6. After awakened by your alarm, get up for about 15 minutes and move to your sofa (or designated OBE practice area, however, not your normal bed!) and lie on your back in a comfortable position.
7. Saturate your mind with your intention to have an immediate OBE. “Now I have an OBE” or whatever words focus your intention for you.
8. Close your eyes and imagine you are walking around your house, and away from your body, as you examine objects within your home. Clearly imagine yourself walking to another room of your home.
9. While holding this vision, silently repeat your focused intention, “Now I have an Out of Body experience”. IMPORTANT – Hold this focused intention as your last conscious thought as you drift off.
The Visualization Method For many, the key to out-of-body exploration is to focus and maintain your complete attention away from your physical body as you drift to sleep. One of the easiest ways to accomplish this is to focus your attention upon a person, place, or object located some distance from you. This can be a loved one from which you are separated, your favorite vacation spot, or a gift that holds some special meaning for you. Whatever you select should be an actual physical object you know, not an imaginary place or person. Select an object or place that is easy to visualize and holds the most interest for you. Become completely absorbed in it. If you like, role-play some kind of interaction to keep your mind focused.
Continue your visualization for as long as possible as you allow your physical body to completely relax and fall to sleep. It’s important to maintain a detailed picture of the object or place and your interaction as you go to sleep. As you doze off, attempt to boost your emotional and visual connection as much as possible.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This method is excellent bedtime visualization. Keep in mind, the more emotionally involved and focused you are, the more effective this technique is. Have fun with it and maintain your visualization as your last conscious thought as you drift off.
The Target Technique Your ability to focus and maintain your awareness away from your body is enhanced if you direct your full attention upon a specific physical object or place. The target technique is an excellent exercise to help you develop this ability. To begin, select three targets in your home. All three targets should be physical items that you can visualize with relative ease. Your targets should be in a different area of your home than the room you normally use for your out-of-body techniques. For example, you could select your favorite chair for your first target. For your second, focus upon a gift or artwork that holds some special meaning to you. Third, select the most visually stimulating object available, such as your favorite painting, sculpture, or crystal. All three targets should be in the same room. After selecting your targets, physically walk to each one and examine every detail. Study each object from different perspectives; notice any imperfections or irregularities. Take your time with each object, memorizing the structure and texture of each target. Become aware of all of your senses during your walk, especially your sense of sight and touch. Repeat your observations several times until you can easily recall the smallest details of each target. Pay close attention to everything, including colors, textures, densities, reflections of light, coolness, and weight. Also feel and memorize the sensations associated with your walk from one target to another. In other words, Get Into It! Enjoy all the sensory input that you receive.
The key to this technique is to focus and maintain your complete attention away from your physical body as you drift off to sleep. If you are persistent, the results will be dramatic. To enhance this exercise, take your time and repeat your physical and visual walk-through daily for thirty days. Get interested and involved in each target. This technique is a great way to increase your concentration and visualization skill and it only takes minutes to perform.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

It helps to select targets that are easy to visualize for yourself. Many people focus upon personal items that possess a sentimental attraction. Once you make a selection stay with it, the repetition of your visualization dramatically increases its effectiveness. This technique is one of my personal favorites. Over twenty-nine years ago I initiated my first OBE by focusing upon objects in my mother’s home. I strongly believe that this technique can work for anyone who is willing to invest the time and effort. The key is to select target objects that are easy to visualize but interesting enough to hold your attention. Items that you have made such as a painting, a sculpture, a silk flower arrangement, or even a set of curtains can be extremely effective targets. As you progress with this technique you can increase the number and variety of the targets. After you become comfortable, you can expand your visualization to include an entire room. This technique is extremely effective, but it is up to you to take the steps. I highly recommend doing this and all techniques every day for at least 30 days. Daily practice is absolutely essential in order to train our conscious and subconscious mind to fully accept this shift of awareness. The time you invest will be richly rewarded.
It’s important to know that most OBE techniques will initiate the vibrational state. We generally do not immediately go to the target; instead we often consciously experience the phenomena known as the vibrational state. For more information concerning a wide variety of different techniques and the vibrational state please refer to, The Secret of the Soul and Adventures Beyond the Body.
Examples of Targets
Sense of sight
Any object or physical location that you can visualize well A favorite chair, sofa or any item of furniture
A gift or personal item that holds a special meaning
Any object or artwork that you have created yourself
A special picture, painting or portrait
Sense of touch
Any object that will hold your attention
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Textured fabric, furniture, or cloth of any kind
Any household item such as a door, table, light switch, sculpture or a wooden banister
Jewelry, ashtray, candle or any object that has a unique or distinctive shape or texture
And read any will buhlman book or go to Astral info.org
Astral Catalepsy is something that has been happening to me for quite awhile and quite frequently. When I was younger this happened almost every time I went to sleep. Now it probably happens to me once or twice a week. When I was younger it use to really frighten me because I really thought I was dying. I would be jolted awake, I would know I was awake, but I would be unable to move, it was hard to breathe and I would just lay there unable to move or speak or call out to anyone for help. After this had been going on for quite awhile I began to get use to it and it became not as frightening. I would just keep telling myself that it would pass in a minute or two and I would keep trying to move my fingers until I finally snapped out of it and woke up.
Maybe some of you reading this have had similar experiences and have wondered what causes this phenomenon. Once I read more on this subject it helped to ease my mind that there was nothing wrong with me and that it was just a sign that my spirit had been out astrally traveling (I’ll write a blog on astral travel in the near future, Google “astral travel” or “astral projection” if you want to know more about it). Anyway I’ve read a lot of material on the subject from different books and from various websites. The following is an excerpt from Sylvia Browne’s book “Phenomenon”:
You’re sound asleep when suddenly you’re jarred awake by one or more of the following frightening sensations:
Paralysis
Shortness of breath, often from some oppressive weight on the chest Being touched by something or someone lewd or menacing, but invisible Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

An overwhelming vibration
Being pinned down and prevented from moving by an unseen evil presence Loud noises, from a buzz or hum to a blaring clamor as if fifty different radio stations are blasting at the same time.
The appearance of strange lights.
A certainty that threatening entity is sitting on the bed or moving the bedclothes
If any of the experiences on that list have happened to you, please take heart: You’re not losing your mind, you’re not in any real danger and you’re certainly not alone. In fact, cultures around the world have created folklore that dates back hundreds of years to explain these phenomena, from witches to a giant devil to an old hag to a baby ghost. And some UFO enthusiasts attribute it to the results of painful experiments during alien abductions.
In truth, though, the explanation for all of those sensations when they jar you from a sound sleep is an unnerving but fascinating occurrence called astral catalepsy.
The term “astral catalepsy” was coined around 1930 by a researcher named Sylvan Muldoon, who spent much of his life recording the astral trips his spirit took during the night while his body slept. The first of those trips that he was aware of, when he was twelve years old, illustrates beautifully the birth of his intensive study of what he’d heard referred to until then only as “sleep paralysis.”
Muldoon’s first recorded astral trip during sleep started with his waking up in the middle of the night to find himself unable to move, see or hear, with a painful sense of severe pressure on his head. As his senses and ability to move slowly returned, and the pressure on his head subsided, he realized that he was actually outside his body, floating above his bed and able to look down at himself and watch himself sleep. He was conscious of his spirit being pulled from a horizontal position to a vertical one as it left his body, and of embarking on a very detailed tour of the house in which he, in his spirit form, was able to move with great ease through doors and walls. He also was very aware of trying Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to shake his parents awake because he was afraid of what was happening to him, but they never seemed to feel him touching them.
And then, when he was above his body again, his spirit was pulled back into a horizontal position, and he experienced the same paralysis, loss of senses and pressure on his head that he’d gone through earlier. After a feeling of being jerked abruptly back into his body, he sat bolt upright in bed in a complete panic, able to remember and immediately write down the whole sequence of events with crystal clarity.
Sylvan Muldoon had an advantage in that experience that few who go through astral catalepsy enjoy – he had full memory of all the events before and after the sleep paralysis occurred, which gave him a context for what had happened to him. Without that context, it’s no wonder astral catalepsy feels like such a terrifying assault. So here’s the context, and the explanation behind it.
Several times a week, whether we’re aware of it or not, our spirits take temporary breaks from our bodies during sleep to go visiting, exploring and simply running free outside the confines of these goofy earthbound vehicles we occupy while we’re here. These breaks are as refreshing a nourishing for our spirits as they are for our conscious minds, not to mention a frequent reminder that our spirits can and do thrive as the separate, eternal entities they are, no matter what happens to our mortal bodies.
The vast majority of the time, our spirits slip into and out of our bodies with the greatest of ease, without disturbing our sleeping conscious minds for a moment. But on rare occasions, depending on the level of sleep the conscious mind happens to be in, it can “catch” the spirit coming or going from the body. And in its less-than-alert state, the conscious mind, realizing that the spirit is half in and half out of its body, jumps to an obvious conclusion: The body must be dying. It panics and promptly sends “your dying!” signals to the body that correspond exactly to many of the sensations of astral catalepsy – the paralysis, the loss of the senses, the inability to breather or cry out for help, a whole series of physiological and neurological “short circuits.” But when the conscious mind realizes that the spirit is safe and sound in the body again and it’s not dying Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

after all, the signals stop, the sensations subside and another jarring but ultimately harmless incident is over with.
It’s also worth pointing out that the spirit world we’re part of when we astrally travel is a whole other dimension that the one we live in her on earth. The spirit world’s vibrational frequency is much higher than earth’s, not to mention the fact that gravity and other earthly laws of physics don’t exist there. So a half- asleep conscious mind catching its spirit literally traveling from one dimension to another, from weightlessness to gravity, could understandably be jolted awake by perceptions of noises (like sonic booms) and oppressive heaviness. “Understandable” doesn’t necessarily make it any less frightening while it’s happening, of course, but it’s also affirming proof that while we sleep, our spirits are off having beautiful adventures, reunions and Homecomings for our benefit whether we’re consciously aware of them or not.
Life has people living underground to stay away from danger from the immerse Sun-rays and solar blasts coming ahead of us 2012
And this?…
The Bioelectromagnetics Society promotes the exchange of ideas to advance the science of natural and applied electromagnetic fields in biology and medicine.
The Bioelectromagnetics Society (BEMS) was established in 1978 as an independent organization of biological and physical scientists, physicians and engineers interested in the interactions of non-ionizing radiation with biological systems. BEMS is incorporated as a non-profit organization in the District of Columbia and is registered with the Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)3 educational and training organization. Its headquarters are located in Frederick, MD, just outside of Washington, D.C. BEMS is an international society with members from approximately 40 different countries and regions around the world.
The Bioelectromagnetics Society Services
The Society’s annual conference is the major meeting in bioelectromagnetics and offers participants numerous sessions, workshops and tutorials with Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

platform and poster reports covering current scientific topics. Attendees also meet with other professionals in the field, in both formal and informal settings, to extend their network of scientific contacts. The Society also co-sponsors symposia or workshops either alone or with other scientific or medical entities both national and international, including the World Congress for Electricity and Magnetism in Biology and Medicine, the European Bioelectromagnetics Association (EBEA), the Society for Physical Regulation in Biology and Medicine (SPRBM, formerly BRAGS), the URSI General Assembly, and the Bioelectrochemical Society (BES). The offcial journal of the Society is Bioelectromagnetics, a peer-reviewed journal publishing articles on all aspects of the science of biological effects of electromagnetic fields (see the Journal tab at the top of this page).
Student support
The Society, recognizing the importance of student interest in bioelectromagnetics research, encourages their participation in BEMS and especially in the Annual Meeting by providing travel assistance and by awarding the best student papers presented in both the poster and platform categories.
Outreach
Many of the Society’s members serve as consultants to industry and government. The Executive Committee through the international office serves as a referral service for organizations looking for renowned speakers, reviewers for federal agency reports, and for participants in congressional hearings on bioelectromagnetics-related topics.
And this nano technology
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Part of a series of articles on Nanotechnology
History
Implications
Applications
Regulation
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Organizations
Popular culture
List of topics
Nanomaterials
Fullerene
Carbon Nanotubes Nanoparticles
Nanomedicine
Nanotoxicology
Nanosensor
Molecular self-assembly Self-assembled monolayer Supramolecular assembly
DNA nanotechnology Nanoelectronics
Molecular electronics Nanolithography
Scanning probe microscopy Atomic force microscope Scanning tunneling microscope Molecular nanotechnology Molecular assembler Nanorobotics Mechanosynthesis Nanotechnology Portal
v · d· e
Nanotechnology (sometimes shortened to “nanotech”) is the study of manipulating matter on an atomic and molecular scale. Generally, nanotechnology deals with structures sized between 1 to 100 nanometer in at least one dimension, and involves developing materials or devices within that size. Quantum mechanical effects are very important at this scale, which is in the quantum realm.
Nanotechnology is very diverse, ranging from extensions of conventional device physics to completely new approaches based upon molecular self-assembly,
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

from developing new materials with dimensions on the nanoscale to investigating whether we can directly control matter on the atomic scale.
There is much debate on the future implications of nanotechnology. Nanotechnology may be able to create many new materials and devices with a vast range of applications, such as in medicine, electronics, biomaterials and energy production. On the other hand, nanotechnology raises many of the same issues as any new technology, including concerns about the toxicity and environmental impact of nanomaterials,[1] and their potential effects on global economics, as well as speculation about various doomsday scenarios. These concerns have led to a debate among advocacy groups and governments on whether special regulation of nanotechnology is warranted.
Contents [hide]
1 Origins
2 Fundamental concepts
2.1 Larger to smaller: a materials perspective 2.2 Simple to complex: a molecular perspective 2.3 Molecular nanotechnology: a long-term view 3 Current research
3.1 Nanomaterials
3.2 Bottom-up approaches
3.3 Top-down approaches
3.4 Functional approaches
3.5 Biomimetic approaches
3.6 Speculative
4 Tools and techniques
5 Applications
6 Implications
6.1 Health and environmental concerns
6.2 Regulation
7 See also
8 References
9 Further reading
10 External links
[edit]Origins
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Buckminsterfullerene C60, also known as the buckyball, is a representative member of the carbon structures known as fullerenes. Members of the fullerene family are a major subject of research falling under the nanotechnology umbrella.
Main article: History of nanotechnology
The first use of the concepts found in ‘nano-technology’ (but pre-dating use of that name) was in “There’s Plenty of Room at the Bottom”, a talk given by physicist Richard Feynman at an American Physical Society meeting at California Institute of Technology (Caltech) on December 29, 1959. Feynman described a process by which the ability to manipulate individual atoms and molecules might be developed, using one set of precise tools to build and operate another proportionally smaller set, and so on down to the needed scale. In the course of this, he noted, scaling issues would arise from the changing magnitude of various physical phenomena: gravity would become less important, surface tension and van der Waals attraction would become increasingly more significant, etc. This basic idea appeared plausible, and exponential assembly enhances it with parallelism to produce a useful quantity of end products. The term “nanotechnology” was defined by Tokyo University of Science Professor Norio Taniguchi in a 1974 paper[2] as follows: “‘Nano- technology’ mainly consists of the processing of, separation, consolidation, and deformation of materials by one atom or by one molecule.” In the 1980s the basic idea of this definition was explored in much more depth by Dr. K. Eric Drexler, who promoted the technological significance of nano-scale phenomena and devices through speeches and the books Engines of Creation: The Coming Era of Nanotechnology (1986) and Nanosystems: Molecular Machinery, Manufacturing, and Computation,[3] and so the term acquired its current sense. Engines of Creation is considered the first book on the topic of nanotechnology. Nanotechnology and nanoscience got started in the early 1980s with two major developments; the birth of cluster science and the invention of the scanning tunneling microscope (STM). This development led to the discovery of fullerenes in 1985 and carbon nanotubes a few years later. In another development, the synthesis and properties of semiconductor nanocrystals was studied; this led to a fast increasing number of metal and metal oxide
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

nanoparticles and quantum dots. The atomic force microscope (AFM or SFM) was invented six years after the STM was invented. In 2000, the United States National Nanotechnology Initiative was founded to coordinate Federal nanotechnology research and development and is evaluated by the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology.
[edit]Fundamental concepts
One nanometer (nm) is one billionth, or 10−9, of a meter. By comparison, typical carbon-carbon bond lengths, or the spacing between these atoms in a molecule, are in the range 0.12–0.15 nm, and a DNA double-helix has a diameter around 2 nm. On the other hand, the smallest cellular life-forms, the bacteria of the genus Mycoplasma, are around 200 nm in length. By convention, nanotechnology is taken as the scale range 1 to 100 nm following the definition used by the National Nanotechnology Initiative in the US. The lower limit is set by the size of atoms (hydrogen has the smallest atoms, which are approximately a quarter of a nm diameter) since nanotechnology must build its devices from atoms and molecules. The upper limit is more or less arbitrary but is around the size that phenomena not observed in larger structures start to become apparent and can be made use of in the nano device.[4] These new phenomena make nanotechnology distinct from devices which are merely miniaturised versions of an equivalent macroscopic device; such devices are on a larger scale and come under the description of microtechnology.[5]
To put that scale in another context, the comparative size of a nanometer to a meter is the same as that of a marble to the size of the earth.[6] Or another way of putting it: a nanometer is the amount an average man’s beard grows in the time it takes him to raise the razor to his face.[6]
Two main approaches are used in nanotechnology. In the “bottom-up” approach, materials and devices are built from molecular components which assemble themselves chemically by principles of molecular recognition. In the “top-down” approach, nano-objects are constructed from larger entities without atomic-level control.[7]
Areas of physics such as nanoelectronics, nanomechanics, nanophotonics and nanoionics have evolved during the last few decades to provide a basic scientific foundation of nanotechnology.
[edit]Larger to smaller: a materials perspective
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Image of reconstruction on a clean Gold(100) surface, as visualized using scanning tunneling microscopy. The positions of the individual atoms composing the surface are visible.
Main article: Nanomaterials
A number of physical phenomena become pronounced as the size of the system decreases. These include statistical mechanical effects, as well as quantum mechanical effects, for example the “quantum size effect” where the electronic properties of solids are altered with great reductions in particle size. This effect does not come into play by going from macro to micro dimensions. However, quantum effects become dominant when the nanometer size range is reached, typically at distances of 100 nanometers or less, the so called quantum realm. Additionally, a number of physical (mechanical, electrical, optical, etc.) properties change when compared to macroscopic systems. One example is the increase in surface area to volume ratio altering mechanical, thermal and catalytic properties of materials. Diffusion and reactions at nanoscale, nanostructures materials and nanodevices with fast ion transport are generally referred to nanoionics. Mechanical properties of nanosystems are of interest in the nanomechanics research. The catalytic activity of nanomaterials also opens potential risks in their interaction with biomaterials.[8]
Materials reduced to the nanoscale can show different properties compared to what they exhibit on a macroscale, enabling unique applications. For instance, opaque substances become transparent (copper); stable materials turn combustible (aluminum); insoluble materials become soluble (gold). A material such as gold, which is chemically inert at normal scales, can serve as a potent chemical catalyst at nanoscales. Much of the fascination with nanotechnology stems from these quantum and surface phenomena that matter exhibits at the nanoscale.[9]
[edit]Simple to complex: a molecular perspective
Main article: Molecular self-assembly
Modern synthetic chemistry has reached the point where it is possible to prepare small molecules to almost any structure. These methods are used today to manufacture a wide variety of useful chemicals such as pharmaceuticals or commercial polymers. This ability raises the question of extending this kind of Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

control to the next-larger level, seeking methods to assemble these single molecules into supramolecular assemblies consisting of many molecules arranged in a well defined manner.
These approaches utilize the concepts of molecular self-assembly and/or supramolecular chemistry to automatically arrange themselves into some useful conformation through a bottom-up approach. The concept of molecular recognition is especially important: molecules can be designed so that a specific configuration or arrangement is favored due to non-covalent intermolecular forces. The Watson–Crick basepairing rules are a direct result of this, as is the specificity of an enzyme being targeted to a single substrate, or the specific folding of the protein itself. Thus, two or more components can be designed to be complementary and mutually attractive so that they make a more complex and useful whole.
Such bottom-up approaches should be capable of producing devices in parallel and be much cheaper than top-down methods, but could potentially be overwhelmed as the size and complexity of the desired assembly increases. Most useful structures require complex and thermodynamically unlikely arrangements of atoms. Nevertheless, there are many examples of self-assembly based on molecular recognition in biology, most notably Watson–Crick basepairing and enzyme-substrate interactions. The challenge for nanotechnology is whether these principles can be used to engineer new constructs in addition to natural ones.
[edit]Molecular nanotechnology: a long-term view
Main article: Molecular nanotechnology
Molecular nanotechnology, sometimes called molecular manufacturing, describes engineered nanosystems (nanoscale machines) operating on the molecular scale. Molecular nanotechnology is especially associated with the molecular assembler, a machine that can produce a desired structure or device atom-by-atom using the principles of mechanosynthesis. Manufacturing in the context of productive nanosystems is not related to, and should be clearly distinguished from, the conventional technologies used to manufacture nanomaterials such as carbon nanotubes and nanoparticles.
When the term “nanotechnology” was independently coined and popularized by Eric Drexler (who at the time was unaware of an earlier usage by Norio Taniguchi) it referred to a future manufacturing technology based on molecular Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

machine systems. The premise was that molecular scale biological analogies of traditional machine components demonstrated molecular machines were possible: by the countless examples found in biology, it is known that sophisticated, stochastically optimised biological machines can be produced.
It is hoped that developments in nanotechnology will make possible their construction by some other means, perhaps using biomimetic principles. However, Drexler and other researchers[10] have proposed that advanced nanotechnology, although perhaps initially implemented by biomimetic means, ultimately could be based on mechanical engineering principles, namely, a manufacturing technology based on the mechanical functionality of these components (such as gears, bearings, motors, and structural members) that would enable programmable, positional assembly to atomic specification.[11] The physics and engineering performance of exemplar designs were analyzed in Drexler’s book Nanosystems.
In general it is very difficult to assemble devices on the atomic scale, as all one has to position atoms on other atoms of comparable size and stickiness. Another view, put forth by Carlo Montemagno,[12] is that future nanosystems will be hybrids of silicon technology and biological molecular machines. Yet another view, put forward by the late Richard Smalley, is that mechanosynthesis is impossible due to the difficulties in mechanically manipulating individual molecules.
This led to an exchange of letters in the ACS publication Chemical & Engineering News in 2003.[13] Though biology clearly demonstrates that molecular machine systems are possible, non-biological molecular machines are today only in their infancy. Leaders in research on non-biological molecular machines are Dr. Alex Zettl and his colleagues at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratories and UC Berkeley. They have constructed at least three distinct molecular devices whose motion is controlled from the desktop with changing voltage: a nanotube nanomotor, a molecular actuator,[14] and a nanoelectromechanical relaxation oscillator.[15]
An experiment indicating that positional molecular assembly is possible was performed by Ho and Lee at Cornell University in 1999. They used a scanning tunneling microscope to move an individual carbon monoxide molecule (CO) to an individual iron atom (Fe) sitting on a flat silver crystal, and chemically bound the CO to the Fe by applying a voltage.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

[edit]Current research
Graphical representation of a rotaxane, useful as a molecular switch. Sarfus image of a DNA biochip elaborated by bottom-up approach.
This device transfers energy from nano-thin layers of quantum wells to nanocrystals above them, causing the nanocrystals to emit visible light.[16] [edit]Nanomaterials
The nanomaterials field includes subfields which develop or study materials having unique properties arising from their nanoscale dimensions.[17] Interface and colloid science has given rise to many materials which may be useful in nanotechnology, such as carbon nanotubes and other fullerenes, and various nanoparticles and nanorods. Nanomaterials with fast ion transport are related also to nanoionics and nanoelectronics.
Nanoscale materials can also be used for bulk applications; most present commercial applications of nanotechnology are of this flavor.
Progress has been made in using these materials for medical applications; see Nanomedicine.
Nanoscale materials are sometimes used in solar cells which combats the cost of traditional Silicon solar cells
Development of applications incorporating semiconductor nanoparticles to be used in the next generation of products, such as display technology, lighting, solar cells and biological imaging; see quantum dots.
[edit]Bottom-up approaches
These seek to arrange smaller components into more complex assemblies. DNA nanotechnology utilizes the specificity of Watson–Crick basepairing to construct well-defined structures out of DNA and other nucleic acids. Approaches from the field of “classical” chemical synthesis also aim at designing molecules with well-defined shape (e.g. bis-peptides[18]).
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

More generally, molecular self-assembly seeks to use concepts of supramolecular chemistry, and molecular recognition in particular, to cause single-molecule components to automatically arrange themselves into some useful conformation.
Atomic force microscope tips can be used as a nanoscale “write head” to deposit a chemical upon a surface in a desired pattern in a process called dip pen nanolithography. This technique fits into the larger subfield of nanolithography.
[edit]Top-down approaches
These seek to create smaller devices by using larger ones to direct their assembly.
Many technologies that descended from conventional solid-state silicon methods for fabricating microprocessors are now capable of creating features smaller than 100 nm, falling under the definition of nanotechnology. Giant magnetoresistance-based hard drives already on the market fit this description, [19] as do atomic layer deposition (ALD) techniques. Peter Grünberg and Albert Fert received the Nobel Prize in Physics in 2007 for their discovery of Giant magnetoresistance and contributions to the field of spintronics.[20]
Solid-state techniques can also be used to create devices known as nanoelectromechanical systems or NEMS, which are related to microelectromechanical systems or MEMS.
Focused ion beams can directly remove material, or even deposit material when suitable pre-cursor gasses are applied at the same time. For example, this technique is used routinely to create sub-100 nm sections of material for analysis in Transmission electron microscopy.
Atomic force microscope tips can be used as a nanoscale “write head” to deposit a resist, which is then followed by a etching process to remove material in a top-down method.
[edit]Functional approaches
These seek to develop components of a desired functionality without regard to how they might be assembled.
Molecular electronics seeks to develop molecules with useful electronic properties. These could then be used as single-molecule components in a nanoelectronic device.[21] For an example see rotaxane.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Synthetic chemical methods can also be used to create synthetic molecular motors, such as in a so-called nanocar.
[edit]Biomimetic approaches
Bionics or biomimicry seeks to apply biological methods and systems found in nature, to the study and design of engineering systems and modern technology. Biomineralization is one example of the systems studied.
Bionanotechnology the use of biomolecules for applications in nanotechnology, including use of viruses.[22]
[edit]Speculative
These subfields seek to anticipate what inventions nanotechnology might yield, or attempt to propose an agenda along which inquiry might progress. These often take a big-picture view of nanotechnology, with more emphasis on its societal implications than the details of how such inventions could actually be created.
Molecular nanotechnology is a proposed approach which involves manipulating single molecules in finely controlled, deterministic ways. This is more theoretical than the other subfields and is beyond current capabilities. Nanorobotics centers on self-sufficient machines of some functionality operating at the nanoscale. There are hopes for applying nanorobots in medicine,[23][24][25] but it may not be easy to do such a thing because of several drawbacks of such devices.[26] Nevertheless, progress on innovative materials and methodologies has been demonstrated with some patents granted about new nanomanufacturing devices for future commercial applications, which also progressively helps in the development towards nanorobots with the use of embedded nanobioelectronics concepts.[27][28]
Productive nanosystems are “systems of nanosystems” which will be complex nanosystems that produce atomically precise parts for other nanosystems, not necessarily using novel nanoscale-emergent properties, but well-understood fundamentals of manufacturing. Because of the discrete (i.e. atomic) nature of matter and the possibility of exponential growth, this stage is seen as the basis of another industrial revolution. Mihail Roco, one of the architects of the USA’s National Nanotechnology Initiative, has proposed four states of nanotechnology that seem to parallel the technical progress of the Industrial Revolution, progressing from passive nanostructures to active nanodevices to complex nanomachines and ultimately to productive nanosystems.[29]
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Programmable matter seeks to design materials whose properties can be easily, reversibly and externally controlled though a fusion of information science and materials science.
Due to the popularity and media exposure of the term nanotechnology, the words picotechnology and femtotechnology have been coined in analogy to it, although these are only used rarely and informally.
[edit]Tools and techniques
Typical AFM setup. A microfabricated cantilever with a sharp tip is deflected by features on a sample surface, much like in a phonograph but on a much smaller scale. A laser beam reflects off the backside of the cantilever into a set of photodetectors, allowing the deflection to be measured and assembled into an image of the surface.
There are several important modern developments. The atomic force microscope (AFM) and the Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM) are two early versions of scanning probes that launched nanotechnology. There are other types of scanning probe microscopy, all flowing from the ideas of the scanning confocal microscope developed by Marvin Minsky in 1961 and the scanning acoustic microscope (SAM) developed by Calvin Quate and coworkers in the 1970s, that made it possible to see structures at the nanoscale. The tip of a scanning probe can also be used to manipulate nanostructures (a process called positional assembly). Feature-oriented scanning-positioning methodology suggested by Rostislav Lapshin appears to be a promising way to implement these nanomanipulations in automatic mode.[30] However, this is still a slow process because of low scanning velocity of the microscope. Various techniques of nanolithography such as optical lithography, X-ray lithography dip pen nanolithography, electron beam lithography or nanoimprint lithography were also developed. Lithography is a top-down fabrication technique where a bulk material is reduced in size to nanoscale pattern.
Another group of nanotechnological techniques include those used for fabrication of nanowires, those used in semiconductor fabrication such as deep ultraviolet lithography, electron beam lithography, focused ion beam machining, nanoimprint lithography, atomic layer deposition, and molecular vapor
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

deposition, and further including molecular self-assembly techniques such as those employing di-block copolymers. However, all of these techniques preceded the nanotech era, and are extensions in the development of scientific advancements rather than techniques which were devised with the sole purpose of creating nanotechnology and which were results of nanotechnology research. The top-down approach anticipates nanodevices that must be built piece by piece in stages, much as manufactured items are made. Scanning probe microscopy is an important technique both for characterization and synthesis of nanomaterials. Atomic force microscopes and scanning tunneling microscopes can be used to look at surfaces and to move atoms around. By designing different tips for these microscopes, they can be used for carving out structures on surfaces and to help guide self-assembling structures. By using, for example, feature-oriented scanning-positioning approach, atoms can be moved around on a surface with scanning probe microscopy techniques.[30] At present, it is expensive and time-consuming for mass production but very suitable for laboratory experimentation.
In contrast, bottom-up techniques build or grow larger structures atom by atom or molecule by molecule. These techniques include chemical synthesis, self- assembly and positional assembly. Dual polarisation interferometry is one tool suitable for characterisation of self assembled thin films. Another variation of the bottom-up approach is molecular beam epitaxy or MBE. Researchers at Bell Telephone Laboratories like John R. Arthur. Alfred Y. Cho, and Art C. Gossard developed and implemented MBE as a research tool in the late 1960s and 1970s. Samples made by MBE were key to the discovery of the fractional quantum Hall effect for which the 1998 Nobel Prize in Physics was awarded. MBE allows scientists to lay down atomically precise layers of atoms and, in the process, build up complex structures. Important for research on semiconductors, MBE is also widely used to make samples and devices for the newly emerging field of spintronics.
However, new therapeutic products, based on responsive nanomaterials, such as the ultradeformable, stress-sensitive Transfersome vesicles, are under development and already approved for human use in some countries.[citation needed]
[edit]Applications
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Main article: List of nanotechnology applications
As of August 21, 2008, the Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies estimates
that over 800 manufacturer-identified nanotech products are publicly available, with new ones hitting the market at a pace of 3–4 per week.[31] The project lists all of the products in a publicly accessible online.[32] Most applications are limited to the use of “first generation” passive nanomaterials which includes titanium dioxide in sunscreen, cosmetics and some food products; Carbon allotropes used to produce gecko tape; silver in food packaging, clothing, disinfectants and household appliances; zinc oxide in sunscreens and cosmetics, surface coatings, paints and outdoor furniture varnishes; and cerium oxide as a fuel catalyst.[33]
One of the major applications of nanotechnology is in the area of nanoelectronics with MOSFET’s being made of small nanowires ~10 nm in length. Here is a simulation of such a nanowire.
The National Science Foundation (a major distributor for nanotechnology research in the United States) funded researcher David Berube to study the field of nanotechnology. His findings are published in the monograph Nano- Hype: The Truth Behind the Nanotechnology Buzz.[34] This study concludes that much of what is sold as “nanotechnology” is in fact a recasting of straightforward materials science, which is leading to a “nanotech industry built solely on selling nanotubes, nanowires, and the like” which will “end up with a few suppliers selling low margin products in huge volumes.” Further applications which require actual manipulation or arrangement of nanoscale components await further research. Though technologies branded with the term ‘nano’ are sometimes little related to and fall far short of the most ambitious and transformative technological goals of the sort in molecular manufacturing proposals, the term still connotes such ideas. According to Berube, there may be a danger that a “nano bubble” will form, or is forming already, from the use of the term by scientists and entrepreneurs to garner funding, regardless of interest in the transformative possibilities of more ambitious and far-sighted work.[35]
[edit]Implications
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Main article: Implications of nanotechnology
Because of the far-ranging claims that have been made about potential applications of nanotechnology, a number of serious concerns have been raised about what effects these will have on our society if realized, and what action if any is appropriate to mitigate these risks.
There are possible dangers that arise with the development of nanotechnology. The Center for Responsible Nanotechnology suggests that new developments could result, among other things, in untraceable weapons of mass destruction, networked cameras for use by the government, and weapons developments fast enough to destabilize arms races (“Nanotechnology Basics”).
One area of concern is the effect that industrial-scale manufacturing and use of nanomaterials would have on human health and the environment, as suggested by nanotoxicology research. Groups such as the Center for Responsible Nanotechnology have advocated that nanotechnology should be specially regulated by governments for these reasons. Others counter that overregulation would stifle scientific research and the development of innovations which could greatly benefit mankind.
Other experts, including director of the Woodrow Wilson Center’s Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies David Rejeski, have testified[36] that successful commercialization depends on adequate oversight, risk research strategy, and public engagement. Berkeley, California is currently the only city in the United States to regulate nanotechnology;[37] Cambridge, Massachusetts in 2008 considered enacting a similar law,[38] but ultimately rejected this.[39] [edit]Health and environmental concerns
Main articles: Health implications of nanotechnology and Environmental implications of nanotechnology
Some of the recently developed nanoparticle products may have unintended consequences. Researchers have discovered that silver nanoparticles used in socks only to reduce foot odor are being released in the wash with possible negative consequences.[40] Silver nanoparticles, which are bacteriostatic, may then destroy beneficial bacteria which are important for breaking down organic matter in waste treatment plants or farms.[41]
A study at the University of Rochester found that when rats breathed in nanoparticles, the particles settled in the brain and lungs, which led to significant increases in biomarkers for inflammation and stress response.[42] A Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

study in China indicated that nanoparticles induce skin aging through oxidative stress in hairless mice.[43][44]
A two-year study at UCLA’s School of Public Health found lab mice consuming nano-titanium dioxide showed DNA and chromosome damage to a degree “linked to all the big killers of man, namely cancer, heart disease, neurological disease and aging”.[45]
A major study published more recently in Nature Nanotechnology suggests some forms of carbon nanotubes – a poster child for the “nanotechnology revolution” – could be as harmful as asbestos if inhaled in sufficient quantities. Anthony Seaton of the Institute of Occupational Medicine in Edinburgh, Scotland, who contributed to the article on carbon nanotubes said “We know that some of them probably have the potential to cause mesothelioma. So those sorts of materials need to be handled very carefully.”[46] In the absence of specific nano-regulation forthcoming from governments, Paull and Lyons (2008) have called for an exclusion of engineered nanoparticles from organic food.[47] A newspaper article reports that workers in a paint factory developed serious lung disease and nanoparticles were found in their lungs.[48]
[edit]Regulation
Main article: Regulation of nanotechnology
Calls for tighter regulation of nanotechnology have occurred alongside a growing debate related to the human health and safety risks associated with nanotechnology.[49] Furthermore, there is significant debate about who is responsible for the regulation of nanotechnology. While some non- nanotechnology specific regulatory agencies currently cover some products and processes (to varying degrees) – by “bolting on” nanotechnology to existing regulations – there are clear gaps in these regimes.[50] In “Nanotechnology Oversight: An Agenda for the Next Administration,”[51] former EPA deputy administrator J. Clarence (Terry) Davies lays out a clear regulatory roadmap for the next presidential administration and describes the immediate and longer term steps necessary to deal with the current shortcomings of nanotechnology oversight.
Stakeholders concerned by the lack of a regulatory framework to assess and control risks associated with the release of nanoparticles and nanotubes have drawn parallels with bovine spongiform encephalopathy (‘mad cow’s disease), thalidomide, genetically modified food,[52] nuclear energy, reproductive Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

technologies, biotechnology, and asbestosis. Dr. Andrew Maynard, chief science advisor to the Woodrow Wilson Center’s Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies, concludes (among others) that there is insufficient funding for human health and safety research, and as a result there is currently limited understanding of the human health and safety risks associated with nanotechnology.[53] As a result, some academics have called for stricter application of the precautionary principle, with delayed marketing approval, enhanced labelling and additional safety data development requirements in relation to certain forms of nanotechnology.[54]
The Royal Society report[55] identified a risk of nanoparticles or nanotubes being released during disposal, destruction and recycling, and recommended that “manufacturers of products that fall under extended producer responsibility regimes such as end-of-life regulations publish procedures outlining how these materials will be managed to minimize possible human and environmental exposure” (p.xiii). Reflecting the challenges for ensuring responsible life cycle regulation, the Institute for Food and Agricultural Standards has proposed standards for nanotechnology research and development should be integrated across consumer, worker and environmental standards. They also propose that NGOs and other citizen groups play a meaningful role in the development of these standards.
[edit]See also
Main article: Outline of nanotechnology Bionanoscience
Energy applications of nanotechnology List of emerging technologies
List of software for nanostructures modeling Materiomics
Molecular design software
Molecular mechanics
Nanoengineering Nanobiotechnology Nanofluidics
Nanohub
Nanometrology
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Nanoscale networks Nanotechnology education Nanotechnology in water treatment Nanothermite
Nanoweapons
Top-down and bottom-up Translational research
Wet nanotech
[edit]References
^ Cristina Buzea, Ivan Pacheco, and Kevin Robbie (2007). “Nanomaterials and Nanoparticles: Sources and Toxicity”. Biointerphases 2: MR17.
^ N. Taniguchi (1974). On the Basic Concept of ‘Nano-Technology. Proc. Intl. Conf. Prod. London, Part II British Society of Precision Engineering.
^ Eric Drexler (1991). Nanosystems: Molecular Machinery, Manufacturing, and Computation. MIT PhD thesis. New York: Wiley. ISBN 0471575186.
^ Fritz Allhoff, Patrick Lin, Daniel Moore, What is nanotechnology and why does it matter?: from science to ethics, pp.3-5, John Wiley and Sons, 2010 ISBN 1405175451.
^ S.K. Prasad, Modern Concepts in Nanotechnology, pp.31-32, Discovery Publishing House, 2008 ISBN 8183562965.
^ a b Kahn, Jennifer (2006). “Nanotechnology”. National Geographic 2006 (June): 98–119.
^ Rodgers, P. (2006). “Nanoelectronics: Single file”. Nature Nanotechnology. doi: 10.1038/nnano.2006.5.
^ 22
^ Lubick N (2008). “Silver socks have cloudy lining”. Environ Sci Technol 42 (11): 3910. PMID 18589943.
^ Nanotechnology: Developing Molecular Manufacturing ^ “Some papers by K. Eric Drexler”.
^ California NanoSystems Institute
^ C&En: Cover Story – Nanotechnology
^ Regan, BC; Aloni, S; Jensen, K; Ritchie, RO; Zettl, A (2005). “Nanocrystal- powered nanomotor.”. Nano letters 5 (9): 1730–3. doi:10.1021/nl0510659. PMID 16159214.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

^ Regan, B. C.; Aloni, S.; Jensen, K.; Zettl, A. (2005). “Surface-tension-driven nanoelectromechanical relaxation oscillator”. Applied Physics Letters 86: 123119. doi:10.1063/1.1887827.
^ Wireless nanocrystals efficiently radiate visible light
^ Clarkson, AJ; Buckingham, DA; Rogers, AJ; Blackman, AG; Clark, CR (2004). “Nanostructured Ceramics in Medical Devices: Applications and Prospects”. JOM 56 (10): 38–43. doi:10.1007/s11837-004-0289-x. PMID 11196953.
^ Levins, Christopher G.; Schafmeister, Christian E. (2006). “The Synthesis of Curved and Linear Structures from a Minimal Set of Monomers.”. ChemInform 37. doi:10.1002/chin.200605222.
^ “Applications/Products”. National Nanotechnology Initiative. Retrieved 2007-10-19.
^ “The Nobel Prize in Physics 2007″. Nobelprize.org. Retrieved 2007-10-19.
^ Das S, Gates AJ, Abdu HA, Rose GS, Picconatto CA, Ellenbogen JC. (2007). “Designs for Ultra-Tiny, Special-Purpose Nanoelectronic Circuits”. IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems I 54 (11): 2528–2540. doi:10.1109/TCSI. 2007.907864.
^ C.Michael Hogan. 2010. Virus. Encyclopedia of Earth. National Council for Science and the Environment. eds. S.Draggan and C.Cleveland
^ Ghalanbor Z, Marashi SA, Ranjbar B (2005). “Nanotechnology helps medicine: nanoscale swimmers and their future applications”. Med Hypotheses 65 (1): 198–199. doi:10.1016/j.mehy.2005.01.023. PMID 15893147.
^ Kubik T, Bogunia-Kubik K, Sugisaka M. (2005). “Nanotechnology on duty in medical applications”. Curr Pharm Biotechnol. 6 (1): 17–33. PMID 15727553.
^ Leary, SP; Liu, CY; Apuzzo, ML (2006). “Toward the Emergence of Nanoneurosurgery: Part III-Nanomedicine: Targeted Nanotherapy, Nanosurgery, and Progress Toward the Realization of Nanoneurosurgery”. Neurosurgery 58 (6): 1009–1026. doi:10.1227/01.NEU.0000217016.79256.16. PMID 16723880.
^ Shetty RC (2005). “Potential pitfalls of nanotechnology in its applications to medicine: immune incompatibility of nanodevices”. Med Hypotheses 65 (5): 998–9. doi:10.1016/j.mehy.2005.05.022. PMID 16023299.
^ Cavalcanti A, Shirinzadeh B, Freitas RA Jr., Kretly LC. (2007). “Medical Nanorobot Architecture Based on Nanobioelectronics”. Recent Patents on Nanotechnology. 1 (1): 1–10. doi:10.2174/187221007779814745.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

^ Boukallel M, Gauthier M, Dauge M, Piat E, Abadie J. (2007). “Smart microrobots for mechanical cell characterization and cell convoying”. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. 54 (8): 1536–40. doi:10.1109/TBME.2007.891171. PMID 17694877.
^ “International Perspective on Government Nanotechnology Funding in 2005″. ^ a b R. V. Lapshin (2004). “Feature-oriented scanning methodology for probe microscopy and nanotechnology” (PDF). Nanotechnology (UK: IOP) 15 (9): 1135–1151. doi:10.1088/0957-4484/15/9/006. ISSN 0957-4484.
^ Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies. (2008). Analysis: This is the first publicly available on-line inventory of nanotechnology-based consumer products.
^ Nanotechproject.org
^ Applications for Nanotechnology
^ Prometheusbooks.com
^ Berube, David. Nano=Hype: The Truth Behind the Nanotechnology Buzz, Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books, 2006
^ Testimony of David Rejeski for U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce, Science and Transportation Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies. Retrieved on 2008-3-7.
^ Berkeley considering need for nano safety (Rick DelVecchio, Chronicle Staff Writer) Friday, November 24, 2006
^ Cambridge considers nanotech curbs – City may mimic Berkeley bylaws (By Hiawatha Bray, Boston Globe Staff) January 26, 2007
^ Recommendations for a Municipal Health & Safety Policy for Nanomaterials: A Report to the Cambridge City Manager. July 2008.
^ Lubick, N. (2008). Silver socks have cloudy lining.
^ Murray R.G.E., Advances in Bacterial Paracrystalline Surface Layers (Eds.: T. J. Beveridge, S. F. Koval). Plenum pp. 3 ± 9. [9]
^ Elder, A. (2006). Tiny Inhaled Particles Take Easy Route from Nose to Brain.
^ Wu, J; Liu, W; Xue, C; Zhou, S; Lan, F; Bi, L; Xu, H; Yang, X et al. (2009). “Toxicity and penetration of TiO2 nanoparticles in hairless mice and porcine skin after subchronic dermal exposure.”. Toxicology letters 191 (1): 1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.toxlet.2009.05.020. PMID 19501137.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

^ Jonaitis, TS; Card, JW; Magnuson, B (2010). “Concerns regarding nano-sized titanium dioxide dermal penetration and toxicity study.”. Toxicology letters 192 (2): 268–9. doi:10.1016/j.toxlet.2009.10.007. PMID 19836437.
^ Schneider, Andrew, “Amid Nanotech’s Dazzling Promise, Health Risks Grow”, March 24, 2010.
^ Weiss, R. (2008). Effects of Nanotubes May Lead to Cancer, Study Says.
^ Paull, J. & Lyons, K. (2008). “Nanotechnology: The Next Challenge for Organics”. Journal of Organic Systems 3: 3–22.
^ Smith, Rebecca (August 19, 2009). “Nanoparticles used in paint could kill, research suggests”. London: Telegraph. Retrieved May 19, 2010.
^ Kevin Rollins (Nems Mems Works, LLC). “Nanobiotechnology Regulation: A Proposal for Self-Regulation with Limited Oversight”. Volume 6 – Issue 2. Retrieved 2 September 2010.
^ Bowman D, and Hodge G (2006). “Nanotechnology: Mapping the Wild Regulatory Frontier”. Futures 38: 1060–1073. doi:10.1016/j.futures.2006.02.017. ^ Davies, JC. (2008). Nanotechnology Oversight: An Agenda for the Next Administration.
^ Rowe G, Horlick-Jones T, Walls J, Pidgeon N, (2005). “Difficulties in evaluating public engagement initiatives: reflections on an evaluation of the UK GM Nation?”. Public Understanding of Science. 14: 333.
^ Maynard, A.Testimony by Dr. Andrew Maynard for the U.S. House Committee on Science and Technology. (2008-4-16). Retrieved on 2008-11-24.
^ Faunce TA et al. Sunscreen Safety: The Precautionary Principle, The Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration and Nanoparticles in Sunscreens Nanoethics (2008) 2:231–240 DOI 10.1007/s11569-008-0041-z. Thomas Faunce & Katherine Murray & Hitoshi Nasu & Diana Bowman (published online: 24 July 2008). “Sunscreen Safety: The Precautionary Principle, The Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration and Nanoparticles in Sunscreens”. Springer Science + Business Media B.V. Retrieved 18 June 2009.
^ Royal Society and Royal Academy of Engineering (2004). Nanoscience and nanotechnologies: opportunities and uncertainties. Retrieved 2008-05-18. [edit]Further reading
“Basic Concepts of Nanotechnology” History of Nano-Technology, News, Materials, Potential Risks and Important People.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“About Nanotechnology – An Introduction to Nanotech from The Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies”. Nanotechproject.org. Retrieved 2009-11-24. “Nanotechnology Introduction Pages”. Nanotech-now.com. Retrieved 2009-11-24.
Medicalnanotec.com, Introduction to applications of Nanotechnology in Medicine.
Maynard, Andrew, “The Twinkie Guide to Nanotechnology • News Archive • Nanotechnology Project”. Nanotechproject.org. 2007-10-22. Retrieved 2009-11-24. Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars. 2007. – “..a friendly, funny, 25-minute travel guide to the technology”
“Nanotechnology Basics: For Students and Other Learners”. Center for Responsible Nanotechnology – World Care. 11 November 2008.
Fritz Allhoff and Patrick Lin (eds.), Nanotechnology & Society: Current and Emerging Ethical Issues (Dordrecht: Springer, 2008).
Fritz Allhoff, Patrick Lin, James Moor, and John Weckert (eds.) “Nanoethics: The Ethical and Societal Implications of Nanotechnology”. Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons. 2007. “Wiley”.
J. Clarence Davies, EPA and Nanotechnology: Oversight for the 21st Century, Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies, PEN 9, May 2007.
Carl Marziali, “Little Big Science,” USC Trojan Family Magazine, Winter 2007. William Sims Bainbridge: Nanoconvergence: The Unity of Nanoscience, Biotechnology, Information Technology and Cognitive Science, June 27, 2007, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-244643-X
Lynn E. Foster: Nanotechnology: Science, Innovation, and Opportunity, December 21, 2005, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-192756-6
Impact of Nanotechnology on Biomedical Sciences: Review of Current Concepts on Convergence of Nanotechnology With Biology by Herbert Ernest and Rahul Shetty, from AZojono, May 2005.
Hunt, G & Mehta, M (eds)(2008) Nanotechnology: Risk, Ethics & Law, Earthscan, London.
Andrew Schneider, The Nanotech Gamble, Growing Health Risks from Nanomaterials in Food and Medicine, First in a Three-Part Series, AOL News Special Report, March 24, 2010.
Hari Singh Nalwa (2004), Encyclopedia of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (10-Volume Set), American Scientific Publishers. ISBN 1-58883-001-2 Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Michael Rieth and Wolfram Schommers (2006), Handbook of Theoretical and Computational Nanotechnology (10-Volume Set), American Scientific Publishers. ISBN 1-58883-042-X
Akhlesh Lakhtakia (ed) (2004). The Handbook of Nanotechnology. Nanometer Structures: Theory, Modeling, and Simulation. SPIE Press, Bellingham, WA, USA. ISBN 0-8194-5186-X.
Fei Wang & Akhlesh Lakhtakia (eds) (2006). Selected Papers on Nanotechnology —Theory & Modeling (Milestone Volume 182). SPIE Press, Bellingham, WA, USA. ISBN 0-8194-6354-X.
Jumana Boussey, Georges Kamarinos, Laurent Montès (editors) (2003), Towards Nanotechnology, “Nano et Micro Technologies”, Hermes Sciences Publ., Paris, ISBN 2-7462-0858-X.
The Silicon Valley Toxics Coalition (April, 2008), Regulating Emerging Technologies in Silicon Valley and Beyond
Genetic Engineering & Biotechnology News (January, 2008), Getting a Handle on Nanobiotech Products Regulators and Companies Are Laying the Groundwork for a Predicted Bright Future
Suh WH, Suslick KS, Stucky GD, Suh YH (2009). “Nanotechnology, nanotoxicology, and neuroscience”. Progress in Neurobiology 87 (3): 133–70. doi: 10.1016/j.pneurobio.2008.09.009. PMID 18926873.
[edit]External links
Nanotechnology Dashboard and Resources on Academic Room Nanotechnology at the Open Directory Project
Nanotechnology
Wikimedia Commons has media related to: Nanotechnology Wikibooks has a book on the topic of
At Wikiversity you can learn more and teach others about
Nanotechnology at:
The Department of Nanotechnology
What is Nanotechnology? (A Vega/BBC/OU Video Discussion). Course on Introduction to Nanotechnology
[hide]v · d · eNanotechnology (portal)
Overview
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

History · Implications · Applications · Regulation · Organizations · Popular culture · List of topics
Nanomaterials
Fullerene · Carbon nanotubes · Nanoparticles
Nanomedicine
Nanotoxicology · Nanosensor
Molecular self-assembly
Self-assembled monolayer · Supramolecular assembly · DNA nanotechnology Nanoelectronics
Molecular electronics · Nanolithography
Scanning probe microscopy
Atomic force microscope · Scanning tunneling microscope
Molecular nanotechnology
Molecular assembler · Nanorobotics · Mechanosynthesis
Categories: Nanotechnology
Who Are the GALACTICS?
Captain Ashtar, The Ashtar Command and The Galactic Federation by Elizabeth Trutwin January 21, 2010 I have noticed that people interested in UFOs and Galactics often have not studied ascended mastery. I also noticed some very advanced spiritual people often do not know much about Galactics. Only recently have Star Seeds and Light Workers begun to learn they are one and the same group. Ashtar is the Supreme Commander of the Galactic Federation
The Ones working for Ashtar are the Ascended Masters. The Admiral of the New Jerusalem is Sananda, who is a higher form of Jesus. Commander Ashtar and the millions in the Galactic Federation do not wish to be seen as different than you or I. They like to be seen as equals. Many of us have our Twin Flames working in the Galactic Federation on the Ships and we are all on the path of evolution. Much of Ashtar’s Mission involves helping woman and mankind remember the Galactics and also in protecting the Planet as well as the Solar System from negative extraterrestrials groups and their desire to control Earth and other Planets. One of the most important roles Ashtar has played in recent times with Earth and other Planets in the Solar System is to keep her
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

inhabitants from destroying themselves and their Planet through the proliferation of nuclear weapons. Even though Captain Ashtar is in charge of the Space Fleet in this Solar System, he is not limited to this sector of the space for his Service. Ashtar represents our Solar System in the council meetings of our Galaxy, and Universes throughout the greater Cosmos. The Ashtar Command On Earth and in the Skies
On the MotherShips and StarShips under his command, there are 20 million Crew on the Ships. Working with Ashtar is KOS (King of Swords). KOS is in a physical template, as we all are, and we all are stepped-down representatives of the highest Source levels…with internal connections to much higher levels: Mother-Father, God-Goddess, All That Is. KOS with St Germain, was appointed by the ICJ ( International Court of Justice in the Hague) in 1999 as head of the 4 million man, world-wide militia, and pro-forma President of the U.S. He supervises Faction 3 Intel. KOS is an enhanced Galactic-Human with a 3D job heading the Secret Service with President Obama, a wife and he speaks 23 languages. Appointed by the World Court in 1999, he has martial law authority to ensure NESARA Announcement and Implementation. KOS was given his authority in 1999 by the World Court and Lady Master Nada. He and those who work with him and the Galactics are at 38 levels above the President of the US. King of Swords actually has been the single planetary leader and he wears at least two hats. He is also put in charge of Galactic-Human adepts who now number about 16 million and who have all been trained on the StarShips and have full telepathic connectivity and are shape-shifters with enhanced abilities. Barack Obama is here representing both the Sirian Council of Nine and also, on assignment from the Great Central Sun (Alcyone) and has assistance and protection by 16 million galactic-humans working for KOS and the 4 Million man world-wide militia. Their task has been to coordinate the removal of the 40-50′tall dragons (renegade Annunaki) working in government, and in various powerful roles around the Planet . The CIA was originally formed as an Executive Order, to deal with the negative extraterrestrials making Treaties with the U.S. Government. Now we have seen this organization searching for StarGates, committing War Crimes, and Blackwater Ops designed to control Earth. There are also reptilian renegades living within vast caverns and underground areas deep within the Planet these adepts have worked to remove. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

KOS works with Ashtar at the AICO. As we Star Seeds unite with our Mighty I AM presences those communications conduits are automatically ‘involved’ and will gradually become more conscious, stronger and directly connected with Source Intelligence/All That Is (The Great Eye of Ra, This Represents The Law of One). Now we connect with 12D and that level steps down the energetic messages from 100D, which is the Godhead. So, on this level, KOS and his Twin Flame, Lady Master Nada, are very elevated souls with direct responsibility as the Hosts of Heaven and all Councils in charge of this World’s Ascension, as well as other Planets in our Solar System. Lady Master Nada has several powerful hats she wears. First, She is the President of the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. Through her position as International Court of Justice and as International Special Prosecutor with extraordinary powers to dissolve courts, arrest judges including our Supreme Court Justices or anyone else. She is our NESARA ‘Postal Lady’ in charge of the Announcement and Deliveries. She is also Twin Flame of Admiral Sananda. She was originally from Lebanon and is quite familiar with all the mid- Eastern/Asian cultures. She traveled extensively with the Dalai Lama. She is an Ascended Master. She foreclosed on our Corporate Government on 30 September 2008 when Bush defaulted on his payments. The King of Swords then put us inside NESARA Law and saved the world banks and stockmarkets from crashing. She and St Germain are the architects of a whole new planetary economic and legal revitalization to prepare us for Ascension’s reunification with Source. The Ashtar Command works with GAIA/VYWAMUS
Another important role the Ashtar Command has done is working with GAIA/ VYWAMUS in the clearing and resetting of the Earth Grid. Metatron heads up this work with Mother Sekhmet. There are certain grid points on the Earth similar to our acupuncture points on our physical bodies. When one of these points gets blocked in our physical body there is a stagnation of energy flow which eventually leads to disease. The same is true of the planet Earth. We have seen recent massive Earth changes as the Separation of Worlds continues and the Old Timelines are erased. There are special Crews within the Galactic Federation working on this task. Mark and Beth have done extensive work with the Earth Grid and erasing of Timelines. The Earth Grid is the electromagnetic crystalline connection to the rest of the Cosmos and connects through Earth’s Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

portals and StarGates with StarGates which connect our Galaxy to other Galaxies. One of the important things to understand about Commander Ashtar and His millions of workers, and fleet of extraterrestrial aircraft, is that they are etheric in nature. They do not have physical bodies like we do, however they are able to manifest physical bodies and StarShips or project into physicality and time they want. Most of the life on the other Planets in our Solar System is Etheric in nature. The Ashtar command also has MotherShips that are anchored in space that are as long as 100 miles in diameter. These MotherShips contain entire cities with literally millions of people and a thriving society. Mother Sekhmet’s MotherShip is Nibiru. The Ashtar command is part of a great Confederation of Planets, first in our Solar System, and then in our Galaxy.The Ashtar Command is in charge of our Solar System. Then you have the interplanetary confederation which is a larger group of local Planets in our sector of space. Then you have the Galactic Confederation of Planets. Then still larger there is the Intergalactic Confederation of 7 Super Universes. Admiral Lincor is in the head of Star Fleet through several universes. Each of these Councils work in conjunction with the Planetary, Solar, Galactic, and Universal Spiritual Groups. The Galactics and Angelics Work Together As One
Commander Ashtar also works closely with the Angelic Kingdom, and with the Protective Forces, most specifically with Archangel Michael. Commander Ashtar is an extremely loving and gentle man but stern and adamant in His Mission to Serve. Many of the Ashtar Command walk among us on our streets on Earth without us even being aware of it. One example is Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat, another is the Poppy Lady, and also the King of Egypt (KOE). The Ashtar Command serves in a certain sense as Heaven’s policemen and they are placed in many roles all over the World. The Galactics, however, cannot override the wishes or the free will of those living on Earth. One of the challenges the Ashtar Command has is that if our government has in the past made legally binding Treaties with certain negative extraterrestrial groups, they are not allowed to interfere with our free choice, unless we are endangering our Solar System and Galaxy. The only path to PEACE is Justice and a Just World is a World of PEACE. KOS, Admiral Sananda, Lady Master Nada, Ashtar, St Germain, Archangel Michael and Archangel Metatron, Mother Sekhmet and Alcyone, work together as representatives of the Ashtar Comand to restore Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

PEACE to Earth. The number of negative extraterrestrials is small in number compared to the vast number of christed extraterrestrials, however, the negative ones are quite dangerous and have tried very hard to control Earth and her resources, control Earth’s population and kept most of Earth poor and in servitude. What we are seeing in January 2010 is the final maneuvers of the last negative ETs leaving the Matrix. None of the Ones here today are originally from Earth. All of us here are Star travelers and here to do a Mission as Earth evolves. We are all extraterrestrial Galactics. We are all Divine Angelics. We are all wearing human bodies. Ashtar and the Galactic Federation Work Within The Office of the Christ
Ashtar and all in the Galactic Federation work from the Office of the Christ. When the term Christ is used here it is not meant in the Christan sense, it is used in the Universal sense. All spiritual paths lead to Christ and the Holy Spirit or Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva, Vishnu being the equivalent of the Christ in Hinduism. Krishna was also the premier Christ of the eastern world. All religions also lead to the God/dess. Lord Maitreya, Kalki Maitreya, is known as the Cosmic Christ. The Galactics and the Angelics work together. There are different levels in the office of the Christ. There are the Planetary Christ, Solar Christ, Galactic Christ, Universal Christ, Multiversal Christ and Cosmic Christ. Metatron is at the level of Cosmic Christ.All Masters of all religions and spiritual paths help their students become the Christ, it is not in truth a Christian term, it is a living presence which you can call any name you want: Sanada/Jesus, Lady Master Nada, Lord Buddha, Krishna, Lao Tse, Zoroaster, Kalki Maitreya, Melchizedek, Ra, Mother Sekhmet, Alcyone, Archangel Metatron, Archangel Michael, Archangel Raphael, Mother Mary, Archangel Uriel, Archangel Gabriel, Helios and Vesta, St Germain, Kuthumi, Serapis Bey, Lord Arcturus, Ashtar and Athena, Commander Hatonn, Commander Soltec, Commander Korton, Commander Monk ka, Tom the Ringtail Cat Paschat, Ka tar tek, Tek Ra. These spiritual Masters are all members of the Galactic Federation and all work from the Office of The Christ. You are created by God as a Christ. Planet Earth is already in the 5th Dimension. It is only when we work from the 3rd Dimension that we forget. Remembering is about waking up. Every Planet in every Galaxy and Universe call this a different name. All of the members of the Galactic Federation are what we call Christed ETs. When we have
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Decloakings and Landings we will get to see our Galactic Family. These Ones will be returning to Earth to live with us here and together with us, build Terra Nova. by Elizabeth Trutwin 1/21/10 Beth and Mark www.GalacticRoundTable.com The Recent History of Negative ETs in the US by Elizabeth Trutwin January 15, 2010
The United States Government first learned of German scientists working on copies of Alien Technology when they invaded Germany during WW II. In 1936 Germany had recovered a crashed UFO. In the 1940′s there was a great increase in extraterrestrial activity. The single most important event was probably the Roswell crash. The Roswell crash occurred on July 7, 1947 near Roswell, New Mexico. A UFO crashed and the bodies of four dead extraterrestrials were found. These four were Zeta Reticulans. There was a Zeta Reticulan Scientist named Sanni Seto on that Craft and she survived and is fine. The radar the U.S. used then caused the Craft to go off course and crash. Between 1947 and 1952 the United States Government obtained at least 16 crashed or downed UFO crafts and 65 extraterrestrial bodies. One live extraterrestrial was recovered. A UFO was found on February 13, 1948 on a Mesa near Aztec, New Mexico. Another craft was located on March 25, 1949 in White Sands, New Mexico. It was over 100 feet in diameter and a total of 17 extraterrestrial (ET) bodies were recovered from the two crafts. Of even greater significance was the discovery of a large number of human body parts stored within both of these vehicles. This was coded as “Ultra Top Secret” because of the perceived panic that might occur if this information leaked out to the general public. The United States Air Force and the CIA controlled the Extraterrestrial Secret. The CIA was originally formed by Presidential Executive Order for the Singular Purpose of dealing with this ET situation. What they didn’t say is, those running the CIA were indeed time travelers, ETs in human bodies, who came here from the 24th Century. The live ET that was found had been found wandering in the desert from the 1949 Roswell crash and was named “Ebe”. Ebe stands for extraterrestrial biological entity. Ebe had a tendency to lie and would only give answers to questions that he desired to answer. In 1951 Ebe became ill. American doctors had no idea how to medically deal with Ebe because his system was chlorophyll based and processed food into energy much the same as
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

plants do. On June 2nd, 1952 Ebe died. In an attempt to save Ebe and to gain favor with this technologically superior race.
President Truman had been keeping our allies, including the Soviet Union, informed of the developing ET problem. This had been done in case the ETs turned out to be a threat to the human race. During Dwight Eisenhower’s first year in office, which was in 1953, at least 10 more StarShips were recovered along with 26 dead and 4 live ETs. Eisenhower did not reveal the secret to the Congress. His friend, and fellow member of Council of Foreign Relations, (Secret Government) Nelson Rockefeller. The Secret Government (CIA) began covertly planning a Secret Group to supervise this ET situation. This group became known as the MJ12. The Movie “Close Encounters” was a fictionalized version of a meeting with US government officials when an ET Ambassador stayed behind in a pledge with the President and the Secret Government to make a Treaty. In 1953 astronomers discovered large MotherShips in orbit around Earth. Project SIGNA intercepted alien radio communications. Project SIGNA, through radio communications using the computer binary language, was able to arrange face to face landings and contact with ET Beings from another planet. This initial group of ETs were from Zeta Reticuli and have often been referred to as the “Greys”. They are very small in stature, about four or five feet tall. They looked nothing like human beings of the Adam Kadmon style as we are used to. They had big heads, more almond shaped eyes and long arms. A race of human ETs landed at Homestead Air Force Base in Florida, and successfully communicated with the US. Government. This group warned us of the Greys that were orbiting the equator. They were warning us of the ‘Greys’, and a reptilian extraterrestrial race from Orion. The reptilian race have a reptilian looking head with a human looking physical body. The Galactic Federation offered to help us with all our technological and spiritual problems, however they had a requirement. They demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons. Our Secret Government refused. A third landing occurred at Edwards Air Force Base in 1954. The base was closed for three days and no one was allowed to enter or leave during that time. Eisenhower arranged to be in Palm Springs on vacation. On the appointed day he was spirited off to the base. The excuse was given to the press that he was visiting a dentist. Five UFO craft landed, and Eisenhower met with the ETs. All these landings were Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

filmed. This alien group again was from Zeta Reticuli. During this time, the Galactic Federation was trying to help, but the Secret Government refused to end the proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. The Cabal, those human looking ETs from the future, the Fallen Angels, had no intention of giving up their power and control of Earth. They were interested in not only conquering Earth, but many other Planets as well. To this day, President Obama is meeting withpositive ETs from the Galactic Federation. The most recent ‘excuse’ was an injured child during his Christmas trip to Hawaii. It is easier to hide his comings and going when vacationing in Hawaii, “The Rock”. A Formal Treaty between the Zeta Reticulan Star Nation and the United States government was signed. We officially received our first ET Ambassador from Outer Space who was the same Being who stayed in the first landing. His name and title was his “Omnipotent Highness Krill”. The treaty, basically stated that the ETs would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on earth a secret. They would furnish us with our advanced technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other nation on earth.
The treaty included a selling of Souls. The Zeta Reticulans were granted, by this treaty, permission to abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purposes of medical examination and monitoring of our development. There was a stipulation that the humans would not be harmed, and would be returned to their point of abduction, and that they would have no memory of the event. The Zeta Reticulan Ambassadors would remain on Earth. The human “guests” would go to their planet, and then return and then an exchange would take place. This was re-enacted in the movie “Close Encounters”. It was also agreed that bases would be constructed underground in the United States for the use of the Greys and that two bases would be constructed for joint use of the Greys and the Secret Government. Exchange of technology would occur in the jointly occupied bases. These ET bases would be constructed under Indian Reservation in the four corners area of Utah, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, and one in the Mojave Dessert near Yucca, California. A secret military fund was put together to build 75 deep underground facilities. The excuse was that these were needed in case of Nuclear War! It became obvious by 1955 that the Greys had deceived Eisenhower and broken the treaty. The Secret
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Government had basically sold out the American people without their permission. Abductions were occurring at hundreds of times the rate agreed upon. There were reports of human mutilations occasionally happening also, although this was much rarer. It was also suspected that all abductees had not been returned. The Soviet Union were also working with The Greys and were using humans and animals for a source of glandular secretions, enzymes, hormonal secretions, blood plasma and genetic experiments, including hybrid pregnancies and babies. The Greys said that this was necessary for their survival. They stated that their genetic structure had deteriorated and that they were no longer able to reproduce. They said that if they were unable to improve their genetic structure, their race would soon cease to exist. The Greys were also found to be impregnating human females and somehow causing an early termination of the pregnancies to secure a hybrid infant. They were also implanting humans on earth with both mechanical and non-mechanical implants for biological monitoring and tracking purposes. I trained with Arcturus on his Medical Ships. We have taken some of my Healing Clients there. He has shown me the surgical scars made by the Greys during their surgeries. This was meatball surgery and all experimental. Arcturus and I have gone in and done Light Surgeries healing the wounds. He has taken me back in time to the moment of the surgeries so I could watch how the Greys did their work. They did heart and lung surgeries and bone and muscles surgeries. I also saw many Clients who had hosted pregnancy implantations from the Greys. I went back to the time of the induction to take the baby, with Arcturus. Archangel Michael always accompanies us as well. I have seen a place where these orphans go to be adopted within the Grey Community. There are many children in this Group who were implanted and inducted. They are considered outsiders in their Own Society and they all live in an area together, where there is a community of these Ones living happy lives. Often when I tell my Client the information about their experience, they are angry, sad, and do not believe me. I explain to them what Arcturus told me. These Ones are hybrids themselves and agreed to these things before they incarnated into human bodies. There is no judgment here. It is time to forgive and move on into an Attitude of Love. These horrific things are not happening now. The last negative ET was removed in November 2009 and nothing like this will happen on Earth again. Over 18,000 Greys lived at the Dulce, New Mexico underground base alone. Some of the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

technology in these bases was provided by the Greys and is far beyond the understanding of the Secret Government. There were terrible sciences practiced here, remnants of Atlantis, experiments included mixing human and animal genetics. Over the years the Reptilians and Greys became more and more bold in destroying life for their own purpose. The Secret Government has had over 70 species of ETs trying to contact us. We have obtained and have in our possession over 40 flying StarShips, many of which have been reproduced and are testing and flying ourselves. We have over 100 bodies of dead ETs. The Secret Government at this time, in partnership with the Soviet Union, worked with these Negative ETs in the colonization of the Moon and Mars. They launched their equipment for this from a portal in the Indian Ocean at Deigo Garcia. This happened long before our first official public landing on the moon by astronaut Armstrong. Another plan of the Secret Government was the use of nuclear devices to blast holes in the stratosphere to let the greenhouse heat and pollution escape. The Earth Cooling and poison with pollution was to depopulate the Earth’s population. As part of this plan there was the implementation of birth control, sterilization, and the introduction of deadly microbes to slow the growth of the Earth’s population, including AIDS. The plague of AIDS was created by the Secret Government with the Negative ETs as a form of bacteriological warfare. It was purposely given to specifically selected targeted populations including Blacks, Hispanics and homosexuals. One of the ways they did this was to lace hepatitis vaccines with the virus. The Secret Government (CIA) and Politics The One President that wasn’t under the hold of the Secret Government was John Kennedy. When he found out about a lot of the Secret Government activities, he cooperated with the Galactic Federation. President Eisenhower had approved 13 Million dollars for the Negative ETs to install Nuclear Weapons in Cuba. They worked in alliance with Nikita Khruschev. The 13 Families, time traveling ETs, were trying to control the Planet. They were using nuclear weapons to make false reasons for arms and war. They used this backdrop of staged Wars as they continued to look for StarGates. The Galactic Federation thwarted the nuclear missiles in Cuba. It was his cooperation with the Galactic Federation, that had the Secret Government remove him and his brother, Bobby. President Kennedy is with the Galactic Federation now and will return with landings scheduled this year. One of the main ways the Secret Government has financed all their projects is Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

through drug money. George Bush was one of the original people that was approached to help the CIA start their program of selling drugs. His former Secretary of State, James Baker is even higher up in the Secret Government ladder than George Bush was. George Bush, as you know later became the head of the CIA. The fact that these men and the entire corrupt staff have been voted out of office marked the beginning of a great awakening for the American people, and the beginning of the end for the Dark Brotherhood’s reign of control. The Secret Government, or Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission were in complete control of the ET Technology before last summer when Mark and I with Rama worked with the Galactic Federation on the Ops to clear the Planet of the Negative ET technologies, their Ships, and the remaining reptilians and Dragons. These ones are less than 100 individuals controlling our Planet, they and their families are also connected into 35 other Planets. This is the reason WHY the Galactic Federation is involved. This problem effects our entire Local Galaxy. We are a Galactic Society. What happens here effects Ones on several local Planets. There have been reports that we will “soon” with the new telescope “See Earth-like Planets that are inhabited”. This is not joyous news. This is a realization that the Secret Government has HIDDEN our Family from us. The arrests of these individuals are in their absolute final days. Ashtar announced on January 12, 2010 the arrests are complete. Our Work with The Galactic Federation Secret Forces Mark and I work with Captain Ashtar, the Supreme Commander of the Galactic Federation, and the Admiral, Sananda Kumara with the Secret Forces to clear this problem. We work with the Secret Forces of the Galactic Federation which include Commander Hatonn from the Protection Forces and Commander Korton with Monk Ka from Mars and King of Swords (KOS) on Earth. Our communications are coordinated by Commander Soltec from Alpha Centauri. We work with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat. Our Ops are coordinated with Mother Sekhmet and her Paschats. Rama worked with us on all of these Ops. We coordinated several Ops from June until November of 2009 to remove the Negative ETs. Because of our work and successes we were targeted by negative ETs. We worked with Metatron and Archangel Michael, and with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat to make electromagnetic light shields around our homes. These were designed to keep the negative ETs out. There were infiltrations. We received our intel from the KOS and he coordinated efforts between us and the Secret Forces. We have Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

participated in several Ops we have never spoken of. These were the Ops we spoke of that cleared the Planet of the reptilian race, the Greys, their labs, underground experiments and extensive network of destruction. Mark and I trained individually for years before we met. We were both trained by the Secret Forces independently before coming together for the final Ops. There have been many attempts to keep us apart and keep our joint work hidden. We chose to broadcast our Ops on the internet and on radio. Mark finally mentioned the Op where one of the last MotherShips of the Zeta Reticulans was removed in November. I was in a Craft with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat and I was beamed from the MotherCraft. I had extensive injuries, but these improved in a matter of days. I had several treatments from Arcturus which healed me quickly. Mark was so concerned, he spoke publicly of it. This surprised me and I was too concerned to comment, but did recover in a few days. Mother Sekhmet took out that final Negative ET Craft which was miles wide, very very large. We were told a few days later all Negative ETs have been removed from Earth[Nov 2009]. It was that final Op that made it possible for the work that is being done now. Now the arrests of the Secret Government agents, Negative ETs, themselves, are now complete. The Spiritual Awakening of Earth has been the final key marking the end. The Galactic Federation, with the Secret Forces, with Soltec and Korton, and others, have worked together and stopped the Negative ETs from controlling other Planets in our Local Galaxy. We are now able to Image more of Space and the Truth is being revealed more each day. The mass decloakings and disclosure are key and will begin with the United States President, Barack Obama, the Sirian Commander. The Time For Peace Is Now. by Elizabeth Trutwin 1/15/10 Beth and Mark www.GalacticRoundTable.com
The Pleiadian High Council Speaks
INTRO TO PLEIADES: SEVEN SISTER STARS
Indeed, the Pleiades must have had considerable charms, for several of the most prominent male Olympian gods (including Zeus, Poseidon, and Ares) engaged in affairs with the seven heavenly sisters – and inevitably, these relationships resulted in the birth of children:
Celaeno (se-lee’-noh) was mother of Lycus by Poseidon.
Alcyone (al-seye’-a-nee) was mother of Hyrieus by Lycus.
Electra (e-lek’-tra) was mother of Dardanus and Iasion by Zeus.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Maia (may’-a, also meye’-a), eldest of the seven Pleiades, was mother of Hermes by Zeus.
Sterope (stair’-a-pee) (also Asterope) was mother of Oenomaus by Ares. Taygete (tay-ij’-i-tee) was mother of Lacedaemon, also by Zeus.
Welcome to the Pleiadian High Council, I am Melik.
We welcome you Home, Blessings.
We are here at Earth now, with our Mothership–the Pegasus. We are working in coordination with the Intergalactic Federation. We have enthusiastically worked with you to assist in many ways with Earth Ascension. Arcturians are known for their light technology, Sirians are known for their libraries and Pleiadians are known for their work with nature spirits. We are partnering with you on Earth in reintegrating to Gaia now, the physical manifestation of all the magical realms back to Earth. Our Mothership is here carrying representatives from the higher elemental, plant, animal, devic, and nature kingdoms.
The Pleiadians have a long history of working with these kingdoms and serving them. We are their Guardians. We have shared our knowledge with those on Earth since the beginning. You are our family. We helped seed earth and we are the ancestors of many living there. We are what Native Cultures call the Grandfathers and the Grandmothers. We have telepathic resonance with all in the animal kingdom, including birds, butterflies, ants, whales, dolphins, elephants, zebras; all animals and creatures. We have telepathic resonance with all those in the plant kingdom. We use the Force and teach these ones to be in harmony with each other, as they are all part of All That Is. The elements of water, air, earth, and wind likewise live in harmony together.
We desire to help bring harmony back to Earth. We are experts in what you call Green technology. Our sentient computers coordinate with weather, elements, animals, plants as well as rivers, oceans, mountains and sky. We harmonize these to work together for climate control, clean water, clean air, clean seas and rivers, We will, immediately after First Contact link our computer system into the Earth Grid. We will bring forth free electricity and power for everyone involved. We also work with the merfolk, unicorns, fairies, elves, sylphs, salamanders, and many other magical beings. They have never left where we are. We are working to reintegrate them on to surface Earth. They will work in harmony with you and the Earth energies to create complete unconditional harmony. There will be more fun to life, more life in fun.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

We want you all to know that we are here now and waiting on the cusp of the new phase where we may come in and help with all of the new green technologies. We will have projects on ocean cleanup, farm-crop redistribution, energy source sharing and clean water and clean air technologies.
We are available to you now. You may call on us to work with you to reintegrate the magical kingdoms into your individual lives. You may have a Fairy or Elf or other partner with you, just as Angels do. Angels are part of the natural realm. Call to Maab, Queen of Fairies and call to Melik, of the Pleiadian High Council, we are Twin Flames. Ask us to Guide you in your pursuit of a new relationship with these precious ones. We will help you understand how they may help you more in your everyday lives.
We are here to partner with those on Earth to restore her pristine beauty in all her realms, back to love. We invite any and all of you, especially those, whose Mission this is, to call on us often to work with you. We invite you to come during dreamtime at night for more training on our ships. All you must do is ask. Maab is on Earth full time now, coordinating these efforts and working directly with you. We have waited a very long time for this and we are very well pleased at recent developments opening the portals and pathways back to Earth.
We Bring Peace. ~Melik.
The Andromedan High Council Speaks
We leave and leap to Andromeda. Andromeda is a Gateway Galaxy. It is a translator of light and energy. When there it feels dreamy, it is overwhelming how different the energy here is. There is a sea of millions upon millions of pinpoints of light, each its own star. There is no Planet here, only star lights. This is a place where consciousness is translated into Higher Dimensions. Our consciousness is expanded here to the Cosmic level. That is the feeling One gets. It is the knowledge, with every fiber of the Being, that we are each and all these; extraterrestrial, Starseeds, Source, Light and All There Is.
Question asked of the Andromedan High Council:
Post NESARA, post Mass Landings, when you come to live with us, what will be the main thing you want to share with those here?
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

We wish to give holographic lessons on the Ships of the Impulse, inside, each One. This Impulse connects us back to Source Light, Source Energy, Source Love. By experiencing this, One may transcend the human condition and see All is One. Andromedans are a Group Consciousness, or a Collective Consciousness. We are sentient and we blend ourselves into One Light. As we Create, we CO-Create together. We pulse our thoughts back to Source and what we have thought comes back to us as formless form made manifest.
We will help Earth humans recognize there is nothing outside of themselves. This sounds so simple. We will holographically represent, for even a small child to understand, we are each connected. We will be able to teach Ones to master instant manifestation on the physical. You must ask and you must allow. You may learn this now with us, if you like. Before going to sleep at night, just before sleep comes, ask, with a grateful heart, to join us on the Ships and learn instant manifestation.
We will show you in dreamtime. Ask to remember the demonstrations. Write it down. Practice it. Don’t worry if you do not get this the first time, keep trying. I assure you, it is meant to be fun. Any stress brought into these thoughts will co- create more stress.
We will, after Mass Landings, bring those who wish to see, here to Andromeda, just for a short excursion. Seeing this will help Initiates understand their connection to abundance. Those who Master it, then may, I say even, must, teach it to others. It is about connecting to Love and pulsing it back to Oneself, by impulses of liquid rainbow light and love energy. You have done this before. By Mastering this, anything in the New Earth is possible.
Namaste.
~The Andromedan High Council
The Lyrian High Council Speaks
ABOUT LYRA: Lyra was frequently visualized as an eagle or vulture as well as a lyre; both are shown on this engraving from the Uranographia of Johann Bode (1801). Near the tip of the vulture’s beak is the bright star Vega, here spelt Wega; Bode also gave it the alternative name Testa in reference to the tortoise shell from which the lyre was supposedly made by Hermes.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

To the Council of Lyra we ask:
We are now visioning through all of the Round Tables from above and below, we are envisioning Twin Flame heart, male female balancing spirit. And we understand this is visioning an energetic system matrix that is holographic. What we are asking, we want to bring forth something new, something that includes and benefits us all. Something that joins us in a joyful peaceful loving harmonious way: How may we procede?
We invite the AFERs, progenators, a collective, Ancient Elders who originally gave us this model in the 100th Dimension.
We are getting our energy from the Great Central Sun, we want the angelic/ galactic/awakened human to be one. We want to be energized and activated within Source, which we each have within. We want our new Earth Plan to honor all, from all out into cocreative sensual reality. From the heart-mind and equal armed radii, spiraling up through the dimensions, in a never ending healing harmony, embracing change, being the change. This is all inclusive, we all have a beautiful divine purpose. When we open to that, we have a holographic perspective instead of a linear perspective. We want representatives of all, who can talk about the substraights and quantum entanglement, which effects the omniverse, which is expressive, so we can see the blank slate technology so we can envision the higher dimensions to look for ways to recognize all energies, all frequencies. So they too will change. Their Source Level Guidance is getting best visions best hopes best dreams where we can cocreate together so all value the highest dynamic of the coconsensus reality Will you help us present this, or express this or describe how we get from where we are until we get to the new Plan where we do it with reverence and love for all others.
Headquarters for the Ashtar Command, (Ashtar, Soltec, Hatonn) a 12 D World where we sprung up into the Adam Kadmon template started-this one holds the greatest capacity to get the job done, to take us back to the hundredth dimension and beyond. This will take us back to the Godhead.
We bring representatives the natural and magical realms as well as sound and light.
We arrive at Lyra. It looks like a cosmopolitan city. There all tall buildings with twinkle lights. One of the structures is a geodesic pyramid. We arrive to a large building and an enormous door on the side of the building opens so we may Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“fly” into it and we land on a platform there. As we disembark there are greeters who welcome us and gift us with flower leis. It smells tropical and fresh here. The inside of this landing area is royal red. We walk past a thirty foot high statue of Mother Sekhmet as we are ushered into the round table room. Here the Lyrian Council Members sit alternately around a table with AFERs. The AFERs are quiet a bit taller than the Ones from Lyra who are humanoid. They all stand as we enter the room. We bow Namaste and take our positions at the round table. We ask them to please comment, if they will, on any portion of the above question.
One of the AFERs stands up to address us:
There are Councils all over this Universe who have been meeting recently to answer this same question. This is a very important question. No longer will there be allowed an energetic frequency of exchange which has the ability to be controlled. We are looking at creating a model of energy frequency exchange (money) which is all inclusive and flows in and out in a never ending rhythm. This new exchange system has a requirement of being immortal, being infinite, having the ability to evolve. As the needs of the organism evolve, so too will the energetic flow evolve to meet its growing needs. These Councils have been meeting so they may come up with some viable models. These models will be brought, in love, light, balance, freedom and reverence to Earth. These potential possibilities will be brought to roundtable discussions which will be viewed by all throughout the World. We will have roundtable meetings and we will have mentors to work with anyone wanting to know more about these discussions. We will have expert representatives from all parts of the World meeting, post NESARA, to implement ways to put the New Earth Plan into place. This new plan with be the Highest possible, spinodal joining of balanced holographic representation of the Whole.
One of the Lyrian Council stands and continues:
Thank you for bringing us this question today. We wish to offer our perspective on this important question about energetic exchange. The next step in this process of earth and individual ascension is to dissolve the old matrix core fear beliefs surrounding money. The whole point of NESARA is to remove the survival programming from our consciousness, wipe it clean. After this, joining monies will become the balanced fulcrum approach to providing all that is needed to All That Is. The first concept to teach those on Earth is sharing, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

pooling, flowing, and sustaining the energy through cooperation. All will have everything they need. No one will be left out. This will be an exercise in Divine Love. It must be implemented as a coconsensus reality. In order to introduce this possibility all fears of lack must be completely removed. This is why we are moving to a metals backed currency. There will be a tiered approach to energy exchange. Economics 101 will begin as a metals backed currency and after many years of All on Earth having all they need, we will evolve out of that low level dynamic to something even more substantive. We will do away with money as we know it today and move to a system of debit and credit exchanges. There will be no currency standing in for the energy exchange as time goes on. We will realize it is not necessary. We will grow to the point of understanding that love is its own currency, as is light. There are others, colors, sound, and others still. The new currency exchange will happen in tiered phases and the Ones creating it will be the ones to determine when the next phase may be phased in. As this continues, the old dissolves and is returned to light for more creation.
The beginning of this is to decide the importance of each needed solution, its place on the priority list, and the means by which it will be distributed. This is not as complicated as it sounds. We of Lyra, with the AFERs Elders, are at your service for counseling. We cannot do it for you, but just ask, and we will help you include all the necessary cocreative forces, working with all elements involved, to solve all the necessary changes and not allowing any unintended consequences. We will do this as a group in All That IS, to deliver love, light, color and sound, in a balanced holographic model to all on Earth.
Another Council Member from Lyra adds:
We now wish to be available to help all the Leaders, who will head up these Councils on Earth, to begin imagining ways these things may be accomplished. These may begin, as has been proposed as:
Integrity Team’s Round Tables can be established for many purposes namely: 1) To replace the banking system as we know it.
2) To replace the government divisions as we know them.
3) To replace state and city and governor systems as we know it.
Integrity Team’s Round Tables will serve as a Trustee of trusts who as a group can be set up as:1
) Teams – Representing functions representing such as a type of lending
2) Divisions – City and Town counselors
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

3) Sections – Representing groups of states
4) Possibly Arbitration Boards
We wish the Leaders of Earth, those serving in the Galactic Federation, and other associated Groups, to begin to imagine the possibilities of how they may serve in one of the above capacities. The purpose of being embodied now on Earth is spiritual service. There is nothing else. Once NESARA comes it is not a holiday present to squander. It simply removes you from servitude to the cabal, feeds, clothes and offers the security needed, to move ahead, to evolve out of “jobs” and beginning to do your “work” as spiritual service to a New Plan for Earth.
We salute you! Namaste.
~Members of the Council of Lyra
The Arcturian High Council Speaks
This [excerpt] is [from] the second of four meetings where Beth and Mark travel around the galaxy seeking opinions on Holographic ideas for the new coconsensus reality plan. We ask the counselors how we may from the heart mind center, bring forth a progressive plan, from a current top down system, which only benefits a few, to a heart mind level playing field for all to contribute and present to Galactic and Stargate Round Tables that they may themselves draft their own questions, versions, and ideas to the Galactics, including the angelic, galactic-human and human Earth Councils to be a mutually benefitting construct to be used by all. Thank you for considering our questions.
Here is a proposal from a GRT-Intel writer:
The dynamics of a group are a Source of Creation, but a group by itself can not expand it’s consciousness without a leader and observers. Expansion of a group consciousness occurs with the awareness of leadership’s movement of the observer outside the group moving towards the group. The observers beliefs are of the utmost importance as the movement of the observer along with the belief energy will be transmuted upon the group as a unit or molecule and the group unit will expand in consciousness and comprehend the observers love, will, and direction of truth or light thus creating or generating more fluency and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

currency, called synergistic energy exchange. This acts like a business transaction, so this creates the need for fluent group management as groups can then evolve into different types of networks and different types of currents or currencies or cosmic consciousness. The result is an expanding of Higher Awareness of Self and I Am creation. Thus become a rhythm of expansion of the Energy of God and Co-creation of collective energy.
Post NESARA a new model will be put into place.
Joy will be abundant as people hear Lady Master Nada instruct them that their new found wealth may be used to improve lives of all on Earth.
Every man, woman and child will feel inspired to add their creative energy to these new projects. Joy, pride, and love will run rampant. The new found freedom of it will have people giddy.
The new conscious collective will look and function as a lotus blossom. The whole is represented as the fruition of all that is possible, which is a holographic and infinite representation of fractal energy. The core is the love found in Oneness, the pestle and stamen, the male and female balanced core of synergistic co-creation. The petals each represent another section, another program, another part of the New Plan. Each petal has its own fragrance and as it opens to wholeness, all are able to sample the sweet succulent smells coming from that new creation.
The Galactics wish to provide mentorship on beginning the new process. We offer suggestions and models that may be utilized. These will be step by step processes. As the World releases the old model of servitude, it will be challenging to see new solutions to old problems. This is where the Galactic Council comes in with nonjudgmental Guidance and Support as Earth segues in its own New approach. This new model will be an approach that works for everyone. We will be teaching discernment. We will show, by example, how if a new design works, it is able to grow, evolve, change, and be all inclusive. As long as it is feeding more light to itself and sustaining constant increase in growth, it is indeed the right model. This is our role now.
There are advanced models of abundant co-creation, which up until now, have not been shared in this time and this space. As each Human Being receives their packet, as long as they are 51% positive, they will receive a packet. As each One comes into abundance, it comes with a mentor who will teach new facets of abundant co-creation here to for not understood in 5D. Everyone will be Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

upgraded with the skills to make choices which will benefit All That Is. This is how we know that the New Plan will work. Each person who participates sees quite quickly how Being Abundant, Acting Abundant, and Sharing Abundance only brings more abundance. Everyone will want to play the new game. Namaste,
~The Arcturian Council of Light
The Mars High Council Speaks
Beth and Mark visited the Mars Council.
Visit to Mars:
We jump to a shuttle craft driven by Ashtar and in the jump seat is KOS. They take us into an inner tunnel at Mars. We see in the distance a domed city, a very, very tall, dome on the interior core of Mars. A door on the side of the dome opens and we are allowed access. The architecture in the City here is minimalist and futuristic.
There are floating oasis’ with water and green plants. The structures they float on are artificial but the living things are natural. Sunlight is tunneled in from the surface and the dome city is full with sunlight. We enter a building which has no outer distinguishable characteristics.
Inside is a meeting room with large monitor screens surrounding the table and chairs on all walls. These monitors are connected to the Ships. There is a Galactic Federation Symbol on the wall of the room.
There we meet Commander Korton and Commander Mon-Ka, the Mars Council, Ashtar and KOS.
Commander Mon-ka speaks:
Dear Friends, You have been expanding your understanding of higher dimensions. You know a little about parallel Planets and you have been exploring stair-stepping the dimensions and also Higher Octaves.
In exploring these ideas, minds have expanded to a place where we may talk to you about how things really are. In preparation for First Contact, one must expand and mature their thoughts regarding how things work. When your Hubble Telescope views and photographs Mars, it is sending back 3D photos of a burned up shell of a Planet.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Long ago there was a ‘change point’ at which time the people and the Planet of Mars evolved into a Higher Dimension.
When you link with us OOB, as now, you are linking with us in a parallel dimension, a Higher Dimension.
As Earth ascends– as do the individuals on Earth–all who choose to ascend, will travel through the ‘change point’ on Earth.
You are traveling through this now, it is a process. Everything you have been discussing of late regarding Earth changes, individual ascension, as well as politics, world peace, end of pollution, eradication of disease, and the end of financial slavery and bringing justice to all, lead up to moving through the ‘change point’ for Earth.
When NESARA is announced it is a beginning of change, not an end of the old regime. It is a beginning of living on the parallel Earth, the Higher Dimensional Earth. It is what you have been calling the Master Plan or the New Plan.
The Face on Mars is an implosion of our Gateway Temple, it is the face of Creator. Earth going through this ‘change point’ means… it is moving to a Higher Octave.
Earth will remain the same, only it will be perceived from a Higher Frequency. Those not ascending will not join Terra Nova. They will instead go to a Planet in a parallel dimension of a different frequency. Nothing is lost.
Now– here in this meeting point– in this room, we are not speaking to you from the old shell of the 3D Mars perceived by your current technology, no. You are seeing us in a meeting place which is on the parallel Mars, in a Higher Frequency.
We greet you with cheers of celebration. We are very pleased you are able to perceive us this way now. A large number of you are asking for change and able to understand how things truly exist in this Cosmos.
We on Mars continue to work and evolve in our underground domed city. We, along with 10 other Planets– in various phases of ascension– along with the 12 Planets which make up your local system, are participating in the plan for terraforming Mars back to its Pristine condition.
We Planets have a long history of telepathic communication. We also traveled in spacecraft to Earth and stars and the 12 Planets in our local system. There were times after Earth became inhabited with dense form humans that our relations were not always civil. We are evolving past that time now. I work with the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Galactic Federation as a protector of Earth. I work on the Saturian Council and work closely with the Ashtar Command in furthering Earth’s Master Plan for Ascension. All of the Planets in our ‘time space realm’ are firing up our crystalline cores and preparing for the Great Shift back to love. Everything you are experiencing on Earth, we too are experiencing in our own way. Everything you do effects us. If you are successful, so are we, we cannot abide a failure. There is a joint effort from the Intergalactic Federation of Worlds to see to it that nothing stands in the way of Earth Ascension. This is a very exciting time, and we all celebrate with you.
I am working with Sanat Kumara from Shamballa using their Hall of Records. It is here that we have digital records of every human on Earth. We work with Commander Soltec who heads up all Intergalactic Communication. We join our work with the Silent Watcher on the 172 Dimension with their communication system. Ashtar links into them with Hatonn and the Protection Forces. All of these share Intel with KOS and Korton, Commanders of the Protective Forces of Earth. They work with the Cosmic Secret Service. You have heard of Project Blue Beam and FOBOS, the artificial satellite as well as secret satellite stations and on and on. Ashtar and his Protective Forces have dismantled or neutralized all of the mentioned negative nanite technology and systems put into place as a subversive measure to Earth Ascension. These negative influences have been removed and the final tipping point are arrests. We require all negative influences, all those involved in deception, greed, genocide, injustice, to be removed as they are not able to ascend into the parallel frequency with Earth. In the words of KOS “It is happening now”.
Bless You All! We rejoice in your Knowing! ~Mon-Ka
“Earth Humanity’s Planetary Awakening & Federation of Light Will Neutralize any Attempted “Negative Alien Invasion” or “Faked E.T. Rapture” — Channeled Aug. 29, 2010
“Greetings in the Light of our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar, of the Ashtar Command, wishing to comment upon what this Channel read regarding a report of a supposed “crashed” UFO craft near Fresno, Calif., on Aug. 21st. As this channel had initially tuned into, that this was, indeed one of the many such Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“tests” of these “back-engineered” black op Earth UFO antigravity ships, that have been manufactured for many decades on Earth by the cabal.
It is no so-called “accident” that there were some civilian witnesses to this incident, which was partly because of certain factors occurring now around planet Earth regarding the very powerful planetary frequency shifts. These are part of Mother Earth’s Spiritual Ascension out of the old 3 D level into the Higher 5th and Higher Dimensional frequencies that are occurring upon this New Higher Dimensional Time Line, now Overshadowing and merging with the old time line. These black op and much cruder and more limited technologies of the power elite and of that termed the “industrial military complex” can not function as they did in the old 3D time line, where the power elite were able to more easily manipulate Earth’s humanity with all their covert plans and technologies for world control and enslavement.
We of the Federation of Light and specifically the Ashtar Command, has been surrounding this planet in Guardian Action for many years, with many more Light Ships from many other fleets and Commands of other galaxies and worlds of the Intergalactic Federation, now recently joining the ranks of those of us who have been here for many decades (actually for many ages, off and on), as we gear up for the long planned mass planetary Divine Intervention & World Wide Evacuation. Those of the cabal have also known about these plans for many years, not only because of our earlier emissaries, messengers and contactees who shared, initially, more general information regarding this ultimate plan that would inevitably occur. And a few, such as Lady Tuella when she was alive on Earth, had channeled the more specific details of these plans beginning the process to more openly Prepare Earth’s humanity for this historical moment, by publishing her “planetary Ground Breaking” book, “Project: World Evacuation By the Ashtar Command”. This book was in many ways a very important mile stone in this Preparation work and mission to help set the stage for when we do, in fact fulfill, what has always been a “Sacred Promise” and “Cosmic Done Deal” by God, our Divine Creator of the Universe and by we of the Federation of Light and Spiritual Hierarchy.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And, of course, much more recently, with the publication of this channel’s book, Prepare For The Landings!. This book, which was also very much supported and inspired by those of us in the Federation of Light, has helped to expand this original Preparatory work and mission much more openly now out into the mainstream and masses of Earth’s humanity, as we gear up for this inevitable and Divinely Destined event.
It is also a fact, of course, that those of the cabal, secretly amongst themselves, did take these two books, and similar published material from other sincere contactees and clear authentic channels for the Federation, scattered throughout the planet, very seriously, that so many others had earlier received from those of us of the Federation. But, of course, within that termed the UFO community, many of those who claimed to be “professional UFO investigators”, which this channel has learned that when one usually uses that term or phrase, it really means a “spin doctor” or disinformation agent who still has “ties” with the cabal and the black-op, covert “alphabet soup agencies” of the industrial military complex.
And as this channel and other sincere and authentic contactees have experienced through the decades since the ‘50’s and early ‘60’s, when our contactees were indeed having physical contacts with us, the UFO community has been used to promote the agenda of suppressing any positive reference to the majority of those of us from other worlds who are benevolent and human appearing. While these so-called “UFO experts” have ridiculed these numerous positive, Empowering and uplifting contacts with those of us of the Federation, they have “promoted” those entities referred to as the greys and of Disempowering tales of negative abductions. which we refer to as “Cosmic Civil-Rights Violation cases”, or just speak of so-called “mysterious unexplained lights in the sky”. Yes, anything, as stated, that is uplifting and Empowering is usually suppressed and ridiculed by so many of these so-called “professionals”–many, who, originally became “UFO experts” literally almost “over night, when they were recruited for the shadow government in their covert agenda to attempt to plan to create an eventual ‘”negative alien invasion” scenario .
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

As anyone who has really been researching, without any bias or hidden agenda, all of the “UFO & ET” related events that have occurred during and since the early ‘50’s, who uses well developed qualities of Discernment and that termed “Cognitive Deductive Reasoning’ along with an ability to attune to the Higher Frequencies now manifesting all over the planet, as well as to what we of the Light are Cosmically Downloading to those of you who are attuned to Truth and Accountability, it becomes very obvious of this agenda by the power elite. To attempt to suppress and manipulate the true facts about those of us who are having contact with those of you on Earth, and our reasons for this interaction. It also becomes very clear and obvious, of the intent and the plans of these same forces to ATTEMPT to “Fool the Elect’–and especially the masses of humanity with their own faked version(s) of ET activity, for more control and manipulation through F.E.A.R. (False Evidence Appearing Real). But when these three “elements or dynamics of manipulation” are gone, that is F.E.A.R.., surprise and stealth, are no longer able to be used–well, the cabal’s plans and all their hidden agendas always fall apart and become unable to function.
This also includes now and more intensely in the very near future, the ending of the actual FUNCTIONING of these covert black op technologies. This is because something designed merely for control and manipulation, which is not in harmony to the Sacred Laws of the Universe as is our Higher Elohim Consciousness Technologies,it will ultimately begin to MALFUNCTION SEVERELY AND BREAK DOWN IN “SPIRITUAL ATROPHY. Which is also why this particular black op Earth UFO antigravity craft had been observed having “technical issues” and was forced to come down rather abruptly. And also why these same Higher Cosmic Energies that are forcing Accountability upon everything upon Earth and causing all so-called “conspiracies” and covert activities of the cabal to be totally exposed, also made sure that it would be observed by CIVILIAN WITNESSES, despite the attempt to cover up this event.
Never-the-less, these “denial spirits” of the cabal, are right now desperately ATTEMPTING, in their extreme desperation, to ultimately create either a so- called “faked negative alien invasion” or a ‘faked rapture” using their back engineered Earth UFO antigravity fleet and also that termed “project blue Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

beam”. This particular technology has the ability to project false, but realistically appearing holographic images into the sky to make it appear that our Commander-In- Chief of our Intergalactic Federation, Lord Jesus Christ/ Sananda, Himself, is really up in the sky floating among clouds, which. of course, He would not be. And to broadcast the images of the different Beings, Avatars and Spiritual Masters who have been worshiped by the various cultures scattered all throughout the planet, to try to somehow manipulate Earth;s humanity with these covert “tricks up their sleeve”. It is true, that “project blue beam” was tested out briefly during the Iraq war, but we of the Federation began to step in and neutralize other attempts to extend this initial holographic manipulation. And we also helped expose this earlier attempt, to certain ones within these other governments to be very Discerning about any future attempts to manipulate and Fool them as the cabal would like to do.
It is also true, which I want to confirm, that SOME of what that individual referred to as “anonymous” in that blog/web site listing, who mentioned about how these black op technologies have been demonstrated and tested. This is true, just as we in the Federation, who are in Guardian Action around Earth, have been very closely monitoring these kinds of so-called covert, black op activities, and their PLANS to more officially and openly activate their ultimate agenda of covertly ATTEMPTING to deceive everyone on Earth Yes, I repeat that word–these are the PLANS of the cabal, and they have never been “set in concrete”.
As I had requested, and it has been wonderful to see the heart felt response from so many of you, when I asked in that earlier channeling about fulfilling what has been termed “Official Cosmic Petitioning” through “Intergalactic Protocol Procedures” that gives us of the Federation of Light Authority to more openly and overtly Intervene not only in the Gulf oil disaster, but all other planetary challenges that you have been facing.
So, too, as with this covert “negative alien invasion” and “faked rapture” agenda, to attempt to fool Earth’s humanity with this kind of desperate tactics to keep control over the fast Awakening masses of humanity. It is also important for humanity to take as much personal responsibility as possible in this matter, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and to Officially ask and Petition the Federation of Light with the desire that you do not need such a “test of discernment” that might, in fact, initially, fool some of Earth’s humanity. Since these “possible plans” are now also “officially out of the bag”, so that those three elements that the cabal was able to use in the past: F.E.A.R., surprise and stealth, are now being eliminated by our actions and those on Earth who are hip to these plans, the ability of the cabal to totally and affectively succeed at fooling the masses is about to become almost totally neutralized anyway. But to make these plans totally inoperable, as stated, it is also the ability of the majority of the population to consciously acknowledge and recognize these plans that were in the process of being developed and that it is time to only allow the use of such technologies to be used only for humanitarian purposes rather than for more control and manipulation that has occurred up until now.
It is also true, that as has been discussed by this channel and which we have confirmed, that as in a form of “Consciousness Time Travel”, that many of those of you who are reading this Channeling-Transmission, are part of a “Cosmic Team of Consciousness Time Travelers”. Whose Future Over Soul Selves, from the future have merged back into this present-past time line that is now in the process at this very moment of being altered so that these plans to “Fool the Elect” and the masses with a faked alien invasion scenario, which did, briefly occur on the old time line, is now being changed and will not occur as this newer time line is being created in place of the other.
I wish to again state very passionately for the record that we in the Federation of Light will be helping these very powerful Cosmic Energies of Light and Love and Joy and Accountability to end the reign of the cabal and their control over Mother Earth and the Awakening masses of humanity. We will not stand by and allow Earth’s humanity to continue to be manipulated against their will when it is obvious that most on Earth truly desire the end of all war and all forms of control and manipulation, It is not only unfair that such tactics are allowed to be used to FOOL THE MASSES with the use of such sophisticated technologies–without us at least balancing the slate, by helping to Overshadow and influencing everyone on Earth who truly desires greater Freedom and sovereignty and choice, with the greater ability to discern and use Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

their God-Given Cognitive Deductive Reasoning, which is also connected with these new Cosmic Frequencies now sweeping over the planet.
There will be many more dramatic crashes and malfunctions of the cabal’s technologies as they are observed and documented by more and more witnesses, as many of their own original programed black op agents and personnel DEFECT TO THE LIGHT. Just like the thousands who have already in recent years chosen to go “spiritually awol” and have become “whistle blowers” against the cabal [such as those on "Project Camelot" on the internet]. There are to be many thousands more as a vast majority will accept our invitation for what we have termed the “Cosmic Silent Witnesses Program”. Except in our Program, these “Witnesses and government whistle blowers do NOT HAVE TO BE SILENT–AND IN FACT, MUST SPEAK OUT WITH PASSION–as we of the Federation protect them–AS THEY REGAIN THEIR INTEGRITY AND BALANCE OUT THEIR NEGATIVE KARMA, THROUGH THE “COSMIC LAW OF GRACE”. They are forgiven for any of those things that they were ordered to do that compromised their innocence and ethical standards of truth and justice.
It is also true that right now, as this channel and others have observed through 3rd generation military grade night vision goggles, of the intense “Cleansing of the Heavens” that is going on as was prophesied in Revelation of the Bible. As we who are termed the “Angels of the Harvest” of the Celestial Host, clears the skies around Earth of any “Cosmic rift-raft” of the last vestiges of any renegade alien forces, as well as those ships of the cabal who have attempted to leave Earth and go to other places. These craft, which as this channel has used the very rough analogy of comparing them as “model T’s” with our Merkabah Light Ships being “Jaguars and Maseratis”. These battles that have been observed through night vision goggles are always one sided, because when Earth UFO craft actually are ordered by their cabal leaders to fire upon our ships, the particle beams from their ships bounce back and ends up blowing themselves up, even though we warn them to please do not attempt to fire at our Federation ships.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

But as in numerous other more mundane cases in years past, of the more recognized military such as Air Force pilots being ordered to fire upon our ships, we always made sure that we would not endanger these military pilots. In a few instances because of what they were ordered to do which would have endangered their lives, we took evasion action that saved the life of the pilot, even though their aircraft ended up crashing back on Earth. These pilots usually chose to stay with us rather than going back to earth to actually be imprisoned and in many cases forced to end their military careers and locked away as a “prisoner of conscious”. As it was very clear to them, once having had contact with us and being around those of us of the Federation, and the wonderful loving consciousness and fellowship that we enjoy on our level, most, as stated do not want to return back to their more mundane and lower consciousness level of Earth.
Also, in many cases, besides this wonderful Fellowship and Higher vibrations of spiritual love that they experienced, they had also come into contact with their Cosmic True Love, one of our gorgeous Goddesses, Ladies, female Commanderesses aboard our Light Ships, that they had known prior to taking Earth embodiment. And in fact, many of these incidents were actually part of their mission to have such an encounter of returning, of having actually written this incident into their Life Script prior to taking Earth embodiment. In a benevolent sense, to have “infiltrated the war machine on planet Earth” and by their experience, they are able to help to eventually end the “National Security State” that has allowed the war machine to continue to operate for the power elite.
So, too, these black op military crews who have been trained to pilot the Earth UFO anti gravity ships of the terrestrial cabal space fleet, who are programed and ordered to attack and fire upon our ships, we compassionately understand this intense mind control and indoctrination of being made into “superior feeling Universal soldiers”. But usually, when their own ship is about to blow up from their own weapon’s beam bouncing harmlessly off of our force field, and we beam them off of their exploding-disintegrating craft, they usually experience suddenly being freed from all of this intense, heavy and negative programing. They usually, quite quickly, come back around to the Light and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

willingly choose to join us, and to help us to also “recruit” numerous other fellow former black op terrestrial space fleet personnel. These “Cosmic Recruiting Tactics of Universal Fellowship and Compassion” and regaining their true sovereignty once again, with all the unconditional love and joy that they are allowed to experience is a MIGHTY “WEAPON” AGAINST THE TACTICS OF THE CABAL AND ALL THE INTENSE and so-called fail safe “Manchurian candidate MK-Ultra” type brainwashing & programing that these black op warriors are put through. This earth level reprogramming used to be much more able to control these members of the covert military “alphabet soup agencies”. But our Master “Cosmic Psychotherapists”, like Voltra and other experts who have developed very powerfully effective “Cosmic Psychotherapy Techniques” through our “Elohim Consciousness Technologies”, these negative programing techniques of the cabal are no match for our more powerful Technologies and techniques. In short, we are in the process of “Cosmic Consciousness Recruiting Program for the Light” of these former agents and personnel of the cabal. And as “Cosmic Consciousness” now replaces their former negative programed state, they are, of course, no longer of use to the cabal, and we welcome them back into their and your “Cosmic Extended Family” and as official members of the Federation of Light!”
So do “Keep Your Eyes On the Skies” as these type of witnessed incidents do occur now more often as your “Deliverance Draweth Near” and ever closer and as we of the Celestial Host finish up the “Cleansing of the Heavens”–and the Recruiting and salvaging of many souls who have been controlled and used by the cabal. Now you also have a much clearer and thorough understanding of what is happening “behind the scenes” all over Earth and in the Heavens. Many BLessing in the Light to you all, This has been Lord Ashtar for the Ashtar Command and Federation of Light now signing out! Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Michael: That was a most enlightening and insightful communication that I just received from Lord Ashtar regarding this and many other related incidents with the black op forces of the cabal, and confirming what many of us had already known or suspected, but giving more detail to the plans of the cabal.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

I Am sure that many of you may have heard about British UFO researcher Gary McKinnon, who was arrested for “hacking” into the the highly classified UFO files of the Pentagon that actually listed and documented the members of this terrestrial anti gravity Earth space fleet. The U.S. government wanted to force him to come over to the U.S. to face charges for his supposed “crime” of “hacking” into the Pentagon computers. The only reason that the officials were so upset about this particular case of so-called “hacking” was because of the particular type of information that he uncovered and exposed to the public, which did, as stated, verify and document the fact that this “terrestrial space fleet of black op antigravity ships does in fact exist.
The statement by the “Anonymous” person that Ashtar was referring to that was mentioned at the end of the article about this “UFO crash” incident, is quoted here: (For those wanting to read more about this incident, go to latest- UFO-sightings.net Also, James Gililand, who I have recently interviewed again on my “Cosmic Connection” show, at VortexNetworkNews.com, posted this article at his ECETI News posting on 8/28/10 at 3;20:24 PM):
Anonymous said:
“I witnessed one of these craft while on a training operation while in the Guard. These are partially lighter than air craft with static lift and also turbine lift engines on each corner. These are to be used in a disinfo campaign. I do not know the reason, but a project blue beam type of faked Alien invasion was brought up at the breakfast table by the other Guard and Air Guard folks who also witnessed this craft. They also mentioned our holographic tech, and the real reason Iraqi troops gave up w/out a fight in Gulf War I. It was not carpet bombing but them believing they were seeing their great prophet in the clouds speaking to them. The craft we saw, well it ws not just big, It was HUGE, this was a day light sighting so certain components were very visible. Draw your own conclusions, but if you see an announcement that we are at conflict w/an Alien race with live video of MANY dozens of these craft around the world in an Independence Day type of scenario. Do not drop to your knee’s and give up all of your rights out of fear. Nor if you see the prophet of your religion on the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

clouds. Many will be deceived. They say intel ops are like magician shows. People believe w/they see way to easily.
My 2 Cents on this obvious and by the book disinfo project.” 3:57 AM, August 29, 2010
This was indeed, if we accept [most or at least some] of what this person has stated as truth, quite an “eye-opener” for most people. Though I have heard other similar stories from other whistle blowers, many who have shared their experiences on Project Camelot and at some UFO and Conspiracy conferences in recent years. Ashtar and the Federation of Light had already communicated to me briefly about these events, but now with this Channeling he had verified much more in detail of these events, and this quote from “Anonymous” only was one more of many verifications and confirmations that such activity has indeed been going on. Except that now it is wonderful to understand how the Federation of LIght has also been in the process of recruiting many of these former members of this cabal terrestrial space fleet and that such incidents will most likely become more prevalent as we approach 2012 and beyond.
“Bio-Environmental Terrorism, Planetary Holocaust in the Gulf by the Cabal and Petitioning the Federation of Light for Divine Intervention”– Channeled June 1, 2010
Transmission-Channeling received from Lord Ashtar:
“In the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar of the Ashtar Command and Federation of Light, wanting to comment upon this recent Environmental disaster that has occurred in the Gulf of Mexico. As this horrendous situation has continued to go from bad to worse, it has become very clear, in the old Earthly tradition of ‘business as usual,’ that those in very high Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

positions of power and influence do not really plan to solve this problem, as much as their P.R. representatives are attempting to put out the usual recycled disinformation [B.S.] to the contrary.
For anyone on Earth who has studied and researched thoroughly, as this Channel, Michael, has, as well as what we, your ‘Friends Upstairs,’ of the Federation of Light have shared with him and many others of our fellow Channels and contactees for the Federation of Light, for many decades, you are aware of the historical fact that the oil companies (and the other ‘dark alchemists’ of the petrochemical cartel, in league with the pharmaceutical companies, with the backing of the power elite) have been basically guilty of mass genocide and other horrendous crimes against humanity. They have suppressed any and all forms of what would be termed ‘alternative exotic hyper- dimensional technologies,’ which would not only very affectively and quickly clean up the Earth’s environment, but would totally ‘Energy Emancipate’ the entire human race and also would powerfully heal and eliminate every so-called disease known to man.
It is a fact that numerous evil tactics have been used by this dark cabal that have allowed them to stay in power. Yes, these crimes against Earth’s humanity, of suppressing these very wonderful opportunities and greater energy freedom and sovereignty, have included murder, blackmail, threats and intimidation. Also, they have dispensed massive concentrations of disinformation, to keep the rest of the masses from knowing about the many numerous inventions from Nikola Tesla until only very recently. And talk about ‘insult upon injury,’ the cabal then took these very same technologies which should have only been used for humanitarian and uplifting purposes and ‘back engineered’ them into highly classified black op projects for total world control and manipulation of the entire Earth human race.
This channel feels, as do all of us up here aboard our Merkabah Light Ships and in the Higher Councils of Light, that it is long past time of allowing these evil tactics to be allowed to continue. We feel that with the new Cosmic frequencies that have lately been manifesting all over the planet, that all such hidden agendas will now be much more easily exposed and ultimately brought Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to an end, and that inevitably, very soon indeed, these very suppressed technologies will be forced out in the open and the people of Earth, newly liberated and sovereign, will be able to openly develop and create numerous technologies in the upcoming Golden Age, as Mother Earth also finishes her planetary Ascension.
But, it is still just a few short years off before this becomes the accepted norm for the entire planet, and by then, not only will the old planetary cultural quarantine be long over, but everyone will be able to openly travel to and from other worlds of the Federation.
However, for right now, in this immediate and serious ecological disaster in the Gulf that is only intensifying every hour of every day, we of the Federation of Light are concerned about the eminent upcoming hurricane season, and the possible consequences that could result by use of the very toxic solvent known as Corexit 9500. As this channel has read, because of Corexit 9500’s extreme toxicity level, when it is mixed with the warm waters of the Gulf, its molecules can simply change from a liquid to a more gaseous form. Yes, I will now verify that this concern is well founded by Earth scientists, and yes, as has been stated, that as this gaseous state is then absorbed by clouds, that the gas can then be released as what would be termed ‘toxic rain.’ This could lead to much more disastrous and catastrophic consequences, which could also end up helping to destroy all life forms, from humans to animals and plants and all organisms living in and above the Gulf. And this, in turn, could soon easily spread to other areas further away–and ultimately around the entire planet within weeks or months–that is, if it is not stopped right away. But I want to also state for the ‘Cosmic and Planetary Record,’ that as this channel read in the very recent e- mail [COOPRADIO: The New 9/11: BP’s False Flag operation in the Gulf to wreck the Environment -- Leuren Moret] I will officially put this whole thing in a much clearer perspective. Yes, on most levels–or rather on a majority of levels, of the cabal or power elite, this whole incident was just merely a combination of greed and refusing to adhere to what would be termed ‘safety guidelines and cautionary regulations,’ which would have prevented this very disaster from occurring in the first place. So there was on these levels, at least no covert or evil intent for this to have become what is has.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

But, on another, much higher, level within the very upper echelons of the power elite, there are those who have always plotted and planned, in their evil intent, to use whatever they can to literally exterminate over two thirds of Earth’s humanity, as in a planetary holocaust, whether it be through the toxic chemtrail aerosol spraying program, or mass deadly vaccinations, and any of the other many hidden agendas of the power elite. These older, hard core negative reptilian, shape-shifting human-impersonating heads of the 13 ruling family dynasties at the very top of the Illuminati pyramid of ultimate power have been desperately looking for ways to speed up the ‘Global 2000’ plan of planetary genocide. This has not been going as fast as they had wanted, partly because of the fact that we of the Federation of Light in Guardian Action around this planet have been very closely monitoring these various evil plans and agendas, and neutralizing them. We have been doing this not only directly from our ships, but also by personally beaming down to sit invisibly within the very boardrooms of the Illuminati corporate heads. This, by the way, for us or any other Being of Light, is not a very comfortable thing to do, to be in the presence of so many dark reptilian–luciferian, and what would be termed very toxic evil satanic energies that they have been conjuring up for many ages.
After these various ‘anonymous and unannounced visits’ to these Illuminati strongholds, in which they thought that these meetings were always unable to be ‘penetrated’ on either a physical or so-called ‘psychic’ level, we have recently made clear to them, the fact that, while we do not normally engage in what would be termed ‘invasion of one’s privacy and sovereignty’–which they engage in all the time against the mass population through all kinds of ‘big brother’ tactics through black op monitoring and surveillance technologies– that we are able to do so when necessary.
Well, as I and other fellow space brothers and sisters up here have told this channel, which he has shared with many others, ‘Yes, big brother is monitoring you–but guess what, Big Space Brother is also monitoring them!’ And like the old expression, ‘two can play the game’–but for two very different reasons and outcomes.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

We of the Federation of Light and the Spiritual Hierarchy want to make sure that the cabal will not succeed with its plan for total world control and with the various plans for planetary holocaust. So, under our Federation Laws that are referred to as the Galactic Pacts, we are allowed to closely monitor any and all activities that would be termed dangerous for Mother Earth’s well being as well as basic survival. And this especially is true when the intent is to destroy, control and/or manipulate all life upon Earth. This becomes even more important and urgent, and of a high priority, when those in high positions of power, whether they be on Earth or any planet throughout the universe, are plotting in absolute evil and when they have already been warned by us many times in the past, of how what they are doing is totally against Federation’s–as well as God’s–Universal Laws and sacred principals, which also allow peace and progress not only on Earth, but anywhere throughout the universe. This is also one of the reasons that we (and those of you fellow Volunteers presently in Earth embodiment when you were up here with us as a part of and members of our Higher Councils of Light and helped us) formed our Federation of Light, also known by many other names: Intergalactic Confederation, Galactic Federation, Universal Alliance of Peace, etc.
In so many of the earlier ‘false flag’ events, such as that referred to as 9-11, as this channel knows, as do many other fellow channels and contactees of our Federation also know, that during that cabal-staged event for more control and to create more F.E.A.R. [False Evidence Appearing Real] over the masses, we did literally physically beam up out of those buildings seconds before they were brought down by the cabal, a majority of the people who were inside.
This particular event was also allowed, though, by us, for it was a major planetary wake-up call, and a call for Truth and Accountability, that has backfired upon the cabal. This caused the majority of Earth’s population, like a sleeping giant waking up, to refuse to be willing go along with these numerous hidden agendas and the ‘conspiracy of silence’ that the power elite have been desperately attempting to force upon everyone and everything on Earth. And, sadly, as we have stated many times, we can, with ‘unbearable compassion,’ forgive the power elite for all their crimes–and attempted crimes–against Earth’s humanity. But we cannot allow for them to any longer ‘run ripshod over Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

humanity,’ and we have, as stated, ‘Officially Cosmically Given Notice’ to them; we have given them the Final Ultimatum. That is, if they continue with these various plans and plots to control and/or destroy the Earth in any way, that they, these souls who have with evil intent continued to attempt such destruction and death, that ultimately their very souls will be ‘Recycled thru the GodHead to be as if they had ever existed.’ And we must now begin to step in much more overtly and make our presence, we of the Federation, more overtly known–and make known our Authority, as given to us by God and the Spiritual Hierarchy, to stop any and all plans that threaten all life upon Earth. This is also why that, very soon, mass planetary Divine Intervention and World Wide Evacuation must officially begin, just as this channel has very clearly and in detail described in his book [Prepare For The Landings!--go to PrepareFortheLandings.com], and just as we had channeled earlier through Lady Tuella when she was in Earth embodiment back in the early 80’s [Project: World Evacuation by the Ashtar Command].
But, to specifically refer to this most recent event in the Gulf, this event was actually ‘initiated or targeted’ by these hard core power elite minions, in their insane lust for total power and control, and still fanatically plotting as ‘denial spirits’ that they have always been since they helped incite the original galactic Luciferian Rebellion. They, or rather the black ops that they control, used what would be termed a form of negative ‘psychotronic energy weapon,’ similar to the type of weapon system used to bring down the Minnesota Bridge a couple of years ago [see channeling about this in ‘Channeled Material’ section of ChannelFortheMasters.com]. This literally, as in a form of ‘exotic sabotage,’ as compared to just a more mundane form that most on Earth have suspected, caused, nevertheless, a weakening and manipulation of the more normal, but inadequate, mechanical oil system that was in place. They took advantage of the already sloppy condition that was irresponsibly not being kept up to regulations in the first place.
So, as was described as part of the heading of the e-mail, of this being the newer ‘9-11 False Flag,’ it is in a sense accurate to refer to it as such, because of what these die-hard fanatical Illuminati heads are still plotting to do, and that is the total death and destruction of the entire planet and all its life. In other Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

words, as in the old adage, ‘If we can’t have it, neither will the rest of humanity be allowed by us to have it.’ This is their fanatical and arrogant response to our Official Warning to them, to ‘cease and desist’ with any and all plans that they have been plotting to fulfill for total world control, or, as we like to refer to it, the ‘old world odor’–because it ‘stinks to High Heaven.’ Their plans, had, of course, also involved martial law and the activation of those 800 concentration camps, many more staged 9-11 type events to attempt to induce much more F.E.A.R. into the human race, and the establishment of a fascist one world system, controlled by a central computer and the dreaded forced ‘mark of the Beast’ upon everyone living upon the Earth.
Well, at least that has been their ultimate plan. But there is an old saying, ‘There’s plans, and then there’s life.’ Just recall, as in the Biblical story of one– and actually many–city(s) that was ‘prophesied that it was to be destroyed by God’ because of how evil the inhabitants were, but as it turned out, it was spared and not destroyed because the people ‘became religious’ and mended their ways, God spared them, and this ‘prophecy of God’ was never fulfilled. Well, in these earlier times, when the masses changed or rather altered their ways and consciousness, which were originally destructive to the Earth, and when we also, of course, helped to influence and Overshadow them, this caused another actual time line to manifest in place of the other time line, and this caused those ‘prophecies of God’ of the past to be proven inaccurate.
Consider that the late 3rd/early 4th century Council of Nicea members altered and covered up so much about Jesus’s life, just like the more modern Warren Commission on the Kennedy assassination, which covered up the true facts of the Conspiracy, or the Condon Report that explained away most UFO and ET Reports, or the more recent ‘9-11 Commission’ that covered up the true facts of 9-11 for the power elite with whom they were connected. They had to answer to these very same power elite now in control of the planet–up until now, and they were determined to manipulate all historical events that documented and verified how we had Divinely Intervened many times back in those earlier times. Of course, the Truth is still there to be able to be discerned by someone who has developed a strong sense of Discernment and ‘Cognitive Deductive Reasoning.’
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

What we also did in those earlier times was to create a new time line and those original ‘Official religious prophecies of God’ did not occur. So, too, this power elite would want all to believe that all the present ‘Revelation Prophecies’ must and will occur as described in the New Testament, and that this is set in stone by God and cannot be changed or altered. They would have us believe that somehow God or Divine Intelligence is so extremely ‘rigidly anally retentive’ that God cannot, just as He/She did back then, alter the entire ‘fabric of the Time/Space Continuum’ and create another, entirely different time line that is much better, more ‘Cosmically User Friendly’ to everyone and everything living and existing upon planet Earth in a much bigger and more powerful way, that transmutes and alters any and all plans of the cabal. We are the Guardians of Light, who will make sure that God’s new and real plans will occur as Divinely Decreed and Petitioned by those of you who, as stated, are still members of our Councils.
But this was exactly what these same ‘religious priests,’ who were controlled by the power elite then, were stating, to forget about saving your city and environment, that it must be destroyed because it is ‘God’s Will and absolute plan.’ But now it can be just as then, when many turned from their ‘evil and wicked ways’ and altered their consciousness and PETITIONED AND DECREED AND PRAYED TO GOD AND HIS HEAVENLY HOSTS. We are the ‘Angels of the Harvest of the Celestial Host,’ who uphold God’s Divine Laws and have the Authority. Yes, a MANDATED AUTHORITY is also given to us by our Creator, to change the time line again, as in ancient times, to ALSO PROVE SOME OR MANY OF THESE MODERN DAY PROPHECIES ALSO WRONG. For all Prophecies are only warnings of events to occur–only if that original time line fulfills itself, but if a new time line replaces the older one, then another series of events instead occurs–just as it did in earlier times.
We know that for many the New Testament, as it was in earlier times, with the earlier teachings of the church, is the absolute and final word of God. But, as stated earlier, we know God, our Radiant One, to be much more powerful and evolved and flexible and forgiving and compassionate and Transformational than the God that so many very traditional religious people of Earth think of. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

And we know of God’s power to change and transform–and this includes as many time lines and parallel levels of reality as needed to heal and transform all life and consciousness, with the least amount of pain as possible, to bring joy and beauty and the ‘Cosmic Law of Grace’ and the upcoming Golden Age of peace. And not just for a mere ‘thousand years’–this was just another attempt to put a ‘spin’ upon the real Truth by those in the Council of Nicea. It is meant that Earth will finally experience its Ascension and become FOREVER a Higher Dimensional World of Light, that it will never go back to a lower vibrational frequency of being a karmic training school as it has been, and that it will never have to experience again all the suffering that the power elite forced it to go through up until now.
It is for this reason, as stated, of what the cabal has done, to attempt to continue to create more suffering and total destruction to Mother Earth and all life, which is just one more reason that I AM personally calling upon all of those of you who are our Volunteers in Earth embodiment, yes, our Emissaries of Light, that even now still represent our Higher Councils. Since the majority of you who are here in Earth embodiment, prior to taking embodiment this one last time to finish up helping us liberate Mother Earth from the hands of those who have controlled and manipulated her with unmercifulness, greed and exploitation, since you are still Representatives in the Higher Councils, it is time for all of you to officially ‘Rise to the Occasion,’ to sincerely and powerfully Officially Petition, Decree and Invoke through the Divine Will of God our Creator, that Divine Intervention will very soon be allowed in this situation in the Gulf and the surrounding area. For as I sensed this channel’s own thoughts of deep concern yesterday as he thought about this very thing, know that by even one of you being willing to ‘Cosmically Petition’ us, as in numerous past situations, we of the Federation of Light have made the official decision to Intervene and neutralize numerous extremely toxic and deadly dangers that were and are threatening all life upon Earth. And it becomes even more powerful when ‘two are standing together’ and then others join their ranks, and on and on and it builds up for even greater MANDATED AUTHORITY for us to then take immediate and powerful action!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This channel has shared with many others of the time years ago while living in Florida, that he very passionately and sincerely called out to us, and in a sense he did ‘Cosmically Petition’ us, when he observed the heavy concentrations of those very toxic chemtrails, that the cabal had sprayed in a grid pattern over his backyard. As he then observed late one night, after being telepathically summoned to ‘go outside and take a look at the night sky,’ a large and very bright green fireball suddenly shot across the night sky, which was, of course, one of our Merkabah Light Ships specially designed for transmuting and eliminating all kinds of atmospheric pollution. In this case, as he was told by those aboard the ship, that just as in much earlier years when massive green fireball sightings occured over New Mexico and Nevada back in the ‘50’s, which was when much nuclear testing by the government started up, that our ships manifested many times as ‘green fireball’ sightings as we transmuted and dropped the very extreme radiation levels to much more bearable levels.
It is also true then, that numerous of our earlier contactees of that early ‘flying saucer’ era of the ‘50’s did, in fact, also ask us sincerely and passionately–yes, they, too, ‘officially Cosmically PETITIONED’ us to please step in to allow help and Divine Intervention to occur–and it did, also partly because we were monitoring the extreme levels of radiation that were being manifested through these nuclear tests, and we were given MANDATED AUTHORITY, on the BEHALF OF THE ENTIRE EARTH HUMAN RACE AND ALL LIFE FORMS, AND FOR MOTHER EARTH HERSELF.
Also, as I personally told this channel many years ago, when he was just a child, while he was watching President Kennedy’s news conference on the Cuban missile crisis, and I etherically popped in to stand near him, nuclear war will NOT be allowed by our Federation, even though the world leaders would hold this ‘specter’ of a possible nuclear accident or some extremist group obtaining a nuke suitcase and detonating it, over the masses’ heads as just another F.E.A.R. tactic for control and manipulation. As this channel also knows, as I confirmed to him, many [thousands] of times our Federation Light Ships, otherwise referred to as UFO’s have come down over many military bases to either shut down and/or neutralize certain very perilous and dangerous situations. These would have been disastrous if we had not directly and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

powerfully intervened, as in a benevolent show of force, and would have ended up destroying much life and Mother Earth herself.
As this channel has also observed right after his own Official Petitioning to do something about the very toxic chemtrails, he has observed many times when chemtrails have first manifested all over the sky, and then one or more of those ‘lenticular’ (saucer shaped) clouds will manifest. These are, of course, our ships, either in the etheric and/or physical presence hidden behind this ionization, while we clear out the sky. Or, he would see the chemtrails still visibly there, but the very extreme toxic effects of all these deadly petrochemical poisons from the ‘dark alchemists’ were now lessened or transmuted as compared to before. Of course, as in all situations, we have to allow humanity to learn from its mistakes and to take as much responsibility as possible for its actions, morally and ethically, and the karmic laws must be answered to.
But at the same time, these new and powerful Cosmic Energies are coming forth, which contain that termed the ‘Cosmic Law of Grace,’ as more and more souls on Earth have Awakened and asked, with deep heartfelt sincerity and forgiveness, to allow Divine Intervention. This is also a sign that most of humanity has truly learned its karmic lessons and now passionately desires to be sovereign caretakers and Guardians to Mother Earth. We hear these pleadings from your heart flames, these desires and dreams for joyous and wondrous Transformation and a return to beauty and freedom. Yes, these are a form also of ‘Cosmically Petitioning’ the Higher Forces of Light to now step in and stop those forces that do not value the truly sacred principles of life and creation.
But now that I have spoken personally, and also I speak on the behalf of the entire Federation of Light and the Spiritual Hierarchy, I ask if you would now SPECIFICALLY FOCUS UPON THIS SITUATION IN THE GULF and each and every one of you will now reach out to us and specifically decree for us to now take action. Then this can now become an Official Mass Petition for the entire human race and all life forms and for Mother Earth herself, which will also end up causing a more immediate end to the suppression of those alternative exotic hyperdimensional technologies.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

I know that this channel has already asked me yesterday as he was getting ready to receive this transmission-channeling from me, that ‘if’ or rather WHEN we will Intervene, could it be done in a overt state, of our ships physically appearing over the Gulf area and can it be observed and realized by witnesses that we are indeed stepping in now to HELP clean up this mess? And I will reply that yes, perhaps this could be arranged–but we also know that to announce ahead of time that we are definitely going to do so, just as if we would also accurately prophecy of the exact date that mass planetary Divine Intervention will occur, that this would also be a chance for the cabal to attempt to manipulate it into a ‘negative alien invasion’ scenario, which is the last thing we want to occur.
So, without giving an exact date of our arrival, I will tell you that as we do receive a massive ‘Cosmic Petitioning,’ this does give us a much needed and required ‘MANDATED AUTHORITY’ of the highest priority to more overtly intervene in this disaster within the Gulf. This very action of ‘making the Call,’ of taking the extra effort to ‘Cosmically Petition,’ is also actually an indication of the person’s personal desire to take greater self responsibility and of their compassion for humanity, rather than the desire to escape from any responsibility, which is the ‘spin’ that those agents of disinformation within the UFO community have attempted to state in regard to us intervening. This, of course, does not mean that we are going to ‘solve all your problems’ for you or not allow you to take as much responsibility as is possible. This has always been our concern, of neither making it ‘too easy’ nor ‘too hard’ for our Volunteers. We always strive to inspire and Overshadow our Volunteers to take whatever appropriate actions and responsibility which are necessary to fulfill your missions. And in regard to so many whom we have been monitoring who have individually and sincerely come up with numerous and innovative ideas to help clean up this mess, we also note that most of these ideas have been ignored by the officials, not only because there is no profit to be made from such actions, but because those in power do not really want to solve this problem, especially if it means having to face responsibility for their actions, which will also force the end of the suppression of those clean and advanced technologies which will definitely not only energy emancipate everyone on Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Earth, but will ultimately cause the end of the corrupt corporations and cabal once and for all! So, bottom line, we have monitored and observed literally millions and in fact, billions of souls right now on Earth who want to do something, but are being blocked by this same old ‘good ole boy’ patriarchal group of power elite and all the bureaucracies and red tape used to keep others who really do want to make powerful change blocked from taking very powerful and effective action. And I, for one, and the entire Federation of Light agrees with me, that it is time to end the reign of the cabal and their destruction to Mother Earth and all of life, and to stop their attempts to block the sincere desires of the heart from being fulfilled.
I gave my word ages ago, that when I was given the responsibility under our great Commander-In-Chief, of our entire Intergalactic Confederation, to fulfill the modern plans for this upcoming and final planetary Divine Intervention and World Wide Evacuation, that this time, unlike those much earlier and smaller and more emergency planetary Divine Interventions, that this time every soul on Earth would be ‘Accounted’ for. That is, that all souls would have a chance to not only ‘make it off the endless wheel of karma,’ but would also have enough time to make their own personal Ascension, just as Lord Jesus the Christ/Sananda/Yesua did over 2,000 year ago.
And, as this channel also received that greater ‘technological confirmation’ of His ‘Ascension and Resurrection’ by fellow Volunteer Andrew Basiago when he was a child and part of that top secret classified ‘Project Pegasus,’ I confirm that he (Andrew) did indeed not only physically travel through time, but also that his mission for being a Volunteer in Earth embodiment from the Federation was to, as Archangel Michael likes to say, to ‘go on his Cosmic Spiritual Espionage Mission of Light.’ It was destined that by infiltrating these type of classified black op projects, he would be able to eventually be one of the many ‘Whistle Blowers’ whom we have protected with our new ‘Cosmic Silent Witness Program.’ But, unlike those witnesses against mundane criminal Mafia years ago, these ‘Cosmic Whistle Blowers’ are not supposed to be silent, but instead speak out boldly and passionately to expose and ultimately put an end to the misuse of this type of technologies, and force it to be declassified and given to
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the public where it should have always been available instead of suppressed just for the power elite.”
[Note from Michael: For those wishing to hear some of my interviews with Andrew Basiago, go to VortexNetworkNews.com, and all of my "Cosmic Connection" shows are archived for one’s listening convenience later. The "Cosmic Connection" show that was broadcast on the Saturday before Easter Sunday, 2010, was specifically about Andrew sharing with me and the audience about how he watched a classified film of a process referred to as "Chronovision," in which the technologies of Project Pegasus actually video taped the Crucifixion and Resurrection of Jesus 2000 years ago, and they also videotaped the false flag of 9-11 over thirty years before it actually occurred]
“As we come to the end of this transmission-channeling, it is with great passion of my own that I have shared with you all of not only just a few earlier instances of cases of Divine Intervention, and how these were made into a definite case of ‘MANDATED AUTHORITY.’ Those of you who are Volunteers in Earth embodiment, you still officially represent our Councils–and you are so very unlike your so-called ‘elected’ earth representatives, who are mostly all just ‘puppets for the puppet masters,’ and do not really represent you in the ways that they should. You also are representing the people of Earth and are ‘Cosmic Intermediaries between Heaven and Earth’ and can act upon our and their sincere and passionate requests and Petitions and Prayers and Decrees. These are and always have been ‘Required Intergalactic Protocol Procedures’ of the Federation, which still respects free will and the desires of the heart, and allows us to then Officially act upon the best interests and desires of an entire human race. And we have monitored these sincere desires, and as more of you now more consciously and boldly specifically Petition us to take specific and focused action in the Gulf, there will be a definite and specific outcome that will begin to reverse the more potentially destructive affects of this before it can continue to worsen, as it would most definitely do if we did not step in immediately.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

So make the Call, Cosmically Petition us, and one day, as you all stand before our Councils once again, and are looking back on this moment, you will remember of how and what you wanted and attempted to do to solve this great ecological disaster in the making. And you shall review the fact as well, as we have discussed in other recent channelings, that there is a group of those of you who are in fact, ‘Consciousness Future Time Travelers,’ whose ‘Higher Oversoul Future Selves’ [kind of like that old ‘Quantum Leap’ T.V. show, but much more advanced, using Higher Elohim Consciousness Technologies] have recently started to merge back into this past-present Time Line. Let me confirm that you are all indeed beginning to alter and change the old time line into a different time line, which is why we have also stated that ‘the future is not set in concrete.’ That is also the reason that any ‘Religious Prophecies’ are open to be changed and are NOT the ‘absolute final word of God,’ just like those Biblical cities that were prophesied to be destroyed, but were not. So too, now, each of you will one day look back on whether you did ‘Officially Rise to the Occasion’ and fulfilled these ‘Galactic Protocol Procedures.’
One final word is that the two very evolved souls known as St. John of Revelation and Nostradamus are both working together and with us to powerfully alter their own prophecies, so that not so many souls would have to suffer or even go through so much trauma during this new Time Line change and the Transition of Mother Earth from the old denser 3D planet into the Higher 5th Dimension.
And, as this channel likes to say at the end of his ‘Cosmic Connection’ show, ‘Keep Your Eyes on the Skies!’
This has been Lord Ashtar of the Ashtar Command and for the Federation of Light signing off. Blessings to you all! Adonai Vassu Berrogus!”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“The Return of Wormwood, Planetary Divine Intervention and Effects of Consciousness Time Travel”– Channeled May 17, 2010
I was attempting to finalize getting the final draft of the updated 2nd edition of my book, “Prepare For The Landings!” (PrepareFortheLandings.com), which was at the publisher’s, and which was taking much longer than I thought it should have, and there seemed to be a number of last minute “SNAFUS” that held up this process, as well as having been guided to add the last section “ATT: Project Pegasus & Montauk Time Travel Agents.”
A few days later, with there being a few more little delays (of course, this was during the final days of a Mercury Retrodrade period–so it really was not too surprising that both “SNAFUS & good ‘ol “Murphy’s Law” were both attempting to screw everything up!), I was guided to overhear Sheldon Day’s show that was being broadcast over the internet (broadcast over the “Orion Network”). The specific subject matter that Sheldon was discussing with his guest was all about what many others have also been talking about, that there is plenty of evidence, both known publicly as well as suppressed by the cabal or power elite, which supports the fact that there is a very large celestial body, which has been given different names, such as Wormwood, Niburu and Planet X, and that it is fast approaching this solar system in its orbit and will soon, probably within the next few years, pass very close to Earth, within millions of miles.
I had until recently, and especially until Sheldon’s show, not given much thought about the possibility of real major planetary destruction because of this large celestial body passing close to Earth. I had been told in past communications that if this body did pass close to Earth that the Federation of Light does have the technology, if need be, to either move it around to another part of the Universe–and if necessary, as in several documented cases of reports of UFO’s or Light Ships actually blowing up large meteoroids right before they struck the Earth, in considering any of the many thousands of smaller celestial bodies that are accompanying Wormwood on its possible return journey past Earth, that the Federation would also disintegrate any of these celestial debris before they would be able to strike Earth.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

But in all the literature and information that others were discussing about Wormwood, I had not heard anyone also mention the fact that if it did really threaten the extinction of all life on Earth, as it had when it came through the solar system before, that this time there was to also be mass planetary Divine Intervention. Basically, in the minds of these other researchers, we are all to be on our own as far as attempting to survive without any outside help. These researchers talk about how the power elite has known about this returning celestial body for many years and has, in fact, built their huge network of deep underground bases in an attempt to escape this coming planetary disaster, and they have also had built a secret black-op antigravity fleet of Earth UFO craft and are even now attempting to leave Earth and go to other places in the Universe. But in this case, the Federation has stopped them from being able to go to other worlds where they would have attempted to control those worlds just had they had on Earth.
It was, in fact, right after listening to this show on Wormwood, that I knew that our Friends Upstairs wanted to Channel specifically about this possible upcoming event:
Lord Ashtar’s and Commander Soltec’s Channeling:
“Greetings in the Light of our Radiant One! This is Lord Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, of the Federation of Light, wanting to comment upon what this Channel has recently heard on the Sheldon Day Show [the Orion Network on the internet] in regard to that celestial body that is known as Wormwood, Niburu, Planet X and other names.
First, I wish for all who will read this Channeling-Transmission to know a very important fact before I and another well known Commander within my Command, known as Soltec, share specific information with everyone regarding Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Wormwood. Also we have guided this Channel to place ‘at the last minute’ this Channeling in the newer 2nd edition of his book Prepare For The Landings!– which is one of the main reasons for the longer-than-normal delay he experienced in being able to accomplish all the work needed to finish the final publishing process, to get this book ready to print up copies.
The fact I want to emphasize regarding any information that you may have heard about the return of this huge planet and its effect upon planet Earth, is that whatever may or may not occur, know with certainty that we in the Federation of Light have been closely monitoring this celestial body as it has been approaching the outer reaches of this solar system on its return back here again. And, it has been our plan for many years, to Intervene–just as we did in previous visits of Niburu when it came into the solar system, and did cause massive planetary upheavals and cataclysms in its close approach.
But what most of those who speak of these various previous visits do not mention is that we in the Federation also Intervened at those times and Evacuated all whom we could, all whose vibrational-Consciousness was attuned to our Higher Frequencies. It is also true, at these earlier times, these Planetary Divine Interventions and World Wide Evacuations were much, much smaller in scope, partially because, as I will admit, we in the Federation were also not, as what you would term, as ‘organized’ and as Prepared as we are now. Now there are many more millions of our Merkabah Light Ships in Guardian Action around Earth for this more imminent return of Wormwood. In fact, because this Channel’s wonderful book, that he was always destined to publish, is now going to help more powerfully Prepare Earth’s humanity ahead of time, this will help so many millions in the next couple years to more consciously understand that we are Prepared, as we have been for many years to lift up all who are ready and Prepared for Divine Intervention.
We of the Federation of Light want everyone to really understand this very important point, to not allow FEAR to cloud your minds and consciousness when you hear of this–what we in the Federation of Light refer to as a POSSIBLE future event. I Am emphasizing this word POSSIBLE planetary destructive event this time–as compared to any previous visits by Wormwood or Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Niburu. I intend for you to know, just as this Channel has emphasized in his book, of the fact that the upcoming planetary Divine Intervention and world wide evacuation is considered a SACRED PROMISE and ‘COSMIC DONE- DEAL,’ and that if necessary, we will definitely lift up all on Earth who are, as I mentioned, attuned to our Higher Frequencies prior to any very destructive mass affects from this incoming celestial body’s close approach to Earth’s surface.
There are reasons why we in the Federation have emphasized this planetary by-pass may or may not turn out as so-called destructive for Earth as in previous times, of ending most life on the surface of Earth. For this I Am going to stand aside for he known as Commander Soltec, to now communicate, as briefly as possible, perhaps a little more ‘scientifically,’ the various factors affecting POSSIBLE outcomes, of how this event, as with all so-called ‘future events’ is not ‘set in concrete’ and can definitely be powerfully affected by various other factors, both ‘known and unknown.’
Light and Love to you all! This has been Lord Ashtar, and I now pass the ‘Cosmic Baton’ to my friend Commander Soltec.”
“Greetings to all, this is Commander Soltec! For those who are not familiar with me, one of my many responsibilities and missions as part of the great fleets of our vast Universal Federation of Light, is as a ‘Cosmic astrophysicist and scientist.’ I and fellow ‘Cosmic scientists and astrophysicists’ have been very busy monitoring and recording for the Federation all conditions that affect planet Earth. And it is through this research, which is also obtained through what is termed ‘Higher Elohim Consciousness Technologies,’ that certain conditions have become obvious to us, while other dynamics in regard to this subject of the return of what has been referred to as Wormwood are still not that obvious or definite regarding what Ashtar referred to as POSSIBLE effects to Earth, as compared to the earlier visits of this celestial body.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

One of the more powerful aspects that can and most certainly will influence what Ashtar has specifically referred to as POSSIBLE outcomes, which this Channel has also mentioned a number of times recently because of his conscious awareness of this subject. is regarding what he and we refer to as ‘Consciousness Time Travel.’
This refers to the fact, quite simply, that a large number of fellow Command members, who are presently on Earth in this ‘present-past lifetime,’ as Volunteers in Earth embodiment, whose FUTURE OVER SOUL HIGHER SELVES, who as interpreted thru the old dense 3rd dimensional chronological timeline, are literally from the future, have started to recently merge with their ‘present-past conscious selves.’ This Cosmic Team of fellow ‘Consciousness Time Travelers’ are now beginning to ‘consciously Awaken’ to this fact that their Cosmic Future Higher Selves are now merging into this past time line to TOTALLY ALTER AND CHANGE the future of this time line, as the Earth spiritually ascends from the 3rd into the 5th density state.
This Channel also has mentioned this to others he has networked with, and this was even referred to several nights ago, during his channeling of fellow Cosmic Being of Light, Lord Rowcan [this channeling from Lord Rowcan be be heard by going to VortexNetworkNews.com, in the archives of the ‘Launching Pad’ metaphysical meetings every Wednesday night in Sedona, AZ. These meetings can also be heard live though SKYPE]. When William Alek asked Rowcan about Wormwood coming by Earth and causing massive destruction, Rowcan replied basically that the future is not all preset and that IN FACT CAN BE CHANGED MANY TIMES OVER, which is true. We in the Federation, with what I referred to earlier as ‘Higher Elohim Consciousness Technologies,’ are allowed in some situations to literally move or teleport planets and other large celestial bodies instantaneously, if need be, all the way across the galaxy and universe.
Add to this fact, as well, that these recent new Cosmic Energies that have started to manifest around Earth and all throughout the universe that have never existed before, are forcing Accountability upon everyone upon Earth and will most likely in these next couple years–as we rapidly approach 2012, begin Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to powerfully force all so-called cover-ups and conspiracies by the cabal or power elite to be fully exposed to the rest of humanity.
These same new Cosmic Frequencies are also–in a very powerful positive way–unpredictable in just exactly what the outcome of the Time Line will end up being within the next few years, of which exact Time Line will end up being the final manifestation as planet Earth finishes its planetary Ascension. For in a sense, we all up here who are in Guardian Action around the Earth, observe what I will simply refer to as the intensification of certain ‘interdimensional time-space warp phenomenon anomalies’ that are starting to increase as we approach 2012. This also includes Star Gates and other ancient portals that have been closed or shut down, which will now begin to be reactivated and opened up. This is also why this channel has been guided to conduct his own Cosmic Vortex Tours of Sedona to help in grounding the old Star Gate in that area back into physical reality once again. Of course, this is also partly why the government built that black-op underground base near the Boynton Canyon area, back in the late ‘80’s, to attempt to monitor this re-manifestation of the Star Gate when it finally does reactivate.
There is much more that we could speak about regarding these phenomena, but let it suffice to state, what with these different dynamics as already referred to, we are all, in a sense, starting to emerge into ‘uncharted territory’ regarding just exactly what the outcome will be to Earth. As far as how much–or anything at all, whether the usual previous and ancient so-called destructive outcome by Wormwood to planet Earth is to also occur this time as it approaches, but which on many levels, was also a very intense Cleansing for the planet when these former Cataclysms previously occurred, is yet to be known. Or whether, as Ashtar was implying, that this future will not occur because of the strong possibility that those of you who are part of this FUTURE CONSCIOUSNESS TIME TRAVEL TEAM will very soon accomplish your mission and cause, like that proverbial ‘hundredth monkey affect,’ the mass awakening of the population of the planet, and this shifts everything around.
This mass planetary Awakening has recently already started and is quickly accelerating–and so it is, in a literal sense a ‘race against time’ for enough souls Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to awaken fast enough, along with our Higher help. This will literally determine what, just exactly, will be the outcome of the timeline, or rather which exact Time Line is about to fully manifest, and this will determine whether Wormwood will really have any or very much destructive affect on all life and civilization.
Smaller and recent examples of how one’s consciousness impacts and affects the physical and material universe and all levels of reality around you were very simply and effectively demonstrated and documented in such films and books as What the Bleep, The Secret and Dr. Emoto’s Messages from Water, these being only three of numerous examples of obvious ‘consciousness mind-over- mattter demonstrations.’ So the only difference between these very simple examples and that of affecting and influencing Wormwood, is really just for you all to think, envision, and manifest your spiritual power and influence on a slightly bigger scale–with us of the Federation, with our Higher Elohim Consciousness Technology helping to back-up all your efforts, because your efforts have also given us Mandated Authority to Divinely Intervene. This also goes for the possible destructive affects of the whole Grid of Earth being totally knocked out by POSSIBLE sunspot activity, as well as especially the sudden increase of extreme temperatures which, if it does occur, would cause that no one would survive unless we Evacuated the Earth, as is very realistically portrayed in the movie Knowing..
Again, this is NOT SET IN CONCRETE, especially if enough of you spiritually communicate with the Solar Logos, Helios and Vesta, and you ask with positive, loving intent to have the affects mitigated of the possible intensification of such sun spot activity which would normally be increased by Wormwood’s close proximity to the sun and within the solar system. But perhaps, as the old saying goes, ‘action speaks louder than words,’ in that if the end of the suppression of that referred to as ‘zero point technologies’ is finally allowed, as we think will also occur shortly, and these technologies are allowed to be used on a mass level, these technologies being much more ‘user friendly’ for Mother Earth, then this will also more greatly balance out the negative karma created by the use of all the other very destructive technologies presently in use.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

As we come to the end of this Channeling, we of the Federation of Light want to emphasize again to everyone that if conditions do get as extreme as some believe will occur, we of the Federation of Light give you our SACRED PROMISE that we will activate World Wide Evacuation and beam up everyone who have Prepared themselves vibrationally for this time. Of course, as this Channel has also presented throughout his book, even if it is not necessary to Evacuate because of this possible planetary Emergency, we are still going to soon activate planetary Divine Intervention and world wide evacuation as a much more peaceful ‘Cosmic R. & R.’ opportunity for all those of you who are fellow Volunteers in Earth embodiment who have earned this chance to return back amongst us for a short vacation. Either way, Evacuation will officially soon occur, with the Waves of Evacuation either spread out over a longer period of time, or more compressed together to occur in a much shorter period of time. Either way, know that this most dramatic of planetary and Cosmic events will soon occur–and as this Channel likes to say, until it does occur—‘Keep Your Eyes on the Skies!’
This has been Commander Soltec, along with Lord Ashtar, now signing out. Be at peace to all of you! And, as you hear of this information from many different sources, do use your Discernment and that termed ‘Cognitive Deductive Reasoning’ so you may know the Truth and the greater choices that are in harmony to the best possible Created Outcome for the entire human race. And we stand by to back up and support your efforts and future positive manifestations for all! Adonai Vassu Berogus!” .
“Resist Mandatory Vaccinations With Cosmic Help!”
August 16, 2009
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This is another in a series of “Intergalactic Commentaries” from the Higher Forces of Light, who are very benevolent, human appearing Elohim E.T.’s that surround this planet in Guardian Action, in their Merkabah Light Ships. They will channel through me, Michael Ellegion, and comment upon various different important and significant news events, some reported through the mainstream media, but also from various alternative news sources. These channeled “Commentaries” will give an Intergalactic and often “behind-the- scenes” perspective, from the Higher Forces of Light, to enlighten humanity in their ongoing Mission of making sure this planet will not only survive all the challenges it is facing, but Prepare the way for more open, Divine Intervention on your behalf in the near future by these Higher Forces.
I have for many years been guided by the Higher Forces, to stay informed about what is being broadcast and discussed by certain “conspiracy researchers” such as Alex Jones, David Ike, Jim Mars and others. And while it is my opinion that these individuals are definitely sincere in their attempts to not only expose so much government corruption and to stop the ongoing hidden agenda of those forces of the cabal or illuminati, it so often seems that their focus tends to be “negative” without many very positive solutions of how to stop let alone survive all of the horrendous plans of these forces determined to enslave us all under their plans of the New World Order. I am not really criticizing those, who like Alex Jones, are doing the best they can to sincerely expose and educate everyone else who will listen, about these plans of the cabal, but I also have learned that if one attempts to “solve earth problems with earth solutions” then they are doomed to have history continue to repeat itself, over and over again, just like the old “endless wheel of karma”, which is now coming to a close, so, too, it is time, to really stop, to really expose and really put an end to the cabal.
But we cannot do it all ourselves, of just us Earth people, with the limited weapons that are even available still under the 2nd Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, for unfortunately, with all the very advanced black op weapon systems that the cabal would also plan to use against any “patriotic militia types”, they would not even survive a few seconds against this much more advanced back-engineered alien weapon systems that the black ops could and would use against anyone attempting to stop a full scale martial law that has Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

been planned for many years against the masses. It is obvious if we are to not only survive at all, we definitely need some “outside help” to guarantee our survival from such a massive national false flag event.
But one of the most insidious ways to trick the population into agreeing to more control in their lives, as well as a way to literally kill a majority of the population, is to fool everyone with a man-made epidemic and to then force mandatory vaccinations upon the ignorant and gullible population, because so many people have been brainwashed by so much disinformation about vaccinations throughout the years, or those “Progressive, well meaning” types, who are sincerely attempting, on their level, to bring in a new “Universal Health Care System”, but unfortunately, as my ET sources have informed me, that other much more powerful political and economic forces will use this new system to attempt to enslave us all if they can.
For myself, having grown up in a family, back in the decade of the ‘50’s, besides having studied the life of the famous channel Edgar Cayce and other metaphysical subjects (with me being trained as a channel at a very early age through the Edgar Cayce method of Channeling), my Earth biological parents were very educated about all kinds of alternative and natural methods of health, and knew about the dangers and true facts about such things as vaccinations, fluoride, coffee, chemical additives & preservatives in foods, and the consuming of too many animal products, so as a result, my not receiving any vaccinations as a child, despite the propaganda by the corrupt CDC and AMA and World Health Organization, I grew up extremely healthy, with a very strong immune system, so that I have hardly ever been sick in my life, unless it was for a day or so and I quickly got fully well, even when around many other people very sick with so-called “contagious diseases”.
The Higher Forces also were constantly communicating with me about these things as well, and often guiding me to discover certain suppressed information, that the orthodox medical cabal wanted to cover-up, because these facts contradicted the “official historical version” of vaccinations, and how they had manipulated facts to give a different and inaccurate conclusion.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

So it was not too surprising when upon hearing another of Alex Jones recent broadcasts, in which he was specifically speaking on this very subject, of the cabal’s plan for forced mandatory vaccinations on everyone, my “Friends Upstairs” indicated that they had some very important information that they wanted to channel through me to share with as many people who would listen and who could take action to help stop these insidious plans of the power elite:
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar, of the Ashtar Command and Federation of light, wanting to comment about what you and many others have recently been hearing about regarding the plans of the cabal or power elite to force mandatory vaccinations upon everyone upon Earth.
“I will first comment briefly, myself, about these plans, and then I will step aside and let another fellow Being of the Light, and a key member of not only my Command, the Ashtar Command, but for the entire Federation of Light, he known as Zoser, a great Cosmic Physician of lIght, to also communicate through this Channel to express his own concerns, as well as PLANS OF OUR OWN, OF THE “ANGELIC-CELESTRIAL HOST”/ THE FEDERATION OF LIGHT, TO HELP THE PEOPLE OF EARTH TO COUNTERACT AND NEUTRALIZE THESE INSIDIOUS PLANS.
“And I do want to emphasize the word “PLANS”–because that is exactly what it is–their PLAN, as we of the Federation, in Guardian Action around this planet have for many years been monitoring these plans, that of the power elite and the dark alchemists, who control the pharmaceutical cartel, to force mandatory vaccinations upon every man, woman and child on this planet, if they can, if they are not stopped.
“Yes, this has definitely been their plan for many years, but as we have also communicated many times with and through this channel, we of the Higher Realms of Light, of the Federation, have much better and much more positive Cosmic Plans to Overshadow, guide and inspire all souls upon Earth, through Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the important and required dynamics of personal responsibility, as in “God Helps Those Who Help Themselves,” to not only be able to affectively RESIST these plans to literally attempt to murder, as in a planetary Holocaust, over two thirds of Earth’s population.
“Again, without wanting to be too redundant, I want to emphasize this point, that even though this has been a major PLAN that the illuminati have been planning for many years to ultimately carry out, by a combination of stealth, manipulation and massive campaigns of disinformation through the corrupt medical authorities and corporate controlled mass mainstream media, and the attempt to artificially create plagues, a vast majority of Earth’s humanity has recently begun to rapidly Awaken out of the mass mind control and genetic manipulation of people’s consciousness. This is partly because of not only the recent planetary frequency shift that has begun to occur, but also because we of the Federation have been Overshadowing all of humanity, to help Awaken as many as possible into greater personal sovereignty and the need for greater personal responsibility, and to not allow yourselves to be manipulated any longer by the cabal.
“We of the Federation of Light cannot “force help down your throats”, but are able to influence and inspire you in powerful positive ways, with our Higher Elohim “Consciousness Technologies” to do those things that are termed Life Enhancing and are Sacred to our Divine Creator of the Universe. It is still up to each of you, individually and collectively, to Fully choose, Ethically to do the Right thing. And it is through a combination of your efforts, along with us acting as your “Cosmic Back-Up Team” that we can help so many of Earth to overcome what appear as insurmountable challenges and obstacles that you all have to face and deal with everyday of your lives.
“I will now prepare to sign out, and allow our fellow Brother of the Light, Zoser, to express himself and share some very important insights of his own with all of you, and what can be done, by you of Earth and we of the Cosmic Realms, about this very important and serious challenge that you all face at this time. Yes, and call upon us, we the Cosmic Guardians of Light, to Intervene in your lives to help you face any and all challenges that you have to face from this Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

day forward! Be courageous and speak out boldly as the Guardians of Light that you are, and for the many millions of fellow Volunteers in Earth embodiment, do you not know and remember deep down before the “Cosmic Amnesia Veils” were placed over you at birth, that you are still technically key members of our Higher Galactic Councils of Light and you actually represent the Federation even while you are presently in Earth embodiment! We will back up your courageous efforts and actions against the cabal! Yes, this channel knows first hand how we can powerfully Divinely Intervene when necessary and even stop the use of “deadly force” attempted against him and others many times when he and they not only exposed the cover-ups and future evil plans of the cabal for world control of everyone and everything upon Earth.
” This has been Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, signing out and stepping aside for Zoser to now speak. Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Zoser, Ancient Earth Physician of Light, and on the Higher Intergalactic and Interdimensional Realms. And thank you, Ashtar, for also giving me a chance to also share my own knowledge regarding this challenge. Yes, and for those who have never heard of me, I Am referred to as a ‘Cosmic Physician of Light’, and in charge of the Knights of the Solar Cross. We are fellow Cosmic Physicians of Light, and part of the Intergalactic Confederation/Universal Federation of worlds.
“As many of you have suspected and some have seen documentation in recent years verifying these facts, and as we of the Federation of Light have been monitoring from our ships, that the cabal with their dark alchemists have created man-made viruses in their laboratories, to artificially attempt to create numerous plagues, many specifically targeting different races, such as the SARS disease that was targeting the Asian population, as just one example,, to ATTEMPT to eliminate as much of the human race as possible so that they could then rule over a much smaller number of slaves in their long planned New World Odor–yes, as this channel would say, that this plan “stinks to High Heaven” and is morally unconscionable that such a evil plan would be allowed to fully, or even partially succeed.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“And this is where personal responsibility is required of each of you of Earth, to do whatever it takes to help inform as many others as possible, to also take personal responsibility, to not only RESIST these plans, by helping one another to organize into groups and organizations and speak out about these plans and to network with one another, to also ultimately form self sufficient communities of like minded individuals who value your health freedoms–and who also want to truly develop and use all forms of that termed alternative, exotic technologies for energy emancipation and greater freedom and mobility, and to effectively and collectively to oppose these evil plans. For this personal and collective actions of responsibility, is what allows us–nay, actually Mandates us, of the Federation of Light , to not only step in both “behind the scenes” to help powerfully back up these personal efforts in numerous different ways–but to also ultimately more openly make our benevolent presence much more well known, as we gear up for inevitable mass planetary Divine Intervention and the final end of the cabal’s power upon Earth.
“We have been saddened to see so many who either were ignorant about the true facts and nature of vaccinations who willingly allowed themselves and their most precious young children and babies to be poisoned through the scam of vaccinations, or in more recent years when some parents who had begun to wake up to or at least suspected the true facts about how destructive vaccinations are, were literally forced almost at gun point to have their children vaccinated.
“But we want to also state, that even as personal responsibility is extremely important and to learn to control their own and their family’s Destiny in a better and more empowered way with more sovereignty, yet cooperating with many other sincere individuals, and aligned with the Divine Will of God, away from the control of the bureaucracies of Earth as much as possible, but becoming more enlightened very quickly. We want to also state that ultimately when we of the Federation do make our mass appearance and openly land all over the Earth, we Physicians of Light have developed very advanced REJUVENATION CHAMBERS on board our great Motherships or Merkabah Light Ships of the Federation, which are part of the many Higher Elohim Consciousness Technologies that are also used for advanced Transformational Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

healing and rejuvenation, which will help each soul to totally overcome and eliminate any and all negative health affects that has been forced upon humanity, either through vaccinations, chemtrails, and any other destructive and toxic poisoning. But as stated many times–and I am going to be extremely redundant once more, it is what each of you on Earth do with the highest intent and personal efforts and integrity, that allows and even guarantees that your “”Cosmic Ticket” or so-called proverbial “Boarding Pass” which is earned by these honest personal efforts, will definitely be “Activated”, and which will allow us to physically beam you on board our Light Ships. This factor, as far as which of the “Waves of Evacuation”, that a person would be able to be lifted up in aboard our ships, as this channel has described in his book, Prepare For The Landings! [go to PrepareFortheLandings.com] is determined by everything that they think, say and do, dietary habits, their true intent and purpose, etc. really does determined one’s FREQUENCY-VIBRATIONAL-CONSCIOUSNESS LEVEL which also determines how ready they are to be lifted up onboard the ship under any kind of emergency requiring planetary Divine Intervention.
“The dark alchemists of the cabal, want your vibrations, your consciousness, to be lowered, your immune systems and minds, to be weakened so much so that not only will you not be able to clearly DISCERN what is really being PLANNED against the entire human race, and that you will not be able to survive these upcoming challenges that you must all face. But despite their PLANS to ATTEMPT to force mandatory vaccinations upon everyone upon Earth, this will definitely not FULLY succeed. Just exactly how successful they will be for a brief period of time until we of the Federation do openly Divinely Intervene, just how many people will be–or rather allow themselves to be– vaccinated, will depend upon numerous factors. How organized can you all become and how fast can you do this, of educating as many other ignorant people, who have been brainwashed by misinformation and F.E.A.R. [yes, False Evidence Appearing Real!].
“As this channel knows, and which I want to also make this point so others can become aware or be consciously reminded of this fact, because of the very powerful new Cosmic Energies that have very recently begun to flood Earth that have never existed in the universe before, which is also beginning to Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

demand greater Accountability and Integrity from everyone upon Earth, this is causing a new “Time Line” to manifest parallel to the old time line, which means that the outcome of the future of the original time line where a much greater number of people not only died and suffered, in numerous disasters, etc., this new Time Line is already CHANGING the outcome of the future to a great degree. for the better. As to exactly HOW MUCH and HOW COMPLETE, is still determined by your individual and collective free will aligned with Divine Will and calling upon and invoking what is termed the ‘Cosmic Law of Grace’ to quickly as possible to overcome and Transmute all of one’s negative karma that still has existed up to now.
“I wish to emphasize this positive point, that we of the Federation, and we Cosmic Physicians of Light, are working overtime, to not only help transmute numerous Health challenges that the cabal has forced upon you all already on a mass level, such as the chemtrails, and as many of you have observed, as our ships, appearing as “lenticular clouds” have been clearing your skies of these horrific petrochemical poisons being sprayed into your skies, and overcoming all forms of global electronic mind control and negative behavioral modification and genetic manipulation of all kinds that the cabal in their desperation of loosing control over all the masses of humanity. But humanity is like a sleeping giant who is starting to awaken–and is not only starting to open it’s eyes–but is about to stand up and confront the cabal and will refuse to go along with their PLANS.
“There is another insidious factor regarding vaccinations, besides all the many very toxic ingredients designed to not only weaken the immune system, but ultimately cause disease and finally death. But the fact is that the majority of vaccinations also now contain a very miniature sized biochip, that is small enough to fit right through the vaccination needle that is designed to track and monitor those who allow themselves to be vaccinated. [This is also the "Biblical Mark of the Beast" of Revelations] This, of course, besides ATTEMPTING to cause millions to die from this man-made plague. And as this channel and many other enlightened individuals also know, that the attempt to force those Codex Laws upon all of you is so that you would be more limited in your ability to have access to very healthy vitamin supplements and alternative natural Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

holistic choices and solutions to help build up your immune systems. This would also cause the ph of the body to be much healthier and possibly strong enough, depending which food supplements and holistic techniques one uses, to literally cause the biochip to be forced out of the body if one had ignorantly already received a vaccination shot.
“I will also comment briefly, and confirm, as this channel already had heard from us, regarding the earlier attempts in recent months, to create a mass plague, through the earlier form of the “swine flu”. But instead of it causing as many deaths as the power elite wanted–because of humanity’s overall vibrations has already started to shift much higher–the disease did not affect as many people as it would have been able to just a couple years ago. Yes, and as other examples of how humanity’s consciousness has started to shift into a Higher Vibrational-Consciousness Immunity, was when as documented, that numerous young children, who were originally diagnosed as having the A.I.D.’s virus, but then a few years later, these same highly evolved souls of Light, indigos and crystal souls, as many have referred to these beautiful old souls in young bodies, yes fellow Volunteers in Earth embodiment, who’s missions were to help the Earth human race to begin to overcome such man-made viruses, they now showed themselves totally free of this virus. Much more recently, I and fellow Cosmic Physicians of Light have begun to Activate what has been termed “the Immortality Gene” which when one tunes into and activates this new gene, which is part of the new Cosmic 24 Strand of DNA, this causes one’s immune system and consciousness to be able to manifest the ability to fully overcome any virus known or unknown to man. Tune into this new Cosmic Immortality Gene, and you too, becomes totally immune to any and all viruses created in the cabal’s laboratories on Earth.
“We would also like to briefly comment on many people’s concerns regarding PLANS of the cabal to ATTEMPT to activate martial law and then to force anyone who would refuse to take vaccinations, into the many hundreds of internment camps that have already been constructed by the cabal during the last few decades. Yes, again, this has always been one of their major PLANS, to first create a national emergency event to fool the masses into giving up your Constitutional Rights, and then to force everyone who would refuse to go along Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

with their so-called “hidden agenda” to be placed into these concentration camps. In this case, they have decided to ATTEMPT to create a faked mass epidemic and to ATTEMPT to fool everyone who is ignorant of the true facts, into getting one or more vaccination shots, which would eventually cause the very disease to manifest, that the vaccination is touted as supposedly immunizing one from, and eventually dying from a weakened immune system instead.
” While we do not rule out any form of “martial law” being created, we can assure you that such an attempt on a mass national level, will not have the “staying power” if it does occur, to become the mass event that the cabal have been hoping and PLANNING for. A number of reasons why are: not only has there been a major planetary frequency shift occurring that is also causing a mass Awakening throughout not only the U.S. but around the world, which has never occurred before, this is also causing the normal ability of all forms of sophisticated mind control, negative behavior modification and genetic manipulation to now become much less affective, and people are waking up out of these forms of control and are regaining their sovereignty over any form of manipulation. We are also, helping, of course, in this vast awakening into greater freedom and accountability against any and all plans of world control by the cabal.
“There are many “whistle blowers” throughout all of the “alphabet soup agencies” of the industrial military complex, who are also exposing all the plans of the cabal, some of these used to be lower-level members of the cabal/ illuminati, but with our “Cosmic Light Recruitment Program” of offering these former dark agents a major and “last minute” opportunity to work off their accumulated negative karma, by exposing and helping us of the Federation of Light, to sabotage and counteract these numerous insidious plans of total control and of creating a world fascist dictatorship in the plans of the New World Odor, they were now open to this and tired of being merely puppets for their puppet masters and reached out to us.
“And along with numerous (numbering literally in the thousands) newly recruited “Double agents for the Light”. as well as the many millions of fellow Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Volunteers in Earth embodiment who are, what Archangel Michael refers to as, “Secret Agents of God/Deep Undercover Operatives of the Light” on “”Cosmic Spiritual Espionage Missions of Light” against the cabal. We of the Federation of Light have many fellow human appearing ET’s, Space Brothers & Sisters, directly from off our ships, physically living incognito upon Earth and do–as many former military leaders are concerned of, that we can physically walk the halls of the Pentagon–and the White House–and those of the military, the government, and the entire bureaucracy of all Earth governments would never be able to recognize us as extraterrestrials. As we have shared with this and other channels, we have sat invisibly within the boardrooms of the major illuminati heads listening to all of their evil plans for world control and enslavement–coming up with our own counteracting plans to totally end their reign of terror and manipulation!!!! And I can report that literally thousands of these special “ground crew” members of our many commands and fleets within the Federation, which represent numerous worlds throughout the Intergalactic Confederation and the Universal Alliance of Peace, are indeed present, closely keeping tabs upon any and all activities. Of course, we know that many who are not familiar with us and who we actually are, would then refer to the false flag/ inside job event of 9-11, and ask why we did not also stop this event. And as this channel knows, as does many other fellow channels and contactees, this was allowed because it was to become a massive wake-up call of Accountability and Discernment for the masses, as well as the fact that the majority of those within those buildings were beamed aboard our craft moments before they were destroyed.
“And last, but not least, those of us on board our many millions of ships of the Federation, of the Celestial Host, who are in Guardian Action around this planet, closely monitor all events upon Earth, with our Elohim Consciousness Technology Computers, which are linked directly into the GodHead of the Divine Creator of the Universe. And while we, personally, do not engage in “invading” one’s personal privacy and sovereignty, as does the NSA, CIA, DIA and other “alphabet soup agencies” of Earth have been doing for many years– as we like to say, Yes “Big Brother is watching you”, but guess what, “Big Space Brother is watching and monitoring them!” But our Higher Consciousness Computers do pick up and respond to those pure and sincere souls of heart, Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and all who are yearning for a better and more evolved way of living and existing upon Earth, just as Mother Earth, who is a living breathing, conscious being, has called out to us and she has been promised for her sake, and all living things, that our long overdue Cosmic Plans of mass planetary Divine intervention and world wide evacuation must and will occur. And as has been stated in this channel’s new book, it is definitely a “Cosmic Done Deal” that we will soon make our mass appearance over this planet.
“So know, too, that as this channel often states, when he hears about those who F.E.A.R. that martial law will occur and that everyone who RESISTS will just be rounded up against their free will and thrown into one of the many concentration camps and/or end up first being transported in one of those cattle cars with human shackles in them or end up dead in those stacked up plastic coffins–”As a Volunteer in Earth embodiment from the Federation, I did not come down here to be ‘thrown to the wolves’ and not be able to fulfill my mission, and it is not my karma, either to end up as a prisoner to the New World Odor in one of their concentration camps, nor will I ever submit to taking a vaccination against my will!” Yes, of course, if they, the power elite, of the illuminati, had their way, these PLANS of the cabal would have already occurred years ago, and yes, we have blocked and neutralized these earlier ATTEMPTS, and have been closely monitoring the recent movements and training of hundreds of thousands of military personnel, both U.S, as well as foreign troops all over the U.S., and yes they are being PREPARED for these plans for full scale martial law.
“But again, we want to stress, these are their plans, and as pointed out already, some of the factors which are in the process of neutralizing these plans, and many of their own military personnel are secretly considering not going along with any orders to fire upon their own citizens. Ands every day and hour that passes, the frequencies of Accountability and Integrity grow much stronger, as the planet Earth is being pulled into the higher 5th dimension, as we also Overshadow all those who might be forced to engage is such activity, as well as many of those in key military positions all over the U.S. This is definitely going to cause massive revolt within the military in the coming time, if in desperation, such orders are given, as the cabal is now realizing that people both outside and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

within the military itself, are massively waking up out of the old 3rd dimensional “Matrix” world view, and are starting to tap into these Higher interdimensional-intergalactic frequencies, and are yearning for peace and a life free of unnecessary suffering and the end of war.
“As we come to the end of this Channeling-Transmission, we do want to emphasize and stress once more, that it is vitally important to fulfill each of your individual and collective responsibilities of exposing these plans for mandatory vaccinations, by networking with as many people as possible, to emphasize to each of them, of the serious nature of these plans, and the truth about how poisonous vaccinations are to one’s immune system as well as destructive to one’s consciousness.
“It is also true, that despite the positive intent of many who desire a better Health Care system that would help provide everyone on planet Earth, as on our Higher Worlds, a system that truly does meet the quality needs of caring for and healing all who need “medical help”, unfortunately, even with the best of intentions of those who think of themselves as “Progressive”, and are attempting to bring in such a quality care system, there is also an agenda of many others, under the disguise of creating a so-called “Universal Health Care System”, just as was attempted during the Clinton administration, this was the cover for more massive government control, of people’s private lives being monitored and controlled through a universal I.D. system of Big Brother, and unfortunately the cabal will attempt to use this new system, to force mandatory vaccinations upon the population.
“If those who are pushing for what has POTENTIAL to be a much better and progressive system of care, in the hands of the right people, were to openly speak about how they would not ever force mandatory vaccinations upon the population under any condition, and to also expose at the same time the true historical facts covered up concerning vaccinations in general, and how corrupt the CDC and World Health Organizations have been, and were to expose how they first created and then spread the A.I.D.’s, Ebola, and other man-made diseases through earlier vaccinations all over the world. Yes, nothing would change, until these and other earlier crimes against humanity are openly Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

exposed, as well as for the pharmaceutical cartel to stop suppressing numerous natural cures for cancer and other so-called “incurable diseases’ and would stop harassing all natural holistic doctors, as well as releasing from prison those who were arrested earlier against their will for their only crime of being able to truly heal others, without all of the horrible side affects that are caused by the much more expensive and toxic pharmaceutical drugs concocted by the dark alchemists to not only weaken one’s immune system but also lower one’s consciousness. So unless these things occur, that without this “Litmus Test of True Intent”, this new attempt to pass another similar system, will be used by the illuminati, as numerous researchers have already documented, as simply another way to cause more mass control, death and disease to the rest of humanity”.
“In final analysis, it is extremely important, which is also part of fulfilling your missions here on Earth, to be Guardians of Light for your Health and Freedoms, to get involved with resisting mandatory vaccinations and to enlighten others who are ignorant of these facts, and for you all to Inwardly and outwardly RESIST any form of mandatory vaccinations. As stated earlier, these actions also give us, of the Federation of Light, the Mandated Authority to help you all to be successful at ultimately stopping this plan. Again, how complete the stopping of this plan is, will be determined by your actions aligned with our Cosmic Help and Back-Up from off the planet. But together, we will cause their plans to be overcome, as the New Time Line manifests more fully.
“This has been Zoser, Physician of Light, of the Federation, signing out, but also sending all of you Blessings of greater Health and well being and greater strength to successfully RESIST, individually and collectively, these or any other plans of the cabal, until Divine Intervention does take place.
Adonai Vassu Berogus!
“INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES ON LOCAL PLANETARY EVENTS”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

August 18, 2008
This is the 5th in a series of “Intergalactic Commentaries” from the Higher Forces of Light, who are very benevolent, human appearing Elohim E.T.’s that surround this planet in Guardian Action, in their Merkabah Light Ships. They will channel through me, Michael Ellegion, and comment upon different significant news events that are posted not only on FreedomsPhoenix.com web site, but also will comment on different news stories or e-mails that I receive from other sources. These channeled “Commentaries” will give an Intergalactic and often “behind-the-scenes” perspective, from the Higher Forces of Light, to enlighten humanity in their ongoing Mission of making sure this planet will not only survive all the challenges it is facing, but Prepare the way for more open, Divine Intervention on your behalf in the near future by these Higher Forces.
Recent events taking place in the Middle East region of the world and in the country of Georgia, made headlines in the mainstream, corporate controlled media. However, most of these events were, as usual, either covered up, manipulated, or a major “spin” placed on these news stories. The mainstream corporate controlled news versions would not threaten the power elite/cabal that has always controlled most mainstream sources of news under “Operation Mockingbird”. This was designed to “treat us like mushrooms–feed us crap and keep us in the dark”!
These events in Georgia and in the Middle East, most of which has been covered up, is basically the typical illuminati’s agenda to keep their power and control over the resources of the planet. But now it is startling to powerfully backfire on them. More and more of the population of Earth are quickly Awakening and seeing through this vast Disinformation Network, or what the Masters refer to as “Weapons of Mass Disinformation”.
Last week, right before the events in Georgia and Ossetia, which were not reported in the mainstream media, dozens of Navy aircraft carriers and destroyers, etc. were sent to the Persian Gulf, with plans to blockade Iran. This, of course, was done under cover while most people’s attention was and is on the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Olympics in China. Still within the last week this massive buildup of Navy ships continues to be ignored by the events in Georgia. As usual, our Friends Upstairs sent me a very brief telepathic overview of what was going on. Most mainstream sources, and even some less biased alternative sources were not aware of these events or not able at the time to report on them, but would later be verified and confirmed.
First, the events in the Persian Gulf, is the buildup of a planned Naval
blockade. Under “normal” conditions, this would be viewed, based upon International Law, as an “act of war” by the Iranians. If this blockade went ahead as planned by the corrupt Bush administration/cabal, it would definitely result in not only an initial more “conventional” war, but would within a matter of a short time, escalate into a full scale thermonuclear war which would envelope the entire planet. Many who heard about this planned naval embargo, compared it in many ways to the “Cuban Missile Crises” of 1962, when President John F. Kennedy refused to allow the placement of missiles in Cuba, and many thought then that a nuclear war was inevitable. For myself, because my Friends Upstairs, specifically Ashtar, told me that the Federation would not allow a nuclear war, and he also told me they were also in communication with President Kennedy. That was one of the main reasons Kennedy stood his ground and was very firm about his decision.
Much more recently, Ashtar telepathically informed me about some other related events regarding the Cuban Missile Crises. Many Merkabah Light Ships (UFO’s) came down over both Russia and Cuba, and the Federation had also communicated with the Soviets regarding this incident. They realized they would not be able to proceed with their actions.
In the recent events regarding Georgia, and South Ossetia, an entirely different series of events occurred “behind the scenes” that were secretly instigated by the U.S., Israel and Georgia, which is why the Russians moved into that area. The facts of these events were covered up. My Friends Upstairs then informed me that they were planning to Channel through me a more “Official” communication/transmission, so others can also be updated with these events. They also told me that I would be hearing within the next few days
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

confirmations of what they were telling me from others who are channeling, as well from other more “mundane” planetary sources.
For example, I had been informed in this initial telepathic communication, that the corrupt Bush administration and cabal would not be allowed success with this blockade and whatever happened would not be allowed to start a nuclear war. The Federation will neutralize any attempts to do so–and they had been coming down right over all the major countries of the Middle East, appearing to the Officials of the U.S. Military, which also included those of the U.S. Naval fleet. They are making it very clear to them that they will not allow any major confrontation to take place that would result in another major war, period.
A couple days ago, while I was speaking to a friend of mine, who happens to belong to an “Ashtar teleconference group” where Ashtar and different members of the Spiritual Hierarchy and Federation come through another Channel. Everyone can then hear live messages the Higher Forces want to share with the Light Workers. My friend told me about a man in Pakistan who called in right before this Teleconference call and shared that a number of huge “white lenticular [saucer shaped] clouds” had come down over Pakistan and shut down all the weapon systems in that area just within the last week or so.
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar, of the Ashtar Command. This Channel has already received a brief insight regarding events that have been unfolding in different parts of the world, yet these events are very connected, regarding the ongoing plans of those in positions of power. It is very important for all those who read this, to use your discernment now more than ever before. Allow the total Truth of all events that you hear about through the ‘normal mainstream sources of news’ to be totally exposed to the Light of day. Such orchestrated events, as have been occurring behind the scenes by the power elite, meaning those the Earth officials have planned and instigated, will not be allowed to occur anymore and history will not continue to repeat itself. Also, those of you living on this plant, will know how we of the Intergalactic Confederation/Universal Federation, have again Divinely Intervened. We are in the process, as we have done so many times in recent years, making it very clear Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to those in positions of power, that we of the Higher Realms will not stand by and allow this blatant disregard for the ACCOUNTABILITY of their actions. As so often has occurred, these actions can result in the unnecessary deaths and suffering of large numbers of humanity–and even so-called smaller numbers of such casualties are considered unacceptable, especially when such actions that are planned will obviously result in such deaths.”
“I communicated to this Channel when he was a very young child during that event you of Earth refer to as the “Cuban Missile Crisis and informed him that we would make sure no nuclear war would be allowed to occur. Also the forces of our Federation made it very clear to the “powers that be”; we would not stand by to allow this through earth time years since that event. We of the Federation have appeared and come down many times over all major countries of the world, and have put on a “Benevolent Show of Force and Authority”, even though we do abide by a set of Laws referred to as the Galactic Pacts. This is The Prime Directive, that must always be upheld, which is the respecting of free will of any planetary species. At the same time, having observed and closely monitored free will getting out of control numerous times on this planet by the forces of the cabal, this of course, has mandated that we of the Federation must Intervene to make sure that both nuclear war and/or biological war will never be allowed on this planet. Since the vast majority of souls upon this planet are tired of and want an end to war, all have through their Higher Over Soul Selves asked us to Divinely Intervene, we are now in the process to fulfill this and Prepare for upcoming mass planetary Divine Intervention, otherwise known as First Contact.
“I want to verify what this Channel just heard is very accurate information about the recent events in Georgia, and specifically in South Ossetia. This will be exposed as so many other events have–up to now–been covered up and suppressed through most news sources. The U.S., Israeli and Georgian military personnel were definitely involved in the initial events that occurred, which resulted in deaths of Russian peacekeepers and civilians, and this is partly why Russia quickly responded with a military presence in that area. Also, the Government of Georgia is not really, truly ‘democratically elected’, and is more of what would be termed a ‘puppet regime’ for the power elite, who want to Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

control the source of oil in that region. The Bush Administration and cabal have assumed by their actions and attempt to cover-up this fact of their covert plans, that even now as they lie and distort the true facts of this situation, that they can manipulate the rest of the world into believing their distorted version of reality. But the world is waking up, and are beginning on a mass level, to see through all their games, and are now beginning to demand greater ACCOUNTABILITY AND INTEGRITY AND JUSTICE and an end to all these manipulations.”
“Be at peace, and know that such actions as these recent events orchestrated by the cabal, will soon be a thing of the past, as within the coming months, a new and much more honest administration will assume the position of leadership for the United States. They will have a major impact throughout the planet, and will also be very open to allowing a much more open acceptance of our reality as we Prepare for this most exciting and uplifting of times upon the planet, and this of course, will be a time of all that has been covered up to be totally exposed. ACCOUNTABILITY, TRUTH AND INTEGRITY will then quickly return to all levels of leadership and government throughout the world. This has been Lord Ashtar, of the Ashtar Command. Keep you Eyes on the Skies! Many Blessings to all!”
Michael: Thank you, Ashtar, for your “intergalactic Commentary” regarding these recent events, and a more inside view of what is really been going on. Interestingly, just yesterday, I received an e-mail forwarded to me that mentioned more about this very recent (and ongoing) “Divine Intervention’ by our Friends Upstairs having been putting on a firm but benevolent show of force to make it clear to the Earth officials that the people of Earth want an end to war. This e-mail specifically mentioned many of the major countries of the Middle East, of how the ships had come down and caused all their weapons systems to malfunction and not work anymore.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES ON LOCAL PLANETARY EVENTS”
This is the 4th in a series of “Intergalactic Commentaries” from the Higher Forces of Light, who are very benevolent, human appearing Elohim E.T.’s that surround this planet in Guardian Action, in their Merkabah Light Ships. They will channel through me, Michael Ellegion, and comment upon different significant news events that are posted not only on FreedomsPhoenix.com web site, but also will comment on different news stories or e-mails that I receive from other sources. These channeled “Commentaries” will give an Intergalactic and often “behind-the-scenes” perspective, from the Higher Forces of Light, to enlighten humanity in their ongoing Mission of making sure this planet will not only survive all the challenges it is facing, but Prepare the way for more open, Divine Intervention on your behalf in the near future by these Higher Forces.
This week’s item, that the Spiritual Hierarchy wishes to “comment” on, is in response to an e-mail that was sent to me last week from the very dedicated Health Freedom organization, Natural Solutions Foundation, www.healthfreedomusa.org, which is one of many e-mails I have received in their Health Freedom e-Alert. I highly recommend other concerned citizens who not only value our Health Freedoms here in the U.S., but who also wish to protect them, also get on their e-mail list. Natural Solutions Foundations is today one of the few very courageous organizations with lots of integrity, who have been traveling all over the world attempting to stop such draconian laws as the Codex Laws. The Codex Laws are used by “dark alchemists” who control the Pharmaceutical Cartel, AMA (“American Murder Association”) and FDA (“Federal Death Agency”). They have been attempting to force all of us to restrict our access to natural, organic foods, vitamin supplements and effective holistic remedies. These agencies are part of or connected with the cabal or military industrial complex. They want their insidious plans for global control and a One World Fascist government to move ahead, but it must be stopped.
This recent e-mail, did not really surprise me, for my “Friends Upstairs” had already informed me in past years of a plan by the cabal to attempt and wipe out over two thirds of the world’s population, through various man-made disasters. They actually artificially created massive world wide “pandemic Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

plagues” such as the AIDS Virus, Ebola Virus, Avian Bird Flu, and Necrotizing Fasciitis (flesh eating bacteria). However, like all the other numerous evil plans the cabal has had “up their sleeve” in recent years, the Higher Forces have repeatedly also told me in my Channeling-transmissions from them through the years that these PLANS, unlike in the past, from this time forward, they would NOT be successful. This is partly because the masses have begun to spiritually wake up to what was happening, and also because the Higher Forces would begin to step in more powerfully “behind the scenes” to Divinely Intervene before such a massive plague could be created. There might be very small so- called localized “outbreaks” from various strategies, such as using Chemtrails, HAARP and vaccinations as “convenient” ways to force even a partial manifestation upon the immune weakened population. I had also been informed through the efforts and exposure by Benjamin Fulford this last year how the cabal actually artificially created the SARS disease to specifically genetically target the Asian population–but this backfired on the illuminati because the truth was exposed.
As I prepared to receive this recent “Intergalactic Commentary”, I sensed much determination that our Friends Upstairs would comment more in-depth about what I had already been told before, but would now Update their earlier information:
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Zoser, Ancient Earth Physician of Light, and on the Higher Intergalactic and Interdimensional Realms. Those who have never heard of me, I Am referred to as a ‘Cosmic Physician of Light’, and in charge of the Knights of the Solar Cross. We are fellow Cosmic Physicians of Light, and part of the Intergalactic Confederation/ Universal Federation of worlds. Lord Ashtar, head of the Ashtar Command, who usually comes through this Channel, has graciously this week, stepped aside to allow me to ‘comment’ on some very important and critical information this channel received from the Natural Solutions Foundation. We spiritually Overshadow and very much support the two very dedicated and courageous souls in charge of this organization, Dr. Rima & Gen. Bert, who are also fellow Volunteer Souls of Light in Earth embodiment from more advanced worlds. They Volunteered to be here on Earth to help stop the cabal, yes those
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

draconian souls of the cabal, known as the ‘dark alchemists’ from SUCCEEDING with their PLANS of world control and massive death and destruction to the population of Earth.”
“I have emphasized the two words, ‘SUCCEEDING’ and ‘PLANS’. We of the Federation relayed in years past to this and other clear Channels/contactees, that ultimately, the people of Earth would begin to massively, spiritually Awaken and this is starting to happen on a massive scale. The very action of taking Personal Responsibility, demonstrates that all planetary citizens of Earth, heed the old adage, ‘God Helps those who help themselves’. This very activity, a stirring within your hearts and souls, is a greater desire for Health Freedoms to be not only protected, but increased! Many have Called out to us, we of the Celestial Host, from all over the planet to Divinely Intervene, and help stop these imbalanced forces of control from succeeding with all of their PLANS. Yes, these are insidious PLANS, and that is what they will stay–as merely PLANS! For as this channel knows the phrase, ‘there’s Plans and then there’s life’. So, too, these plans have been vastly exposed before these forces can succeed at accomplishing what they have been planning for quite some time.”
“It is important to know and understand, that this information shared over your Internet and various other means by Natural Health Solutions was very accurate information pertaining to Plans that these forces of control did not expect to become so exposed so quickly on such a mass scale–and as you say on Earth —‘You haven’t seen anything yet’–of exposing any such type of plans, that
is!!!! Because this action, which we also helped to make happen, those on Earth have helped uncover, expose and to share, which has had the result of–as Ashtar likes to state, of ‘Heading them off at the pass’! In other words because these forces of the cabal love to use surprise and stealth—like they did with the ‘false flag, inside job’ of 9-11, through F.E.A.R. (False Evidence Appearing Real) to force on the population long laid plans for more world control. When the ‘cat is out of the bag’ as is now the case, and exponentially building up with massive concentration of awareness of this exposure–these very plans–which we who are in Guardian Action around this planet will not allow to be fulfilled– are thereby effectively neutralized by this sudden exposure. These forces use
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the cover of surprise, ignorance and manipulation to succeed, as they did up until recently.”
“Yes, they can produce as many plastic coffins as they want–and it does not matter how many thousands or even millions that they could make–they will not–and I repeat, will NOT SUCCEED with these plans of an Epidemic. As more and more of our Light Ships are being observed, we have been stepping in powerfully ‘behind-the-scenes’–and now are beginning to be a little more overt about our help. We are gearing up for more overt planetary Divine Intervention, of that termed First Contact”
“We continue to stress and emphasize that each of you have a personal responsibility in ultimately stopping the cabal from succeeding to totally take away your Health Freedoms and quality of life. We also have been massively neutralizing ‘behind the scenes’ much of the destructive effects of the Chemtrails and HAARP on the environment and all life. As bad as it has been, it would have been much, much worse without our help as Ashtar told this Channel a number of years ago, when he was complaining about how he thought that we of the Federation were supposedly not Intervening enough.
We must respect free will and we cannot ‘stuff help down your throats–we must be asked to help’. “ Quote, “If the truth be known, had it not been for our [the Federation’s] help this planet would [literally] be eight times worse off than it is now”! [Michael: This was told to me several years ago--and I can barely even comprehend twice as bad, let alone eight times as bad and toxic as it presently is.]
“Do keep up your own alert ‘Guardianship’ of helping to expose and help us, help you, neutralize any and all PLANS that these forces of the cabal may yet ATTEMPT-ah, there’s another word that is most important to strongly EMPHASIZE–of their ATTEMPT or ATTEMPTS to literally murder as many of the Earth’s population as they can, and the rest they have always wanted to enslave and control forever. But now their control is coming to a close. Please do take care of your physical bodies, these are meant to be taken care of, to be treated as a Temple of the Holy Spirit. It is and always has been both the combination of what you do personally, and what we of the Higher Realms of Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Light, can offer you as help and support as your “Cosmic Backup Team”. Together this can become more of an obvious force to be reckoned with, and together, we shall help you not only stop such plans as Epidemics, but anything else that the cabal has presently up their sleeve. As we have stated more than once, we sit invisibly in the board rooms of the illuminati, and listen, while they plot their devious plans, and we are now being given greater responsibility by your/our Divine Creator, and by your calls, prayers and decrees, to put an end to their control and influence over the entire planet. Call upon me, and I will personally, along with my fellow Knights of the Solar Cross, Physicians of Light, help you regain greater health and well being and to begin to rejuvenate, as your immune system can be enhanced in so many, many ways.”
“We have already, more than once, ’given ’Cosmic Notice’ to these ‘puppet masters’ to cease and desist’ or they will experience very soon, their karma catching up to them. Yes, this ‘karma’ is primarily the people of Earth massively rising up and demanding ACCOUNTABILITY, TRUTH AND INTEGRITY to be upheld and that termed the Rule of Law, as Earth fulfills her ongoing Ascension, and the Golden Age is ushered in. This has been Zoser, extending greater Cosmic Help–and Health to all of you! Until next time, as Ashtar always says, Keep Your Eyes on the Skies”! Adonai Vassu Berogus! Blessings to you all!
Michael: Thank you Zoser for your “Intergalactic Commentary” about this very important information from Natural Solutions Foundation, and this does confirm more of what I had received in the past from the Higher Forces regarding these hidden agendas and secret plans of the cabal, and how eventually true Accountability will indeed take place, though maybe not as fast as we would like, but at least will occur. I will be channeling and sharing other “Intergalactic Commentaries” from our Friends Upstairs as I receive them.
‘INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES ON LOCAL PLANETARY EVENTS”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

This is the 3rd in an on-going series of “INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES” from the Higher Forces of Light, who are very benevolent, human appearing E.T.’s that surround this planet in Guardian Action, in their Merkabah Light Ships. They will channel through me, Michael Ellegion, and comment upon different significant news events that are posted not only on FreedomsPhoenix.com web site, but also will comment on different news stories or e-mails that I receive from other sources. These channeled “Commentaries” will give an Intergalactic and often “behind-the-scenes” perspective, from the Higher Forces of Light, to enlighten humanity in their ongoing Mission of making sure this planet will not only survive all the challenges it is facing, but open the way for more open, Divine Intervention, on your behalf in the near future by these Higher Forces.
This latest item, that the Spiritual Hierarchy wishes to “comment” on, is in response to an e-mail that was forwarded to me a couple days ago, titled “What Hit The Pentagon”, by Karl Schwartz. Schwartz, who has quite an extensive background in aerospace engineering, has documented quite thoroughly how it was definitely a much, much smaller jet aircraft that struck the Pentagon on 9-11, than the alledged official version of it being Flight 77 (a 757 airliner– which was way too large to have caused that much smaller hole on the side of the Pentagon) . But it was part of this much larger e-mail, that I was being guided by the Higher Forces to allow them to “comment” on regarding some other very important information that he stated in the e-mail. I had heard parts of it before from other individuals who were “blowing the whistle” on the true facts surrounding the “false-flag job” known as 9-11.
This specific information revolved around his statements that the real reasons for even attacking Afghanistan, was not to be searching for the individual known as “Osama bin Laden” . In fact, as other reputable intelligence “whistle blowers” have stated, Osama bin Laden was really a C.I.A. former counter intelligence espionage operative who had some major health problems and actually died in 2002. However, the cabal continued to pretend not only that he Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

was from the Middle East, but continues to maintain that he is still alive. (“Al Qaeda” is also a made up C.I.A. Middle Eastern “urban legend”, which does not really exist!) Also, the reasons for going to war in Afghanistan, just as it was for going to war in Iraq, is mainly to control all the natural resources, primarily oil. In the case of Afghanistan, it was to gain control of the Trans-Afghanistan pipeline, which had been by another much smaller foreign oil company known as the Bridas Corp. This pipeline was built to ship oil from Turkmenistan to the ocean. Bridas Corp. made a deal with the Taliban, to allow them to build and set up this pipeline before the larger and more powerful U.S. oil companies could do so. (Oil companies which Bush, Cheney and several key members on the 9-11 Commission happen to own stock in!!!!) This was the entire reason the scam of 9-11 was created. The cabal would have an excuse to go into both Iraq and Afghanistan and control the sources of oil in both countries. Through the illegal war in Afghanistan, they illegally stole control of the oil pipeline from Bridas Corp., as well as betraying the Taliban (who were originally allies with the U.S. when Russia was supposedly our enemy). Because of the betrayal, the Taliban have been attacking the U.S. forces in an attempt to gain back what was originally theirs. Supposedly they are now the “terrorists” of Afghanistan, who we must eliminate in order to stop taking control over that which was illegally stolen from them in the first place.
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, of the Intergalactic Confederation. I wish to Comment on the e- mail that this channel read, regarding the true conditions surrounding the Middle East situation, and specifically the country of Afghanistan. I do wish to confirm the authenticity of what was already commented on by this channel, and the analysis of the reasons for becoming involved in this war. All wars in recent centuries upon Earth, especially in recent decades have been to control all the natural resources.
“This is not a new analysis, it is just that in recent years, the desperation of the forces referred to as the cabal, have caused much more death and destruction than ever before by their manipulations and out-of-control tactics, that have engulfed so much of the world by the effects of the aftermath of their actions and misuse of power.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“Despite all attempts to continue the momentum of war for profit and control by these forces, a major shift in the planetary frequency has occurred and we of the Federation have spoken about it through this and numerous other clear Channels throughout the planet. Things are about to dramatically change for the better. Yes, a strong desire of the majority of all souls on Earth is to end all war and suffering, despite recent efforts to increase this program of war. The war effort will not be allowed to continue, as the world community demands an end to this unnecessary death and suffering. In fact, within the next few years, all such hidden agendas and covert plans for more wars–as well as the ability by the cabal to control any of these natural planetary resources–will come to an end. Know this within the core of your being.
“We are, of course, stepping in powerfully behind the scenes, to Overshadow and Inspire all souls to help create and manifest vast magnificent changes for the better. All the hidden plans will be totally exposed within the next few years for all the world to know. As we have predicted before, all Truths and realities will be exposed in this process. These “planetary wounds” of Mother Earth shall soon be healed, never to be allowed ever again. Blessings to all, and a Promise of a most wonderful and beautiful future. NESARA will finally manifest and the Golden Age of peace finally arrives. As always, we are also getting much closer to the imminent mass planetary Divine Intervention, also known by many as First Contact. So until next time, “Keep your eyes on the Skies!” Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Michael: Thank you Ashtar for your “Intergalactic Commentary” and about how eventually true Accountability and an end to all wars (and all the suffering) will indeed take place, though maybe not as fast as we would like, but at least it will occur. I will be channeling and sharing other “Intergalactic Commentaries” from our Friends Upstairs as I receive them.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“VERY UNIQUE, NEW POWERFUL ENERGY ACTIVATIONS & INITIATIONS FOR LIGHT WORKERS WILL SOON BEGIN TO OCCUR!”
Lord Metatron Channeled through Michael Ellegion
“Greetings to all Light Workers/Volunteers in Earth embodiment, all of Earth’s humanity, and all forms of life upon Mother Earth. This is Lord Metatron, speaking on behalf of the entire Spiritual Hierarchy and the Intergalactic Confederation of worlds. I wish to extend my own Light and Love to all on Terra/Gia, as these very powerful and beautiful energies from the Great Central Sun flow forth into and onto every cell and molecule of Earth. These great and magnificent Energies, which other fellow Beings, Elohim and Archangels have spoken about, are truly very unique and powerful. These very penetrating energies and frequencies now flooding the entire planet, as well as is manifesting throughout the universe have never existed before. Even we Elohim, Archangels and Cosmic Beings of Light have never before felt or experienced anything like these much newer and transformational energies anywhere in this Universe. We of the higher realms, are truly amazed about how these new incoming energies will allow much greater and more complete total transformation of Earth.
Just as these newer energies manifesting and flooding the planet are in themselves quite extraordinary, so too, are the powerful DNA/RNA Activation’s, Initiations and Transformations caused by this. It will be like nothing that has ever occurred up until now in Earth’s past history. This will also mean vast numbers of souls who have been stuck upon the wheel of karma, will now finally be set free and their karma totally transmuted. This will allow numerous miracles and miraculous, magical events to begin happening over the next few years, that had literally seemed or appeared as ‘impossible’.
We, ourselves, are very excited for all of you who are open to these momentous events and wondrous, fantastic experiences that are on the horizon for the next few years leading up to 2012. Yes, ‘fasten your seat belts” and I mean this in the most awesome and uplifting way. As all the old limitations Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

begin to drop away, and these powerful activation’s soon begin to occur, you will experience and enjoy all your wonderful dreams and visions come into reality.
This also means that these most unique and extraordinary energies are allowing a greater change in the “time line.” The fact that numerous souls, whose “Higher, Oversoul Future Self, has very recently merged back into the ‘present/past time line” in a type of “higher Consciousness Time travel”, is in the process of powerfully altering the future outcome of the present timeline. That outcome is literally a new and more positive, joyous reality, and in turn allows vast millions of souls who, in the original time line endured karma as well as many who suffered horribly, are now going to Graduate off the old ‘endless wheel of karma,” as well as all their suffering being transmuted and they will not have to experience it at all. Truly, this is termed the “Cosmic Law of Grace” manifesting throughout Mother Earth!
Prepare yourselves for special energy activation’s and initiations occurring soon that are also quite unique. As fellow Elohim and Cosmic Beings of Light have updated their “Consciousness Technologies” aboard the great Merkabah Light Ships, and through the Harmonics of DNA/RNA Activation’s, a new Planetary Root Race, we refer to as “Cosmic Man & Woman” are beginning to manifest upon Earth, and will be a combination and perfect blend of Elohim and Earth human.
I Bless you all, in the greater and more powerful Activation’s and Transformations! Be in greater peace and joy as these Initiations begin to occur in much more potent ways. Keep focused and centered, as the Energies flow and Transform everything and anything that has been stuck up until now. Blessings to you all! This has been Lord Metatron, coming thru, to inform you of energetic change that are on the horizon!”
Michael: Thank you, Lord Metatron. It is always wonderful when I receive a channeling-transmission from our Friends Upstairs, and this one was also, as Lord Metatron expressed it, very uniquely powerful, as I could feel and sense these new energies that he refereed to, that are being amplified for all on this planet, and how this is going to now faster Awaken those of us whose missions are to Liberate this planet. For those of you who have never seen the List of NASA Star People Characteristics, which helps identify fellow Volunteers, go to that section here on my website and check it out. Also, those of you who wish Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

to be informed when my Book is ready to be published soon, I will be posting an official publishing date here on this website. The first book in the Divine Blueprint series, which is a six part series (there are six books to this series) should be ready by possibly as early as April or May ’08.
“THE END OF F.E.A.R. & THE LAST CABAL!” Voltra (Galactic Psychotherapist)
Channeled through Michael Ellegion December 13, 2007
“Greetings to all on planet Earth, and especially to those of you Lightworkers who are, as this Channel is, on Missions to uplift this planet as it begins to experience its Ascension from the old dysfunctional conditions of its past. Yes, I say Dysfunctional, from one whose specialty is being what you would term a Cosmic Psychotherapist. In fact I have been referred to by others as ‘THE DR. PHIL OF THE COSMIC REALMS!’
For those of you who have never heard of me on a conscious level, there are many of you who have known me on a subconscious level by having interacted with me, in the higher councils–especially if you were also involved in forms of Cosmic Psychotherapy–psychology that I and other fellow Cosmic Psychotherapists practice here on these higher dimensions of Light. Many of you who have been drawn to becoming an Earth psychotherapist–like the famous Dr. Phil and so many others, have come with a Mission of helping people overcome their dysfunctional emotional and psychological problems/ challenges that so many on Earth have had to face, and were told as they say in ‘Tough Love’–‘deal with it.’
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Unlike many of the ‘old school’ earth psychotherapists and psychiatrists, such as Freud, Jung and others who contributed to understanding the power of the subconscious and of all things related to the emotional and psychological, we fellow Psychotherapists of the Intergalactic realms understand things on a much more expanded metaphysical and inter-dimensional level. Especially those of us who are of the Elohim lineage, and with myself as a member of the Ashtar Command. It has been very rewarding to specifically work with those of you who are Volunteers in Earth embodiment, Lightworkers, ‘Star People,’ who have come on very important Missions to uplift Mother Earth, as she begins to experience her Ascension; and, have helped to release and transmute all of the ‘Emotional Engrams’ of pain and suffering Earth has experienced at the hands of those imbalanced forces–denial spirits—who have up until now controlled this planet.
Even when this Channel is doing his Direct Voice private Transformational Channel sessions with Lord Ashtar, I have often communicated to Ashtar, about sharing with the particular Lightworker, emotional and psychological insights to help the Lightworker understand and release all their own Earth dysfunctional patterns and habits they often tend to experience while being on Earth.
After all, as I have stated many times–and this is not in any way meant to be critical, only insightful—‘earth truly has been the most Dysfunctional planet in the entire universe!’ And, as I have also stated–you all need a lot of Cosmic Psychotherapy, to help you overcome, release and transmute all the earthly dysfunctional habits and patterns you have picked up and manifested as you were growing up on this planet.
Yes, I state these things with such ‘Unbearable Compassion,’ with an intense desire to be of service helping all of you Lightworkers who desire to utilize my services as a Cosmic Psychotherapist. One of my great ‘passions’ is to help you release all forms of neurosis, and dysfunctional conditions. I welcome you, please call upon me and the many, many fellow Psychotherapists on our Staff, of these higher dimensions and worlds. In more powerful ways than some earthly psychotherapists use, we can help you quickly speed up and accelerate this whole Psychotherapy session of Releasing and freeing yourself from your old emotional wounds and traumas that have blocked you from being more filled with feeling and being in touch with the greater love that has always been within you. We help you get in touch with this love so you may feel and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

experience greater love, joy and fulfillment in your lives and help your earthly relationships as well.
As one of those who wrote a book titled, ‘Men Are From Mars, Women Are From Venus’–of course, the truth being told, in actuality, those of you Lightworkers are from all over the Universe–not just from Venus and Mars– which also creates some interesting psychological and emotional interactions of varieties and different so-called ‘diversities’ of thought, habit and orientation; and, this coupled with earthly dysfunctional patterns and habits, only compounds and increases the challenges one may face being in Earth embodiment.
I once stated to Lord Ashtar and he repeats this statement quite often in Channeling sessions thru this Channel–”If Earthians have trouble accepting or handling all the finite number of different Earthly planetary diversities, how in the heck can one handle all the vast, infinite number of Intergalactic diversities (cultural, etc.) that literally exist on all the other more advanced worlds within our Federation?’
And this is where I want to refer to one of the main topics of this Transmission. The End of that term–F.E.A.R.–yes, False Evidence Appearing Real, and how one’s dysfunctional conditions are released and transmuted, which I and fellow Cosmic Psychotherapists can greatly assist you to do. You will more quickly be able to–easily, effortlessly and powerfully–let go of all fear and uncertainty and become more in harmony to Truth, Love, Light, Joy and all things uplifting and sacred to all life. This, of course, is the opposite of F.E.A.R. and allows you to experience greater Empowerment in this courage and Inner knowing of not only your Destiny, the Destiny of this Planet, but of Mother Earth’s Ascension.
And it is also within this Inner/Outer Knowing, termed ‘personality integration,’ you merge into this greater state of the Cosmic Law of Grace. Just as this Channel knows first hand, when the cabal many times attempted to use ‘deadly force’ upon him, we of the Ashtar Command, the Federation, always counteracted such attempts–just as we have been and will do, for all of our other Emissaries who have come on earthly Missions.
This especially includes those of you who feel that you need to BOLDLY SPEAK OUT AGAINST THE TYRANNY AND INJUSTICES that you see going on because the last dark cabal, who think somehow they are ‘above the Law’ Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and can somehow stop you and/or silence you. As Ashtar, himself, has stated many times, it is not that we cannot Forgive these forces who have continued to create and orchestrate destruction against humanity–it is because freewill is getting out of hand and the very survival of earth is threatened. Under Federation policy, we are no longer able to stand aside and allow the cabal to create more destruction to Earth and her people–who cry out for us to Intervene—and, so we have been, more and more. Yes, no longer shall these forces be able to ‘run roughshod over you’ as the principles ‘of the people, for the people, by the people, will be ‘MIRACULOUSLY’ CONSTITUTIONALLY RESTORED with our help. Things will very dramatically shift back to the People’s needs and Rights truly being met and fulfilled!
As I wish to emphasize, this HELP AND PROTECTION WE OF THE FEDERATION OFFER TO ALL OF YOU who feel that you can no longer be silent about all the injustices and nefarious plans and hidden agendas of the dark cabal, yes WE ARE YOUR COSMIC BACK-UP TEAM. We feel that you sometimes need to be reminded about this HIGHER PROTECTION AND GUIDANCE on a conscious level, even though your subconscious does know this Sacred Promise. We would not allow you to come down, one more time, on another and Final Mission on this most dysfunctional and dangerous planet, without our support and backing when your Missions are to speak out openly, of letting your voices be heard against all the mass global electronic mind control and propaganda. Just as we are now stepping in with our Merkabah Light Ships to neutralize and transmute the Chemtrails, HAARP and other numerous ‘black-op’ cabal projects. Just as we have been constantly stopping and neutralizing all the MANY RECENT ATTEMPTS TO SEND NUCLEAR MISSILES TO IRAN OR TO DETONATE THOSE SMALL NUC SUITCASES! YES, WE OF THE FEDERATION HAVE INTERVENED MORE TIMES THAN YOU CAN EVEN IMAGINE, ESPECIALLY IN THESE RECENT YEARS OF THE BUSH ADMINISTRATION–AND WE WILL CONTINUE WITH EAGLE EYES TO CLOSELY MONITOR WHAT THESE OF THE DARK CABAL ARE ATTEMPTING TO DO UNTIL THEY ARE SOON TO BE FORCED OUT OF THEIR POSITIONS OF ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL CONTROL!
Yes, you are giving us Authority to Divinely Intervene under our Federation Laws of Non-interference, because of your actions and intent, of helping us Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

expose and stop these forces of the cabal from being able to succeed. Yes, as Ashtar stated, their plan the ‘New World Odor stinks to High Heaven’ for many reasons, none the least of which is all the unnecessary pain and suffering they have already created and this must come to an end immediately.
We of the Federation want all of you on Earth to know that even though the conditions right now in your country, of the United States of America, do appear to be very parallel to that time right before the Fascist Nazis were about to take over Germany in the1930’s, THERE ARE A NUMBER OF SIGNIFICANT FACTORS THAT ARE OCCURING NOW THAT DID NOT OCCUR THEN.
One being the fact that unlike then, there is a major shift of Consciousness occurring that has Awakened so many to the realization of what has been occurring behind the scenes by the economic political forces of the cabal that also helped fund and manipulate the German public into accepting the Nazi control–and unlike then, this consciousness shift will not allow another type of Fascist dictatorship to exist in this higher state of consciousness that is now beginning to manifest upon the planet. For such a DYSFUNCTIONAL MANIPULATIVE AND OPPRESSIVE AGENDA WILL VERY SOON ULTIMATELY ‘IMPLODE’ UPON ITSELF AND NOT BE ABLE TO FINISH IMPLEMENTING ITSELF. As we have stated before, ‘when spiritual integrity disappears, then mechanical integrity breaks down.’ This means that such dysfunctional behavior, is in denial of the qualities of this higher dimensional consciousness shift that is occurring more rapidly, and by it’s very nature, cannot and will not be able to exist or function within this higher consciousness and energy of the planetary Ascension–which is beginning to pick up momentum, and such plans of world control will begin to breakdown and cease to be.
Another is the fact that there is a vast number of Volunteers on this planet right now, who live in the U.S., who incarnated at this time to specifically stop this same fascist plan of control that had succeeded in Nazi Germany. These volunteers have also brought in with them a higher level of Discernment of a more evolved DNA/RNA level which has allowed one to counteract the same type of propaganda and manipulation that has been used by these more recent Fascists who have been in positions of control over the U.S. government. This means that old forms of mind control and manipulation are not having the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

planned affect and instead is causing the opposite affect and this is causing these forces of the cabal to ultimately all be exposed and stopped before they can implement their plans of enforcing total control.
So do not be intimidated by what you think, say and do because of recent so-called executive orders ‘being passed’ and of you being monitored by these ones of the cabal. The truth being that for well over 50 years, the NSA and all the other ‘alphabet soup agencies’ of the earth’s shadow government have always been monitoring your phone conversations, it is much easier to do more now on a much greater scale. But remember, though they may be monitoring you–guess who is monitoring them! Yes, BIG SPACE BROTHER is watching and monitoring them –and they know this, too, as we have demonstrated to them many times of this fact–as well as the fact that they cannot round you up and force you into some American ‘gulag’ or concentration camp as they have PLANNED to do for many years. Yes, ‘there are plans and then there’s life!’
THEY have their plans–and WE have OUR plans–which with your help, because so many of you are asking us to step in and stop these forces, it is now literally MANDATED that we must step in and stop these plans of the cabal, as well as protecting those who do boldly speak out and let your very important opinions be expressed so that you can fulfill you Missions of great Empowerment and Truth that must be expressed and not silenced. So call upon us and ask us to help you succeed. We cannot ‘stuff help down your throats,’ but by the same token, when you ask us to Intervene–we appreciate the opportunity to help you powerfully overcome and stop these oppressive forces from continuing their plans.
So keep on with your Missions and know that we are here over this planet in Guardian Action, and soon we will be appearing in a much more overt and open way. Yes, and soon in greater balance and joy, we will be Officially lifting the planetary cultural quarantine, and allowing you who are sincere in your hearts to visit with us and then return to Earth to help finish up the total Transformation of Earth as it finishes it’s Ascension and Graduation and becomes one of the most Functional and beautiful paradise worlds in the entire universe!
Blessings to you all. I welcome your requests for help and insight into all the emotional and psychological challenges you have been facing, and I will help all who ask to be helped and counseled, and who needs to be more in touch with Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

their courage and strength of spirit in these challenging End Times–the End of F.E.A.R. and the cabal who used fear to control you. Now the beginning of the New and more beautiful future is just around the corner within the next few years. Blessings to all. Voltra signing out! Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Michael: Thank you, Voltra, that was great, to shed more Light into how we must not be silent or be intimidated in any way about speaking out–and especially how protected we really are–I definitely learned this, as Voltra related, first hand, and as I know how Divinely Protected we Lightworkers actually are, and how my life has been, as he mentioned, literally saved many times from being killed by the cabal. So it is also great for our Friends Upstairs to also offer this same protection and guidance to everyone else who is open to it, as we fulfill our Missions and until they do openly Intervene. I am about to publish a Book which is going to help powerfully Prepare everyone for this upcoming event, in much detail, of more open contact with the Federation in the coming time. Namaste!
“INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES ON LOCAL PLANETARY EVENTS”– July 17, 2008
This week’s news item story headlines are “The Motives for blocking Investigations into Bush Lawbreaking” & “Law School Dean Calls Conference to Plan Bush War Crimes Prosecution”. Go to www.FreedomsPhoenix.com and read the entire story. Here is the Intergalactic Commentary from the Higher Forces of Light regarding these news items.
“Greetings in the Light of Our Radiant One, our Divine Creator. This is Lord Ashtar, of the Ashtar Command, in the Intergalactic Confederation. I have picked out two different, but much related news item stories. We have been Overshadowing and Inspiring all citizens, not only of the United States of Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

America, but every planetary citizen to demand greater and more responsible ACCOUNTABILITY from all your Earth’s leaders, politicians and bureaucrats. They must answer to and account for all their actions and agendas that have gone unchallenged for too long–”Officially” and Legally through what is termed the “Rule of Law”.
“Recent Spiritual planetary Awakening has occurred in the last few years, since the “false flag” event known” as 9-11. This awakening is causing all souls to shift out of FEAR, or the False Evidence Appearing Real mode, into greater Love and Light as more powerful Cosmic Energies of Light sweep the planet. This is creating within all souls of Light, a desire of calm and focused ACCOUNTABILITY for all those who participated in and even planned the events behind the scenes, of this “9-11 inside job.” Yes, all corrupt and destructive events that were secretly or covertly planned behind the scenes, were done with the intention of creating conditions that these forces thought would have the usual and past historical effect–allowing more control over the population. This in turn would allow them to create a total fascist dictatorship as the ultimate result.
“Instead, the exact opposite has been occurring, as we have helped in Overshadowing and Inspiring this extremely, powerful shift. A greater desire for more responsibility and personal participation, that occurs in our Higher Worlds of the Federation, and in our Higher Councils. The citizens of not only America, but the entire planet are, like a “sleeping giant waking up.” They will not allow the real facts of Truth to be covered up any longer. As caretakers and guardians for this entire planet and with greater Love for all Creation, all souls must respect that which is termed the Sacred Spiritual “Rule of Law”, which includes specific Constitutional Laws. You are now quickly Awakening to the Self-Realization of the need to take greater responsibility for all things that have occurred that need to be exposed, cleared-up and Healed (as “planetary wounds of Mother Earth”). This must and is occurring in order that true Closure can take place. So that real Functional (versus dysfunctional) and balanced Healing can now take place. Then the next beautiful steps of planetary Transformation and Ascension can be allowed and completed.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“As we of the Spiritual Hierarchy have stated many times, in simple terms this process requires total ACCOUNTABILITY for a smooth and thorough completion of the ongoing process, so that history is not ever allowed to repeat itself ever again. In these two news item stories, there are many who were actually responsible. Yes, members of the cabal, which definitely included the President, Vice president, and many others of their corrupt administration did plan and orchestrate 9-11. Now they are attempting to block the inevitable outcome of having to face not only true justice, but the karma of their actions. As the headline states, they have a major motivation for attempting–and I emphasize the word–ATTEMPTING–to block or stop the investigation of their actions. For no matter what they may have attempted to do up until now, they cannot stop the ultimate exposure of all that they did. The other news story is also a very powerful premonition of this upcoming Historical event, of an actual war crimes trial, similar to the Nuremberg War Trials. Those responsible for these events as well as many others will be forced to attend. And unlike the fact that many of those Nazis who were responsible for crimes against humanity escaped, some through the program known as “Operation Paperclip”, this time, ultimately, all those who had been involved with this and many other such events, will be made ACCOUNTABLE for their actions. These next few years shall be a time of true Revelation for most souls on this planet. In fact, this process will begin over the next couple years as more is exposed and released which was able to be blocked up until now. It shall all be exposed, and then all planetary wounds will be healed, and true closure will occur.
“Blessings to you all, as all this long overdue Accountability finally manifests, and you all get on with the very exciting Transformation of not only the U.S. but the entire planet! This has been Ashtar, signing out. And until next time, Keep your eyes on the skies! Adonai Vassu Berogus!
Michael: Thank you Ashtar for your “Intergalactic Commentary” about these two news stories, and this does confirm what I have already been personally receiving from the Higher Forces, and how eventually true Accountability will indeed take place, though maybe not as fast as we would like, but at least will occur.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“YES, THE BENEVOLENT SPACE BROTHERS ARE INDEED COMING DOWN TO SAVE YOU!!!!”
November 4, 2007
“Greetings, In the Light of Our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar, in charge of the Ashtar Command, wanting to comment on a false statement that we have heard used many times by those who tend to be what might be termed ‘cynical’ and even consider themselves as ‘rational thinkers” upon planet Earth in recent decades–many who have been in what would be termed the ‘UFO community.’ “If You Think that the Benevolent Space Brothers Are Gonna’ Come down and Save You , then you are totally Deluded or Mistaken and Not Facing Reality…..” But many of these misguided but well-meaning souls, as well as agents of disinformation who have often used this negative and erroneous statement to debunk and ridicule those who deep down know otherwise–as in the phrase, “KNOW THYSELF”. Such a phrase or statement only shows, to put it another way using slang earthly terms, of how ‘screwed up’ or ‘flawed’ are these one’s negative thinking. They are just unaware of the implications of such DOGMATIC thinking and/or assumptions concerning what Authority we of the higher realms, of the Galactic Federation actually have. This includes our official policies regarding “Laws of Noninterference” referred to as the Galactic Pacts and termed ‘Divine Intervention’, which determines what we are actually allowed to do for the people of Earth, especially under the severe conditions presently facing Earth at this time.
There are even a couple terms or words, which I will mention soon, that are often used by those who would consider themselves very ‘rational,’ ‘levelheaded’ and ‘down to earth’ when making this statement–(and usually they tend to repeat this statement with what would be viewed as a somewhat if not very sarcastic and ridiculing tone to their voice) to those who not only BELIEVE, BUT ALSO KNOW DEEPLY WITHIN that such a reality–is very soon going to occur. We of the SPACE BROTHERHOOD AND SPACE SISTERHOOD!!!!!– Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

are in fact going to quote “COME DOWN AND YES, SAVE YOU!!!!” for very obvious RATIONAL and PRAGMATIC reasons, some of which I will be covering.
This statement does not and has never been an excuse for you of earth to just sit back and do nothing, taking absolutely no responsibility for all of the problems and challenges presently facing you. Nor do we sense this is the emotional and psychological response when we monitor those who know this fact, and this knowledge yet has never caused any of you to take a lazy, back seat role being on Earth at this time. In fact, the exact opposite effect has occurred, as many of our Cosmic Psychotherapists, such as Voltra, have observed while monitoring your consciousness in the knowledge of this inspiring and uplifting promise of us ultimately stepping in more overtly. For this knowledge of us helping those of our Volunteers, as well as anyone else on earth desiring a better way of life, we have noted, that being inspired and empowered by this knowledge of rescue, only makes one strive ever harder to fulfill your Missions with greater determination and effort. As the noble beings you are, because you Volunteers all know deep inside, many of you also know consciously, that once we do lift or beam you up, you have to report back to the Higher Councils about your accomplishments. We know none of you would wish to look back with any regrets of what you ‘could or should have done’, as this channel often remarks at his workshops. Instead you will hold your heads high as the noble beings that you are, for with the knowledge and interest of us ultimately SAVING you, this has tended to only spur those of you on to greater and more inspired efforts to help us vibrationally uplift and liberate the planet from those forces of imbalance.
Just from a position of good old fashioned “Galactic Common Sense” which in fact, dictates and makes this very much of a “COSMIC MANDATE”. Now considering the complete circumstances all of the inhabitants of planet Earth are in such dire straights and the fact that if we do not step in very soon, more overtly, in mass, this planet would, in fact, cease to be. With those who have been in power for a very long time and are determined not to step down as we have asked them to do many times and allow us, of the Higher worlds of the Federation, to allow the people, the masses of the Earth who do wish and desire a better way, who have prayed for such an opportunity, to have a chance to live Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

your lives in a truly peaceful and sacred way. This will allow Mother Earth to be transformed, instead of continuing to be ‘Culturally Quarantined” by those of us in the Federation, as has been the case up until now, which is truly about to be lifted, and this will allow us to openly share all our Higher Consciousness Technologies with all on Earth. That will truly transform this planet back into the Golden Age, and of a planetary paradise that all souls of the Light truly desire and long for.
What ever happened to ‘critical thinking’ and ‘deductive reasoning’ these same cynical ones have even lamented, as if these two terms would imply that by being able to use critical thinking and deductive reasoning, somehow this would conclude that such a belief is jut unrealistic thinking. But, nay, this really is an INNER KNOWING OF THIS FACT, of us VERY SOON, ultimately coming down in mass, overtly and Divinely Intervening upon the behalf of the inhabitants of this sacred and precious planet. The REALIZATION of such a plan those cynics conclude, is in itself somehow flawed and not “realistic’ enough as quote, ‘in the Real World’ of the old 3rd dimensional duality Matrix of illusion and of those forces of darkness, who have been determined to take away any hope of such a dramatic set of circumstances would, in fact, NECESSITATE us of the Spiritual Hierarchy, of the Intergalactic Confederation, and Universal Alliance of Peace, stepping in overtly and openly to make our presence known to all the inhabitants of this planet at long last.
Where, in fact did this negative and DISEMPOWERING statement first originate: ‘if you think that the so-called benevolent Space Brothers are gonna come down and save you, well you are just deluded and not facing reality!’ We would say, that this Earthly ‘Urban Legend’ statement, like some DISEMPOWERING negative mantra, that is supposed to imply some kind of so-called earthly practicality, common sense and levelheadedness. Instead, as this statement tends to do, by double speak -Orwellian Logic, is taking out of context what has really been going on for the past 60 years. We of the SPACE BROTHERHOOD have been having physical contacts with numerous of our Contactees back in the decades of the ‘50’s and ‘60’s which was termed the ‘Contactee Movement’. We have also been present in your skies, in Guardian Action around this planet, and as this Channel and Contactee knows first hand, how many times we have truly physically and personally Divinely Intervened and actually saved the lives of our Contactees MANY, MANY TIMES. For they Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

would NOT HAVE SURVIVED or lived to tell about their many experiences with us and having been taken physically aboard our Merkabah Light Ships. “As this Channel and Contactee knows first hand, when the use of DEADLY FORCE has been ATTEMPTED MANY, TIMES upon many of our contactees/ Emissaries. Many of you, who either knowingly or ‘unknowingly’ (as behind the scenes) have had ATTEMPTS AGAINST YOU by the Cabal. THIS IS A FACT!
During President Eisenhower’s term in office, the Cabal was referred to as the Industrial Military Complex, and Eisenhower attempted to warn everyone that this would become a more overt threat to your rights and civil liberties and these “Cosmic Civil Rights” have been taken away by these forces of the Shadow Government. This has “technically” been recently accomplished, by these ones presently in power at the White House. Of course they still think that they are ‘above the Law’ and that somehow they will be able to accomplish their plans for world control and the final establishment of the New World Odor”–yes, this plan STINKS TO HIGH HEAVEN” as it has been mentioned on earth, and we think this, too!
But to get back to that phrase we have been referring to in this channeling, it appears to have originated deep within the bowels of the Cabal, of the Shadow Government, back in the early ‘50’s. We of the SPACE BROTHERHOOD DID BEGIN TO HAVE MANY PHYSICAL CONTACTS WITH THOSE EARLY CONTACTEES. In fact, on July 18, 1952, to be exact, of 3rd dimensional Earth time, my first contactee known as George Van Tassel, did, in fact Channel me for the first time, and within 24 hours, it was our Ships of my Command, the Ashtar Command, that suddenly appeared over this nation’s Capitol Building, on the 19th of July–and again repeated the following weekend, of the 26th.
Yes, this negative disempowering mantra has been used by many within the UFO community, who come off as if they are ‘sincere UFO investigators’ and as if it is all such a great ‘mystery’, or that only the negative abductions by the renegade grey entities (which are one of the few ‘bad apples’ in the Cosmic Barrel’), and their secret Government Cloned greys, have been going on in these recent decades, rather than putting it all in greater perspective. These various so-called ‘professional’ B.S. artists and disinformation experts say they are just being ‘conservative’ UFO researchers’ and that they are not ‘jumping to conclusions’ and not believing anything that is ‘pie in the sky’. For many years, as they have ‘stuffed the grey aliens down everyone’s throats’ by emphasizing Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

these negative “Cosmic Civil Rights Violation Cases” as if this was the majority of the so-called UFO experiences that have been going on. They also ridiculed and demeaned those who had positive and uplifting experiences with those of us, who are also in the vast majority of beings who have only BENEVOLENT INTENTIONS AND ALSO HIGHER ETHICAL STANDARDS– WHICH MOST EARTHLY POLITICIANS AND BUREAUCRATS UNFORTUNATELY HAVE NOT BEEN ABLE TO LIVE UP TO”, Obviously, this is just one of the many reasons that our BENEVOLENT presence around this planet in Guardian Action was put down and suppressed, and any reference to our ultimate plan to Officially step in and Divinely Intervene had to be ridiculed and destroyed from the very beginning with all haste, with diabolical evil intent, to keep the people of Earth feeling that you are ‘all on your own’ with no outside help and Cosmic Backup as things would begin to get worse (before they would finally be stopped by us, openly stepping in).
From an Earthly perspective, given a choice between—
* those termed the greys, which were actually breaking Federation policies of Noninterference, by doing these negative and traumatic abductions, these entities, which according to earthly standards of physical outer beauty, would be termed the least attractive choice of entities to interact with, and whose ships are not the most esthetic or beautiful appearing, with much more backward and crude type technology (which is why the earth military has been able to copy and back-engineer this type of technology as has happened since the Roswell crash of ‘47 and numerous other grey ships that did crash upon Earth for the last several decades of Earth time.) These ships have also always left negative radiation burns on the ground whenever they landed, which our much more advanced ships do not do.
Or
* interaction with what we of the SPACE BROTHERHOOD–AND SISTERHOOD–(YES, COSMIC EQUAL RIGHTS, for our females or Commanderessess have always applied to equal status within our Councils) have always been able to offer. If one had a much better CHOICE, of being invited on board our Merkabah Light Ships, which are actually beautiful Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Rainbow Temples of Light, of intense higher dimensional energies of Light and Love, our females are truly GORGEOUS GODDESSES, which is a combination of their Inner and outer beauty, and you of earth would say we of the masculine perspective are quite handsome, we adhere to very high spiritual and ethical standards, that as stated earlier most earth politicians and bureaucrats and especially all those operatives of the shadow government would never be able to live up to. Our Technologies, which we refer to often as Consciousness Technologies and which are truly Life Enhancing and respective of all the Sacred Traditions of the Earth, which WILL SOON!!!!!– ENERGY EMANCIPATE ALL THE INHABITANTS OF EARTH WHO WISH TO LIVE PEACEFUL AND UPLIFTING LIVES. This will cause all the major Corporations of the Cabal to collapse and cease to exist. From this perspective, it is very obvious, from a critical thinking and deductive reasoning point of view, why our BENEVOLENT REALITY AND ALL THAT WE HAVE YET TO OFFER, HAD TO BE RIDICULED–then talk about ‘insult on top of injury’ this became the agenda, to ridicule, and to make those who considered themselves ‘intelligent and educated’ to feel that it was beneath their level of dignity to be interested or involved in such a topic. And, to make those uneducated and unenlightened, fear this subject. Yes F.E.A.R.–False Evidence Appearing Real.”
And another way to express this perspective, of why we, the SPACE BROTHERS AND SISTERS–which has always been a term of GREAT RESPECT used by our original contactees of the ‘50’s and early ‘60’s,
* had to be ridiculed and put down as some “Cult term’ supposedly used only by ‘wild eyed, fanatical cult followers
* overly imaginative people prone to wishful thinking and daydreaming,
* as well as just a bunch of lazy individuals who were somehow not willing to take any responsibility for themselves, and
* as some form of ‘escape from all their boring, drab and negative earth so- called ‘realities; that they had to face from day to day.
As if they would all be ‘beamed up’ without any form of personal responsibility on their behalf. Yes, and if this form of MIND CONTROL LABELING and STEROTYPING was bought into by anyone daring to believe in the ultimate Divine Intervention, that they needed to ‘GET REAL’ and just ‘FACE REALITY.’
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Well, let’s ‘GET REAL’ shall we, and make it very clear, that this belief and INNER KNOWING is not just some psychotic schizoid ‘pie in the sky’ fantasy belief of lazy souls laying around on Earth just waiting for us to beam them up, as in there being “free rides” or as we have sometimes stated with a little humor, ‘there is no free ride on the good ship lolly pop’. We have emphasized to this Channel and all who we have had contact with, many times, as stressed thru that old earthly expression, ‘God helps those who help themselves’. That it is what we and you of Earth, together, as in the ‘win-win philosophy’ which has been referred to as ‘playing it forward’ that we all shall benefit from mutually. This SHARED RESPONSIBILITY. will result in the upcoming ‘Secret Wave of Evacuation’ and mass world wide landings, which most fellow Lightworkers and channels today usually refer to as First Contact.
Also, we have not really observed any really lazy individuals just sitting around or laying around waiting day after day, for us to suddenly beam them up. It is pretty obvious, we think, that this galactic common sense approach to life, is the reason why so many Volunteers/Star People are presently in Earth embodiment. You Volunteers are on very important Missions to ground more Light upon this planet and help Mother Earth as she begins to now make her Ascension and as all of you who have CHOSEN TO ALSO ASCEND with her, will definitely receive our more direct overt help and interactions here shortly when we do make our more mass appearance in your skies most likely within the next few years of earth time.
There is also another ‘obvious flaw in the negative statement by those cynical ones who like to state this biased statement of ‘us not helping those of you presently upon Earth’. This Channel questioned me about how much we have actually ‘helped’ this planet, because of seeing so much injustice occurring upon this planet and how it may seem, looking at it from the programed masses point of view, that things do appear hopeless of ever solving the major problems of this planet. And I telepathically responded that despite how things may at times appear hopeless to the masses, we of the Federation have Intervened many, many times, in such a way that, “If it had not been for our Divine Intervention behind the scenes, this planet would literally be in a MESS EIGHT TIMES WORSE THAN IT ALREADY IS!” This Channel responded in his surprise, and thought ‘I can’t even imagine TWICE as bad as it is now, let alone eight times the problems’. More recently, we have been stepping in to Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

help neutralize the Chemtrails and the HAARP projects, as well as other covert actions and destructive projects that the Cabal has attempted to accomplish, but they have been blocked from succeeding.
Yes, and one of the major areas, has been the neutralizing of all nuclear weapons by us, whether they be nuclear missiles or those compact ‘nuc suitcases’, which the government has continued to hold over the heads of their citizens with the F.E.A.R. of the possibility of some nuclear attack and now it is the F.E.A.R. of some extremist terrorist group having one–or in the lies of the Bush Administration regarding Iran having such weapons, just as they did with Iraq before, but we will not allow these WEAPONS OF MASS DISINFORMATION to succeed. We have made it very clear that these desperate forces must step down and that we will not allow them to create another 9-11 type event, and if they do attempt such a thing, these plans will be exposed for all to see.
In final analysis, as this channel, himself consciously remembers prior to him taking Earth embodiment, and shares this fact with others who need to hear it, all of you who were also key members of my Command and many other Commands while you were up here on our great Merkabah Light Ships within our vast fleets of the Federation. You then took Earth embodiment, leaving your higher density body in storage that you used prior to incarnating, along with all your higher Elohim powers and abilities you had, while still aboard our Ships and in our Higher Councils. While still in ‘Debriefing’ when you were all each getting ready for your soul to be beamed down within each of your earth mother’s womb, YOU WERE ALL TOLD, AND IN FACT IT WAS A VERY SACRED PROMISE THAT AT SOME POINT WHILE STILL WITHIN PHYSICAL EARTH EMBODIMENT, THAT YOU WOULD, THROUGH A SERIES OF OPEN OR OVERT MASS LANDINGS AND CONTACTS, THAT ALL THOSE WHO COME ON THESE FINAL MISSIONS TO UPLIFT THIS PLANET WOULD BE PHYSICALLY LIFTED UP WITHIN YOUR PRESENT PHYSICAL EARTH BODIES, AS IN A TYPE OF ‘ASCENSION PROCESS’ WHEN THE TIME WAS RIGHT AND RETURNED BACK ABOARD OUR MOTHERSHIPS AND REUNITED WITH ALL YOUR EXTENDED COSMIC FAMILIES, AS IN A TYPE OF COSMIC R. & R., AND THEN BE RETURNED TO EARTH A SHORT TIME LATER TO HELP EVERYONE ELSE WHO WISHED TO GRADUATE OFF THIS OLD WHEEL OF KARMA!!!!
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

As it was stated even in the more orthodox and manipulated Christian Biblical scriptures, ‘no one knows the exact hour or day” when this event will occur that is referred to as Divine Intervention and which many fundamentalist Christians have referred to as ‘The Rapture.’ But as we have made very clear, this event, which will be very “rapturous” and feelings of incredible beauty and joy will definitely be felt by all of you returning back amongst those of us who allowed you to come on these Volunteer Missions to help uplift and liberate this planet from the hands of those who have controlled it for far too long. But what these Christians do not understand, is that of course, it is not a fanatical narrow religious belief system which judges everyone else who does not believe as they do, which is going to ‘save them’ as everyone else will just…. well you know, burn in some horrible fiery place.
For as anyone knows from deep Within, our Radiant One, as we of the Higher realms and the Space Brotherhood refer to God, or Divine Intelligence, the Great I Am That I Am, God is not a force of punishment, but instead is a force of great Love and Compassion. So as we have always stated, one Chooses to be Chosen by their actions, intent and vibrational level of consciousness—that “Body, Mind, Spirit, Emotional integration” which determines through each person’s discipline and self-responsibility whether they would be ready to be taken into the higher vibrations aboard our Lightships. And often, as we look down upon this planet from our vantage point, do we feel the sincere desire of the hearts of so many billions of souls upon this planet who are tired of the old ways of struggle and the old endless wheel of karma, which now is finally coming to a close. The COSMIC LAW OF GRACE is being allowed to be fulfilled and all karma is being transmuted and all those forces and entities, which are in the vast minority who have opposed our upcoming Divine Intervention, and even those well meaning ‘Cosmic Isolationists,’ who somehow think everything is so ‘hunky dory’–well they will have a chance to incarnate on another planet, and this will not hold up Earth’s Ascension–something for everyone, as they say on earth.
Now at long last, for the majority of souls on Earth who truly do want a better way, but often do not know just exactly what to do and are overwhelmed by so much negativity that the imbalanced forces have created up until now to block this Inner desire, well no longer will these blockages be allowed to
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

interfere with their FREE WILL and with the upward evolution of their souls and the releasing of all their unnecessary pain and suffering.
So, in final analysis, yes, let me state it once more, OFFICIALLY FOR THE RECORD, WE YOUR BENEVOLENT SPACE BROTHERS AND SISTERS WE WILL COME DOWN AND SAVE YOU!!!! and we will keep our word and fulfill our promise! All of you who are connected with us have known deep within ever since you were small children of this sacred promise, and all your dreams and fantasies WILL BECOME REAL! SO KEEP YOUR EYES ON THE SKIES as you continue to go about your missions, as we Prepare for Divine Intervention! Blessings to you all. This Is Ashtar signing out. Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Thank You Lord Ashtar Michael Ellegion
This was a very powerful Channeling, as I felt Ashtar’s passion about clearing up this misconception regarding this statement of disinformation that as Ashtar conveyed, has been used to ridicule the fact that we will definitely experience upcoming mass world wide Divine Intervention. I am about to publish a book which will very powerfully help prepare humanity for about this event in much more detail. For those who wish to be informed when the book is published or who wish to connect with me more, please e-mail me your e-mail address, and I will let you know as soon as copies are available.
“E.T. DIVINE INTERVENTION STOPS NUCLEAR & BIOLOGICAL ATTACKS!”
Greetings To Fellow Lightworkers:
Hello, I have been guided to share this very exciting channeled transmission that was e-mailed to me recently from the very dedicated New Age Lightworkers, Star Doves, which was first received in Channeling thru another Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

very dedicated fellow Lightworker/Volunteer in Earth embodiment, Michael Sun Bear. I feel that this is significant because certain forms of Divine Intervention beginning to occur behind the scenes from higher benevolent Cosmic Forces of Light to help counteract these negative/insane plans of the power elite. This information has also strongly confirmed my own channelings and communications with the higher Cosmic Forces of Light who have literally saved my life a number of times, partly because one of my own missions is to help expose government/military cover-ups of the misuse of technologies being used against the population of this planet, as well as helping others understand their reasons for being a fellow Volunteer soul here on Earth on a mission to help this planet to ultimately experience it’s Ascension.
In particular, this channeling, which I will now share, strongly confirmed that what has been going on behind the scenes, regarding the secret plans of our corrupt shadow government to ignite yet another war by the ATTEMPTED use of nuclear missiles sent to Iran very recently:
The following Ascended Ones wish to deliver this message from the Great White Brotherhood. This communication must reach decision-makers of the world and I am asking you to help me achieve their goal. It is critical that this message reach all tribal nations as well as all levels of government globally. Those of you in mass media, please print this message in your publications, those of you who know people in positions to get this message out please send it to them. It is time for humanity to stand side by side rather than in opposition. The future of our planet depends on it.
Much Peace & Light, Michael Sun Bear
Shaman & Peacemaker Descendant of the Mohawk, Seneca, and Iroquois Northeastern Tribes
Greetings,
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

We are Ra, Imperial Commander and Head of State to the Sirian High Council, Saint Germain, Ambassador to the Galactic Federation of Light,
Archangel Michael, Prince of the Archangels and the Angelic Hosts,
Hiawatha, Ascended Tribal Chief, and Geronimo, Ascended Tribal Warrior,
+ All of the Great White Brotherhood under the Prime Creator.
We are here to affirm that the Light has prevailed against corruptions by the Dark Lords who no longer have their stronghold on humanity thereby allowing you your God-given right of freedom and to live in peace and harmony. A stern warning had been issued a short time ago to your current global leaders with dire consequences if changes were not immediately implemented. Let it be known that the following directives under the Prime Creator have been achieved:
* The Galactic Federation lightships immediately intervened the planned nuclear attacks against Iran and parallel countermeasures against the United States . The missiles were deactivated at the moment of launch from military ships.
* Your current government officials continued usage of high frequency microwave pulsar technology designed to increase the temperature of the earth core has been permanently deactivated.
* George Bush, Sr. has acknowledged the directive and grounded all planes scheduled to spread the man-made Avian Flu Virus.
* Russian President Vladimir Putin has moved forward with preserving the lives of his countrymen.
* All government networks have ceased all future development of current blank-slate technology projects.
* Secret government agencies’ misguided attempts to control and disperse Natural Healthcare remedies proved futile and unsuccessful.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

* All efforts of military and nonmilitary personnel purposely devastating oceanic life forms through detonation of explosive devices under the guise of experimentation in the interest of science are now being overridden by our lightships.
* And let it be known that the following directives under the Prime Creator have NOT YET been achieved and the time remaining to act is critically short:
* All existing Avian Flu Vaccines are to be destroyed immediately.
* Usage of toxic pesticides and genetically modified agriculture seeds must cease and desist.
* Sonar frequency wave technology misused to deliberately harm whales and dolphins must be deactivated.
* Commercial fishing vessels that release trawling nets with the ultimate intent to alter planetary ecosystems will immediately cease and desist.
* Scientists under the control of government officials and public figures who create, utilize, and promote falsified data regarding carbon being the causative factor in the increase of our beloved Earth’s temperature will retract all statements and speak the truth about HAARP, microwave technology, and the involvement of numerous governments.
* Scientists and Secret Societies will terminate all programs set up to manipulate mankind by utilizing potent mind-altering programs to mask their covert agendas.
* George W. Bush and Dick Cheney must concede to any and all directives they have received and ignored.
* Tony Blair must concede to Great Britain his actual highest intentions and cease supporting the recent misguided truths that have appeared in your media.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Your commercial honey bee colonies that have seemingly all but disappeared have only migrated to south of the Equator. Honey bees vibrate at a much higher level than most third dimensional creatures. They are sensitive to and respond well to love and nurturing much like flowers and plants do. Honey bee colonies no longer have resilience to human lower-conditioned thought forms, environments of low electromagnetic radiation, and the dangerous pesticides that have inundated their existence. When your commercial beekeepers learn to value the honey bees and incorporate organic approaches and applications to the construction and care of beehives, the honey bees will return.
We are the Warriors of the Light and are acutely aware of your leaders’ devious plans to undermine all Spiritual Absolute Truth as we sit among them in their private meetings and listen to them scheme strategies for lustful personal gain of power and money. We have stood by and watched greed consume them as they destroy your nations. Know that we do exist and we are not threatening. We are a benevolent race. It will soon become very clear as to the importance of your acknowledgement of our existence.
Your current governments will soon stage another kind of attack, one from an extraterrestrial nation, to justify instilling what you call Martial Law to your land. This will be the most convincing effort yet by the Illuminati. Let us reiterate that we are a peaceful, loving race and have only the best interest of your planet and its inhabitants at heart. Allow us, if we may at this time, to illustrate our whereabouts to you.
We encourage you to scan your night skies with open hearts and notice the brightest and closest stars. These are our lightships. Verify our existence through your most powerful telescopes and see for yourselves that we actually do exist. You can see the defined edges of our crafts and you will absolutely see the array of distinguished colors pulsating outwardly from our lightships. Know we are among you, our beloved ones.
Currently our command lightship known as Cathereum is technologically equipped with liquid crystal computerization capable of transporting us at great
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

speeds. Contact between us is not far into the future as we are all part of your families.
We are One. Ra, St. Germain, Archangel Michael, Hiawatha, Geronimo
The significance about this Channeling is the fact that it very powerfully CONFIRMED for me all the many things that the Cosmic Elohim Masters of Light have been channeling to me for many years, not only thru telepathic and Direct Voice Channeling, but from having been physically taken aboard the great Merkabah Light Ships of the Ashtar Command, twice.
Through their higher dimensional physical presence, they related to me similar plans concerning DIVINE INTERVENTION.
This reference to Divine Intervention, also refers to numerous incidents in which the corrupt U.S. shadow government has specifically attempted to use nuclear weapons against other countries, in which the Higher Cosmic Forces of Light have neutralized these attempts.
The fact is, that all those missing nuclear suitcases that many people have been worried about, were already neutralized by our Friends Upstairs. The U.S. government would attempt, just as they have done with the so-called war on terror, to use these threats, to push fear, terror and ignorance concerning what is really going on behind the scenes, attempting to take more of our Rights and Freedoms away from us. They aggressively ignore UNIVERSAL LAWS of the Universe, that forbid not only the use of nuclear weapons, but also the use of man-made BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS against the general population.
Ashtar had specifically informed me, back on Sept. 11, 2001, on the very day it happened–in fact during the time it was happening that day–of the fact that 9-11 was definitely a corrupt Bush administration inside job scam as part of their so-called war on terror. More recently, he informed me a few months ago that they were also PLANNING a nuclear attack on Iran–but this attempt would be stopped–just as any other attempt would be stopped.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Our Friends Upstairs have made it clear to the world officials and those Puppet Masters of the Illuminati who control them, that any such attempt to send nuclear missiles to start a nuclear war would be very firmly stopped–as would any mass biological attack. However, as stated earlier, the shadow government will still ATTEMPT to secretly accomplish this, as the in-denial spirits they are, which is refusing to allow the general population or masses to know of this fact. Things would appear to be business as normal in their attempt to continue to fool the masses into believing these possible dangers, for keeping the masses in a state of F.E.A.R. (False Evidence Appearing Real)
Ashtar specifically told me when the incident of international hostilities occurred between India and Pakistan not too long ago, it would be reported through our corporate controlled mass media that a possible nuclear confrontation could occur between these two countries. The higher forces of the Federation immediately made it very clear to the Earth Officials that such a possibility would not be tolerated–and they quickly backed down and were able to diplomatically find a solution to their seeming differences.
It is always wonderful to also read or hear when someone else receives communication from the Higher Forces, as Michael Sun Bear has–and I know that other clear Channels scattered thruout this planet have also–received similar confirmations of this DIVINE INTERVENTION, that just confirms what one already knows to be true–but also to be able to share this fact with as many others as possible who need to hear these inspiring and exciting news of how our Friends Upstairs or our Cosmic Back-Up Team is in Guardian Action around this planet, and that not only will our Cosmic Friends continue to closely monitor what our corrupt officials are really up to, but will also, every now and then inform us of their plans and actions to help those of us who care about this planet and her destiny as well.
Within the last few days since receiving that wonderful channeling, via e-mail from the Star Doves, which Michael Sun Bear had received, I, in turn, received another transmission from Ashtar, which I would like to share with everyone here:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Greetings in the Light of our Radiant One, this is Ashtar, wanting to comment upon this which you, Michael, have just read, the wonderful channeling that our very dedicated and beautiful soul, Michael Sun Bear received from us, and many Blessings, too, for the other very dedicated souls of Light, the Star Doves, for providing you and others with this very important and critical COSMIC PLANETARY ANNOUNCEMENT! I wish to strongly confirm the main points of this transmission, It was communicated from On High and yes, it is one of many confirmations that we of the higher dimensional realms have been not only giving to you, but to many other fellow Lightworkers-Volunteers presently On Earth Assignment. Our Authority is to step in and stop any and all attempts to ignite nuclear missiles as in an attempt to create nuclear war, as well as other covert manipulations to create or ignite hostilities between nations for more power and profit. This is particularly troubling, of this war machine that the dark ones have created–and this WILL BE STOPPED!
As you and other fellow contactees are very aware of, I wish to reconfirm this fact, to those of you who will share this transmission. We of the Intergalactic Confederation, often referred to as the Universal Federation of Free Worlds, have indeed made it VERY CLEAR to the governments of Earth that we, the Guardians of Peace, the RAINBOW WARRIORS, will not stand by and allow Earth to be destroyed, or even partially destroyed, as in nuclear attack, as in the launching of such type of missiles against another country. Such aggression will NOT BE TOLERATED, now or ever, nor will the wide spread use of made- made biological weapons, secretly being planned against the population will NOT BE TOLERATED, now or ever–and this fact we have also, more than once, clearly communicated to those in positions of power.
We confirmed to you that in the 1950s of earth time, our ships appeared as GREEN FIRE BALLS over New Mexico, when nuclear testing had begun to occur. We appeared then to help lower the radiation level of the atmosphere, or it would have been much worse. So it is now, for you and others who are aware of the many secret black op programs of the shadow government, that are termed CHEMTRAILS and HAARP.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Yes, we have been appearing within the Earths atmosphere, just as we did in the 50s to help transmute/eliminate the higher radiation levels. So it is now, with the PETROCHEMICAL POLLUTANTS being spewed out into the atmosphere, that are very destructive to all life upon this planet. So, too, with HAARP and all forms of GLOBAL ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL. This, too, we have been neutralizing since it has been focused upon the population of this planet against their will, in their attempt to manipulate and to numb and dumb the masses to accept the new world order, consisting of a one world system of control under the power elite.
Well, that is THEIR plan–and WE have another plan–a much more enjoyable plan, I might add, that will help guide and inspire many of Earth to spiritually counteract this full plan and help all who want to truly be free, to manifest a greater destiny for themselves and all throughout the
planet who truly want a better way!
Yes, we are stepping in more and more, not only to help all on Earth who are open to receiving our help–since we must respect free will. We are open to those who are receptive to FRIENDSHIP, HELP AND COOPERATION. We have for many years, through all our fellow earth Contactees and Channels, been presenting and offering to all who are truly sincerely wanting help and Cosmic Back-up in your missions and struggles facing you in these End Times – the End of the old, but the beginning of the New. As Mother Earth, herself, has been promised she will not only survive all these many Earth changes and planetary cleansing and Cosmic Rebirthing that she is beginning to go through.
Of course, as you have been told many times, God helps those who help themselves, in other words, as you know, it is what you of Earth do in responsibility–as well as what we do with all of you, in offering our support and help, that together we will succeed. My friend of many eons,
St. Germain, one of the many fellow Ascended Masters of Earth, who we have worked with for ages to finally allow the Ascension of this planet, has stated, that the Great Victory for this planet will finally at long last occur–and so it will be!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

God and all those of the entire Intergalactic Fleet, which includes my Ashtar Command, and the Celestial Host, all beings and forces of Light in the entire Universes, send you all our Love and Blessings. Know within the core of your Hearts and soul of your I Am Presence, that we are here, as we have always been here around the Earth in GUARDIAN ACTION. Just as our beloved channel, Tuella, over 25 years ago, published the book, Project: World Evacuation By the Ashtar Command. This book clearly documented and fully explained our plans–that are destined to occur.
Of course, predictions of dates, of when we have at times PLANNED to massively appear in the skies above this planet have changed many times in the past three decades since that book was first published. Know that eventually all that Lady Tuella very clearly and accurately channeled while on Earth WILL OCCUR when it is our Divine Creators plan, and not before. Never-the-less, we have attempted more than once to actually make a large appearance in Earth’s skies. But we changed our plans, when the shadow government planned to counteract this with an Invasion sceniero and use it to instill fear and terror rather than what was really happening–a peaceful, but powerful INTERVENTION.
It has also been my privilege to have connected with so many other fellow Dedicated Volunteers, who I have spoken with through this Channel, in his own mission as a Cosmic Telephone Line or a Direct Voice Channel. On a more personal basis, I have projected down upon our energy beam from the Merkabah through Michael and have spoken to many of you on Earth in his many thousands of Readings through the years with fellow Volunteers, and to channel through so many other very clear and dedicated channels [like Michael Sun Bear], presently on missions here on Earth. I Bless you all, my Beloved’s!
It will also be my pleasure and honor to connect with many more fellow Volunteers who I have not yet connected or reconnected with in these next few years of Earth time, since I knew you when you were in the Higher Councils of Light before you came into Earth embodiment on a mission. I look forward to
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

these interactions–until open mass physical contact and Reunion does take place.
May all of you be at peace and know that all will be well, and learn to tune into what has actually been occurring behind the scenes and of our love for you. And remember–Keep Your Eyes On the Skies! Adonai Vassu Berogus! Ashtar signing out! And as they say on Earth-Namaste to ALL!
From Michael:
It is always wonderful and inspiring whenever I have received a channeling transmission from our Friends Upstairs. I have been receiving these communications, either telepathically, in which I will hear them actually speaking to me mentally, and as with this one I received and was sent as an Inspired Writing (or rather “inspired computer key boarding”), which I transcribed it very rapidly, while Ashtar was sending me this transmission, allowing him to communicate directly thru me.
Originally, when I was very young in this present life, as I have mentioned here on this website, I was trained thru the Edgar Cayce method of Channeling. But then after having interactions with Ashtar and fellow Elohim Beings of Light, I was “Cosmically Activated” to do the Transformational Channeling sessions with fellow Lightworkers since 1979, when I was physically taken aboard one of the Merkabah Light Ships of the Ashtar Command.
And as Ashtar stated, for those of you who are wanting to get insight into your mission and purpose for being here on earth and would like to experience a personal Channeling session to receive greater insight into your reasons for coming as a Volunteer into Earth embodiment on a mission, I would invite you, to fully check out this website, and especially check out the List of NASA Star People characteristics. I was actually told about this List before I saw it in printed form, while aboard the ship in ‘79, and I have found that most of those I have done sessions with always have at least several to a third of this entire List, and some have even more of these characteristics,
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

I look forward to connecting with fellow Lightworkers/Volunteers in Earth embodiment, and helping Empower and Activate you upon your missions!
Many Blessings to you ALL! In Love and Light,
Michael Ellegion
“INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES ON LOCAL PLANETARY EVENTS”– July 8, 2008
This is the first in the beginning of an on-going series of “INTERGALACTIC COMMENTARIES” by the Higher Forces of Light, very benevolent human appearing E.T.’s in their Merkabah Light Ships that surround this planet in Guardian Action, as they channel through me (Michael Ellegion) and comment upon different significant news events that are posted on FreedomsPhoenix.com web site. These “Commentaries” Channeled through me, give a Intergalactic and often “behind-the-scenes” perspectives from the Higher Forces of Light and also enlighten humanity on their ongoing Mission of making sure that this planet will not only survive all the challenges it is
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

facing, but that these Higher Forces will be Divinely Intervening to more openly help humanity in the near future.
This week’s news item story headline: “Iran says U.S. Navy and Israel will be ‘set on fire” if we are attacked” Go to www.FreedomsPhoenix.com, to read the entire story. Here was the response and Intergalactic Commentary to this local planetary news story by the Higher Forces of Light:
“Greetings In the Light of Our Radiant One, our Divine Creator, this is Lord Ashtar, Ashtar Command, Intergalactic Confederation, I would like to comment upon this news story, as well as the fact that these type of headlines that have been used allot by numerous Earth news agencies tend to give to many more cynical or pessimistic type people on Earth the impression of the utter so-called “inevitability” of a full-scale war in the Middle East which specifically would first involve the major countries of Iran, the U.S. and Israel, and which would, if it was allowed to even start, would end up engulfing the entire planet before this horrible confrontation would be over. The loss of human life would be a very tragic and horrendous thing, indeed–if as just stated, this horrific and unnecessary war was allowed to occur.
“But what I wish to state and to make very clear to all on Earth who will read or hear of this transmission-channeling, is that as we have already stated numerous times though this Channel, as well as what I and other fellow members of the Spiritual Hierarchy and Federation have stated, channeled through many other fellow contactees and channels scattered all over the planet–we have been authorized to make sure that such a war will not be allowed to even begin, and that all these type of Headlines and news stories are really only the desperate “SABER RATTLING AND BEATING OF WAR DRUMS” of the power elite, those who have always planned and created all the earlier major wars, for not only to gain more control over the planetary resources and profit off the war industry, not caring how many lives were lost and how much destruction and suffering was caused.
“So I wish to state very clearly that because now things upon planet Earth have reached a much more critical nature in this situation in the Middle East, and Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

that such a war as has been planned for quite some time by these same powerful political and economic forces upon this planet, if it were allowed to occur, as stated, would definitely end up in nuclear war, involving many countries, and would engulf the entire planet.
“So please know that these type of news stories (and headlines) are the “rumors of wars” and the DESPERATE SABER RATTLING to attempt to create more F.E.A.R.. (False Evidence Appearing Real) to convince as much of the population as possible, to generate as much fear and negativity as possible, in an attempt to stop all the Higher Cosmic Energies of Light that are now flooding the planet. These new and powerful incoming Energies are also about to expose and force all corrupt forces that have presently been in power behind the scenes out into the open (in all countries) and very soon totally disempowered. These type of news stores will continue for alittle while to be reported, but such events will not be allowed to actually occur for the reasons already outlined earlier. We who surround this planet in Guardian Action have been gearing up to make our benevolent presence much more obvious in the coming time.
“So go Within and be at peace and Know what I have stated is true and that we are standing by and closely monitoring any attempts to actually start such a war; such attempts will be stopped, just as we have already informed this Channel of other earlier attempts within this last year in which we already blocked more than one such attempt, and will continue to do so–until real and lasting peace finally manifests upon this planet in the upcoming Golden Age. This has been Ashtar signing out for right now, And until next time, Keep your eyes on the skies! Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Michael: Thank you Ashtar for your “Intergalactic Commentary” about this story which confirms other earlier messages I and other channels have been receiving concerning events in the Middle East and that the Higher Forces will definitely block a full-scale war being allowed to occur, and I will be channeling and sharing other “Intergalactic Commentaries” from our Friends Upstairs as I receive them.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“MINNESOTA BRIDGE COLLAPSE CAUSED BY SECRET GOVERNMENT ACOUSTIC WEAPON–AND E.T. RESPONSE & INTERVENTION!”
When the collapse of the Minnesota Bridge took place, and as an “open Channel” for the Higher Forces of Light, I will often receive telepathic comments and they Channel to me about what has “gone on behind the scenes” which the Corporate controlled media here in the U.S. will never mention. I wasn’t too surprised, when Ashtar, one of my main contacts from higher Realms, very briefly mentioned that this disaster was in fact caused by some type of “frequency or vibrational [acoustic-psychotronic] technology”– and that I would shortly be receiving more in-depth information concerning this fact.
Of course, I had assumed that this would come either in the form of some kind of “revelation” from someone who had connections with “shadow government” levels, as what is often referred to as “Intel black-ops” and/or more in-depth, channeled information from Ashtar and our Friends Upstairs who surround Earth in Guardian Action.
Also, since I knew that the Cosmic Elohim Masters of Light, many who are members of the Ashtar Command and the Universal Federation, had been recently clamping down upon the world power elite or the “puppet Masters” behind the scenes, by making it very clear to them that they were not going to allow anymore use of nuclear or biological weapons (see my other Posting, “E.T.’s Divine Intervention Stops Nuclear & Biological Attacks!”) I knew that any form of technology that is destructive to nature and life on this planet, no matter what form that technology came in, would also ultimately be stopped and neutralized as well.
I, of course, was not specifically, consciously thinking about some of the more “exotic” forms of energy or acoustic, (also often referred to as “psychotronic”) weapons systems, which I have actually studied quite in-depth for a number of years, partly because I had met literally dozens of former (and not so former) ex-intelligence agents, many who had been involved in the Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

development of this very technology. In a few cases, I met some former “black- ops” who were actually involved in forms of “psychic assassination” in which the use of “psychic deadly force” was actually used–or rather ATTEMPTED–to be used against Lightworkers like myself, to do away with those of us whose missions are to help expose such types of technologies. This would help to eliminate them when more people became aware of their existence and how they have been used mostly for destructive-military utilization, such as control and manipulation of the population, whether it is in the form of weather modification, mind control, or in the physical destruction of life and the WEAKENING OF PHYSICAL OR MATERIAL STRUCTURES.
I knew personally, in a very horrific way, what these types of acoustic or psychotronic weapons systems are capable of doing to a person or a physical object. In my case, I have shared my experience that occurred in 1979 with others who have connected with me in personal Transformational Channeled sessions that I do for fellow Lightworkers, Star People, and thru my workshops and classes. In that experience the psych-ops targeted me with such a psychotronic weapon and literally ended up killing me by ripping the life force out of my body. Our Friends Upstairs physically beamed me up aboard one of the Merkabah Light Ships of the Ashtar Command, where they brought me back to life by putting the Life Force back in me.
There are no words that can describe how horrible this “spiritual violation” initially was when I was first suddenly being attacked, but I fell unconscious, and then died from this attack. The Higher Forces took me aboard and brought me back to life in the wonderful and exquisite, higher Dimensional Bliss of their very loving and healing presence. They very powerfully took away all my trauma and altered my own DNA/RNA so that I would not be as vulnerable to such an attack in the future. They explained the importance of the old adage, “God helps those who help themselves.” Together that is what these beings and I do together; i.e., what they are capable of doing with their very powerful Elohim Consciousness Technologies, and what I or any other fellow Lightworker should do on this more mundane or duality level of existence, such as dietary considerations, color meditations/decrees of Light, use of specially designed crystal pendants to increase and strengthen one’s auric field [refer to our other website, AuroraAtlanteanChakraCrystal.com]. etc. These would allow
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

for the maximum strengthening of one’s auric field and immune system, therefore we can be much more immune to these type of attacks.
This DNA alteration, as it turned out, was not just for helping to enhance my own personal “psychic protection” against such acoustic-psychotronic attacks, but would be an important phase of my mission, doing a new type of Channeled Readings, unlike the previous karmic type of readings for which I had been trained thru the Edgar Cayce form of Channeling. From now on these sessions would help Activate, Protect and Empower fellow Lightworkers/ Volunteers in Earth embodiment, who like myself, were on missions to prepare this planet for its Ascension. They also informed me that I would shortly come upon a List of Characteristics that would help identify those of us who are here in Earth embodiment on missions, and now my job as a “Cosmic Telephone Line” or Direct Voice Channel was to do Transformational Readings. In these readings, not only was I to “pass on to others this Cosmic Spiritual DNA Immunity,” against psychotronic attacks, but the tapes of these sessions would have the conscious information channeled from the different Masters who would speak thru me, and there would also be special genetic Encodements that would be unique to each Lightworker. The more these taped sessions are listened to, the greater would be this strengthening of their own consciousness and immunity. It is interesting that about two months later, in an issue of the old holistic/metaphysical publication, “The East-West Journal”, I first saw the NASA Star People Characteristics List which Brad Steiger, having worked with NASA scientists and engineers, actually compiled during the ‘70’s. And for those who have never seen it, go to the section here at this website, “List of NASA Star People Charactereistics.”
While aboard this Merkabah Light Ship, I was informed that the Ashtar Command, while continuing to orbit Earth in Guardian Action, was also specifically monitoring all kinds of these exotic psychotronic and acoustic black-op technologies, and that eventually they would all be neutralized. Under Federation policies the use of any weapons, whether it be nuclear, biological or types of energy technology, if used against life in destructive ways, they would be stepping in more and more to ultimately stop this technology from ever being used again.
To get back to this recent disaster of the Minnesota bridge collapse, it was not surprising, when a couple days later, a friend of mine, Patrick Hansen, who Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

has helped sponsor me for workshops about the Spiritual Masters, sent me an e-mail, which did, specifically refer to this situation, regarding how and why the Minnesota Bridge was brought down by the shadow government with this more exotic form of energy weapon system, and I will now quote part of his e-mail, since it is quite interesting and confirms my initial Attunement from our Friends Upstairs:
Subject: Fwd: Massive ULF ‘Blast’ Detected In US Bridge Collapse Catastrophe In Minneapolis
Sent: Saturday, August 4, 2007 10:44 PM
— In energetic synthesis@yahoogroups.com, “Energetic Synthesis”
REASONS WHY VATICAN ASTRONOMER SAID “BELIEF IN E.T.’S OK”– ASHTAR’S RESPONSE: “WE ARE GETTING READY FOR MASS DIVINE INTERVENTION!”
It was very interesting, though actually not surprising, when the Vatican astronomer recently stated–publicly– “believing in aliens is OK and does not contradict one’s faith in God”. This I say is “interesting” because as both a UFO researcher, as well as one termed a “contactee” with very spiritually evolved benevolent human appearing “Elohim” E.T.’s, I have a very unique perspective regarding this whole reality. I am very aware of numerous events connected with UFO’s and E.T.’s, that I also have reason to believe that the Vatican and the Catholic Church have actually always known of this reality.
As a researcher, I have spoken to two people in years past that stated to me, very seriously, they were both allowed to go through the Vatican Libraries and Records that no outsider is usually allowed to visit, and each told me basically the same exact thing, “The Vatican Records contain the biggest UFO and metaphysical library in the entire world”, of numerous things historically, from very ancient, to more modern day events, which have been suppressed from the masses. For example, when Mother Mary appeared at Fatima, to the three small Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

children, evidence appears to suggest that some or part of the phenomena that was seen and experienced that day up in the sky also involved very spiritually evolved human appearing “angelic” E.T.’s and their space ships (otherwise referred to as ‘UFO’s’.) In fact for many years, the Vatican has sent their own investigators out around the world to personally investigate these type of events, and they have stored their findings in the Vatican Libraries along with all the other things they have discovered.
Also, a couple of specific incidents occurred in which the Catholic Church had direct personal involvement relating to UFO’s and extraterrestrial contact I, myself, have investigated, and I am truly convinced did, in fact occur, and both of those individuals I referred to earlier were also given confirmation of this when they explored the Vatican Library.
One of these events, occurred on the date of Feb. 20/21 1954, (this event is thoroughly documented at this web site: www.exopolitics.org/Study- paper-8.htm) This historical event, which was covered up for ‘National Security’ reasons, was that President Eisenhower and members of his staff, along with members of a delegation of community leaders representing the religious, spiritual, economic and newspaper cross segments of society, actually met with extraterrestrials at Edward’s Air Force Base (previously known as Muroc Field). Even though this event was covered up, and the official explanation of President Eisenhower’s sudden absence for that time period was an “emergency visit to the dentist because he had broken a tooth cap”, the facts are verified from more than one source; those who were actually there, and others who knew some of those who were there, and it has been confirmed. I feel this event did in fact take place.
The person who “represented” the religious portion of earth’s society was a well known Cardinal, and I quote from this research paper: “Cardinal James Francis MacIntyre was the Bishop and head of the Catholic Church in Los Angeles at the time (1948-1970), for it was theorized that he would have been an important gauge for the possible reaction from religious leaders generally, and in particular from the most influential and powerful religious institutions on the planet – the Roman Catholic Church. In particular, Cardinal MacIntyre would Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

have been a good choice as a representative for the Vatican since he was appointed the first Cardinal of the Western United States by Pope Pius XII in 1952.”
The second incident involved a visit to the Vatican of an individual who I believe, both through my own research, as well as having been given strong confirmation in communication from my own space contacts, that this was another very authentic fellow “contactee” who also had many contacts, just as I have. These very same type of benevolent and spiritually evolved human appearing E.T.’s (referred to as the “Space Brothers [a term of respect], were also the same type of E.T.’s who landed at Edward’s Air Force Base). This individual known as George Adamski, actually met with Pope John XXIII, at the Vatican, on May 31, 1963, a few days before the Pope’s death, and actually gave the Pope a “sealed package” given to him from his space contacts to be given specifically to the Pope.
Two books, which describe and document this very historical event, are “George Adamski, The Untold Story”, by Lou Zinsstag and Timothy Good, and the other is “UFO… George Adamski, Their Man On Earth”, also by Lou Zinsstag.
In the first book, there is an actual photograph of the specific medallion which was given to Adamski by Pope John XXIII. This medallion, by the way, is a very special medallion and very rare, and has only been given to a very few people through the years. It is known as the Ecumenical Council medallion. Zinsstag, the author, who also happened to be the niece of the famous Swiss psychiatrist, Carl Jung, helped sponsor Adamski for well over 10 years, was there in Rome with another witness, as they watched him go through a special entrance into the side of the Vatican into the private audience with the Pope and then watched him return back outside after his meeting with the Pope.
In final analysis, it is my opinion as stated, based both on my own research, as well as my own personal experiences, that one of the reasons that the Vatican’s chief astronomer is coming out openly now to make this statement, and the fact that the governments of this planet (as even mentioned on Fox and CNN) have recently been releasing vast amounts of formerly classified documents about Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

UFO’s and extraterrestrial contacts, is they all now believe that this planet will soon be experiencing much more open UFO sightings and what some might have traditionally have termed “Divine Intervention” of these very spiritually advanced beings, who are members of a “Intergalactic Confederation or Universal Federation”.
In both of my physical experiences aboard what I refer to as the Merkabah Light Ships, the communications shared with me in person by these “Space Brothers” of the Ashtar Command, and also many other times they have stated very strongly, that they must Intervene soon because our free will getting out of control and could end up destroying the Earth if they do not more openly step in.
In fact, just as I was being guided to share this posting with others on the internet, I felt that familiar “vibrational signal’ which alerted me to one of the main beings who has been communicating through me most of my present Earth life, Lord Ashtar, indicated that he was going to send a “Transmission- Channeling through me to share with everyone else, in regard to these latest developments with the Vatican.
LORD ASHTAR CHANNELING-TRANSMISSION, THROUGH MICHAEL ELLEGION:
“Greetings in the Light of our Radiant One, this is Lord Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, Intergalactic Confederation/Universal Federation,. I want to comment upon what this channel and many others have recently heard, regarding the official public statement, by the Vatican astronomer, about a belief in our existence, and we from other worlds is not in conflict to one’s belief or your relationship with our Divine Creator of this and all universes.
“This is only one of the more recent and important steps that –some–of the officials of government and those in positions of power on Earth realize must be done. It is true, we of the Federation, have been attempting to influence those in positions of power on Earth for many years to allow the masses, all Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

peoples on Earth, to have access to us and the vast amount of help we can offer you very quickly to solve the numerous challenges you have been facing.
“Yes, in the decade of the ‘50’s, we of the Federation openly appeared over the capitol building of the U.S. on two weekends straight, [July 19th and the 26th, ‘52], to make it clear to the officials that we are a benevolent presence. We have also attempted diplomatic relations with the officials on more than one occasion, and sending down a Federation ship to land openly at Edward’s Air Force Base [Feb. 20th/21st ‘54] was one of the more documented attempts.
“It is also true, despite this attempt to officially establish diplomatic relations, we of the Federation were turned down because our representatives made it very clear that we were not about to share our very advanced technologies with the Earth leaders which could be used for more advanced weapon systems and would have unfortunately been used as such by those in positions of power, We made it very clear that we were willing to share more advanced technologies with the leaders if they were willing to also share this information with all the people’s of the Earth rather than just the power elite having access to it. We also made it clear, that as a gesture of peace, as a type of “litmus test” the real intent of the technology we would share would, beyond any shadow of a doubt, be very advanced technologies to be used only for peaceful and humanitarian purposes. Our representatives stated very clearly and precisely, that we of the Federation demanded that nuclear weapons on Earth to immediately be made obsolete. Also, that all the people on this planet must be made aware of this situation, with no cover-ups or so-called “conspiracies of silence”. This would prove the real intent and motives of those in positions of power. If they only have positive or benevolent intent, they would not hesitate to allow this sharing for the mutual benefit of all the people on this planet, rather than, those who have tended to abuse their power and positions upon this planet.
“This offer of open, mutual Intergalactic Cultural Exchange, with these very important requirements, were of course turned down. It was obvious that humanitarian and moral demands were not as important or of the same priority as it was to keep their power and not to share this with everyone else upon this planet. We of the Federation had actually suspected the more official overtures Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

of Intergalactic diplomacy and peace would probably not turn out as we had hoped, but we at least felt we had to officially go through the “Diplomatic Formality”, especially since our representatives also warned President Eisenhower and all those present, of another group, a group we have considered as “renegades” those termed the “greys”, Because the greys are not willing to abide by Federation policies, that strictly forbid activities of taking advantage of the vulnerabilities of those living on Earth, they planned to abduct many Earthians, just using them for genetic material, without respecting their SOVEREIGNTY AND “COSMIC CIVIL RIGHTS.”
“Yes, millions of “COSMIC CIVIL RIGHTS” VIOLATIONS have occurred by these entities abducting millions of earth humans. These entities are “on the back curve of evolution” and are a dying species, who have refused our own offers to them, in times past, if they would agree to Federation policies–just as we demanded of Earth human officials, the cabal. That is to live up to and respect the sacred principles and laws of creation by not forcing themselves upon other species, and allowing us to share certain genetic knowledge with them. They could have gotten themselves off this “back curve” and would have returned to a more “progressively balanced evolution” once again. Of course, just like Earth’s leaders, they were not willing to respect and uphold these requirements, and chose to break Federation rules of “Non-interference” which forbids these abductions that have occurred.
“This so-called Treaty, which the Earth officials made with these renegade aliens, and was made without the will of the people, we have always considered Illegal and immoral, in the sense that unlike other worlds, our planetary leaders are also members and/or represent our Higher Councils, and are first of all, leaders BECAUSE OF THEIR LEVEL of integrity and spiritual wisdom and their respecting of Truth and the needs of their peoples. They are always in touch with their people’s concerns and there are no cover-ups or so-called hidden agendas; everything is above board, period.
“But on this planet, as our fellow Space Brother of Light, Commander Voltra, a Cosmic Psychotherapist, who has been affectionately nicknamed, “the Dr. Phil of the Intergalactic Realms”, has stated, other than the greys and negative Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

reptilians, who we are Cleansing from the Heavens, Earth which has been the most Dysfunctional planet in the entire Universe. Many of you may need “Cosmic Psychotherapy”–and Voltra is available “24/7” for those of you who want some compassionate “counseling and emotional and psychological analysis” on how to handle all your “Earthly codependencies” that seems so extremely prevalent upon Earth. Voltra is just one of literally millions of fellow Cosmic Psychotherapists on aboard our vast fleets and Commands of the Federation, which surround this planet in Guardian Action. They are ready to start counseling all of you who wish to release and transmute all your earthly traumas and emotional imbalances.
My friend, and fellow Ascended Master, of the Spiritual Hierarchy, St. Germain, appeared before the Forefathers and gave that short inspiring speech about Freedom and sovereignty, and he ended it with the admonition” So sign that document!”–and they did. The original organic U.S. Constitution, a truly Divinely Inspired Document, documents the “Rule of Law” on Earth, so too, the “Intergalactic Rule of Law”. We of the Ashtar Command and the entire Federation have been instrumental in allowing a much more recent opportunity for all the people’s of Earth. Every soul’s Higher Over Soul Self, to participate in a Full Planetary Vote, of allowing all the souls presently living upon Earth to participate. This Voting Process for a new, more fair and planetary Treaty, allows the people’s of this planet to now have their Official vote. Unlike the continuous manipulation of the votes that have occurred in most recent major elections in the U.S. and other corrupt countries, we on these higher levels never manipulate any of these votes, because “The Majority Rules”. Even though there were a few negative votes against this new, more fair Treaty, by those members of the cabal and some more backward Laggard souls who had been stuck on the old Wheel of Karma”–what this channel refers to as “Cosmic Isolationists”, by and large most souls, when given the opportunity–VOTED UNANIMOUSLY TO ALLOW US, THE FEDERATION, TO OPENLY DIVINELY INTERVENE, HERE ON EARTH VERY SHORTLY, as soon as our Divine Creator gives us the imminent “green light and official Cosmic Go ahead!
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“And as this channel also has been getting ready, as we have guided him to do so, is very shortly publishing an insightful book that helps to powerfully PREPARE all humanity in more detail to what, just exactly, we will truly be doing when what some have termed “First Contact” does in fact occur! I was also honored to have channeled through a fellow Volunteer soul in Earth embodiment, the great sister and dedicated soul of Light, Lady Tuella, while she was still alive on Earth. Lady Tuella, has been back here amongst us since she returned to the higher realms at the end of her Earth mission. I wish to state for the record, as I and others of the Federation channeled through her and was documented in her book, “PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION BY THE ASHTAR COMMAND,” that information is still basically just as accurate now, as it was then, back in 1982, when it was first published by Tuella through Guardian Action Publications”. Even though over two and half decades of 3-D earth time have come and gone and even though we had changed our plans of the exact time factor, of when, just exactly, we would ultimately make our move, I still refer to this “First Contact” scenario as a “Secret Wave” of Evacuation” because it is “secret” only in the sense of not openly and officially announcing a specific or exact date and time of our mass appearance over this planet. Not secret nor ever has been “secret” of our eventual plans to make a more open and mass planetary appearance. This first of a series of more open and mass appearances and landings, does include worldwide “evacuations.” These “evacuations” are not at this stage really so much emergency scenarios, as they are more “Cosmic R. & R.” vacations for a period of approximately 2 to 3 weeks (of Earth time) for the returning Volunteers in Earth embodiment and the later waves of evacuation for anyone else who’s physical bodies are high enough in vibrations to handle the higher energies aboard our Merkabah Light Ships. And as it does occur, then all on Earth will know that Intergalactic Cultural Exchange has finally been allowed.
“We are looking forward to this upcoming Intergalactic Fellowship, and as so many fellow Channels and contactees have known for many years, that once this First Contact does occur, we of the Federation and those of you in Earth embodiment who are members of our Extended Cosmic Families, will have such a wonderful Cosmic Family Reunion, yes great parties and Celebrations, that we all have been looking forward to. So get your lives in order, anything Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

that needs to be resolved or taken care of, any karmic things that need to be released, and if you need any help, call upon us, and also Invoke the “Cosmic Law of Grace’ to help resolve any and all conditions on Earth which would have blocked this wondrous and awesome reuniting of Earth and all world’s of the Federation/Intergalactic Confederation throughout the universe. BLessings to all, and Keep Your Eyes on The Skies, as we Prepare For this most momentous of occasions! Adonai Vassu Berogus!”
Michael: Wow, that was great, and I could feel Ashtar’s great feelings of joy that this great cover-up of the reality of their very benevolent existence is finally about to come to a close, and I Am very excited also, because as he referred to the fact that, yes, I have been working for awhile on a book that will, in fact, as he stated, powerfully Prepare everyone in a much more specific way, for not only why this event has to occur, but all the details of this plan. This plan is actually a SACRED PROMISE–as I have shared with others. Because I have had conscious memories since my birth, of having been in the Higher Councils and a member of the Federation prior to taking Earth embodiment. And while there in the Councils, and later right before I remember leaving my Higher density Elohim E.T. body in storage while I beamed down into my Earth biological mother’s womb, I remember in “Debriefing” of them reminding us Volunteers of this Sacred Promise, of them ultimately sometime during our present Earth lifetime, of openly Divinely Intervening in their Light Ships and beaming up all of us Volunteers as well as anyone else who was ready to Graduate from Earth. And in both of my physical encounters, of being physically taken on board, both times these Elohim E.T.’s of the Ashtar Command and Federation, reminded me in their physical presence of this same plan. So when I hear other so-called “pragmatic” individuals who criticize this scenario, and infer that it is just some “pie in the sky fantasy” that those of us who Know from Within (AND WITH MYSELF OF ACTUALLY REMEMBERING THIS PLAN FIRST HAND) by making such negative statements, like some “disempowering mantra” and “If you think that the benevolent Space Brothers are going to come down and save you, well, you’re just not facing reality”–such a statement just shows me how out of touch with
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

REAL REALITY THEY ACTUALLY ARE, and are part of that “Cosmic Isolationist crowd” that Ashtar has referred to a number of times.
Those who would like to be informed when my book is ready to order copies, either as an E-Book, or as a paperback version, please check this web site periodically, for the book should be ready for purchasing copies soon, either in E-Book form or paperback copies, probably sometime in June.
Please support Michael Elington go to channelforthemasters.com
And also please it’s an extreme reader must be ready for 2012 go find this site If your looking to survive 2012
http://kolbrin.com/
“Any mother’s heart would feel as mine, if she could discern beyond the veil of human carnality and banality, the monstrous plans in the making, that would tear asunder the hope of Humanity’s ascension. The very Earth itself and the stones thereof, will cry out and reel to and fro in planetary sorrow for my little ones. There comes a time when the entire nature and mineral kingdoms will revolt against the weight of darkness. As an animal shakes itself free of the waters upon it, so shall Mother Earth shake itself free of those who would annihilate it. The words of my Beloved Son call to you. “Come, ye blessed of My Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. The Light of His Love shall go forth like the sunrise, dispelling the darkness of the world’s karma; dissolving the mists of confusion, liberating nature to return to its former glory. And You, my children, shall be overshadowed by the Angel of His Presence. Love shall be your buckler and your shield and if need be, Love shall be thy token of deliverance. I AM the Mother of Beloved Jesus, Mary.”
“And blessed art thee among women as always, for your Truth is your Purity and your Purity is your Truth, and your Light is the brightest of all. Let The Christ Within thee find the Peace that comes from within, for the Father lyeth along with thee of The Light of Truth. I come before thee, saddened at this time, as you understand the saddening of Life. What has come forth at this time is that which I have given to the girls in the field of Fatima, that thee may understand Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the Truth. They did not publish these things to people, but I come forth now and I weep, as many are weeping with me, for it has begun; the saddening of the Life of Man on Earth. Earth is not the only place in the Cosmos. There are many planets just like Earth throughout the Cosmos in different Vibrations of Light. But we are here to serve at this time, the Humanoids. Why is it that they must fight with each other? Why is it that they must disrupt their Courses of Evolution of Life? I do not know the answers. Only The Father knows and that Father lies Within, for each to come forth at this time. My Blessed one, I have come so often to thee, I will forever and forever be with thee. I hold your Christ Rose and keep it for thee and we shall never forget it.” Mary thru Ashlem
Return to Top of Page
Message From Jesus Sananda
“Hear Me, oh Man of Earth! So be it according to the will of my Father which has sent me. I speak out this day as One Sent, that there be Light in the world of men—I say a new generation shall be raised up, and they shall no more go to war! So be it! I have spoken, and I shall speak again and again! I shall raise Mine Voice against the oppressors, and the ones which sit in high places, and think themselves wise! I AM not of a mind to stand still while they destroy themselves.. I AM Sent that ye may hear Me, and I shall not be denied! Ye shall be made to hear and to know me. Nothing shall prevail against my banner which I have set up. I am of Peace yet my wrath shall know no bounds for I am come to make way for peace and I shall not be outdone! So Be it. I am sent of the Father that His will may be done on the earth. So be it and Selah. I AM the Lord thy God. Sananda.”
Jesus’ Message of 7/19/2006
Believe and Know Who You Are Parable
Jesus begins to speak as he holds his hands up and he says:
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

“Verily I say unto thee all, that you may know of The Father within you, if you but believe into your being. As you stand here by the Waters of Odem, that you may know of the Greater Being within. It is so that she, the little one here, that
I have healed her legs, yet the man carries her still. Is it that he does not believe she is healed? For she has run here to there.” And the man steps forward and he says, “ But I believe. I want her to save her strength. That is why I carry her.” And Jesus says unto him, “And unto thee my friend, of thy grace and period of time of your life, for this, you shall be known forever and forever in your efforts of this time. And your words and your song is sung bAlefore God The Father, that you shall know of all things at this time and they who believe into ye, shall they know of their Being.. The Greatest of All Creation. “
Return to Top of Page
Message from Aleph
Aleph is one of the Space Commanders within the Brotherhood of light.
“Working towards raising the consciousness of humanity and uplifting the vibrations of Planet Earth!”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Ashlem
“I AM Ashlem, known as ‘Golden Image’. I say to the ‘Hail’. One comes forth into life into this existence on the Material Plane of Earth to learn the Lessons of Life and how to ‘get it right’. When one brings forth their Greater Consciousness, then the Path that they have chosen becomes more clear to them and they can then realize their Greater Being and have greater Wisdom and Knowledge of Truth. Man must also overcome the five mind perversions of life by balancing them. Then he will not have to come back again to do them over. The five mind perversions are, anger, greed, lust, materialism and vanity.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The greater is vanity, as it encompasses all of the other perversions. Fly, beautiful Eagles and Doves! I AM Ashlem”
Ashlem’s Message To The World 7/19/2006
” Love all of Mankind. Send the Word forth about Love and its Dignity of Love. Send the word forth about Prayer that Mary has said at Fatima. That it is coming about now in its time. It is a beginning. Prayer is the most important thing in Creation at this Period of Time. What more may I say? Let Man’s Truth rise from within him, to find the Greater Aspect of the God Consciousness. Everything shall be renewed. The Hope for Mankind is PRAYER. Pray, Love one another and be Peaceful! That is the greatest message of all! Speak it! Peace be unto you! I AM Ashlem.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Ashtar
“We desire to speak to our people, to the Elect of God who have chosen and been chosen to come as volunteers from out of our midst to walk the Earth, to endure the darkness and the challenges and the problems, yea, the temptations; yet to stand and be ready when our call comes to them. We come to you in the vibration of Love and Light, sent forth from the upper heavens to penetrate the atmosphere of Earth and reach the hearts of all mankind. Yield not to weariness of spirit, but continue to watch for our coming and the fulfillment of all the dreams and hopes of humanity for a better world. It will come. Soon these days shall pass, and you shall stand in the beauty of your inheritance. Ashtar has spoken these words.”
At Council meetings of the Confederation of Planets, Ashtar represents Earth. He is a leader, chosen by the Christ Teacher to fulfill the Program of Light on Earth through the winged commands of the Great Brotherhood, bringing Light, Love and Truth. http://www.thenewearth.org/AshtarTribute.html
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Return to Top of Page
Message from Athena
“I serve at the great control board of the Mother Ship of the Ashtar Command. Reverse your attitudes of life. You are the master of your fate and the only one who can determine the action that will be taken when we come. Are you ready for the coming of the Guardians? So silently the trumpet blows. It is the whisper of Love awakening your quiet confidence that He will draw souls unto Himself, through thee. As His Spirit moved upon the waters, so will He move upon souls for thee. Bear your banner of service in dignity with a glory that is only visible to us, but felt by the world. Have faith! It is your Father’s good will to give you His Kingdom!” I have spoken in His Name and by His Command, to quicken the spirit and encourage the soul. Walk His Pathway, fight His fight of Faith, and watch for the Dawn of His Day which draweth nigh. I AM Athena, the Watching Angel and I Am of the Starship of Sananda.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Ballerian
Spaceship inventor, mechanic and pilot, will help earth build space craft.
Return to Top of Page
Message from Cha-ara
“I AM the Master of Longevity, and we are creating ‘essences’ from the rose petals, to be taken internally and lotions to be used in bathing or applied to the body externally to promote longevity. This has been sought after since ‘Ponce De Leon arrived upon your Planet looking for the ‘Fountain of Youth.’ Use these gifts properly and you will live longer, be healthier, and appear younger. As you evolve into higher consciousness, learn your lessons and learn how to precipitate. Learn how to find the new wisdoms and Truth. Rise up out of lower Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

vibrations and find a bouquet of beautiful roses which I will send to those who call upon me. Reach out to the poor, the distressed, and the lonely. Help these dear souls, your neighbors, your brothers, your sisters. This is my wish as I send my love to all. I AM: Cha-Ara.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Lady Clarion
From the Planet Clarion, a high expression of The Love Principle, here to aid Earth during it’s changeover.
Return to Top of Page
Message from El Morya
“We, the Masters of the Karmic Board, have directed that global war shall not be permitted to destroy this planet. Any action that leads into disturbances on an interplanetary level, shall precipitate Divine Intervention and retaliating disciplines. The Universal Decree now in effect, provides for Unity and Peace throughout the Solar System and the Alliance of the Universes. This Cosmic Law shall be enforced by the Angelic Forces under the administration of the Blue Ray of Will and Power. Know ye now that those events of cataclysmic nature, which the time tables of men have scheduled to appear at the close of this century, have now been stepped up, and they shall become the instruments of Divine Intervention, if the course of humanity is bent on nuclear destruction. Call upon me and I will help you to stand tall in the trial by fire, and my chelas will come from it without even the smell of smoke upon them. I am saluting all who read my words. El Morya.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
Return to Top of Page Message from Esola

Perfector of Spacecraft, Master of Magnetics, Commander of Star Ship no. 77 Return to Top of Page
Message from Gabriel
“Beloved of Earth: Hear ye me from afar, for I am in the Star Ship whereupon I have spent much time; and whereupon I am prepared to receive them which are to be brought within this place—the same Star Ship which stood guard over Bethlehem on the night on which the One and Only Sananda was born unto Mother Mary. It was I Gabriel, which came unto her, as I now come unto another which is prepared to receive of The Father and of the Holy Ghost. I am sent to guard my own. I say those who are rebellious against each other shall be the victims of that which they have set in motion. It is the current desperate struggle between Light and Darkness which has us ever watchful. This is the Armageddon. I am one known as the Porter (guardian) of thy world. I am Archangel Gabriel of the Star Ship..”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Lord Guatama
“I AM living in the octave of Light which enables me to penetrate Light into every section of the planet. I ask that all of you send your Light to us, that we may magnify it and use it. I am needed in your world today to spread the Light, especially to the ones who were my students when I was “The Buddah”. These ones will receive new Truths and accept them. I feel there is so much need of Love in the world today. I send to all of you the Gift of The Highest Vibration of Light. Develop it, use it, and let it shine and let it flow forth now. In this, you are performing ‘the work of The Father’. My Love to you.
In the Light of The Ascension Flame, I AM: Lord Guatama” Return to Top of Page
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Message From Hatonn
“Prepare your souls. Grow into Light. Expand your Love and beam a field of love around the planet; for this circle of Love around your globe can be termed as our ‘landing field’ for your salvation. Such a glow of Love and Light will arise from the lower planes so intensely, that we will be able to gear down our own presence, and come into a position of the blending of our frequencies and bring a mass evacuation to pass with a minimum of difficulty and disturbance to all. Planet Earth must enter its period of cleansing. There must be an Absence of All Fear to be lifted.”
“Your entire solar system is destined to orbit its way into a higher frequency vibration of Light and Love. Only the peaceful will be able to survive in these higher vibrations. I shall personally greet all of you as you are lifted aboard our ships as your frequency permits; where you will be with us until your Earth is healed. When you are returned to the New Earth, Higher Intelligences will walk with you in Universal Love helping you to reclaim your New Land of Love. I AM Hatonn.”
Hatonn – Of the Ashtar Command, Keeper of The Records for the Galaxy. The Records are kept on a planet bearing his name. Has the Records of Earth’s turmoil throughout its history. Hatonn asks why Man of Earth cannot reconcile their differences in a peaceful way?
Return to Top of Page
Message from Helios
“I am Helios, the God of your physical Sun and I come from The Great Central Sun. My task is the stewardship over your physical Sun. You are going thru changes and many chaotic upheavals of circumstance. Nature on the rampage is just one of the most outstanding changes all over the world. This is all in a designed plan and it must take place for you and the Earth planet to evolve. I Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

bring you Hope and Courage. I am sending you a very Healing Light Ray. It is the Moon Ray! Beloved Jesus The Christ is in charge of this new Moon Light Ray.
I am directing it from the Sun to the Moon, where it will then come from the Moon to your Planet Earth for you to learn to use. This is a highly spiritual Light Ray in delicate etheric, blue luminous Light. It brings forth the energy to expand the mind and to stabilize the Emotional Body, to strengthen it and do it’s function properly and harmoniously as it was intended by God, The Father. I do wish to leave you now with my Love and the Great Cosmic Fire which does attend me at all times. My gratitude to you and to all of the Ascended Masters, High Beings, who have dictated through the Earth Channels. I thank all of you with Love and appreciation. I am: Helios.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Hilarion
“I speak to all of the Legions of Light and I ask you to remain steadfast on your path of Light. Let no division be found among you. Let nothing disturb your inner peace or your great stillness within. This is the time when Love shall prevail over all. Let go of all pettiness and lesser human emotions. The gates of hell itself cannot prevail against Love in United Action within the body of our Lighted Ones. My Blessings upon each and every one of Light. The Light of God shall not fail. I AM Hilarion of the Emerald Ray.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Kla-La
“I am a messenger from The Alliance of Galaxies of outer space. I represent the combination of all the energies beaming upon the Planet Earth, at its time of Ascension into a New World Order. Millions upon millions of space craft now encircle your planet, in orbit within your own magnetic forcefield. Some monitor your evolvement, others continually measure scientific expression and application of new revelations. Wave-lengths, communications, circled your Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

globe, pass through our own systems remotely controlled by what you call Mother Ships. Other forms of craft are on constant missions of manning the fault lines and volcanic areas. Any changes noted bring an instant alert.
Thousands of lesser craft are designed to be at instant availability for our earth representatives on your planet. All space craft from your own Solar System and far off Universes are coordinated through Commander Hatonn and The Ashtar Command. Coordinated patrols have been heavily concentrated in the past decade, in cleansing the atmospheres of the nefarious influences and those who oppose the Program of Light.
This action is now in a closing phase, clearing the advent of interplanetary relations and exchange. We do not intrude into any karma, but where the Great Law is satisfied, we can and we will intervene in nuclear hostilities. The chaos of disorder of the atomic structure of all creation shall be magnetized into order once again, and new life will begin on a level in harmony with Universal Brotherhood.
I challenge the Scientists of this Day to dare to open their minds to the expansion in The Light and Spiritual Intuition from other worlds. Only in this manner may the Releases be permitted which they have sought for so long.” In the Light of the Radiant One, I conclude my words. Friends of Earth, Adonai. Kla-La.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Korton
“We of the communications system headquarters located on Mars, constantly monitor all communications that are transmitted throughout the Ashtar Command as well as all communications received or sent forth to or from our representatives , channels and messengers present on Earth. Presently, many karmic debts remain upon nations which must be reconciled. The destiny of this planet may not be destroyed. Universal Law will prevail. In order to protect Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

itself, Earth will shake off its irritants and destructive elements. Earth is in our constant vigil in your behalf. The Heavenly Father knoweth the whereabouts of each of His Own and understand that the very hairs on your head are numbered. You should feel secure in this knowledge. We speak of the Children of Light. You are part of the Golden Age and you shall inherit the Earth and its glory. This is Korton, of Mars, speaking for the Ashtar Command.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Kumad
Ancient record keeper and scribe for Earth, interpreter of ancient tablets and scrolls.
Return to Top of Page
Message from Kuthumi
“The Space Confederation has announced that it has measured the hostility factor within the center core of your protective forces, your local and national military stands throughout the planet. It was determined that a large majority of these forces would openly attack us and fire upon us in the event of our appearing. They would do this even in disastrous circumstances, and disrupt our rescue efforts thinking it to be some form of invasion. Know that we will be there. To openly offer our rescue assistance would be far less complicated than to enter your atmosphere incognito and invisible. Place this appeal within your text and trust that it may change the attitude of some who do not understand. I AM Kuthumi, speaking for the Alliance for Peace in the Universe. Thank you.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Love Star Personification of Love from the Teton Retreat.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Return to Top of Page
Message from Maitreya
“I AM Maitreya. I AM the Voice of The Great Cosmic Government. I bring the blessing of The Most High and The Heavenly Host. The Heavens sing together for Joy in anticipation of the exalted Day when Earth Kingdom of God shall dwell in Harmony and Peace in its New Order of the Divine Plan. The Orbit of Destiny for planet Earth has been foreordained since time began. With the ending of the old and the beginning of the new, the the entrance upon these pathways of destiny is written in the books of Heaven and they must come to pass. No more shall the Earth groan from within itself. It shall once again be a place of beauty and love and all upon it shall live for the Glory of The Most High. Under Universal Law, all negative manifestation precipitated upon the Earth by the will of man, must defer to Divine Cleansing action.
The Fiat of Light has been released, and that Day must come! I AM: Maitreya”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Merku
Space Captain of a fleet of ships, from the Planet Alcorn monitoring Earth.
Return to Top of Page
Message from Archangel Lord Michael
“Love is the Seal of Protection and the impenetrable armor. It is the invincible fortress that cannot be penetrated by the destroyer. I speak upon my authority as Governor of this Solar System presiding over the solar consciousness of Will and Power. I have sent forth the command that those having that Seal of Light
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

and Love, shall have the assistance and protection of every member of the Angelic Host, for I remain, your Protector, Archangel Michael.”
Return to Top of Page Message from Monka
“We have been preventing Earth from flipping on its axis. Should it flip, all wars would end, the whole Earth would be washed, and the Purification would begin. Should that happen, within an hour at the most, we would pick up those who are to be saved. There are almost 13 million space ships close to your Earth that you cannot see. We can shift closer to your third Dimension so we can pick up all of you beloved, precious ones in your physical bodies and keep you until it is time to populate the New Earth in the New Age, where you will have one thousand years of ‘Heaven on Earth. Have no fear and do not let anything IN to disturb you. Without fear you are protected by the Light. Long before your recorded history, a beautiful Planet blew itself up, causing reverberations throughout the Cosmos creating unbalance in many universes. Divine Law and the Intergalactic Pact will not permit this to happen again. We are One with you. I AM Monka of the Tribunal Council.”
Return to Top of Page Message from Saint Germain
“Great Cosmic rays from the Great Central Sun are penetrating the negativity surrounding Earth. The solar system is now being turned to its new orbit. When this is accomplished, the frequencies of Earth will be compatible with the rest of its system. The Earth will rumble, and the fires will pour forth. Those who stand upon the rock of Truth will be secure. Trust that within the Love of God, all things are provided for. My electronic presence and my benediction rests upon all who read these words. I AM St. Germain of the Violet Transmuting Flame.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
Return to Top of Page

Messages from Serapis Bey
Mighty Seraphim from the Great Central Sun, Chohan of the fourth ray (white), guardian of the Ascension Flame.
Return to Top of Page Messages from Soltec
“Your Space friends are here at the request of the Most High Interplanetary Hierarchy, and the Great Cosmic Government. We have come in voluntary action to serve you, the people of Earth, in your time of great distress. These are crucial times. We are always with you.”
Soltec
“We have monitored the planet for many civilizations, gathering material for humanity concerning their destiny and the destiny of the planet. We have organized our communication system providing for a message to be transmitted to each craft simultaneously. There is a certain sequence of events that can be scientifically and philosophically projected with reasonable success and accuracy. For example: An unrest within the bowels of the earth has indicated to us that soon many volcanoes will erupt and disturb many areas. This activity is similar to the domino effect. We urge the children of Light to penetrate inland as far as their circumstances permit. Withdraw upward and inward away from coastlines. It is time to relocate to safer areas. I AM Commander Soltec, of Spacecraft Phoenix, monitoring your world for the Ashtar Command, in the Authority of Jesus The Christ, Our Beloved Commander, and the Spiritual Hierarchy of this Solar System.”
Return to Top of Page
Message from Sutko Space Detective, Keeper of Cosmic Law, Universal Traveler.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Return to Top of Page
Message from the Universal Mother Mary
“If all of the world could come together to pray for Peace, and pray for the Goodness of Love of the Father, it may release its Energy to a Greater Force and then Peace will be had. But too many out of consternation of their being prevent themselves from doing this.. Then weep a tear for the children. It is time to bow thy heads in prayer and Grace, and pray, pray for they and give them forgiveness, for they know not what they do at this Time. Sadness abounds in many countries on the Earth Plane and the Spirit rises forth with the Blood of Man. Unto all who stand forth and hear this, I say to thee all…It is time now to bow your heads.
Pray very hard. Pray for Love and Peace….Peace.” Universal Mother Mary
Return to Top of Page
Message from Voltra
“We have so much scientific data to share with earth, and much benevolent knowledge to give you that is being withheld until hu-man evolves into Man and can be invested with great revelations. There are already many born who bring with them capabilities of understanding new principles. When war is removed from your plane of existence and love prevails on earth, then all of the great blessings of other worlds will be shared freely with you in perfect love. Changes must come. I AM Voltra, who speaks in the brightness of Our Radiant One. Vasu, Vasu. I AM Voltra.”
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com
Return to Top of Page Message from Zoser

“Understand the Law of Karma. Some people are healed instantly, some take a long time in a slow process and others are not healed at all. If a person has a Karmic debt to be satisfied, that must take place before the Healing can take place. Healing is a Divine Purpose. Always ask for the Will of The Father. I will send the Seraphim to help you. If you live in the Light and work with The Holy Spirit, you shall have the Gift of Healing which is so needed today. Teach others these principles also that they too can become Healing Vessels for God, The Eternal Father. Eventually, Electronics will be the primary tool of the healing practitioner. Science will awaken to the electronic field as it applies to diagnosing the human aura. They will use a scanning device that is similar to the remote control device used with your television sets. When drugs and chemicals are removed from the daily diet, the body will come into harmony and balance. The Electronic Age of Healing is coming. Be of Positive Mental Attitudes. I AM Zoser, a Master of Healing and a physician of long ago on Earth many times. ”
The angelic true website from god that leads you to god. Channel for the masters.com (one word)
And
http://sites.google.com/site/interdimensionalangels/
And site that rules earth 100% http://www.calculatorcat.com/moon_phases/phasenow.php
¶ 6:26 PM 0 comments links to this post
ASTROLOGY AND PRAYER.
ASTROLOGY SAVES LIFES ONLY IF YOU HANDLE IT YOUR SELF.
I TRUST IN MY ANGELS BECAUSE IF YOUR LOYAL WITH LOVE. AND YOU LEARN TO GIVE UP AND HAND ALL YOUR LOVE TO GOD. THAN THE REST WILL COME THRU.
JUST KEEP CANDLES LIT AND RESEARCH NAMES OF ANGELS AND PRAY.
BECAUSE THE ANGELS DEFINATLY HAS A MODUS OPERANDI.
SO IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO BREAK EVIL. BECAUSE THAT IS NOT OUR JOB.
GOD WAS MADE BY THE STARS.
THE STARS GOD CREATED.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

THE PLANETS RUN THE HUMANS THE HUMANS RUN EACH OF THE 3RD DIMENSION.
THE ANGELS RULE THE OTHER SIDE.
THE MIND IS THE 4TH DIMISION.
GOD BLESS.
¶ 6:22 PM 0 comments links to this post
ASTROCARTOGROPHY
ASTROCARTOGRAPHY SHOWS THE PLACE WHERE SAFTY OR DANGER MEAT.
IT ALSO IF YOU KNOW WEATHER. PREDICTING.
U CAN FIND PEACEFULL VACATIONS.
U ALSO NEED TO KNOW GEOGRAPHY.
FEAL FREE TO JUST STUDY A REG. GLOBAL MAP.
LEARN ALL OF ITS LOOKS SO U KNOW EACH COUNTRY DOWN TO CITY.
AND THAN FOLLOW THE ASTROGRAPH FOR THE LINES.
IT WILL LAND ON A CITY WITH A SIGN.
NEXT ASTROLOGY CAN’T SAVE U NEXT.
¶ 6:19 PM 0 comments links to this post
moon and planetary transits.
I FEAL TRANSITS AND ASTROCARTOGRAPHY IS USEFULL BUT ONE WORKS BETTER THAN THE OTHER.
TRANSITS SUCK ASTROCARTOGRAPHY. SAYS THE SIGN AND ALL I NEED IS WHERE I REALLY BELONG.
¶ 6:16 PM 0 comments links to this post
good uses of astrology.
if you can master mind reading you can do postive things, with the neg.
but it all again relys on percentage.
so if your gonna get a girl on a good day know her post when your having a neg. its all on here.
http://www.calculatorcat.com/moon_phases/phasenow.php ¶ 6:14 PM 0 comments links to this post
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

sources of evil.
evil falls in the wanning neg days or neg postions of the moon.
when we enter days
15-31
we become part of evil.
so essentially its all about percentage. again.
the higher the percentage tho the more evil it is.
during retro a good 100 % IS dual or dubbled.
ADD THAT TO THE ENERGY OF THE HOUSES ALONG WITH THE Signs which are separate.
and even the keys too,
so than things are so bad it reaches high levels like when the percentage of the Haiti earthquake for example fell on a retro.
on a house 8 all over 12 house reversal so all the houses that were good in hatis chart went retro and than each separate main parts which are dubbled from retro caused catastrophe.
than the percentage of the waning moon went in high alert and went chaotic.
¶ 6:07 PM 0 comments links to this post
MIND CORRUPTION.
MIND CORRUPTION.
EACH NUMBER CAN READ UR MIND. GOD BLESS ALL THE STARS.
EMAIL ME A QUESTION AND A NUMBER. I’ll INTERPET IT.
FOR EXSAMPLE
I AM REALLY CUTE OR SHE HATES FOOD = 11356
that means house 11356
we sep. the numbers or brake them off. so.
numbers 11356
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

is 1 1 3 5 6
not one thou three hund. five six.
so each number has a meaning or a key.
so look up house one and key one.
and thats part of what my answer. all together those numbers combined mean what i am trying to say. in my head.
so never ask me for numbers i will never hand them over cause if u can read all this i typed so far and understand it now. u know why i had issues handling things.
i have to tell you bad things now so get ready for info about the negtive of astrology.
¶ 5:59 PM 0 comments links to this post days combs.
day combs vs nodes.
12 = 1+2 =3
move back one = 2
that a math grid on astrology.
to figure out days with your birthday, it helps to find your positive and neg.
¶ 5:56 PM 0 comments links to this post NEG AND POS LOOK AHEADS.
look in your life.
whats postive and neg.
find the day.
look at the attitude or energy of the person.
the moon controls all our minds. trust me.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

we happen to have the worst i mean the worst minds and the only person who properly did his chart right was me.
and god.
and 20 more ppl.
no names i am a numerologist so i can figure out a number fast. i don’t use names it requires more work.
numbers and days combs. next.
years after tat
¶ 5:53 PM 0 comments links to this post COMBINATIONS AND SUCH COMBS.
2468 10 12
1 3 5 7 9 11
EACH ROW TOP OR BOTTOM IS LISTED LEFT TO RIGHT. AND SO
EACH ROW HAS COMBS WHICH ARE INTERCONNECTED. SO FOR EXSAMP. NO MATTER WHAT ROW.
2468 10 12
IS CONNECTED INTERCONNECTED.
ALL THE SAME.
SO HOW DO WE TELL A PERSON FROM THAT. WE USE THE ENERGY.
IT IS ALL ABOUT THE POWER OF THE NODES. POS OR NEG.
POWER OF THE MOON.
OH YEA IT CAN DAMAGE KEEP READING.
¶ 5:50 PM 0 comments links to this post
KEY JOBS.
FOR EXSAMPLE KEY POS.
PPL WHO USE KEY TERMS GOOD.
BULID S.
BAD TERMS ARE BULID A.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

WE BASE THE INTERPRETATION OF CHARACTER OF A PERSON ON NODES.
WE LOOK AT A CHARTS NODES.
COMBS. ARE NEXT.
¶ 5:48 PM 0 comments links to this post KEYS PATTERN.
KEY PATTERN.
GOOD = SYNONYMS
BAD = ANTONYMS
WE CALL THIS IN WORK. S &A
S = SAME
A = DIFFERENT
¶ 5:46 PM 0 comments links to this post
MYTHS ABOUT ASTROLOGY.
WHY CAN’T WE READ MINDS.
ALL PPL ARE BORN WITH A MIRROR EFFECT A GOOD AND A BAD. EVEN IF YOU ARE SO GREAT.
LOOK AT THIS.
IF YOU BORN ON A POSTIVE. 1-15
EXSAMPLE
AUG 8
AUTOMATICALLY YOUR GOOD. HOWEVER
TOP RULE APPLYS.
PERCENTAGES. 1-100
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

THIS DATE IS AT 50 PERCENT GOOD.
AUG 8 IS HALF GOOD HALF BAD PERSON. AUG 1 IS TOO GOOD.
AUG 15 IS REALLY GOOD.
BUT AUG 15 CAN BE BEAT BY A DEC 31. AND 31 FALLS ON
15-31
USE LOGIC TO BEAT OUT THE OTHER SIGNS.
U CAN USE THIS IN COMBATION WITH KEYWORDS TO GET A GIRL. ¶ 5:43 PM 0 comments links to this post
TIMING.
TIME.
DAY 1–15
DAY 15-31
1-15 POSTIVE 15-31 NEG
LUCKY POSITIVE NEG DAYS.
LUCKY NEGITIVE DAYS ARE REV. POSITIVE DAYS.
ONLY IN RETROGRADE.
RETRO MEANS MOONS IN REVERSE.
TIP.
MOON IS IN REVERSE. BAD THING.
LIGHT DRIVING BLINKS LEFT
OPPOSITE WILL HAPPEN.
REVERSE ALL IN YOUR HEAD BY JOTTING DOWN TIPs THE SAME TO THIS.
DURING THE MONTH BEFORE RETROGRADE.
ON A POSTIVE WEEK.
Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

¶ 5:39 PM 0 comments links to this post MY HEAD AND TAIL IN MY CHART. HEAD TAIL.
93
MY CHART REVERSES EACH NEG-INTO POS. ALL CHARTS START NEG. FROM BIRTH
TIMING IS EVERYTHING.
¶ 5:38 PM 0 comments links to this post MORE INFO. – MOON
WAXING = POSITIVE
WANNING = NEGITIVE.
MY CHART.
POSTIVE – HOUSES 2,4,6,8,10,12 NEG – 1,3,5,7,9,11
REVERSED CHART POSITIVE – 1,3,5,7,9,11 NEG- 2,4,6,8,10,12
NODE MEANINGS FOR ALL.
HEAD = POSITIVE TAIL = NEGATIVE
GOOD BAD BAD GOOD
¶ 5:32 PM 0 comments links to this post
INTERPETS SYSTEM
EVERY HOUSE HAS CONNECTED TO A PLANET. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

PLANETS ARE CONNECTED TO SIGNS.
SIGNS ARE CONNECTED TO MONTHS.
MONTHS DON’T START WITH APRIL THEY HAVE TOP ORDER.
THE TOP ORDER IS ON TOP.
I WILL WRITE TOP ORDER SOON.
¶ 5:27 PM 0 comments links to this post
HOUSE KEYS.
ONE – WAR
TWO – MONEY
THREE – COMMUNICATION
FOUR – HOME
FIVE – FAME, CHILDERN
SIX – HEALTH
SEVEN – MARRAGE
EIGHT – DEATH/REBIRTH
NINE – TRAVEL FORGIN LANDS BOOKS LAW RELIGION (LOWER LEVEL)
TEN – CARRER
ELEVEN – FRIENDS WISHES HOPES DREAMS PSYCHICS
TWELVE – SUBCONCIOUS
¶ 5:25 PM 0 comments links to this post
ASTROLOGY
HouseSignLatin mottoTranslationModern title of houseInterpretation1stAriesVitaLifeHouse of SelfPhysical appearance, traits and characteristics. First impressions. General outlook into the world. Ego. Beginnings and initiatives.2ndTaurusLucrumWealthHouse of ValueMaterial and immaterial things of certain value. Money. Belongings, property, acquisitions. Cultivation and growth. Substance. Self-Worth. 3rdGeminiFratresBrothersHouse of CommunicationsLower education and childhood environment. Mental facilities. Siblings. Neighborhood matters. Short, local travel and transportations.4thCancerGenitorParentHouse of Home and FamilyAncestry, heritage, roots. Early foundation and environment. Mother or mothers as figure. The caretaker of the household. Cyclic end of matters. 5thLeoNatiChildrenHouse of PleasureRecreational and leisure activities. Things which makes for enjoyment and entertainment. Games and gambling. Children. Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Love affairs and sex. Creative self-expression.6thVirgoValetudoHealthHouse of HealthRoutine tasks and duties. Skills or training acquired. Jobs and Employments. Health and overall well-being. Service performed for others. Caretaking. Pets and small domestic animals.7thLibraUxorSpouseHouse of PartnershipsClose, confidante-like relationships. Marriage and business partners. Agreements and treaties. Matters dealing with diplomatic relations of all kinds, including open (known) enemies. Attraction to qualities we admire from the other partner.8thScorpioMorsDeathHouse of ReincarnationCycles of Deaths And Rebirth. Sexual relationships and deeply committed relationships of all kinds. Joint funds, finances. Other person’s resource. Occult, psychic and taboo matters. Regeneration. Self-transformation. 9thSagittariusIterJourneysHouse of PhilosophyForeign travel and foreign countries. Culture. Long distance travels and journeys. Religion. Law and ethics. Higher education. Knowledge. Experience through expansion. 10thCapricornRegnumKingdomHouse of Social StatusAmbitions. Motivations. Career. Status in society. Government. Authority. Father or father figure. The breadwinner of the household. One’s public appearance/impression at large(audience).11thAquariusBenefactaFriendshipHouse of FriendshipsFriends and acquaintances of like-minded attitudes. Groups, clubs and societies. Higher associations. Benefits and fortunes from career. One’s hopes and wishes. 12thPiscesCarcerPrisonHouse of Self-UndoingMysticism. Places of seclusion such as hospitals, prisons and institutions, including self-imposed imprisonments. Things which are not apparent to self, yet clearly seen by others. Elusive, clandestine, secretive or unbeknownst matters. Retreat, reflection and self-sacrifice. Unconscious/subconscious. Unknown enemies.
There is hidden secret inside this wall that only just shows how far ahead I can predict since I myself am psychic.
I enforce all of you get the wall and track the oldest wall that is out there. So far it’s all on this site.
futureisee.wordpress.com
And thinkingideas.webs.com
And djactionkenneth.podhoster.com And now my next load of data. Djactionkenneth.blogspot.com Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

http://invo.weebly.com/ predictionproof.blogspot.com http://www.smashwords.com/profile/view/invo
Please grab my uk edition. http://www.amazon.co.uk/Kenneth-Nelson-Pranzo-Heal-Naturally/dp/ B0043M4NIG/ref=sr_1_1?ie=UTF8&s=digital-text&qid=1299653385&sr=8-1
To contact my legal try two things if you need my only law expert contact this lawyer he’s not mine but this will get you to me.
Call Mitch Korder ESQ. He is a personal injury lawyers but he knows me well. Or try this

http://www.linkedin.com/in/djactionkenneth

If your looking to find the original first copy of the entire backward astrology course it’s on only 2 sites.
If it is not easy to find on thinking idea.webs.com
Please go right here.
http://www.mediafire.com/?g349t3ksb0qd83a kfkdkskfdkafkla
2008 PREDICTIONS ON AUDIO.
HI EVVERYBODY
HI EVERYBODY.
HI EVERYBODY
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

HELLO PEOPLE
Thanks for your support
GOOD MORN
HI EVERYBODY.
PLEASE CHECK THESE SOFTWARE NUM 1

http://www.articlealley.com/article_20423_27.html

Astrology is an ancient science that predates both astronomy and psychology. Studied and used throughout the world for thousands of years, astrology is the study of the interactions among the stars and the planets, based on mathematical cycles.
The earliest known astrological records date back to Babylon, 1645 BC, and the earliest horoscope dates back to 410 BC.
During the Renaissance, when literacy became more widespread, almanacs began publishing astrological information for public consumption. Several notable figures of the era, including Galileo and Copernicus, were both practicing astrologers and founders of the modern scientific movement.
Despite the seemingly easy relationship between Astrology and science, astrology and various other arts fell by the wayside, as the Scientific Revolution surged. Many individuals still practiced the art, however, and Astrology enjoyed small revivals in England in the 1700s and 1800s.
Astrology became popular once again with the birth of Princess Margaret in 1930. The London Sunday Express ran an astrological profile of the princess to celebrate her birth and so began the modern newspaper horoscope column.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

There is always more to learn when it comes to Astrology. The best place to start is grasping the key concepts behind astrology.
There are 10 planets in Astrology, beginning with the Sun and the Moon, which are also known as luminaries. The remaining planets are Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto. The Planets are important in Astrology as they influence how we react in our everyday lives.
There are twelve houses of the Zodiac. Each different part deals with a different aspect of your life. The placement of the Planets and Signs in the various Houses further describes your astrological profile.
The birth chart is divided into four hemispheres, northern, southern, eastern and western; and four quadrants, the first, second, third and fourth. Each quadrant is then bound by two of the four angles of the horoscope.
The Aspects address the angular relationship between the plants and the points in the Zodiac. The Aspects are measured in degrees. The Zodiac is broken into twelve equal pieces, which are the Sun Signs. Orbs are used to calculate exact angular differences between planets. An orb is a set number of degrees within which a specific aspect is effective.
The Elements are also known as Triplicates and speak to the nature and temperament of a Sign. The four Elements and their Signs are Fire (Aries, Leo, Sagittarius), Earth (Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn), Air (Gemini, Libra, Aquarius) and Water (Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces).
The Qualities address the manner of expression of a Sign. There are three Qualities, Cardinal Signs, Fixed Signs and Mutable Signs. Each quality has four Signs that each reflects the common modes of the Signs. Cardinal Signs are Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn – they are the initiators of the Zodiac. The Fixed Signs are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius – they dedicate themselves to seeing projects through to the end. The Mutable Signs are Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces – they are the flexible members of the Zodiac.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The Dragon
The Dragon personality The Dragon is a creature of myth and legend. A symbol of good fortune and sign of intense power, the Oriental Dragon is regarded as a divine beast – the reverse of the malicious monster that Westerners felt necessary to find and slay. In Eastern philosophy, the Dragon is said to be a deliverer of good fortune and a master of authority. Therefore, those people born in Dragon years are to be honored and respected.
Years of the Dragon
Fifth in the cycle, Dragon Years follow the Rabbit and recur every twelfth year. The Chinese New Year does not fall on a specific date, so it is essential to check the calendar to find the exact date on which each Dragon Year actually begins
1904 * 1916 * 1928 * 1940 * 1952 * 1964 * 1976 * 1988 * 2000 THE SIGN OF THE DRAGON
The key to the Dragon personality is that Dragons are the free spirits of the Zodiac. Conformation is a Dragon’s curse. Rules and regulations are made for other people. Restrictions blow out the creative spark that is ready to flame into life. Dragons must be free and uninhibited. The Dragon is a beautiful creature, colorful and flamboyant. An extroverted bundle of energy, gifted and utterly irrepressible, everything Dragons do is on a grand scale – big ideas, ornate gestures, extreme ambitions. However, this behavior is natural and isn’t meant for show. Because they are confident, fearless in the face of challenge, they are almost inevitably successful. Dragons usually make it to the top. However, Dragon people be aware of their natures. Too much enthusiasm can leave them tired and unfulfilled. Even though they are willing to aid when necessary, their pride can often impede them from accepting the same kind of help from others. Dragons’ generous personalities give them the ability to attract friends, but they
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

can be rather solitary people at heart. A Dragon’s self-sufficiency can mean that he or she has no need for close bonds with other people.
DRAGON FACTS:
People born in the Year of the Dragon share certain characteristics. The Dragon sign is an abbreviated way of characterizing that individual’s personality. Following are features associated with the sign of the Dragon.
Fifth in order, Chinese name-LONG, sign of luck Hour-7am-8:59 a.m. Month-April
Western Counterpart-Aries
CHARACTERISTICS
* Innovative
* Enterprising
* Flexible
* Self-assured
* Brave
* Passionate
* Conceited
* Tactless
* Scrutinizing
* Unanticipated
* Quick-tempered
IN YOUR ELEMENT
The characteristics of the Dragon Sign are tempered by one of the five Chinese elements of Metal, Water, Wood, Fire and Earth overlaying a 5-year cycle of characteristics on the original 12-year cycle.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

THE METAL DRAGON 1940 AND 2000
Truthful but extreme, courageous but unyielding, Metal Dragons have a strength similar to the Dragon fire. Metal Dragons succeed through determination. They are mighty and respect people who stand up to them. In troubled times, these Dragons make great allies, but become ferocious challengers. Metal Dragons can often calm others through their forceful personalities. They seek action, and things are never better than when they are defending a thought or belief about which they have complete faith. Metal Dragons like to lead, and have an affect that makes others want to follow them. Yet even if they attract no support they will fight alone.
THE WATER DRAGON 1952 AND 2012
Water has a calming effect on the Dragon’s fearless temperament. Water allows the Dragon to re-direct its enthusiasm, and makes him more perceptive of others. These Dragons are better equipped to take a step back to re-evaluate a situation because they understand the art of patience and do not desire the spotlight like other Dragons. Therefore, they make smart decisions and are able to see eye-to-eye with other people. However, their actions can go wrong if they do not research or if they do not finish one project before starting another.
THE WOOD DRAGON 1904 AND 1964
Wood has a modifying influence and brings creativity to this sign. Questioning and liberal, Wood Dragons enjoy talking about original ideas and are open to other points of view. They are innovative, imaginative practical and appreciate art in each of its forms. Generally less pretentious than other Dragons, Wood Dragons have an ability to get along with other people. They have the essentials to build a prosperous and happy life for themselves. Still, Wood Dragons are outspoken and at times a bit pushy to quell everyone, even in the most friendly quarrel.
THE FIRE DRAGON 1916 AND 1976
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

The Fire Dragon is a powerful force to be reckoned with. This is a Dragon doubled! The Fire Dragon can move from calm and collected to combustible in a matter of seconds. In some ways the Fire Dragon is his or her own worst enemy. These Dragons cannot help feeling they are valuable and all-knowing. When they are right their vehemence and vigor is an asset to the cause, and though they value objectivity, they do not always employ the best decision- making measures, and sometimes jump to the wrong conclusion. They also suffer from recklessness and quick tempers. Yet, when they do keep their temper, emotions, and rivaling spirit under control, they emanate a commanding influence on other people.
THE EARTH DRAGON 1928 AND 1988
Earth Dragons make great managers because they are practical, levelheaded and demonstrate a knack for organizing. They still have the need to dictate and be admired, but they are affable, congenial and supportive. Compared to other Dragons, Earth Dragons are less likely to breathe fire at the least irritation. They will work diligently to complete their life goals. The Earth element adds a greater portion of self-control to the Dragon’s personality and usually the Earth Dragon is deserving of the respect he or she desires. These Dragons take their life and romantic responsibilities quite seriously.
HEALTH AND HOME HEALTH
Dragons take thrilling risks and burn the candle at both ends so they are fortunate to be blessed with good health. Among the most hearty of the Animal signs, they can suffer bad health as a result of stress. Symptoms of their personalities often stem from emotional outbursts and can range from tension headaches to depression to hypertension. Dragons can remedy these problems by maintaining their cool, implementing a routine in their daily lives, and utilizing exercises such as yoga or tai kwon do that soothe the mind and spirit as well as tone the body.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

AT HOME WITH THE DRAGON
Not the most domesticated of the Animal signs, Dragons and may be more content out and about rather than at home. Nevertheless, with their imagination and artistic sense, they can enjoy decorating their home or anywhere else where their extravagance can be expressed.. A Dragon’s home should be as large and majestic as his personality, providing space for the fiery temperament or emotional eruptions that accompany their character.
CAREER AND FINANCE THE DRAGON AT WORK
The Dragon’s originality is the most impressive and outstanding of all his characteristics. The Dragon is quite imaginative and always able to see new paths where others may run into brick walls. Dragons are very adaptable and are fit for various occupations, especially if those occupations allow him to take the limelight. In any of these occupational situations, the Dragons will take a radical approach. Dragons work hard, but would rather give orders than receive them. They should avoid jobs that encompass too much routine, and should move toward jobs in which their self-reliance can be an asset.
FINANCE AND THE DRAGON
Dragons like to spend money and are charitable themselves as well as with others. They do not know the meaning of the word “accumulate,” and making money does not intrigue them as it may others. Many Dragons will take big chances with their finances, sometimes betting on their shirt and losing it right off of their backs. Yet, they were born with the Midas Touch, and it very rare that a Dragon remains poor for long. Dragons will always be straightforward in financial dealings and can always be trusted.
DRAGON CAREERS
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Those born in the Year of the Dragon also share the same kinds of goals and objectives in life. The occupations best suited for the Dragon are listed below:
DRAGONS MAKE EXCELLENT:
* Computer analysts * Inventors
* Engineers
* Architects
* Lawyers
* Philosophers
* Psychoanalysts
* Brokers
* Managers
* Salepeople
* PR People
* Advertising agents
* Officers in the armed forces * Campaigners
* Politicians
CONGENIAL BUSINESS PARTNERS
Whether Dragons are compatible with their business partners depends on whether their signs are harmonious or antagonistic to each that of their partners. Considering the congruity of the components of their own characters and the characters of their business colleagues can also be very useful.
Dogs Ruled by: Benefit from: Are Antagonistic to:
Metal Earth Snakes Fire Tigers
Water Metal Monkeys Earth Sheep
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Wood Water Roosters Metal Oxen Fire Wood Rats Water Rabbits Earth Fire Dragons Wood Horses Leisurely activities and pleasures
LIKES AND DISLIKES
Since Dragons are born under the same Animal sign, they often share likes and dislikes. Following are similar likes and dislikes of the Dragon personality:
Color Preference: Greenish-Blue
Gems and Stones: Opal, Sapphire, Amber
Suitable Gifts: Tarot cards, camera, a copy of the I Ching, mirror, a family crest, mobile phone
Hobbies and Pastimes: Computer programming, public speaking, fossil hunting, astrology
Dragons Dislike: Taking orders, unnecessary bureaucracy, discounted ideas, people who don’t give 100%
THE DRAGON ON VACATION
Dragons are attracted by the bizarre. No self-respecting Dragon desires to walk in a tourist’s footsteps. Instead, they take a lot of gratification in finding hidden destinations, or, closer to home, locations off the beaten track. But Dragons also need thrills, which they might find by taking an unplanned winter break to go Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

skiing or a spontaneous rock climbing trip in the spring. They may even test their bravery by daring to ride the highest roller coaster in the world. Dragons are also sentimental at heart, so conquering their childhood haunts, or taking a second honeymoon would bring immense pleasure too.
FRIENDS AND ENEMIES
Dragons are usually popular people, but because of their personalities, they seem to gather as much criticism as they do esteem. Due to their tumultuous temperaments, Dragons are not the most sensitive friends to those in need of a shoulder to cry on. Those who truly know the Dragon know he is a loving soul who will become your best ally in times of need. Once the dynamic Dragon has given his friendship, he will not let his friends down and will never falter in his allegiance to his companions. To a Dragon, a friend is a friend for a lifetime. Incredibly honest, Dragons are known for sincerity and are trusting souls. Because of this honesty, Dragons don’t realize others may not demonstrate or uphold the same codes of ethics. Making the discovery that they placed their trust in someone who is dishonest makes the Dragon person quite sad, yet much more perceptive for future encounters.
Compatible Friends
Best Friends: Rats and Monkeys Mortal Enemy: Dogs
DRAGON PARENTS AND BABIES
Because people born in the year of the Dragon are so working on furthering their careers, they usually Put off having and raising children until later than many of the other Chinese horoscope signs. Parenting doesn’t come very naturally easily to the Dragon. However, when Dragons do become parents, they approach it with the same enthusiasm as other endeavors. They are proud Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

parents and tend to boast about the accomplishments and good looks of their children.
DRAGON INFANT AND CHILD
Dog children are creative, able to entertain themselves for hours on end. They don’t mind playing by themselves, often inventing games and puzzles while doing so. They are responsible children who love to take on and complete as many tasks as possible for it gives them a sense of accomplishment.
Dragons, noted for their benevolence, tend to shower their children with toys and spending money. It has been remarked that they substitute material things for quality time with their children. Even so, Dragons take parenting seriously and are quite protective of their children’s welfare. Should anything upset them, or should anyone wrong them, the Dragon will prepare to fight and avenge the people who have hurt or belittled their offspring.
DRAGON PARENT/CHILD KINSHIPS
Like their adult counterparts, children born in the Year of the Dragon have vivid personalities and are independent from birth. Noisy and active, parents should stimulate their imaginations as soon as possible. Their imagination and inquisitive natures can be troublesome for the Dragon child and can often land them in a heap of trouble at school which can cause teachers and other parents to deem them troublemakers or naughty. Sometimes Dragon children are loners who daydream and drift to into their own world of make-believe. Either way, Dragon children demand careful attention and special handling in order to bring out the best in them. Their creativity and talents must be encouraged, even if it means spending extra time in certain school subjects in order to help them master the subject. .
DRAGON PARENT/CHILD RELATIONSHIPS
Some parents immediately click with their children and others find they will never have a close relationship, no matter how hard they try to make it happen.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Following are the compatibility ratings between Dragon parents and their children.
Dragons with Under the same roof Compatibility Rating
Rat take pride in each other ****
Ox not mu
Theory Behind BrainWave Generator
EEG and the brain’s state
EEG (Electroencephalography) technology is used to measure brain’s electrical vibrations from the surface of the scalp. The resulting EEG pattern will contain frequency elements mainly below 30Hz. The frequencies are categorized into four states as follows:
State Frequency range State of mind
Delta 0.5Hz – 4Hz Deep sleep
Theta 4Hz – 8Hz Drowsiness (also first stage of sleep) Alpha 8Hz – 14Hz Relaxed but alert
Beta 14Hz – 30Hz Highly alert and focused
The dominant frequency in the EEG pattern determines what shall be called the current state of the brain. If the amplitude of the alpha range frequencies is highest, then the brain is said to be in the alpha stage. Note, that other frequencies still exist and it is impossible to give any “exact frequency your brain is operating on”. However, later references to the brain states use the simplification of assuming that such a single frequency exists.
Entraining the brain to a desired state
If external stimulus is applied to the brain, it becomes possible to entrain the brain frequency from one stage to another. For example, if a person is in beta stage (highly alert) and a stimulus of 10Hz is applied to his/her brain for some time, the brain frequency is likely to change towards the applied stimulus. The effect will be relaxing to the person. This phenomenon is also called frequency following response.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

When the brain’s state is close to the applied stimulus, entrainment works more efficiently. Thus, when doing a sweep from one frequency to another, the starting frequency should be as close to your current brain state as possible. The sweep speed should be such that your brain’s state changes steadily with it, so that the difference never gets very large. In practice, it is difficult to determine your brain state without extra equipment (like EEG devices). However, you can quite safely assume that during the day your brain is in the beta stage (about 20Hz) and you can start the sweep from there. If you are already somewhat relaxed, you can use a start frequency of 15Hz or a few Hz lower.
Stimulating the brain with binaural beat frequencies
The easiest way of applying stimulus to the brain is via ears. Other senses could be used as well, and vision is actually used quite often (often in addition to hearing). However, humans cannot hear sounds low enough to be useful for brain stimulation, so special techniques must be used. One such special technique used is called binaural beats.
If the left ear is presented with a steady tone of 500Hz and the right ear a steady tone of 510Hz, these two tones combine in the brain. The difference, 10Hz, is perceived by the brain and is a very effective stimulus for brainwave entrainment. This 10Hz is formed entirely by the brain. When using stereo headphones, the left and right sounds do not mix together until in your brain. The frequency difference, when perceived by brain this way, is called a binaural beat.
The effect of the audible frequencies used
To get a stimulus of 10Hz, you may use tones of 500Hz and 510Hz, or 400Hz and 410Hz, or 800Hz and 810Hz, or so on. The only requirements are that the tone is heard well enough and that it is below about 1000Hz. Below 1000Hz, the wavelength of the skull is sufficiently small so that the sound waves curve around it.
You may try out different audible tones with BrainWave Generator and see which ones work best for you.
Altered brain states
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

As mentioned above, applying a stimulus to the brain will eventually bring the brain’s state closer to the stimulus frequency. The following paragraphs describe some possible effects of this.
Note, however, that just passively listening to binaural beats does not necessarily alter your state of consciousness. For example, willingness and ability to relax and focus attention affects how effective the binaural beat stimulus is for inducing state changes.
Helping in meditation
Meditation is essentially about willingly being able to alter one’s brain frequency to a desired state. While meditators have traditionally used several years to learn the techniques of meditation, you can now attain the same effect with brainwave entrainment. No special training or great discipline is required. Good meditation frequencies are in the alpha range, from 8Hz to 13Hz.
When a certain brainwave state is experienced and practiced over a period of time, the brain will “learn” the state change and it will become easier to self- produce the desired brainwave state at will. Thus, using brainwave entrainment, you can expect to get some of its effects later even without any entrainment. Reducing learning time
The theta stage (4hz – 7Hz) has been found to increase learning capabilities. In fact, children spend more time in theta stage than adults, which probably explains the accelerated learning capabilities of children.
Alpha frequencies are also useful for learning purposes. You can play language cassettes, subliminal tapes, etc. during an entrainment session for a maximum effect.
Reducing sleep needs
Some people have found that half an hour a day of the Theta stage can replace up to 4 hours of sleep.
Treatment of certain mental diseases
Brainwave entrainment is used in treatment of depression, low self-esteem, attention deficit disorder, drug and alcohol addiction and autism, to name a few.
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Brainwave entrainment has also been found helpful in alleviating headaches and migraines.
Miscellaneous
Some users have also reported increases in their sex drive as a result of brainwave entrainment.
What Are Binaural Beats?
Binaural beats are auditory brainstem responses which originate in the superior olivary nucleus of each hemisphere. They result from the interaction of two different auditory impulses, originating in opposite ears, below 1000 Hz and which differ in frequency between one and 30 Hz (Oster, 1973).For example, if a pure tone of 400 Hz is presented to the right ear and a pure tone of 410 Hz is presented simultaneously to the left ear, an amplitude modulated standing wave of 10 Hz, the difference between the two tones, is experienced as the two wave forms mesh in and out of phase within the superior olivary nuclei. This binaural beat is not heard in the ordinary sense of the word (the human range of hearing is from 20-20,000 Hz). It is perceived as an auditory beat and theoretically can be used to entrain specific neural rhythms through the frequency-following response (FFR)–the tendency for cortical potentials to entrain to or resonate at the frequency of an external stimulus. Thus, it is theoretically possible to utilize a specific binaural-beat frequency as a consciousness management technique to entrain a specific cortical rhythm.
Top
The “frequency-following response” effect.
The binaural-beat appears to be associated with an electroencephalographic (EEG) frequency-following response in the brain(3). Many studies have demonstrated the presence of a frequency-following response to auditory stimuli, recorded at the vertex of the human brain (top of the head). This EEG activity was termed “frequency-following response” because its period Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

corresponds to the fundamental frequency of the stimulus (Smith, Marsh, & Brown, 1975). Binaural-beat stimulation appears to encourage access to altered states of consciousness.
Top
Various Uses Of Audio With Embedded Binaural Beats
Uses of audio with embedded binaural beats that are mixed with music or various pink or background sound are diverse. They range from relaxation, meditation, stress reduction, pain management, improved sleep quality, decrease in sleep requirements, super learning, enhanced creativity and intuition, remote viewing, telepathy, and out-of-body experience and lucid dreaming. Audio embedded with binaural beats is often combined with various meditation techniques, as well as positive affirmations and visualization.
Top
Resonant entrainment of oscillating systems
Resonant entrainment of oscillating systems is a well-understood principle within the physical sciences. If a tuning fork designed to produce a frequency of 440 Hz is struck (causing it to oscillate) and then brought into the vicinity of another 440 Hz tuning fork, the second tuning fork will begin to oscillate. The first tuning fork is said to have entrained the second or caused it to resonate. The physics of entrainment apply to biosystems as well. Of interest here are the electromagnetic brain waves. The electrochemical activity of the brain results in the production of electromagnetic wave forms which can be objectively measured with sensitive equipment. Brain waves change frequencies based on neural activity within the brain. Because neural activity is electrochemical, brain function can be modified through the introduction of specific chemicals (drugs), by altering the brain’s electromagnetic environment through induction, or through resonant entrainment techniques.
Top
The Discovery Of Binaural Beats
Kenneth Pranzo radioking2009@aol.com Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

Binaural beats were discovered in 1839 by a German experimenter, H. W. Dove. The human ability to “hear” binaural beats appears to be the result of evolutionary adaptation. Many evolved species can detect binaural beats because of their brain structure. The frequencies at which binaural beats can be detected change depending upon the size of the species’ cranium. In the human, binaural beats can be detected when carrier waves are below approximately 1000 Hz (Oster, 1973). Below 1000 Hz the wave length of the signal is longer than the diameter of the human skull. Thus, signals below 1000 Hz curve around the skull by diffraction. The same effect can be observed with radio wave propagation. Lower-frequency (longer wave length) radio waves (such as AM radio) travel around the earth over and in between mountains and structures. Higher-frequency (shorter wave length) radio waves (such as FM radio, TV, and microwaves) travel in a straight line and can’t curve around the earth. Mountains and structures block these high-frequency signals. Because frequencies below 1000 Hz curve around the skull, incoming signals below 1000 Hz are heard by both ears. But due to the distance between the ears, the brain “hears” the inputs from the ears as out of phase with each other. As the sound wave passes around the skull, each ear gets a different portion of the wave. It is this waveform phase difference that allows for accurate location of sounds below 1000 Hz(9). Audio direction finding at higher frequencies is less accurate than it is for frequencies below 1000 Hz. At 8000 Hz the pinna (external ear) becomes effective as an aid to localization. In summary it’s the ability of the brain to detect a waveform phase difference is what enables it to perceive binaural beats.
Top
How It Works On The Brain
When signals of two different frequencies are presented, one to each ear, the brain detects phase differences between these signals. “Under natural circumstances a detected phase difference would provide directional information. The brain processes this anomalous information differently when these phase differences are heard with stereo headphones or speakers. A perceptual integration of the two signals takes place, producing the sensation of a third “beat” frequency. The difference between the signals waxes and wanes as Kenneth Pranzo
radioking2009@aol.com
Kennethpranzo@yahoo.com

the two different input frequencies mesh in and out of phase. As a result of these constantly increasing and decreasing differences, an amplitude- modulated standing wave -the binaural beat- is heard. The binaural beat is perceived as a fluctuating rhythm at the frequency of the difference between the two auditory inputs. Evidence suggests that the binaural beats are generated in the brainstem’s superior olivary nucleus, the first site of contralateral integration in the auditory system (Oster, 1973). Studies also suggest that the frequency-following response originates from the inferior colliculus (Smith, Marsh, & Brown, 1975)” (Owens & Atwater, 1995). This activity is conducted to the cortex where it can be recorded by scalp electrodes.
Top
Altered States
Binaural beats can easily be heard at the low frequencies (>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>LOL

The brain isn’t in 2011 its in 2013. I AM A HYPNOTIST THATS WHY THESE BELOW ARE ACCURATE. NOBODY HAS A HUMAN BRAIN THAT CAN PRECIVE THE FUTURE UNTIL A SPECIFIC NUMBERED YEAR. IF YOU FOLLOW MY WORK EVEN THOUGH IN MY PREDICTIONS THE YEARS ARE WRONG IN THE PREDICTIONS ITSELF THE YEARS AT THE HEADING OF THE PREDICTIONS BLOG POSTS SAYS IT ALL ITS ALL IN THE TITLE.

A number of bizarre and disturbing crimes will make the headlines in the later part of 2008 and 2009. These crimes will involve children and families. The level of brutality, strangeness, cruelty and disregard for the sanctity of life will be appalling. These crimes will take place in many locations around the world, but Toronto, Florida, Perth, San Diego all come to mind as possible locations for these crimes to take place. A cluster of senseless brutality.

In the first week of October of 2008 there will be an asassination attempt of a Ukrainian political leader.

It is discovered in January of 2009 that a shipwrecked boat containing smuggled imigrants in Alaska is responsible for mysterious body parts washing ashore. This shipwreck may have occured as long ago as 2007. The ship, a fishing vessel may be Chinese in origin.

Food shortages continue, India and China both see rationing of rice and other foods towards the start of 2009.

More earth-like planets are found in 2008 and 2009. Astronomers will reveal that almost every star in the universe is a solar system containing several planets. The number of earth-like planets found will reach the thousands by the end of 2009.

The Obama / McCain presidential race will be a very close one similar to Gore / Bush. Obama will win the presidential election by a narrow margin.

Weather and natural distasters again in 2009 take center stage in world events. A major earthquake in Mexico in 2009 kills thousands. Flooding in China and a major snow storm in the North East US in the winter of 2008.

A power major outage which is not remedied for several weeks in Russia causes loss of life and panic in January of 2009.

There may be military action in Ukraine at the start of February 2009.

01) Wesley Snipes, through a legal loop-hole, gets out of jail early. Two years early.
02) Lindsay Lohan has a normal year, no jail time, no illicit drug use, not showing up bombed at events. She actually attends her AA meetings regularly.FAILED: Lindsay has been in and out of court all year and is now serving 90 days under house arrest.
03) ABC Network producers pitch a Lost movie sequel, a continuation of the Lost castaways.
04) The Atlanta Falcons win the Superbowl.FAILED: The Falcons lost to the Packers and are sitting at home wondering what the Hell happened.
05) The Boston Celtics win the NBA championship. Kobe is pissed.FAILED: Celtics lose the semi’s.
06) Auburn wins the BCS National Championship.SUCCESS: Cam Newton led the Tigers to a perfect season and the BCS championship.
07) Sarah Palin, while protecting Alaska from an invasion from Russia, thwarts her own kidnapping attempt.
08) Osama Bin Laden will be captured. SUCCESS: President Obama announced last night 05/01/2011 that Bin Laden was killed in a fire fight in Pakistan.
09) New evidence will be uncovered that the three inmates who allegedly escaped Alcatraz Island prison actually did make land fall.
10) Facebook will become the most viewed web site, outscoring even the search giant Google.SUCCESS: Facebook becomes the most viewed page, even more than Google. Face Book Rank
11) Microsoft will announce a new program that will be open source.
12) Jennifer Anistan gets engaged.
13) AMC channel The Walking Dead becomes a top 10 program.SUCCESS: Walking Dead is the most watched cable program of all time. Walking Dead Ratings
14) NBC’s “The Event” gets canceled.SUCCESS: NBC announced the Event will not return and not even SYFY network could turn it around.
15) The Cincinnati Reds win the World Series.
16) Brett Favre finally retires. For good this time.SUCCESS: Brett Favre signs his retitrement papers and reaches out to Green Bay for a ceremonial sighing so he may retire as a Packer.
17) Brett Favre gets divorced.
18) A fifth Indiana Jones movie is announced.
19) Sean Connery will reprise his role as secret agent 007.
20) A radical new Internet connecting device will sweep the land making your online presence almost as being in real-time.SUCCESS: Google Plus now has 10 million users and adding millions per day. It is the Facebook killer.
21) Harry Potter finale will be the biggest movie of the year.SUCCESS: Harry Potter Finale has become the biggest movie of all time, not just the year.
22) Will Farrell’s movie will tank, no matter what it’s called.
23) Charlie Sheen goes on a bender, winds up in Rehab. SUCCESS: After a hard week of partying and porn stars, Sheen checks himself into rehab.
24) Chelsea Handler gets married.
25) Conan O’Brien rolls out a new line of slim wear, “The Conan Jeggings.”
26) Unseen footage of the late night talk show host legend Johnny Carson is uncovered, the footage becomes a smash hit for NBC.
27) American Idol tanks in ratings. Simon is smiling. SUCCESS: The ratings are in and American Idol ratings are down 30% without Simon.
28) A metallic object is scanned and found to be embedded deep in the Earths crust. Origin is unknown.
29) The Minnesota Vikings announce they will move out of the state of Minnesota.
30) Twitter gets knocked offline for several days, a new start-up social page picks up steam in its place.
31) Leslie Frazier becomes the new head coach for the Minnesota Vikings. SUCCESS: Vikings named Frazier head coach today, 01/03/2011
32) Miley Cyrus is arrested for drug use.
33) Jessica Simpson is pregnant.
34) Pope Benedict will survive an assassination attempt.
35) Tiger Woods gets his life back on track and wins a major tournament.
36) Key evidence from the John Kennedy assassination will be uncovered. This evidence will shed light on a conspiracy involving the government and elected officials.
37) Science Fiction television series V will be cancelled this year.
38) Hugh Hefner sires a child with new bride Crystal Harris.
39) Megan fox will divorce Brian Austin Green.
40) Kate Middleton, future wife of Prince William, winds up pregnant.
41) The boy band N’Sync will reunite for a tour.
42) Robert Pattison and Kristen Stewart call it quits.
43) Johnny Depp wins the elusive Oscar this year. FAILED: Depp was locked out of the Oscars. Perhaps next year Johnny.
44) The Grand Canyon Sky Walk will shut down due to equipment failure almost allowing the walk way to give way.
45) Justin Beiber will debut a new hair style.SUCCESS: On February 5th Saturday Night Live program, Beiber debuts a new hair style while on the skit with Dana Carver playing the church lady.
46) Snooki from the Jersey Shore has a situation of her own, she’s pregnant.
47) Jennifer Lopez will divorce Marc Anthony. Money will be the contributing factor. SUCCESS: J-Lo announced the divorce on July 4th, How befitting, it’s Independence day.
48) Gas prices will tip over $4.00 per gallon.SUCCESS: Gas prices rocketed to $4.15 per gallon over the weekend.
49) Taylor Swift gets engaged.
50) MySpace social network becomes insignificant, attempts to reinvent itself, but alas, to no avail. SUCCESS: Myspace created a new interface for users and a new email system. The new interface is not working as droves of people are closing their accounts signaling the death march for Myspace. R.I.P. 2011

Jonathan Frid, the legendary Barnabus Collins, the 200-year-old vampire, from the 1960′s soap opera Dark Shadows, finally dies.

2 Johnny Depp moves forward on a revival epic tale of Dark Shadows, and uses a small film footage of Jonathan Frid before he passed away.

3. Hugh Hefner, Playboy founder dies. He dies happy.

4. Kate Hudson rekindles her romance with Owen Wilson.

5. Lady Gaga, one of the top entertainers of 2009 and rumored to be a man, is revealed to be total woman. SUCCESSFUL: Snopes.com confirms Lady Gaga is just that. All woman. Lady Gaga All Woman 02/02/2010

6. Ryan Seacrest, forever a bachelor, and perhaps the hardest working celebrity in Hollywood, finds the time to get engaged.

7. Contrary to popular opinion, Tiger Woods gets divorced. Elin tee’s off on his fortune and takes him to the cleaners by utilizing a loophole in the pre-nup agreement she signed. SUCCESS: Tiger and Elin finalized their divorce this morning. 08/23/2010

8. Michael Jackson will be named the father of a child and irrefutable proof will be offered. He will contest the will.

9. David Hasselhoff, Star of Knight Rider and Baywatch, is committed to rehab for alcohol poisoning. Somebody get that mana cheeseburger.

10. The New York Yankees repeat and win the World Series.

11. The Boston Celtics win the NBA Championship. FAILURE: The Celtics lost game 7 to the Lakers.

12. The Minnesota Vikings led by Brett Favre wins the Super Bowl. FAILED: THE VIKINGS LOST TO THE SAINTS IN THE CHAMPIONSHIP GAME 01/27/2010

13. Brett Favre contemplates retirement once more, but comes back for 2010 to play for the Vikings. SUCCESS: Brett Favre returned to the Vikings earlier this week and played Sunday night against the 49ers. 08/23/2010

14. The NHL downsizes, eliminates several non profitable teams.

15. Ford Motor Company becomes America’s #1 car dealer. SUCCESS: DETROIT — The Ford Motor Company said Tuesday that its sales increased 43 percent in February, allowing it to outsell General Motors, and at least for one month, become the top-selling automaker in America. 03/02/2010 Ford #1 Automaker

16. Ashley Simpson, sister to Jessica and Fall Out Boy Pete Wentz get divorced.

17. ABC Lost secret is revealed to be…..
Although it appears the survivors of Oceanic flight 815 are on a tropical island, they are being deceived. There is no island. The survivors are in a virtual reality laboratory. All the castaways are interconnected to one another sharing each others thoughts, memories, and feelings. While in this virtual reality laboratory, a battery of physical and mental experiments are performed on them. And who is running these experiments? As Juliet stated, the Aliens of course. FAILURE: Lost was all about Purgatory, not aliens, not virtual reality.

18. Kim Kardashian gets married. No one cares.

19. Labron James, Cleveland Cavaliers all star, leaves for greener pastures. SUCCESS: James opted out of Cleveland and signed with the Miami Heat.

20. Snoop Dog gets busted and is sentenced to jail time.

21. Tim Tebow, Florida quarterback, Heisman trophy winner, drops out of the top 20 picks in the 2010 NFL draft. SUCCESS: Tim Tebow was selected 25th over all by the Denver bronco’s.

22. Angelina and Brad Pitt, the most powerful Hollywood couple, split up. Her lips are not to blame. This time!

23. Jon and Kate plus the eight children, both strapped for cash, reconcile to continue the popular reality cable program. Ratings are through the roof.

24. Elizabeth Alexandra Mary, The Queen of England Dies. Charles is finally in charge.

25. Kevin Federline goes on a strict diet and loses a ton of weight. SUCCESSFUL: Federline just signed on to VH1′s Celebrity Fit Club, Boot Camp.

26. With his new weight loss physique, Kevin Federline is offered a TV pilot. SUCCESSFUL: Federline is on the reality TV program VH1 Celebrity Fit Club and airs February 8th.

27. An Aids cure and vaccine is announced, stem cell replacement is the major component to the cure. Human trials begin at the end of the year. SUCCESSFUL: Man with AIDS cured by stem cell technology. 12/16/2010 Link Here

28. The Alabama Crimson Tide wins the BCS Championship defeating Texas. SUCCESSFUL: 01/07/2010 The Tide wins 37-21

29. Tara Reid, after getting a boob tune up, actually gets hired for a movie role.

30. Ringo Starr, drummer for the legendary 1960′s rock band, The Beatles, dies. Ironically, that leaves only Paul McCartney, who if you recall, was rumored to be dead, killed in a car crash.

31. Sarah Palin, author of Going Rogue, and oh yea, former Governor of Alaska, has a nipple slip moment. The photo runs wild on the Internet. It only helps to boost her ratings.

32. Khloe Kardashian gets divorced. Who couldn’t have predicted this?

33. Terrel Owens leaves the Bills. Claims he wants to play for a winner. SUCCESS: T. Owens was released from the Bills several months ago and is currently a free agent. Perhaps Dancing With The Stars can fit him in.

34. David Letterman gets divorced after past digressions catch up to him.

35. Carrie Prejean, controversial former Miss California, gets offered a reality TV series role. Donald Trump has nothing to do with it.

36. Tila Tequila, becomes insignificant. Oh wait, that already happened. SUCCESSFUL! JESSICA COHEN, TILA’S P.R. AGENT, RESIGNS LEAVING HER TO FEND FOR HERSELF.

37. The Martian Landers, originally only manufactured to operate for 90 days, went into overtime and worked for years sending back data to Earth until both landers shut down. However, one of the landers will miraculously turn back on and beam starling photos back to Earth.

38. The US economy rebounds, albeit slowly as unemployment numbers go down and housing and construction go on the rise. SUCCESS: The American economy, albeit a slight increase, is rebounding as housing has increased several points, the stock market moved over 11,000 points, General Motors has repaid their government loan in full, and the unemployment rate is slowing.

39. President Obama jump starts the economy with a rapid transit initiative setting in motion thousands of construction and fabricating jobs as the nations railroad is rebuilt. SUCCESSFUL: President Obama announced today (01/28/2010) $8 billion in grants to develop high speed transit in 31 states beginning with California, Florida, and Illinois.

40. Party crashers like Tareq and Michaele Salahi, attempt to crash an Obama party. The secret service confirming a threat, kills one, wounds another. A strong message is sent.

41. Kim Jong II, ruler of North Korea, succumbs from his illness and dies.

42. Billy Graham, TV evangelist, really talks to God this time, meets his maker.

43. Mickey Rooney goes to the big Our Gang in the sky. (He dies)

44. Scientists, through the use of powerful telescopes will discover a planet that could sustain life. SUCCESS! Yesterday, NASA and the NSF announced the detection of what may be the first Earth-like planet orbiting in its star’s habitable zone, meaning that it might play host to liquid water. This is a pretty big deal. The paper describing the findings calls this “one of the holy grails of exoplanet research,” and one of the scientists involved in the discovery, in a fit of over-enthusiasm, even claimed that he was certain there would be life there. But there’s actually no guarantee that, even within the habitable zone, liquid water will be present, much less life. That’s the bad news, though; the good news is that its discovery implies that similar planets might be relatively abundant. The star, Gliese 581, is only about 20 light years away.

45. Michael Lohan, father to actress Lindsay, crosses the line once to many times, gets arrested once more. SUCCESSFUL: He was arrested Thursday morning (01/28/2010) and charged with criminal contempt in violation of an order of protection.

46. Lindsay Lohan switches teams yet again, and begins dating again, to a man…

47. Pink, rock star, separates from her hubby Cory Hart yet again.

48. Susan Boyle, singer, dreams a dream, gets engaged.

49. Roman Polanski gets dragged back to the states to face rape charges from 1973.

50. Barack Obama is not immuned to sex scandals. A woman will come forward and claim to have bore a son and Obama is the father.

posted by ACTION KENNETH @ 10:53 AM
  0 comments
DJ INVO PSYCHIC PREDICTIONS TIME AND DATE COMING SOON FIRST EVENTS

1) Charles Manson, mass murderer, dies in jail.

2) Brett Favre will fake retirement yet again, but come back to play just one more year. BINGO! So far, Brett stated once again that he has retired for good this time. The second part will come true shortly. And it has. Favre has stated that he wants to play for the Vikings if his arm is healed 100%

3) The Boston Celtics repeat as NBA champions. Boing!Celtics did not repeat.

4) Dick Clark, legendary teenager from American Bandstand and icon for the New Years Day celebration on Times Square, dies.

5) Lindsay Lohan breaks up with DJ Sam Ronson. As Kathy Griffin put it to Anderson Cooper on New year’s eve, she likes Dick. BINGO! TMZ REPORTS TODAY THAT LINDSAY AND SAM ARE SPLITSVILLE. 01/05/2009

6) Pam Anderson will be attacked by an anti PETA group and will have cows blood and raw hamburger meat splashed all over her body. She’ll ask for it to be cooked medium rare.

7) Scarlett Johansson, in an attempt to create a buzz for her slumping celebrity, exposes her boobs on a national televised awards show. Justin Timberlake is somehow involved.

8 ) Michael Jackson, legendary music entertainer, dies from unknown causes. A conspiracy just like Elvis, the king of rock and roll, will ensue. BINGO! Michael Jackson died on June 25th from an apparent drug overdose.

9) President Barack Obama will survive an assassination attempt.

10) The youngest Jonas brother (Nick) admits to having sexual relations. You can toss those purity rings out now.

11) Jerry Seinfeld makes a comeback and locks in a sitcom variety show on NBC. BINGO!!! Jerry Seinfeld is creating and executive producing a reality show tentatively titled The Marriage Ref for NBC, the network has announced.

12) Hillary Clinton, not Bill, gets caught cheating. And she will be wearing a blue dress. How ironic.

13) Country music phenom Taylor Swift winds up pregnant. And no, not by any of the Jonas brothers.

14) Miley Cyrus, the Hanna Montana star, is involved in a scandal concerning child porn and underage sexual relations.

15) A major cast member from the hit television series LOST will be arrested for DUI.

16) A new Stealth jet fighter will be revealed during military maneuvers.It will have light refracting abilities making it invisible to the naked eye.

17) A Youtube Satanic cult will be found. A series of innocent Youtube video’s when strung together, spell out Satan is Lord and master.

18 ) The MLB New York Yankees return to glory and win the World Series. Bingo! The Yankees defeated the Phillies to capture their 27th World series Banner.

19) The New York Giants and the Indianapolis Colts make the super bowl pitting brothers Peyton and Eli against each other. It will be the highest rated super bowl ever. BOING! MISSED THIS ONE. THE COLTS GOT SMACKED BY THE BOLTS IN THE WILDCARD. 01/04/2009

20) The Indianapolis Colts win the super bowl. BOING! MISSED THIS ONE. SEE ABOVE PREDICTION. 01/04/2009

21) An F5 category tornado rips through the Midwest leveling a town left in its wake.

22) The Panama Canal comes under attack and is closed to all traffic.

23) Farrah Fawcett succumbs to her cancer, but not without a tremendous fight. Sadly, Farrah passed away June 25th, 2009.

24) Bill Cowher, former Pittsburgh Steeler head coach, will reject multiple offers from NFL teams hoping to lure him back to the sidelines.BINGO!!! More than half a dozen teams attempted to lure Cowher back to the sidelines. So far, he has said no.

25) Terrell Owens, disenchanted with the Cowboys, causes yet another commotion and gets released opening his door to the Patriots.BINGO! COWBOYS RELEASE OWENS TODAY. 03/05/2009

26) Britney Spears has yet another meltdown. She will be involved in a lesbian affair.

27) The NFL Buffalo Bills, claiming lack of fan support, make plans to move to Canada.

28 ) Oil prices will continue to plummet and gasoline prices dip below one dollar per gallon.

29) Christina Aguilera is with child once again. Can her boobs get any bigger than they already are?

30) Paula Abdul gets fired from American Idol after acting erratically during the live broadcasts. Simon couldn’t be happier. Ratings go through the roof.BINGO!!! Paula announced this morning that she will no longer be on American Idol. 08/05/2009

31) A major ocean liner will be lost in the Bermuda triangle rekindling the wild rumors and legends of the fabled Devil’s Triangle.

32) Ameila Earhart’s remains will be found. A note written by Earhart will reveal what really happened to her finally putting to rest her mysterious disappearance.

33) Holly Madison, Playboy’s Hugh Hefner’s former girlfriend, gets pregnant. Don’t worry, Hef is not the father. Cris Angel, street magician is.

34) A child will be born with a DNA sequence not known of this earth. No, he won’t have a big red “S” on his chest.

35) A set of repeating signals not man made will come from outside the solar system will be discovered. The signals will be a mathematical sequence.

36) The rock band, The Monkee’s will get back together for a reunion tour. Mike Nesbitt will wear the stupid hat.

37) Ted Kennedy dies.BINGO! Ted passed away this morning, 08/26/2009

38 ) Mariah Carey gets divorced. Or has another nervous breakdown. You pick.

39) Jessica Simpson and Dallas Cowboys quarterback Tony Romo break up. BINGO! Tony snapped the relationship on the eve of Jessica’s 29th birthday. They are officially splittsville. 07/13/2009

40) Elton John records a new album. Clay Aiken sings a duet with Elton.

41) Paris Hilton gets a little to much exposure in 2009. she is filmed nude on the beach and the film makes the rounds on the Internet.

42) Justin Timberlake accepts a deal from Saturday Night Live to host the show a half a dozen times for the 2009-10 season. Steve Martin gets pissed.

43) Justin Timberlake and Jessica Beil break up. Apparently she was tired of getting the same dick in the box present for birthdays and Christmas.

44) The Natalee Holloway murder case will be solved.

45) Tom Cruise finally gets the ride on the spaceship he has been waiting for.

46) Spencer and Heidi get married. For real this time. No one cares. BINGO! Spencer and Heidi announce their wedding date for this Saturday, April 25th. Not even Heidi’e best friend and co-star Lauren Conrad are going to the event.

47) Ozzy Osbourne wins a national debate. No one could refute what he said because no one knew what the hell he said.

48 ) Gene Simmons gets married to long time lover Shannon Tweed.

49) Boxer Mike Tyson makes a comeback. He eats three contenders before the Las Vegas boxing commission halts the comeback.

50) Paul McCartney, a former Beatle, admits that the Beatles pulled an elaborate hoax on the public with clues on their albums suggesting that Paul was killed and the surviving band members hired a look a like to carry on.

Covert Hypnosis also known as conversational hypnosis is the process in which one gains control over the others mind without their knowledge just by making conversations by the listener’s subconscious mind. The ultimate aim here is to change the opinion of the person in question by manipulating their thoughts and making them do things your way. In this process the hypnotizer changes the thought pattern of the people, their behavior, emotions and perception of life on a subconscious level. Unlike with conventional hypnotherapy sessions covert hypnosis does not involve closing of the eyes or any kind of moving pendulum or strange hand gestures.
Suggestive Commands
The commands or suggestions given by the person hypnotizing to the person being hypnotized are more of a metaphor and presented in an indirect fashion, although in certain cases they are also given directly. Stories are one of the tools of covert hypnosis which can be effectively used to convey your actual message across and help remember it with much more probability. The initial step in covert hypnosis though is to build a rapport with the listener. It is easy to do it with friends and family but also not that difficult to do it with strangers. All you have to do is use some compliment on them or laugh at their jokes to build a comfort level with your unknown listener. It is not necessary that you go too deep into building a connection with your listener.
Building Rapport
The next step after building a rapport with the person to be hypnotized you have to try and switch off the listener’s critical mind. It is nothing but diverting the listener’s mind from its normal thinking state to an imaginary thinking state. You can always start by using some scenarios and asking them questions like “What if…” or “Imagine this…” This immediately shuts off their critical mind and lets their imagination dominate their thought process. After successfully taking the listener off his/her critical mindset you may now make your irresistible commands and describe the things you want him/her to do. The effectiveness of this method depends on a lot of things that you put in to it. It depends on the way you transform their mind from critical thinking to imagination and the kind of statements you make to convince them well enough to perform the task you give them.
Ton of Users
This technique can be well practiced by salesmen, businessmen, therapists and so on. It is essentially used to bring about positive outcomes out of the listener but may at times be misused by some evil-doers who have mastered this art. It is an interesting activity which can be learnt to help others as well. So why not use this powerful technique to enrich your relationships and business affairs and also help others to attain the same power?

Placing someone into a favorable state through hypnosis induction and conversational hypnosis is very beneficial indeed. Let us start off of this review on the world of hypnosis induction and conversational hypnosis with a word of caution. The sublime forces that mandate whether or not a theory is turned into a valid and valued practice are a top-down affair.
Accepted Vernacular
You’ll never see, in the history of mankind, when a far-out theory as conversational hypnosis, turned into a viable and accepted vernacular, by the mainstream. It always takes either one or a few high-brow figures in order to turn the corner and this is exactly what Milton Erickson ran into when he tried to get his conversational hypnotic theory into practice.
Wake Up!
The time was the middle of the century and Dr. Erickson was busy fighting for his own use of his lower extremities, with polio. Milton Erickson was confined to his room and more specifically his bed as the disease kept his body down but not his mind. He would hear the comings and goings of family and friends as they passed like ships through the night in the other room and he paid close attention to their methods of conversation. It was not long before young Milton Erickson began to formulate an idea in his brilliant mind about conversational hypnosis.
Hypnotherapy and Mind Control Practices
The birth of this form of hypnotherapy and mind control practices came into being as Dr. Erickson started to experiment with his mind. Milton Erickson was then interested with entertaining guests and family members in the parlor of his family’s Eastern home. After arriving in the Wild West with his family Erickson started to really experiment with his hypnosis induction and conversational hypnosis techniques.
First Phase
The hypnosis induction theory was the first phase of Milton Erickson’s hypnosis exploits. The great physician, who was only in medical school at the time, targeted his family and friends for his conversational hypnosis tactics. Meeting with moderate success Erickson then elongated his theory and created an institution towards modern hypnotherapy constructs and opened up a new world to all that dared to come to this strange place, the human mind.

While there are plenty of methods in which to learn conversational hypnosis therapy it is important to start from the very beginning. Milton Erickson was one of the first founders of hypnosis induction. While conversational hypnosis therapy is a branch of a larger hypnotic school and is not under the command or control of one researcher or physician, it is important to remember that it was Dr. Erickson who cleared the way for this art form.
Mistaken Reality
To attribute to one person all of the currently-held and experienced benefits and fruits of this industry’s would be a mistaken approach to conversational hypnosis. Without the insight and the forward thinking of Dr. Erickson conversational hypnosis induction could have been missed and an entire science of revolutionary, therapeutic, psychology and psychotherapy, could have been missed.
Hotbed for Conversational Hypnosis Therapy
With the necessary homage paid to Dr. Erickson complete it is now time to understand what conversational hypnosis induction is all about. The ability to hypnotize somebody through induced methods such as a light thumb-nail scratching on the wrist or a series of words based on chaos has been an amazing concept since the early 1940’s. From dark and hidden from the public and most of the time unsympathetic eyes of the citizens of the United States all the way to secretive and clandestine labs in the southwest of France, individuals and researchers have been amazed at what they have been finding in the world of conversational hypnosis therapy.
Hypnosis Induction
Hypnosis therapy is concerned with the discipline of therapeutically assessing patients or individuals with their mental or physical problems through hypnotic suggestion. Does this mean that every individual patient has to be stretched out on a couch and a gold watch pendulum-like swinging to and fro in order to induce one into a trance-like meditation? That’s pretty close and a very good example of how people do get into a trance but is not the only way. Object-focusing is still one of the most-preferred methods of inducing a trance into the world of hypnosis but the main factor for new-aged conversational hypnosis therapy has to do with creating chaotic mediation. That’s what’s so bloody-interesting about conversational hypnosis as there are so many vehicles in which two induce a trance-like state it is hard to mention even just a few of them!

The philosophy of Milton Erickson was undoubtedly shaped by his medical condition and lifelong struggles that would energize his mind and created some of the most fascinating discoveries in the realm of conversational hypnosis. With his creation and introduction of conversational hypnosis Milton Erickson not only got the ball rolling on the possibility of subliminal suggestions regardless of the affiliation and discovery of the individual being hypnotized, yet also solidified his role as a great teacher and lifelong student of hypnotherapy. Conversational hypnosis and Ericksonian hypnosis became one of the most widely utilized tools of psychologists and psychiatrists as well.
Ericksonian Hypnosis and Covert Hypnosis
The school of subconscious thought is referred to as Ericksonian hypnosis and is widely received as a valid and viable entity in both psychology as well as psychotherapy. Milton Erickson’s career was constantly in a state of flux regardless of his inability to use his body 100% of the time. Any human being that could accomplish and create so much, like the founding of conversational hypnosis or covert hypnosis, with so little, obviously deserves both respect and honor long after his passing. Milton Erickson passed on March 25, 1980 in Phoenix, Arizona. Milton Erickson gave many benefits and contributions to the world of conversational hypnosis otherwise known as covert hypnosis have paved the way for recent explorations into the mind and most importantly the subconscious mind for a plethora of researchers and leading institutions across the globe.
Great Legacy
As the world opens up to the possibilities of inward thinking to heal, the role of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis owes a great deal of gratitude to the pioneer that was Dr. Milton Erickson. Milton Erickson was a true pioneer and was often heard recanting tales of his extreme youth crossing the Mississippi from the eastern coastline into the great big open sky country of the Western states. Milton Erickson has a great legacy that lives on to this very day. He invented the theory of conversational hypnosis and started a near-revolution in the field of psychotherapy.
School of Ericksonian Hypnosis
The school of thought that is conversational hypnosis was a breaking point in the life of Milton Erickson. In the time between when Milton Erickson first started thinking on conversational hypnosis he developed many other schools of analytical subconscious thinking. It is important to understand that covert hypnosis also known as Ericksonian hypnosis has to do with placing a person without their acknowledgment into a trance-like state. The reason that conversational hypnosis is so widely used today is in its ease of use. The psychologist that made famous the art of conversational hypnosis was also responsible for many other hypnosis activities such as; conversational hypnosis and covert hypnosis.

In the world of conversational hypnosis there exists a certain relationship that is deeply-personal and affects both parties during this form of unseen communication. We tend to look at hypnosis as a tool into which many good benefits can be derived from. While this is definitely true we need to discuss those individuals and researchers alike that are attempting to improve upon this magnificent method of covert hypnosis.
Practice Makes Perfect
Conversational hypnosis is a practice that has many different methods and techniques. One such environment that many people who practice this form of self-help hypnosis are engaging in is home study guides to further their education in this form of dark ops hypnosis. The essence of any instance of conversational hypnosis finds its core latent factors embedded in the ability of the hypnotist to change the attitude and feeling of an unwilling and unwittingly cognizant individual.
Trances
The ability to place someone in a semi-hypnotic trance is a very great tool for those that want to change their own lives. Ever since man has walked the earth we as a species have desired to control the thought process of another. The art of covert hypnosis inasmuch is a newly discovered practice can be improved upon and in a great variety of ways.

While it is not necessary to know how to hypnotize someone in the realm of conversational hypnosis therapy it is important that the steppingstone be firmly implanted into your head before any hypnosis inducement methods are employed.
Seeds of Doubt
Do not let the seeds of doubt take hold and plant themselves into your mind as you need to have a clear and focused mindset in order to learn how to hypnotize anyone with conversational hypnosis.  A great example of how to hypnotize a person is for the benefit of that person who wants to stop smoking or lose weight Successful hypnotist earn a very good living these days as conversational hypnosis and black ops hypnosis has taken a hold and are becoming the most popular theories and scientific practices to date. The initial steps to learn to hypnotize through conversational hypnosis are made right here and right now.
Essential to Learn Patience
While it is important to finish every module of a self-study or home study conversational hypnosis lesson it is just as important to practice patience as well. You will definitely be introduced to a world that you may or may have not known even could exist. The knowledge that you can gain from a lesson in this form of hypnosis will go along way in both your personal and business life as long as you learn to be patient at all times with all things.
Conversational Hypnosis
Although Milton Erickson founded and created the world of conversational hypnosis it was turned into a modern-version of hypnotic systems by the many great hypnotists of the world. This is how it is in just about every great idea and plan.

The world of hypnosis scripts in Milton Erickson’s eyes and mind was a defined and well-established path to the subconscious. The hypnosis scripts that Dr. Milton Erickson created are still in use today and have been improved upon by psychoanalysts and laymen across the world. The role of hypnosis scripts in the greater universe that is conversational hypnosis has to do with setting the stage for hypnosis therapy. The earlier hypnosis scripts of Erickson concentrated on a keyword or a select phrase of words that would confuse and alter the perception and thought process of the subconscious of the individual being hypnotized. Without bells and whistles and black magic or anything of that nature Milton Erickson was able to design a platform that set the table with hypnotic scripts that furthered the goal of conversational hypnosis.
Magnificence of Ericksonian Hypnosis
As the power of conversational hypnosis took hold of the North American and European continents as well as many other regions of the world Milton Erickson also grew in both stature and believability. Furthering his cause for conversational hypnosis viability Erickson mandated that it was through hypnosis scripts and hypnosis induction that any individual with or without their knowledge could be hypnotized. While this was seen as revolutionary in both theory and practice the ability of an individual to learn to hypnotize anyone was groundbreaking and evolutionary in both mental prowess and psychoanalytical abilities.
Forms of Hypnosis
The goal of Milton Erickson’s conversational hypnosis was to utilize hypnosis scripts as well as hypnosis induction to form an environment of mind control techniques that would place the individual into instant hypnosis. The previous forms of hypnosis paled in comparison to the revolutionary and awe inspiring techniques that Milton Erickson proved to be both reliable and viable. In the beginning Milton Erickson coined or had coined his conversational hypnosis and practical theories of subconscious reality as Erickson hypnosis. The ability to utilize mind hypnosis and to learn how to hypnotize was a big part of the latter stages of Ericksonian hypnosis and what is referred to of today as conversational hypnosis.
Confused Responses Goal of Hypnotic Scripts
Hypnosis scripts are basically, as mentioned above, words or phrases or even actions that enlist a confused response in an individual’s subconscious mind. From that point on the individual is open and receptive to the black ops hypnosis techniques that will bring forth only truthful and unbiased responses. The bottom-line of conversational hypnosis is that hypnosis scripts are a required tool to enter into the other individual’s subconscious mind. Many people that learn to hypnotize do so with the goal of improving their own confidence levels as well as interpersonal relationships. What conversational hypnosis strives to do is instill a certain degree of empowerment and uplifting the mental powers through hypnotherapy scripts as well as hypnosis scripts so that the individual feels the improvement, exponentially.

This is exactly what all the tools of hypnosis techniques and hypnotherapy scripts relate to, attention, misdirection (confusion) and, focus, subconscious entry. If you can remember that set up you will do very well when you learn how to use hypnosis inducement and hypnosis techniques/ hypnotherapy scripts and may indeed become a master of conversational hypnosis along with hypnotherapy scripts. The theory of hypnotic inducement and hypnosis techniques as well as hypnotherapy scripts is that you can produce or have produced from a hypnotized individual certain definitions and hopefully, subconsciously-derived truths.
Truth is Important
This is the only way that reliable information can be passed from the subject being hypnotized to the hypnotist, through effective hypnotherapy scripts. There can be no question about the validity of both the statements and/or answers that are being solicited and gleaned from as truth from hypnosis inducement/ hypnotherapy scripts, is the only goal from an episode of conversational hypnosis. Many hypnosis techniques, hypnotherapy scripts, as well as examples of hypnosis inducement are available in the world today with some of the best coming from the United States of America.
When first learning about how to hypnotize anyone; it is important that you first understand mind hypnosis techniques. One of the most basic mind control techniques is the light touching of the other person’s hand during a handshake that predicates a session for trance. A true master of this art was none other than the founding father of hypnotherapy and hypnosis induction treatment therapy options, Dr. Erickson. This fabled psychoanalyst was able to break through the conscious barriers that seemingly protect the subconscious mind of the individual and some great improvements in the lives of people throughout the western part of the United States with his mind control techniques. You too can learn some great mind control techniques and improve the lives of all those that you love or want to love through mind control techniques and other basic mind hypnosis techniques in learning how to hypnotize anyone.
Besides Gaining Knowledge
No one wants to be tricked into being hypnotized and given up answers about themselves that probably could have remained hidden for the rest of their lives. There are those that would appreciate a good and real hypnotic episode to alleviate some of the demons that have been tearing their lives’ apart for so many years. It is information that can come from hypnotic episodes that is the reason why people wish to learn mind control techniques as well as mind hypnosis.
Managing Your Conversational Hypnosis Techniques for Greater Good
Has it been awhile since you first began learning about conversational hypnosis? If it has been then now is the time that you learn a little about utilizing the power of your own touch. The power that is at the tips of your little fingers or big or even medium-sized fingers is really a very important area to understand when it comes to inducing a hypnotic trance with. By grazing, ever so slightly, the hands/fingers of the individual being put under you will initiate the response you need in order to get to work.

When learning how to hypnotize any person the subconscious must be the path way that is to be stayed upon and not wavered off regardless of the responses returned from the hypnotized individual. Many times an individual will respond in a way that is not advantageous to the hypnotherapy session and almost constantly is in a restarting mode for the hypnosis induction session. Many times the ‘break-in suggestion’ or hypnosis induction method is one that gets through to the person and sheds light on the hidden thought process of the subconscious. Once the core of the hypnotic trance is attained, which is entry into the subconscious mind of the individual it is time to start asking pertinent questions that will lead to some accumulation of information. This is what all conversational hypnosis and abilities to learn how to hypnotize are attained. It is the ability to use hypnosis inducement and other conversational hypnosis techniques that will be the key to success. Whether that information is to be used for the benefit of the individual being hypnotized or for some other covert reasoning, it is left up to the individual hypnotist. Conversationalist hypnosis and the way you go about the process to learn how to hypnotize anyone is just what it states itself to be; the ability to converse with somebody and put them in a hypnotic hypnosis induction state.
Body Movements and a Barrage of Well-Thought Out Hypnosis Induction Methods
The tools that are found in hypnosis induction include body movements and a barrage of well-thought out and well-planned control methods to take over a person’s mind, albeit temporarily. Do you want to make this person act like a chicken or think that they are Neil Armstrong? Then you will have to learn how to hypnotize through hypnosis induction.  You would be surprised what the answer to that really is and maybe impressed and then may really want to learn how to hypnotize individuals!  Hypnosis induction and conversational hypnosis are the methods created by Dr. Erickson and are used throughout the world today for a journey into the subconscious mind.

Dear friend,
For a moment minimize all other browser windows, put your cell phone on »silent«, close your messenger, get your favorite beverage, sit down and concentrate on these words because you’re about to discover a secret they really don’t want you to know…
You probably heard about hypnosis and if you’re anything like me, you were very skeptical about its powers. Especially when it comes to the part where you were told you can hypnotize people without them knowing. Like me, you probably were a bit curious, but deep inside you felt like obviously it’s a load of bull and there’s no way YOU could be hypnotizing anyone without them knowing anything about it.
Yet, something brought you to this article and no matter how much you know about hypnosis, you feel like you’ll learn something extremely valuable here.  You just might be very surprised…
You probably hold strong beliefs about certain things. You believe certain things to be true and certain things to be false. But what you probably don’t know is that a vast majority of these beliefs aren’t a product of your own experience, but rather a product of something someone you trust told you!
And until you think about these beliefs consciously and analyze them, you automatically work with them every day in every situation.
When I was a kid, there was a swimming pool my friends and I used to love to go to many times every summer. One day, one of my relatives told me that a kid almost drowned in that same pool. From that day forward, every time someone suggested we go to that pool, I always wanted to go somewhere else.
I just didn’t like it any more. I’d still go to swimming pools, but I avoided this particular one. What happened there? My relative unknowingly planted a suggestion in my mind… »This pool is dangerous! «
Because this person was my relative, a grown-up and someone I trusted, my subconscious mind accepted the suggestion and started to work with this new belief immediately.
So… whenever I thought of going to this particular pool, my subconscious mind, wanting to protect me as always, sent out a warning in a form of a feeling to my conscious mind… fear in a form of »not feeling comfortable with this pool«. So I avoided that pool for many years until my friend once asked me: »Why don’t you want to go there? It’s great and they renewed it and it really looks good, plus the girls there are pretty fine! «
It was at this time that I first really critically asked myself:  »Why exactly do I feel such an aversion to this particular pool? « After some thought, I remembered the story about that kid that almost drowned. At that time I just told myself: »Is that all? Well, let’s go then…« and didn’t realize the importance of this whole experience until much, much later…
It was when I started to study hypnosis and the workings of the human mind that I realized how just one suggestion said with proper timing can have such an impact on a person. So, let’s now look closer at what exactly is covert hypnosis and how you can utilize it to get what you want from people…
Covert hypnosis or conversational hypnosis alternatively, is the art of creating change in people’s thought patterns, behavior, feelings and perceptions of the world in a completely unconscious way.
While in a hypnotherapy session, a subject is knowingly induced in a trance and served positive suggestions, it’s much different with covert hypnosis.
Here we’re not working with relaxing and closed eyes. Eyes of the subject are well open and he or she is wide awake. Trance states we induce in covert hypnosis are different than in ordinary hypnosis, however they share some characteristics… the absence of critical thought and selective, focused thinking.
Suggestions are usually woven into metaphor or presented in an unobvious way, although in some cases they are also given directly. Stories are a great covert hypnosis tool as they can get a message across much better and can be much more memorable.
A story also puts our critical mind to rest. Of course not necessary entirely – you can’t go on to tell a story to people that you have the ability to fly or that you went to Mars or similar stuff. Although I know grown-up people that even believe such stories if told by a particular person!
So… it has a lot to do with rapport and trust someone has in the one telling stories.
OK, now you understand the very basics of covert hypnosis. You’re aware that it indeed exists and you’re probably ready to learn more about this fascinating subject. There are countless techniques out there, some extremely simple and others more complicated, but they all do the job – they give you the ability to predictably get to a favorable outcome in every social situation.
Enjoy your study of covert hypnosis!

Dear student of covert hypnosis, if you want to triple your covert hypnosis abilities, then you’ve come to the right place because in this article I’ll share with you a simple yet very powerful technique to getting people in a trance and convincing them to do what you want from them…
First, I define a trance as severely reduced critical thought combined with narrow focus of attention. I find this definition very useful for the purpose of covert hypnosis.
There are many tools to get a person in a trance and here I’ll talk about a very powerful technique I like to call vivid imagery.
A simple way of explaining would in my opinion be this:
When you get more and more of a person’s imagination involved, you progressively take them “deeper and deeper” into a trance. Think about it — if you were to imagine walking down the beach with small waves from a beautiful, crystal clear see, making their way through the sand, creating a peaceful and relaxing sound… The cold breeze every now and then cools you down a bit and brings that wonderful, fresh smell of the ocean and nearby pine trees with it as you think of all the possibilities where you can use covert hypnosis on people…
Now… tell me how difficult is it NOT to imagine all those sensations when you do that imaginary walk and did you notice that even though you weren’t really there — you actually (even though just very slightly) felt them.
And the more time we’d spend together and got in rapport with each other, the more vividly you’d imagine and actually feel them. This is because your critical thought works at a severely reduced rate at such times and as you begin to narrowly focus your attention to those images — you actually begin to feel the sensations because the subconscious mind can’t distinguish between the real world and imagination!
And that’s precisely what we want our listener or reader to do — to experience the emotions and feelings as vividly as possible so that they are able to better “get” our point of view.
We can plant such images in our listener’s or reader’s mind by using something that’s called “descriptive language”. The idea is to describe what we want a person to experience in detail, using emotional (“right brain”) words such as “good looking” instead of “attractive” along the way. Do you notice the difference between the two?
Here’s a great example of the use of such method to effectively persuade a person with covert hypnosis…
A few months ago, we were getting started to raise funds for abused children and children who come from very poor families. This year I’m the president of a charity club here in Ljubljana and I’ve set some pretty ambitious goals for us, of which some were already realized and some will hopefully be realized soon.
The idea for our fundraising was to hold a charity lottery on one of the more prestigious balls. For that we had to somehow get as many donated gifts as possible, so we called many companies to see if they’d contribute a product or service that we’d be able to give as prices on the lottery.
One of our members paid a visit to a fancy restaurant to get a free dinner for two or something similar to use as a present. He made an appointment with the owner of the restaurant and met with him over coffee.
The conversation didn’t go too well at first and the owner, after being presented the idea, wasn’t very keen on giving free meals. This is where my friend brilliantly used covert hypnosis on the owner…
The owner was saying something in the lines of “Well, I’m not really into charity and I run a business and so on…”. (HINT: If a person doesn’t instantly brush you off with a swift “No!”, many times they’re secretly asking you to persuade them! That’s when it’s usually a good idea to persist and NOT give up)…
So… my friend continued with how these children really need help and how they can grow up to be very successful if only they can get some help now when they’re young. To this the owner replied: “Yeah, well, I’m also very successful and I never got ANY help from anyone ever. Why should I help those children if nobody ever helped me?”.
Now the covert hypnosis kicked in… My friend replied: “True, but most probably your father didn’t come home drunk every day kicking the crap out of you, locking you in your room. You probably didn’t have to beg on the streets from when you were seven or eight because your mother sent you to get money for her drink instead of taking you to school. You probably weren’t used to the idea of getting whipped by a belt every day for doing nothing wrong, were you?”
The owner completely changed his physiology. He was vividly imagining what my friend was telling him and really started to feel sorry for those kids. He then agreed to give us three coupons for dinner for two.
Eventually we got 160 gifts and raised 3200 Euros ($4,197.76) on the evening of the lottery. It was great. A lot of work went into it and we were very happy with the amount raised.
In the end, a little warning… when you use such a technique, It’s good to now a little about a person you’re talking to. If the owner were abused as a child, he would probably have reacted differently. He might have freaked out, so be careful.
It’s better to use positive images as a motivator (even though they don’t work as powerfully as negative ones!). You have to assess the situation before engaging.
Creating vivid images in people’s minds is a very powerful covert hypnosis technique, so use it as much as you can. But be careful about what you use and who you use it on.
Hope this was helpful. Have a wonderful day!

Covert hypnosis is such a fascinating subject and after you’ve read this article, you’ll look back on right now and say to yourself: “Wow, this is so powerful and so simple, I can start using it instantly! I’m so grateful I went on and read this article immediately”. So, without further ado, let’s dive right into it…

 
In a hypnotic state, a subject can experience what’s called time distortion. Now, in hypnosis, time distortion is regarded as a person subjectively experiencing that a lot less or more time has passed than it has in reality.
 
So… if a person was induced in a trance and had an experience and it lasted half an hour, the subject might wake up and feel that the whole experience lasted only five minutes or alternatively he feels it lasted five hours. A related phenomenon happens when we dream…
 
Dreams actually last about five to ten minutes, but our subjective experiences are that they lasted for hours or days, in some cases even years (my own experience!).
 
But… in covert hypnosis, time distortion is usually regarded to in a different way.
 
When we say time distortion in covert hypnosis, we’re talking about a very sneaky and powerful tool to get people to experience in their mind what we want them to do and attach feelings to the experience so that they now want to do it in reality.
 
Don’t worry; I’ll explain everything below…
 
Let’s say we want a certain person to go to a party with us, but she doesn’t want to come, saying she wants to go to sleep.
 
You might say something like this: “OK, if you don’t want to go, I understand. But the party is really great. And if you go with us, you’ll have the time of our life! And tomorrow, when you wake up, you’ll still have these great feelings inside you and you’ll look back at this moment saying to yourself: ‘Going to this party was one of the best decisions of my life!’ Come on, it’ll be really fun”.
 
Chances are really high that she’ll go with you. I tested this many, many times on different occasions and it really works like magic.
 
Now, what do we need to make it work?
1. We have to mentally and hypnotically take them forward in time.
2. We have to give them a suggestion that they already experienced what we want them to do.
3. We suggest that good (or bad) feelings are attached to it — depending on the situation
4. We have them mentally look back on now, thinking to them selves that taking this action was one of the best things they’ve done recently (or in their life…)
That’s it. It can be done like in the example above, or better, in conversation even before they stated their unwillingness to do whatever you want them to.
 
In a more advanced example, you might also want to talk about their objections or concerns and thus getting them to “already experience them and see that it’s not so bad, really”. People almost always blow things out of proportion. Having to sit down and read something for half an hour might be an in-accomplishable task in their mind.
 
You can address this issue (before they state it for maximal effect!) and immediately it will seem much less of a problem. Let’s say you’re selling a new software program and you know that your client will have to read the instruction manual and learn it. This is an impossible task in the mind of your customer as he’s really busy and he already has a similar software…
 
You might say something like this: “Now, it’s true that you’ll have to sit down for about half an hour and learn how to efficiently use the software. It will take your valuable time. But after you’ve learned to use it and notice how much faster and better it does the job, you’ll think back on your investment as one of the smartest decisions you’ve done lately”.
 
So… your job is to think of their possible objections and address them even before they come up. Off to the drawing board!
 
You’ve just added a powerful new covert hypnosis technique to your arsenal. It’s also used in therapy and you’ll most likely find it on the best weight loss with hypnosis CDs, stop smoking Cds and so on.
 
OK, enough talking. Now go and explore this technique in detail…

Recently I’ve realized that many people even when they’ve been studying covert hypnosis for some time don’t know exactly what to do with such skills. At first it might seem obvious, but pretty soon many people learn them for the sake of learning and not using them.
Here, I’ll try to show you what the objective of covert hypnosis is, how and when to use the skills and how to very quickly become really good at it…
Covert hypnosis is a communication model. It’s a special kind of model… its objective is to predictably create change in people’s decisions, thoughts, emotions and behavior in a completely unconscious way. It combines specific language, tonality, body language, positioning and so on.
Now… how do you create change in an unconscious way? You get a person to accept your suggestions and act on them before or even without conscious awareness. For this you need two things:
1. You have to bypass the critical mind
2. You have to lead the person in a certain mindset that will create the desired change
I discuss specific techniques in the newsletter and in other articles. We also have a huge and ever growing base of specific techniques, discussions and so on in our Influence and persuasion forum, which if you’re not a member of and don’t already check regularly, I strongly suggest you start.
OK… when to use such skills? Everywhere and always! The more you actually use them, the sooner you’ll master them. It’s very useful to start practicing one or a few techniques at a time. For example, make it your intention that for the next week you’ll elicit specific emotions in people you talk to. Grab a set of techniques that allow you to do so and start doing it.
It’s important that you first are clear with exactly what emotion you want to elicit in each person before you do so. This will, over time, give you the ability to get people in exactly the emotional states you want them to be in at any moment.
Next week, you might want to add anchoring, for example. Now that you’ve become very good at eliciting emotions and it’s become more or less automatic, you can begin to anchor these states. Play with different anchors and try to get just the right timing and attitude to get them working really well.
Later, you might want to expand your skill set with more complex language patterns. Do that for two weeks and get them to work really well. Meanwhile keep using and integrating your previously acquired skills. Keep adding new techniques and continue practicing.
Pretty soon you’ll start using the skills unconsciously and integrate them in your personality. You’ll become a much more charismatic and persuasive communicator that gets what he or she wants in and from life and that is the main objective of learning the powerful skill of covert hypnosis…

How To Easily Write An Irresistibly Hypnotic Article

Within these lines I’ve hidden some of the most potent hypnotic writing techniques that will almost instantly make you an interesting and most persuasive writer…

But… you have to pay close attention, because as the old saying goes: »The devil hides in the details«. It will only be at your second or third reading of this that you’ll start to notice the subtler persuasion devices I’ve intentionally woven into this article, but won’t speak of them out loud to get you to open your mind to new and exciting ideas…
So, let’s get right into the meat of this juicy information and start with what should go through your mind first when beginning to write an article that will have an impact and influence people that read it…
It’s the purpose — First you have to establish what you want to achieve with your article; what specific actions you want your readers to take. Once you’ve established that, it’s time to construct the most important part of your article: the headline.
Headline is what will make or break your article. It’s the first thing that people read and upon it they decide whether to read on or not. It should be riveting. It’s a very good thing if it contains a benefit that this article will bring to your readers. The headline should scream out to your audience.
For example, the headline I used for this article does just that. Since I know that people reading this are interested in covert hypnosis, I used hypnosis for the basis. I used the »How To« approach as it has proven to be extremely effective. Another effective way is to start with a number, for example: “5 Steps To Writing An Irresistibly Hypnotic Article”. Odd numbers seem to work better than even numbers.
OK… I started with »How To Write A Hypnotic Article«. Then I added some »spices« to it. I added the word “Easily”, which is an extremely powerful word that plays on one of the fundamentals of human nature. And besides that, I further added the word “Irresistibly”, making it even more, well irresistible. Some authors write up to 30 headlines before they are fully satisfied. But using one of the two simple formulas here you should be able to do it fairly quickly.
Now that we have our headline, its time to go to work on the article itself. What is hypnotic writing anyway? Joe Vitale, best selling author and the father of hypnotic writing defines “hypnotic” as being anything that grabs and holds attention. This is a good definition to go by. Let’s see how to do just that…
The purpose of the first paragraph is to get the reader to read the second paragraph. The purpose of the second paragraph is to get the reader to read the next one and so on. It’s a good idea to induce curiosity in the first paragraph. This combined with a strong promise of a great benefit that the reader will gain by reading your article is the equivalent of dynamite. If it sounds realistic at least a bit, it will no doubt get him or her to read the next paragraph…
And all the way through this you’re working towards your purpose with the article, whatever it might be.
Now for the big secret…
Before I reveal the big secret, let me very briefly explain a vital concept. As you probably know, curiosity is a great trance inducer. It certainly grabs and holds attention. And until the curiosity is satisfied, the person is in a trance state. In hypnosis, there’s a technique called fractionation. The basis of this concept is the observation that if you bring a person in a trance, get them out of it and then immediately back in, they will go deeper the next time. And as you repeat this, they will go deeper and deeper still.
So, if you can get the reader curious (open a loop), reveal the secret (close a loop) and immediately get him or her curious again (open another loop), you will now have their attention longer and be able to deliver more of your intended messages. And finally, when you come to the end of the article, you can open one more loop and suggest that in order to close it, they have to take your desired action. And they will.
OK… these were just a few very powerful hypnotic writing tips. You can combine these with many others you already learned. And as you start writing your own hypnotic articles, you’ll notice that writing is like extending your hand to another person, gently grabbing hers and helping guide her wherever you desire.
But the only way you’ll truly get there is by practicing. Once you have these rewarding abilities that will not only make you prosperous, but also give you a sense of better control over your life, you’ll be glad you started practicing hypnotic writing immediately…

Covert hypnosis is funny in a way… You can know all the tricks in the book, you can practice out loud until your tongue bleeds, but it’s only when you adopt the proper attitude that it suddenly snaps all together and you just stand there in awe of how much power these techniques and strategies really have…
Let’s face it. About 50% of the meaning of what you say is interpreted from the actual words spoken. The other 50% is interpreted from body language, facial expressions, voice tone and context. There are some claims to be found that words only contribute about 7%. Well, this hasn’t actually been measured scientifically yet. But professional, educated guesses are that it’s about 50/50. It depends on the situation, but it’s there somewhere. This means that AT LEAST half of the message you convey is NONVERBAL!
OK, now that we know that actual words spoken aren’t the whole part of communication equation and that other nonverbal parts contribute considerably, how can we make our persuasion efforts successful? What is the underlying thing that will bring our verbal and nonverbal parts of intended message together so that it will have the most impact? Note that even in writing not all persuasion can be attributed to words alone. Consider, for example, the importance of where the text is published (context)! But let’s focus on the spoken language here…
So… what will bring verbal and nonverbal parts of intended message together so that it will have the most impact?
It’s the ATTITUDE. And boy do I have a surprise for you…
Generally the attitude should be that “what you try will indeed work”. But in case it doesn’t, you pull back and try something else. It’s good to look at it as a “fun experience” and a “chance to contribute to a better world”. The part of the attitude that will bring you most success is “I’m doing this WITH you and not to you”.
Now… you can cultivate such an attitude through experience and many develop it quickly by going in the field and practicing, which is what you should be doing anyway.
But what’s very hard to miss – and most do – is that a successful attitude is context and personality dependent! And by personality I mean personality of the person you want to persuade. It’s no use to have a completely dominant attitude when trying to persuade a drill sergeant – especially if you’re a recruit. This will get you nowhere.
If a person has a very dominant personality and you appear very dominant yourself, he won’t open up to you and listen to your suggestions and so on. No. He’ll go in a defensive mode or even in an attack mode. Consider a very aggressive salesperson that wants to dominate you and sell you something in that manner. Will you buy? Probably not. My guess is you’ll try to get away from him as soon as possible. Those salespeople get some sales, but they are missing out a lot. If they only knew this little secret you’re about to learn…
End result is what matters and this is YOU getting what you want. It doesn’t matter if you appeared humble as a humming bird or dominant as a lion. A great part of successful persuasion is to position yourself correctly in the mind of your audience. Sometimes you’ll want to position yourself as equal to the person you’re talking to. Other times you’ll position yourself as just slightly below them, but above everybody else. Still other times you’ll be in a complete dominant position. And so on.
And during one conversation the positions can also change depending on need! Be fluid.
Generally, people will respond well to people perceived just slightly more dominant or even equal. Again, context is very important here.
OK, for the end, let’s quickly recap what we talked about… Besides words, an equal if not major part of communication is contributed by your body language, voice tone and facial expressions. What mainly drives those nonverbal parts in communication is your subconscious mind. Those parts will convey to the listener your deeper purposes, beliefs and so on. Nonverbal cues will also convey your relationship with the person you’re talking to.
These cues will trigger some reaction in the listener. Your job is to trigger a more open mind and you can do so by internally establishing your attitude and relationship with this person. The more you do this, the easier it will become to guess just the right position to get the best outcome possible. And pretty soon, you’ll find yourself doing it completely unconsciously. That’s when you’ll know you’re a master of covert hypnosis…

Hypnosis induction is, of course, one of the core parts of hypnotic influence. However, in a covert setting, hypnosis induction will vary considerably from a formal hypnotherapy setting.
Here we’ll take a peek at some of the secrets of inducing hypnosis in a subliminal way, that is, in a way that isn’t perceivable by the subject (in this case a listener or a reader) consciously …
For hypnosis induction to happen, we have to basically achieve two things:
We have to bypass the critical factor of the conscious mind and we have to capture and lead the imagination of our listeners. Basically we’re taking them from “here and now”, from their current thought patterns into our desired directed thinking.
Bypassing the critical factor can be achieved in many different ways. For example, when we build trust for us in a person, he or she will much less critically evaluate what we say than if we don’t do it. Being a perceived source of valid information is a very strong demolisher of critical thought. Just look at the media and the ease with which they shape public opinion! For most people, turning on the news is an instant hypnosis induction.
Another way of bypassing the critical factor is getting people really absorbed and focused on something. In a formal hypnotherapy setting, this is achieved by really focusing a person on relaxation. In the army they do it by giving soldiers constant chores and duties which they must complete with top performance. In a business setting they do it by keeping people as busy with work as possible. Curiosity might also fall under this category.
Yet another way of bypassing the critical factor and because of its speed and effectiveness very useful in covert hypnosis is by simply indirectly telling the conscious mind that there’s no need for its critical factor, as what follows won’t directly impact the person. Think about it… when you go see a good movie, do you empathize with the characters or do you say for example: “well, he’s an actor anyway and he’s not really a bum and he went back to his Villa after shooting this movie. No, I won’t feel sorry for this character”? No. Because your critical mind is at rest and there’s no objection, your subconscious mind reacts to the environment – and you literally feel bad for the character.
A great use of this is to engage a person in some imaginary activity. For example, telling a story or using phrases such as “have you ever” or “what’s it like when” or “imagine” to create powerful language patterns that temporarily suspend the critical factor and let you easily capture and lead the imagination of a person you’re talking to.
The last thing I want to talk about is a way of bypassing the conscious mind altogether. This means that you’re communicating with a person in a sort of a subliminal hypnosis way. Now, all the methods here describe how to subliminally induce a suspension of critical thought. This last way is not about suspending it, but literally bypassing it altogether…
An example of such way of communication are embedded commands. We’ll discuss embedded commands more thoroughly in a future article, but in essence embedded commands are short statements or words within a sentence that are somehow marked out for the subconscious to notice (for example said in a very slightly different way). Conscious mind, being linear won’t pick up on them, but subconscious will and will start acting on them immediately.
So, after bypassing the critical factor, there’s another thing we must do. It’s to capture and lead the imagination of our listener. The important thing here is to grab attention and hold it. Notice how stories utilize many of the critical factor suspending techniques as well as capturing and leading the imagination of the listener. A good story is a powerful hypnotic tool and learning how to tell stories is one of the most important covert hypnosis skills.
The aim is to get a person to think in a certain direction we desire without reactivating the critical factor. Although it will be temporarily suspended, strong stimuli (a huge lie, things that totally violate the values of the listener…) will get it up and running in no time. Be careful there.
OK, now hopefully you have a better idea of what hypnosis induction in covert setting is like. Note that our listener usually won’t close his eyes, give us permission or become completely unconscious. It doesn’t work that way. He will, on the other hand, become much more reactive and sensitive to our suggestions and this is what essentially hypnosis induction is all about…

NLP, science of persuasion, hypnosis… people studying all of these broad as well as specialized fields agree that every person looks at the world through their own “inner map”, most often not realizing that their map isn’t always very useful.
One of my friends and an eager forum participant recently wrote an interesting article I wanted to share with you. It deals with using your listener’s maps of the world and temporarily bending your own to get powerful and persuasive messages through. Enjoy!
Our own map of the world
by Nathan of http://keystothemind.blogspot.com
There once was a scientist who studied frogs. One day, the scientist put the frog on the ground and told it to jump. The frog jumped four feet.

So the scientist wrote in his notebook, “Frog with four feet jumps four feet.”
So the scientist cut off one of one of the frog’s legs. The scientist told the frog to jump. Frog jumped three feet. So the scientist wrote in his note book, “Frog with three feet jumps three feet.”
So the scientist cut of another leg. He told the frog to jump. The frog jumped two feet. So the scientist wrote in his notebook “Frog with two feet jumps two feet.”
The scientist cut off one more leg. He told the frog to jump. Frog jumped one foot. So the scientist wrote in his notebook, “Frog with one foot jumps one foot.”
So the scientist cut off his last leg.
He said, “Frog jump. Frog jump. FROG JUMP!”
So the scientist wrote in his notebook, “Frog with no feet goes deaf.”
Everyone has his or her own unique map of the world. This map contains our beliefs, and dictates how we interpret the information we receive. A common mistake with persuasion that I, and many others, make is to try and force our own map of the world onto others. There are many ways in which people do this. I shall focus on just one, the expectation that others will interpret information the same way we do.
For example, you could be attempting to persuade your stubborn friend to install a fire alarm in his house. You quote him the statistic that 80% of fire deaths occur in homes without fire alarms. You, sit back, waiting for the gratitude and humility that must surly come form you going out of your way to make your friends life safer. The friend says: “So if I install a fire alarm in my house, there is a 20% chance that I will die?” You quickly leave the unsafe house.
You see this mistake being made everywhere, think back to your last heated argument, play out the script in your mind. Now consider the fact that you both presumably had the same information on which to act, but your interpretations were conflicting, which inevitably lead to a clash. So we now need to find out how to avoid this clash, but still ensure that our intentions are carried out.
So let’s go back to the fire alarm scenario, and humor your friend as he makes his false claims about fire safety. First thing to bear in mind is that by warning him about safety and attempting to impose your conditions on his house you have introduced a meta frame that he may not like. You set the frame as him being inferior to you. Unconsciously you take on the “I know best” role, which is likely to make him feel inferior to you. If he is like most guys, he will not like this.
So now you play out your role as the master persuader you are. “Mate, you know that 80% of fire deaths are in homes without fire alarms”
“Yeah, mate but this means that if I install a fire alarm I have 20% chance that I will die.”
(Bear in mind that he probably knows this is false, I have seen people act far stupider when challenged!). So you reply:
“I know, it’s silly, isn’t it? But how would you feel if your home burned down next week, and you hadn’t installed a fire alarm? I mean how bad would it feel looking back on today and knowing that if you did CHOOSE TO INSTALL A FIRE ALARM you would still have your house. Just how rotten would it feel knowing that you choosing not to INSTALL A FIRE ALARM caused you to lose your house? I mean, can you imagine how terrible that would be? It’s up to you mate, your house, I just can’t stop thinking about how awful it would be if your house were to burn down”.
Of course, that’s all very well, but what use does this have in our everyday lives, you don’t walk up to a lovely lady in a bar and say, “you know, 70% of girls want to date me,” then install the “away from,” meta frame if she refuses.
To ensure that you don’t attempt to force your map of the world on others, but ensure that they still benefit from it, you alter your map of the world to match theirs, and then subtly bend both maps towards your original shape. It’s just like changing states using rapport, except much broader and can be a lot trickier.
Consider that you are a car salesman, and are listing off the positives of a car you are selling, to a so far pleased potential buyer.
“And airbags, to ensure your safety when you drive this wonderful vehicle.”
“You know, air bags kill more people than they save”
So what do you do here, the classic Simpsonite collar tug and back-away-slowly method?
Perhaps for lesser hypnotists!
You quickly morph into their perspective, which not only gives you rapport and the possibility to change their state, but also the ability to change this particular road on their map of the world.
“I know it’s shocking isn’t it? I was worrying about airbags in my car the other day, and I was thinking of getting them removed. I was just driving down the highway absentmindedly, you know how it is when your mind wanders off, and you feel do calm and tranquil behind the wheel, and as I was driving along feeling this wonderful warm feeling I careened straight into a lamppost, the car crumpled and the airbags exploded and darn well saved my life. So you never know, wouldn’t it be so funny if you made the decision to BUY THIS CAR, and drove out of here happily, and still had this car a year form now, but lost your concentration and drove right into a tree, and you were saved by the airbags. I mean wouldn’t you FEEL SO GOOD, looking back on your decision to BUY THIS CAR knowing that choice saved your life?”
The basic structure is to identify a “conflict of interpretation”, then agree with them (bend your map), and gradually convince them to agree with your original map, whilst using time distortion, meta frames and embedded commands to ensure success…

Subliminal hypnosis could be just another way of saying covert hypnosis as both imply hypnotizing people in an unconscious (subliminal) way. However, subliminal hypnosis carries with it a connotation of hypnotizing people while they are asleep or through subliminal messages embedded in video and audio signals.
The purpose of this set of articles is to make several misconceptions in this subject clear and to discuss some of the ways of using “subliminal hypnosis” that actually works and was proven through scientific research. In this first article we’ll go through the basics so you’ll later better understand where some of the ideas come from in other articles.
In psychology, the word subliminal means “below the threshold of consciousness”. To make this concept clearer, let’s do this simple and intriguing exercise…
Ready? OK, in a moment I’ll give you a random word. And as soon as you see it, say out loud whatever single word association you get as fast as you can. Say whatever pops into your mind as soon as you read the word.
Now for the word: Camera.
OK, good. What was the first word that popped into your mind? Now let’s go a step further…
You probably noticed (or you will in a few seconds) that when I gave you the word, there was actually several different words that popped into your mind besides the one you said and was probably the strongest. You see, our mind works through association. And in your mind you have several associations to the word “camera”. One of those associations is the strongest and as we’ll see later it’s the context that usually determines which of the words will at any moment have the strongest association with the other.
Now, to dig even deeper, as you noticed those words were sort of arranged as if in a chain and the further down that chain you look, the weaker the words appear to be. Mind you that the chain goes much, much further down, but after 5-9 words down, the chain enters the “subliminal zone”. The associations are there, but they are at the moment not available consciously…
If you were to go down the chain a few steps and choose a word that appears there and try to find the first association, you’d notice that this word would produce another chain of words that would behave in the same manner as the previous chain.
Now, let go of the chain metaphor and look at a more appropriate one… radiation. Instead of a chain, imagine your word in center and other words “irradiating” from it. Kind of like a mind map. Our word has other words attached to it and similarly these other words further have other words attached to them and so on. It’s like a vast network of interconnected words and within this network there are many, many circuits of more closely connected (associated) words.
When you read the word camera, it lit up the other words that are in your mind for one reason or another associated with it.
Now, one of the questions that arises from this is “does this word bring the same associations every time?” The answer is NO.
What actually determines what words show up as associated strongest with the previous one is the context, which is the current environment, emotional state, previous conversations and so on. It’s like adding another dimension to it. If we again take a network analogy, it were basically the circuits that were lit up just before you saw the word that determined what words became consciously available to you.
In psychology this is called priming and later we’ll see many different and useful applications of this in covert hypnosis as well as in subliminal messaging. Just so we’re absolutely clear on this, let’s look at another simple example.
Let’s say that we were talking about sun, warmth, sand, relaxing and then I said the word WATER. Your strongest association would probably be SEA. On the other hand, if we talked about a villa with a wonderful garden and very rich people owning it and a party and then I’d say the word WATER, your strongest association in this case would probably be a POOL. Even if these were not your actual associations (remember, associations formed in your mind are completely autobiographical!), you probably didn’t get the same association after talking about the first and the second situation.
In essence, the context primed your response. This is extremely important for understanding persuasion and to becoming a good covert hypnotist.
Think about this and next time we’ll go deeper and look at some examples for the use of subliminal hypnosis…

Subliminal hypnosis part one explained a few basics we’ll now build upon. We talked about how words are interconnected with each other in a vast network, within which many more closely connected circuits exist.
What’s more, words aren’t necessarily only connected to each other. Each word or each circuit is also connected to certain emotions, complex memories, images and other sensory perceptions. Sort of like an anchor. Some words have stronger connections with emotions than others. Words like “money”, “power”, “girl”, “suddenly”, “you”, and so on instantly evoke certain emotions in us. Copywriters use such emotionally charged words to influence our thoughts and get us to buy the product they are promoting (prime our behavior).
Now, if I talked about beautiful girls I had a chance to meet a few days back and one of them was a photo model, very attractive and seductive, the naked truth would be you’d notice you really enjoy this article. See how I first primed your response and then used the word “naked” to fire up some positive emotions and link them to this article? Of course, you have to be careful here. This will obviously work well on men, but might have the opposite effect on many women.
A day or two back, I was having a meal with my friend. We were at this wonderful restaurant. Their cook really knew what he was doing and the food was as satisfying to the eyes as it was to taste and smell. As we were enjoying our meal, I was explaining to my friend about subliminal hypnosis and these articles I was writing and that I was thinking of writing a cool report on the subject where I’d go even deeper. He looked at me, and in the middle of the meal said: “Wow, if you’re revealing so much in these free articles, I can’t imagine what juicy secrets you’ll uncover in your paid report…” I looked at him and said: “You’re right; it’s going to contain some mouth-watering information”. We smiled and had a sip of that delicious wine they served us.
Now, notice how our environment primed us to use specific words to describe our enthusiasm. Also notice how this story primed you to have a much stronger reaction to the phrases “juicy secrets” and “mouth-watering information”. It also tapped into one of the core human drives – drive to eat. It’s all working on subliminal level and the desire just grows. Do you see the report we were talking about as something you’d really want to have?
OK, now we’ve seen we can use priming to get desired responses and in some situations stronger responses than we’d have if we didn’t first prime our listeners or readers. We’ve also seen that the context determines where our minds go in each situation. Rapport will make everything even more powerful.
So, how do the subliminal primes work?
Up until now we were talking about priming on a consciously perceptible level. This means that the things we talked about were consciously noticeable, but often not considered primes or even unnoticeable consciously at the time.
Now we’ll look at how completely subliminal messages can affect our behavior, emotions and thinking. We’ll look at what works and what doesn’t. Subliminal stimuli last just long enough to be noticed by the subconscious mind but not by the conscious mind.
Audio subliminal recordings have been tested extensively but gave zero results above placebo control. They just simply don’t work. Now, I’m talking about seemingly subliminal messages embedded “behind” another track. The subliminal messages in this case are never registered by the ears and thus never conducted to the brain where they can be interpreted.
However, a special technology was developed where the frequency of the tone of the message is brought up to almost inaudible level. These messages can be played extremely loud but they will still be just barely audible. The difference here is that these messages actually get transduced (i.e. detected by the ear and transformed into neuro-electrical stimuli that reach the brain and are interpreted). These messages can be heard, but you must pay very close attention to them. Mostly they appear just like a gentle hum in the ears.
On the other hand, visual subliminal stimuli do have a great impact on behavior. Visual cortex (part of the brain that interprets most of complex visual information) has an enormous capacity to process visual information and works with many thousand times more information than we consciously recognize.
Soon we’ll discover the not readily available secrets of subliminal messages. Until then think of how to apply currently adopted knowledge.
This concludes this part of the subliminal hypnosis series. Next time we’re going to go more in detail of information processing capacities of our subconscious and conscious minds, what exact subliminal messages work and how we can apply this to subliminal hypnosis efforts…

When we think of hypnosis, we do of course think of being able to hypnotize someone. A common problem we face however is that we think that knowing how to hypnotize someone is going to be too difficult, and that there’s no point in learning how to hypnotize someone, because ultimately we’ll most likely fail.
This is what I like to call the “failure mindset”, and it’s no good for a number of reasons. First of all, learning how to hypnotize someone is not difficult at all, in fact, it’s incredibly easy. If you want to devote yourself to it, and truly learn the ins and outs of hypnosis, you could be hypnotizing people within just 30 minutes. That’s right, as a complete novice who has had no previous experience in hypnosis whatsoever, you can start hypnotizing people within just half an hour of training.
“But hang on a minute” you’re probably thinking… “surely it’s not that easy, why wouldn’t everyone be hypnotizing other people then?”. The reason for that is because most people think like you do, they think that learning how to hypnotize someone is going to be a difficult task, when in fact it isn’t at all.
Most people think that being able to seemingly “control” another person’s behaviour, and “prevent” them from doing things, could only result from a truly trained professional. In actuality however, you can have this sort of “control” over others with minimal effort.
“So what’s the catch?” you’re probably wondering… “how does it work so easily?”. The answer to both of these question is that in order to start hypnotizing people, all you have to do is actually… “do it”. Have someone relax themselves, plant suggestions within their subconscious. Once you start to see how easy people will obey your commands, you will become so confident with hypnosis, that you won’t be able to help yourself. You will be hypnotizing just about anyone you see.
As you gain more confidence with voluntary hypnosis, you will soon delve into the field of covert hypnosis, and then you will learn ways of how to hypnotize someone without them even knowing it. This is of course a much greater, more advanced form of hypnosis, however it is certainly achievable once you start applying the hypnotic concepts taught within my course.
- Steven Peliari
Excerpt:
If you desire to send a person to a place of
which he knows nothing, as to the manner of going
you must necessarily give him full directions, so
nothing that is certain to occur can divert him.
So it is with a subject; he must know what to
expect and thus be freed of all fear that might be
aroused when the attributes occur, which otherwise
would cause an active mind. The falling of the
eyelids, of the head and the hands should arouse
no thought other than the one you are suggesting
to him through his ear, i. e., the thought of sleep.
This thought of sleep is one that can hypnotize someone
quite easily.

As two senses must be affected to impress a
thought, great care is necessary that whatever you
say you actually do, so the prospective subject can
see as well as hear it.

Special attention is drawn to the sentence, “If
you will do so your eyelids will get heavy and
close; or, if I close them for you, allow them to
remain closed.” Only three in ten will close their
eyelids ; the other seven after giving you the stare
for some five minutes, must have their eyelids
closed for them. If yoU will note in the foregoing
sentence, I have said nothing about the eyelids
“not closing,” but have made affirmations and
provided for the “not closing.” When you say to
him, “Your eyelids will get heavy,” you must then
close your eyelids. When you say, “remain
closed,” your eyelids must be closed while saying
the words. When you say, “or if I close,” while
uttering the words “I close,” you must with your
ringers close your own eyes, taking care to imme-
diately remove the ringers; otherwise you would
convey through his eye the idea that you will hold
his eyes closed (suggested to him by seeing you
hold your own eyelids closed). Hence, if you
close them for him, when you remove your fingers,
the subject will open his eyes. When you use the
words, “head falls to the front,” your head must
move forward; and when you say, “hands fall to
your sides,” your hands must fall. So if you want
to hypnotize someone, know that giving a direct form
of hypnotic command like this is almost irresistible.

If you will notice, there are two ways of awaken-
ing mentioned here ; one is “When I tell you ;” the
other, “When I say ALL RIGHT and clap my
hands.” (Which must be said with one breath.)
You use “ALL RIGHT and clap my hands;” the
doctor should use the other. The physician, de-
siring his patient to go away with some inspiration
given him, simply says, “When you open your
eyes you are awake,” and so and so is the case ; for
an inspiration given in hypnosis can only be re-
sponded to in hypnosis. The operator in the par-
lor entertainment, when he has finished the per-
formance says, “All right,” and claps his hands.

Why do I desire the subject to put his hands As to signs
togther? To see them fall. The hands will un-
consciously drift apart — the action will be entirely
involuntary, and after a pupil has watched a dozen
pairs of hands he will see that no one on earth can
deceive him, as it is utterly impossible to simulate
(consciously) an involuntary action. It is for the
same reason that I desire the head to fall to the
front — I wish to see it fall — knowing that when an Expression
action is part of a thought, to the degree that action of thought
takes place is to the extent that the thought is aroused
in tJie “mind.” When the hands drop relaxed to
the sides, I know that the subject has forgotten or
lost his environment, and therefore is in hypnosis.

Now, I have told the subject exactly what would
happen. If my pupil will carefully analyze the
paragraph he will find that telling him to “Take
an easy position” is the first attribute I desire.
That to “look at the pencil,” if the operator holds
it in the proper position, will force the eyes up-
turned, or converged ; that if he thinks of the pencil
he will furnish concentration. I then tell him as
to the closing of the eyes; and then, if I slip into
his “mind” the thought of sleep, I will have ac-
complished my purpose and have induced hypnosis.
This is the real key to know just exactly how to hypnotize someone.

Now stand to the left of your subject, holding a
lead pencil or your finger as in Plate III, and repeat
verbatim in a firm voice :

“Drowsy, sleepy, drowsy, sleepy, drowsy, sleepy;
as you go deeper asleep your eyelids get heavy
and close.” (Repeat until accomplished.)

The sentence of “Drowsy, sleepy, drowsy,
sleepy, et cetera, as you go deeper asleep your
eyelids get heavy and close,” seems a long one.
Why not make it shorter? Why not “Drowsy,
sleepy, your eyes shut”? Is not that the same
thing? No! “Drowsy, sleepy, et cetera, as you
go deeper asleep the eyelids get heavy and close,”
makes the closing of the eyelids one of the attri-
butes of the thought of sleep ; but when you say,
“Drowsy, sleepy, your eyes shut,” you are trying
to force into the “mind” of the subject two sepa-
rate and distinct thoughts ; i. e., to sleep — to shut
his eyes — which is utterly impossible. Any oper-
ator who, in giving inspirations to the subject,
leaves out his “and’s,” “as’s” and “but’s,” will fail,
inasmuch as the ideas must be thoroughly cor-
related and be one thought, because thoughts may
of themselves become ideas, or ideas become
thoughts. This is the perfect example on how to hypnotize someone.

We will assume that you held the pencil over the
subject’s head for some half an hour and he failed
to take on hypnosis. What is wrong? If he As to failure
is not in an easy position (No. i), that is your fault.
Is his collar too high, is his head too far back, is his
back too close to a radiator or fireplace, et cetera?
Or, if a woman, is she laced too tight, do her shoes
pinch, et cetera? Why is any easy position the
first attribute of sleep? I mean by an “easy posi-
tion” one in which the sense of feeling is not mak-
ing discomfort a dominant idea ; for if so, it is im-
possible to fade away the thought of the environ-
ment ; therefore, before sleep can be induced, com-
fort through feeling must form itself into a natural
attribute of sleep. The upturned eye (No. 2) is
also for you to furnish. Are you holding the
pencil in the proper place ? If you strain the eye,
you lose No. 1. Has the time come to close the
eye (No. 4)? Is the subject concentrated? If
not, you cannot accomplish No. 5.

It is a poor art or science if we must wait half As to con-
an hour to discover whether the subject is con- centration
centrating or not.

Having fifteen to twenty-five subjects on the
stage and a restless audience waiting for an enter-
tainment, what could be accomplished if I had to
wait half an hour for each subject, to discover if
he was concentrating?

Every time one gets a new thought the eye blinks,
although the eye may blink without a change of
thought; but never a change of thought without the
blink.

Note. — Now, dear reader, when you stand be-
fore a mirror to experiment, remember that the
making of another idea dominant is not changing
the thought. You may think you can change
without blinking, but it is like people believing
that a person can go on the stage and “fake” for a
hypnotist, both of which are directly against a set
law and impossible. If the world could learn that
those attempting to deceive, deceive only them-
selves, there would be fewer failures in life.

The moving of the eyeball shows the reviewing
of the associated ideas and always occurs in those
who have large perceptives (heavy projection over
the eyes). They will think of the pencil but will
divide and study its attributes, i. e., cost, color,
form, et cetera, and are the subjects who require
several drills. Their hands will fall stiffly to their
sides (having taken on hypnosis about ninety-seven
per cent). For complete hypnosis, the hands must
fall limply. This is the key to hypnotize someone.

If the subject gives you the “baby stare,” and
you fail to hypnotize him you had better — well, I
advise my pupils under such conditions to jump
into the river and say, “Here goes nothing.”
Proof of The subject being in a collapsed state or re-

hypnosis laxed condition of the muscles, we know he is in

hypnosis, but as a great many will not accept any
thought of sleep without being stretched out, it is
policy to lay them on the floor, which nearly al-
ways consummates the required attribute. The
proof that he is in hypnosis is that he is relaxed.

Perhaps he can simulate it; I can hold my arm
relaxed? All right. Man can think of but one
thing at a time ; the subject’s eyes are closed. I
take hold of his arm (he relaxes it) ; with my other
hand I quickly lift his leg, and, if he knew how to
simulate, he could not shift the action in time to
deceive anyone.

A subject being in all the conditions of sleep is
of no value to me, — the operator. I want one
seemingly awake. Consequently, I want now to
partially unbuild what I built. First, I give him
what I call the “Ear Test,” the object of which is
to find if I can replace the thought (cylinder) of
sleep with another thought (cylinder) having a
perceptible action to it. Therefore, I say to him,
“Your right ear (touching it) smarts, burns, stings,
itches, and will stop only when you rub it a long
time with your right hand,” making with my
mouth expressions of pain. If the subject rubs
his ear, I have a demonstration that I have changed
the thought. If I say to him, “Your ear smarts,
burns, stings, rub it,” would I get any action?
No, he would simply ask me which ear, if his cere-
brum was active. Therefore, it is necessary for me
to designate the ear, or properly, to state which
ear, and touch it. I now tell him, “Your right ear,
or this ear (touching it), smarts, burns, stings and
itches, rub it.” Will he rub it? He will not. but
will ask me why he should rub it, if his cerebrum
was active, but if I said to him as above mentioned,
“it will stop only when you rub it” he rubs it to
cause it to Plop, not because I told him to rub his
ear. which I failed to do. Man does nothing be-
cause he is told to. While he is rubbing the ear I
call to him, “The pain has stopped.” Instantly he
ceases to rub it. Is the subject now in hypnosis ?
No, because he has the thought that the “pain has
ceased” instead of the thought of sleep. His
muscles are contracted into the position he hap-
pens to be in, the eye can be turned down ; the in-
experienced would say he was in hypnosis, the
same as when lying limp on the floor. My experi-
ence proves to me that he is not in hypnosis; he
has the thought of “no pain” which is a blank
thought similar to the thought of sleep, but you
will find that the muscles are in a different condi-
tion. So understanding this different condition is one
key to understanding how to hypnotize someone.

Voice rules The subject can only respond to my voice, he

being free of his actual environment. My voice now
being his environment, I must pull apart nearly all
that has just been brought together. To open his
closed eyes is the most powerful suggestion of be-
ing awake. If I could only teach the subject now
to open his eyes, to turn them down and still re-
spond to my voice only, he would be in the condi-
tion I desire. So I say to him in a firm voice :

Unbuilding “You open your eyes only when I tell you ; you

awaken only when I say ALL RIGHT and clap my
hands (I tell you). Now mind!” (Repeat this.)
I then cause him to rub his knee in the same
manner as I cause him to rub his ear, by designa-
ting the knee as follows : “You have an awful pain
in this (touching it), the right knee, and it will
stop only when you rub it a long time with both
hands.” While the subject is rubbing, I say,
“When you look at it it will be a thousand times worse.

Now open your eyes.” If he opens his
eyes and continues to rub it, he is practically my
subject for the first time. In this way we play on
him a psychological trick; first bringing up in his
“mind” the thought of pain; then disassociating
the opening of the eyes with the idea of awaken-
ing, and substituting for it the idea of more pain.
We do not tell him that “When you look at it, it
will be a thousand times worse ; now look at it.”
Because, if his cerebrum was active, he would re-
fuse to look at it. We tell him to open his eyes,
and if he opens them, he certainly will look at it.
We now say to the subject, “Close your eyes, the
pain has ceased;” then saying, “When you open
your eyes you will find yourself on the floor.
Naturally you will get up and sit on the chair.
The moment you sit down you will discover that
you have a very severe nose bleed ; now open your
eyes,” the “now” being necessary as a conjunction
to connect it with the previous statement. Other-
wise, the subject would be likely to take the sen-
tence, “Open your eyes,” as a separate thought, do
so and lie there on the floor with his eyes open.
The subject opens his eyes, gets up, sits on the
chair, and discovers his nose to be bleeding. Is
this subject now in hypnosis? Decidedly not.
His muscles are contracted, in response to his feel-
ing (environment) ; his eyes are open and in the
“normal” position; he is not necessarily in a com-
fortable position. Other than that his cerebrum
is inactive, or that the thought of a nose bleed has
been put into an automatic action through his ear,
no sense will respond to his environment unless it
has a relationship to his present thought; he will
continue to give action to all the variations of that
thought until the operator’s voice changes it. This is the true
way to hypnotize someone.
 
The art of persuasion, of influencing the people around you, is a vital skill in the workplace. Without it, you’ll simply be ineffective. Sure, you can bend people to your iron will, or get people to do what you want with compulsion, manipulation or coercion, but at the cost of trust and long-term cooperation with colleagues or customers.
Persuasion is a different beast; subtle, but far more powerful in the long-term. So, how can you can you hone your influencing skills, to benefit yourself and those around you? Well, there’s a certain amount of groundwork you need to lay first.
Whether it’s a telephone pitch to a potential client or influencing colleagues at work, the same principles apply even if the timescales differ
It’s not (just) about the benefits.
We all know there are things we should be doing for our own benefit, but never quite get round to. The forces that motivate us aren’t quite as simple as personal gain or loss, punishment or reward.
You can have an incredible pitch on paper, but people will respond to you, or rather how they perceive you, as much as what you have to say.
Emotion screws with the wiring when we make decisions. Of course you need the numbers, but it’s never enough just to make them understand your case. They have to be eager to do business with you.
If you want to be heard, listen.
Gaining trust is essential, and you may only have one chance at it.
Giving the other person chance to speak not only gives you vital clues to their wants, needs and mood, but also shows that you aren’t just there to look after your own interests.
On the phone, you have to work fast to gain trust. Get off on the right foot by asking them if they have time to talk now, and promise to be brief. They then know that you value their time and are responsive to their needs, and you know whether you have their full attention even if you have to call back at a better time to get it.
If you just launch into your pitch, they might just be waiting for you to stop speaking about what you want so they can get on with their day.
“Yeah, sounds interesting… why don’t you email me the details and I’ll get back to you?”
Don’t call us, we’ll call you.
Use — and remember — people’s names.
As Dale Carnegie wrote in How to Win Friends & Influence People,
“…a person’s name is to that person the sweetest and most important sound in any language.”
And its value is immeasurable when interacting with others. Knowing this though, some people overdo it and like to remind you that they have remembered your name.
“So, James, what I’d like to offer you, James, is the chance to save 20% on your, James, subscription with us”
This just comes across as unnatural and a bit creepy, but only because it’s been over-cooked and is obviously insincere.
On the other hand though, forgetting or failing to use someone’s name can kill a deal long before you get a chance to even start negotiating. Remember, and use people’s names, because its one detail that really matters.
Show gratitude.
When someone does something for you, show gratitude.
A few years ago,  I happened to be working my first Saturday in a sports-obsessed pub in Leeds on a night when the England Football and Rugby teams both won crucial matches. It was 5-deep at the bar all night, and we didn’t get a moment’s break for over 6 hours. It was exhausting work, we were understaffed and underpaid, and the customers were drunk, rude and impatient.
But the reason I remember that night is that the boss paid us for an extra hour and bought all the staff pizza at the end of the shift. It was a totally unexpected  gesture (and cheap, considering the amount of business we did that night), but sealed her staff’s loyalty.
The staff at that pub were punctual and reliable because the boss showed she cared and appreciated our effort. As a result, nobody wanted to let her down.
People are far more likely to respond positively to persuasion if you’ve shown appreciation in the past.
Of course benefits and returns on investment matter, but be sincere in your appreciation for other people, and they’ll give you the chance to show them how awesome it will be to work with you.

If you’re trying to manifest great things with the Law of Attraction, you’ll need to learn the “art of allowing” to make the process easier. What is the art of allowing?
Being in a state of “allowing” means being open to receive your heart’s desires. That may sound a little vague because you probably think you’re already open to receive them – you want them, you’re trying to manifest them, you’re eager to receive them, but why haven’t they shown up?
The art of allowing really means being in a state of energy alignment with the essence of the things you are trying to attract. For example, if you’re trying to attract money, you need to become energetically aligned with the essence of abundance.
It works the same no matter what you are trying to attract; money, love, success, good health, weight loss, and so on – you need to be aligned with the essence of these things before you can receive them.
You’ve probably been visualizing one or more of these things each day; maybe you even created a vision board to look at daily; or you have a list of affirmations to recite. Those are all great first steps, but that’s just the beginning!
Now it’s time to start shifting your thoughts and feelings into the state of already having the things you’re trying to attract. That’s practicing the art of allowing.
Does that sound impossible to do if you don’t yet have the things you want? It’s crucial to do it because if you don’t, you can’t allow those things into your life.
Since you don’t have them yet, you’ve probably been communicating a strong message of scarcity and lack to the universe: “I don’t have enough money; I’m too heavy; I’m lonely.” When you think and feel those things, the universe can only keep sending more of the same type of experiences to you.
To turn it around, you need to start communicating a message of abundance to the universe. You need to start communicating that you have plenty of money, the love of your life, a slender body, or anything else you want.
And how do you communicate these things to the universe? By how you FEEL. Feeling abundant allows you to receive abundance. Feeling loved and secure allows you to receive the life partner you’ve been searching for. Feeling healthy and vibrant allows you to start receiving the physical well-being you want.
When you move into the mental and emotional state of already having these things, you are practicing the art of allowing! When you keep complaining and fretting about not having them yet, you are in a state of resistance and they cannot come to you.
Practicing the art of allowing simply means adjusting your dominant thoughts and feelings so they resemble how you will think and feel once you have your heart’s desires. How will you feel when you are involved in a loving relationship with the right person? How will you feel when you are earning 10 times the income you earn now? How will you feel when you have endless amounts of energy and physical stamina to do the things you want to do?
Practice feeling that way as often as you can right NOW! Key word: PRACTICE. You can’t leap directly from where you are to where you want to be and have everything change instantly.
But it certainly doesn’t have to take a long time either! If you spend just a few minutes each day practicing the feeling of being more abundant, being in a loving relationship, and so on, within a few short days you would start to feel a difference, and soon after you would definitely start seeing a difference in your outer life. The art of allowing is a powerful technique and it works very fast.
Learning to use the Law of Attraction can often be confusing and frustrating. Even if you understand the general idea of what you’re supposed to do (ask, believe, let go, receive), it’s not always so clear when you’re constantly bumping up against stressful situations that threaten your focus. When things around you aren’t so rosy, it’s easy to keep slipping back into old negative thought patterns that keep you stuck.

One of the most powerful tools you can use to overcome this problem is a manifestation journal. A journal can provide the focus and insight to help you choose better thoughts, refine your approach and gradually raise your frequency to be in alignment with what you really want to attract into your life.
Keeping a manifestation journal is very easy – and a whole lot of fun. Here’s how to do it:
1) Cover the basics.

First, choose the book you want to use as your journal. It can be a formal blank journal, an ordinary lined notebook, or even a document on your computer if you’d rather type than write.
Once you have chosen your journal, start by covering the basic steps of deliberate attraction on the first page. List each step and a short description of how to do it. (Example: “Step 1: Ask – Get clear about what you really want. Step 2: Believe – Believe and know you deserve it and can have it… etc.)
This page serves as a handy checklist for those times when you feel like you’re veering off-track.
2) Look into the past.
The next few pages in your journal should contain an overview of your past as far as the Law of Attraction is concerned. Have you ever attracted anything into your life even if you weren’t fully aware of how you did so at the time? What did you do or think that made the manifestation successful?
Have you been trying to attract something specific more recently with little success? Why do you think that is? Are you struggling with certain steps of the attraction process while others come more easily to you? Can you see any areas that you need to focus better on?
Write as much as you can about your success (or lack of) up to this point in time. This should paint a clear picture of where you stand as a conscious creator and provide insight about what you could be doing better to achieve more focused results.
3) Keep a daily record.
Now, make a list of the objects and/or experiences that you wish to attract into your life in the near future, and keep a daily record of your attempts to do so. Are you struggling to stay in a positive mind-set? Write it down. Do you keep vacillating on what you want? Write that down too. Record the things you are doing successfully and the things you’re struggling with.
Every few days, flip back through the previous pages of your journal and look for patterns that might be holding you back. Do you keep letting doubt intrude on your thoughts? Are you trying to control “how” everything happens? Make note of any insights you pick up while re-reading your journal and begin to alter your daily thoughts and actions to improve your results.
When you are successful in attracting something you want, record every tiny detail of exactly what you did, how you felt, what you focused on, how long the manifestation took, and so on. Over time you will have more and more of these successes to record, and you’ll have a clear blueprint to follow so you can do it again and again.
As simple as journaling may sound, it is incredibly powerful! As time goes on you’ll be able to see a clear progression of growth and mastery taking place before your eyes. You’ll be able to spot limiting patterns, old habits, negative expectations and more that may be hindering your progress and turn them around quickly. As a result, manifesting the things you want becomes a clearer, more focused process.
If you have ever struggled with a recurring situation or condition that just wouldn’t go away no matter what you did, you know how frustrating it can be.

For example: Have you ever found yourself repeating the same destructive cycles in relationships? Do you suffer from chronic pain or illnesses? Are you addicted to substances like alcohol, nicotine or sugar? Do you seem to have a major blockage in your financial situation and can’t seem to bring it into balance no matter what you do?
More and more we are becoming aware that these conditions are NOT appearing in our lives by random chance. We’re learning that our own thoughts, beliefs and emotions have tremdendous power in attracting the things we experience day to day. We’re even learning how to deliberately choose our experiences simply by thinking, feeling and intending what we want to have!
But it doesn’t always work. Sometimes you can take all the right actions, think the right thoughts, get your emotions into alignment . . . and still nothing happens. You end up feeling like there’s an invisible brick wall you keep bashing into every time you try to move forward.
In fact, this is probably one of the most common complaints that I hear from people who are trying to use the Law of Attraction to improve their lives. They do everything they should be doing: visualizing, setting intentions, believing, taking inspired action . . . but the results just won’t come.
Have you had that experience too?
Much of the time the culprit is a deep-seated belief that keeps perpetuating the same destructive cycles, and it can go unnoticed for years. In fact, the biggest challenge in healing limiting beliefs is that they reside in a place beyond our conscious awareness.
Well, today I’ve got some really good news for you.
What if there was a simple process that could completely dissolve the limiting beliefs and inner blockages that keep holding you back from living the life you want to live? And what if, when you dissolved these blockages, everything you’ve been wanting just fell into place effortlessly?
Would you want to know more about this process? Silly question.
The process is called EFT, which stands for “Emotional Freedom Techniques”. I first heard about EFT a few years ago and tried using it a few times, sporadically. Not surprisingly, my results weren’t that impressive. I just couldn’t get into it at the time so I set it aside.
Recently it came back to my attention again and I decided to try a little experiment – and the results blew my mind!!! I’ll tell you more about that in a moment.
First let me explain a little bit about what EFT is.
You’ve probably heard of the Eastern alternative medicine treatment called acupuncture. Thin needles are inserted into various points on the body with the aim of healing chronic pain, illness and imbalance in the body.
The theory behind this treatment is that our bodies contain pathways or “meridians” through which life energy (also called chi, or qi) flows. When the meridians are unobstructed, our energy flows freely and we experience good health and harmony. But when the meridians become blocked, our bodies (as well as other facets of our lives) will become unbalanced.
Inserting the needles into the points where these meridians cross is supposed to dissolve blockages and get the energy flowing through the body again, thereby healing the problem. I’ve never tried acupuncture, but many people swear by its effectiveness.
EFT is a different process than acupuncture, but it focuses on these same meridians with the aim of clearing blockages from the body’s energy field.
Probably the most impressive thing about EFT is that it’s so easy to do! You simply recite a few phrases while gently tapping on various points of your body and the “stuck” energy can be released.
It may sound kind of funny to sit there tapping on yourself and expect all your problems to vanish, but EFT is rapidly gaining in popularity — even among highly respected professional doctors, therapists, coaches and many others. The results that people are getting from this process are nothing less than astounding!
People are healing chronic pain that they’ve suffered with for years. They’re healing old and new traumas, releasing addictions effortlessly, and even completely resolving problems that “seem” to be solely external, like financial blockages.
EFT recently came back to my attention again when I learned about a new film called “The Tapping Solution”
In this film, several participants spent a long weekend with EFT experts, using the process to clear the various problems they were having.
There was a woman with intense sugar cravings that she just couldn’t seem to overcome; a man with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder from his memories of the Vietnam war; several people with chronic pain; and even a man who had lost the love of his life in a violent car accident and was struggling terribly with guilt and grief.
My curiosity was piqued and I watched the film; and was incredibly moved and inspired by it!
The changes that took place in the participants during that weekend were amazing; it was like watching a healing take place before your eyes. Even better, after six months the participants all got back together again and you could see such a PROFOUND difference in them!
And all because they spent some time “tapping” to clear out energy blockages in their bodies. Truly astounding stuff..
But that’s not the end of the story. Remember I mentioned a little experiment I did?
For the past few months I’ve been trying to get up a substantial sum of money for a home improvement project we want to do on our house. I’ve been doing all the things I know are effective in attracting money, but not much had been happening. I wasn’t too worried about it; I just figured maybe the timing wasn’t quite right yet or something.
But after watching this film I found myself wondering if I might have a blockage that could be preventing the money from coming. I decided to try EFT on the situation and see what happened, but this time I was going to put a lot more effort and focus into it than I had last time.
For two days I spent a fair amount of time going through the process while focusing on my financial situation and the money I wanted to receive. I think maybe I tapped for a couple of hours total, spread out over two days.
On the third day, I got a few small ideas on actions I could take that *might* possibly bring in the money I needed, but I was doubtful because the actions seemed really small and inconsequential. I went ahead and did them anyway but didn’t expect anything to come from them.
WRONG!
Those few small actions I took finally opened the floodgates and I received the money I needed. Not just the money I needed but quite a bit more. And it all happened in such a fluid, EFFORTLESS way that it blew my mind!
I won’t go into all the details because the situation was so unique to me and my circumstances that it wouldn’t even apply to anyone else. But that’s the most amazing thing about this whole situation. The universe delivered what I asked for in such a perfect, simple way that I never would have expected.
I’ve learned a powerful lesson through this experience: NEVER dismiss something until you give it an honest try!
I didn’t even realize I still had blockages related to money because I’ve been working on clearing them for years with other methods. And I’ve made some great progress, don’t get me wrong.
But I’m flabbergasted by the results I’ve gotten from EFT so far, and I am now busily making a list of other issues I plan to clear!
Obviously I can’t guarantee that you will get the same results that I have. But I can tell you that many more people than me have also been having great results from this process, so there is obviously something to it.
If you’ve got any kind of blockages, illnesses, addictions or issues that you have been unsuccessful clearing until now, I highly recommend you watch this film and try EFT yourself – even if you’re skeptical or it sounds “too good to be true”.
I wasn’t exactly a skeptic, but I am now a hard-core believer in this powerful process! See if you will be too.
P.S. By the way, Joe Vitale and EFT Expert Brad Yates also have a great program for clearing financial blockages with EFT. I’ve been using their techniques and getting great results from them.
What are you thinking about right now? The Law of Attraction states that “whatever we think about, we bring about”. This law may initially seem like new age fluff but believe it or not, there are scientific merits to this proposition. The top quantum physicists of our time have discovered that our universe and our reality is very much directed by the “observer”.

When studying quantum particles (the smallest observable unit of matter), these scientists discovered that such particles behave in accordance with the person conducting the experiment. It the scientists “predict” that quantum particles behave in a certain way, they do. And yet, if the scientists “predict” that quantum particles behave in another way, they do. It is the “observer” that dictates the outcome of the experiment!
What does all this mean for us normal people? Well actually, these scientific experiments has far reaching implications for us as our world is made up of these same quantum particles! In this case, we are the “observer” the director and hence the creator of our reality, our world and our experience.
So, be careful of what you think about! for example, have you thoughts ever begun with the following phrases:
- I don’t understand . . .
- I don’t want . . .
- I’m frustrated that . . .
- I hate my . . .
- I can’t figure out . . .
- I’m stressed about . . .
- I’m worried that . . .
- I should be able to . . . but I can’t . . .
- Why am I having so much trouble?
The Law of Attraction indifferent to the words preceding your thought. Whatever you think about you will attract into your life. When you think “I don’t understand why bad things always happen to me?”, you are “attracting” bad things into your life. When you think “I want to get out of debt”, you are attracting more debt into your life. When you think “I’m worried I will get sick”, you are attracting sickness into your life! The Law of Attraction brings about what you focus on even if it is not what you want. Get it?
If you understand this principle, here are some examples of how to make the law of attraction work to support you rather than to act against you. Try observing your thoughts and changing your thinking in the following way:
“I want to get out of debt” to “I want to earn amazing riches”
“I hate my boss” to “I look forward to owning my own business”
“I don’t understand why he is so lazy” to “I love it when he helps out around the house”
“I’m stressed about this project” to “I always create amazing results in my projects”
“I’m worried about getting sick” to “I experience vibrant health daily”
Now that we have a better understanding of the Law of Attraction, it is no surprise why so many people struggle with regards to money. It is been said that “the rich get richer while the poor get poorer”. This is actually the Law of Attraction in action. Because the wealthy have money, they often think about how to best use their money and hence they attract more money. The poor on the other hand often think about their present lack of money and unfortunately, that also attracts lack into their lives. Currently, 96% of the world’s wealth is being earned by just 1% of the population!
To address this issue, the main teachers behind the movie is launching a program is called “The Science of Getting Rich” and it is based on employing the law of attraction to create wealth. This amazing program is based on the principles and philosophies outlined in a book of the same title written in 1910 by Wallace D Wattles. This is the same book that inspired the movie.
What is the Science of Getting Rich about? Well in the words of Wallace D. Wattles, “The ownership of money and property comes as a result of doing things in a certain way. Those who do things in this certain way, whether on purpose or accidentally, get rich. Those who do not do things in this certain way, no matter how hard they work or how able they are, remain poor. It is a natural law that like causes always produce like effects. Therefore, any man or woman who learns to do things in this certain way will infallibly get rich.” The Science of Getting Rich Seminar is all about teaching how to do things in this “certain” way to create wealth.

Many people spend their entire lives working jobs that they hate. Feelings of fear and insecurity lead them to do whatever is deemed necessary for survival. However, in this world of endless possibilities, there is no real reason for a person to waste their life away by waking up each day to do something that makes them feel bad.

Once you understand that you are completely empowered to harness the unlimited potential of the Universal laws, you may be more apt to let go of insecurities. You may also be more apt to create your dream job opportunity once you realize that you are 100% capable of doing just that. This doesn’t mean you should walk out of your job tomorrow. After all, Law of Attraction is not summoned by your actions. It responds to the vibration of your thoughts. Therefore, my first recommendation is that you begin creating your new job by appreciating the job you currently have.
What is Quantum Jumping?Discover Why Thousands of People are “Jumping” to Change Their Life
www.QuantumJumping.com

Homeland Security Career?Get Trained to Start Any Homeland Security Jobs. Get Free Info Now!
ICDCCollege.edu

How to Do Meditation?Did You Know That Meditating Just 15 Min a Day Could Change Your Life
www.SilvaLifeSystem.com

What Men Are Attracted ToLearn the “Secret Psychology” That Makes Your Man Fall In Love
www.havetherelationshipyouwant.com

When you are appreciating, you are in a state of allowing Law of Attraction to bring forth all that you desire. Therefore, I am challenging you to start appreciating your job even if your boss is unfair, you don’t get along with your co-workers, you’re underpaid, or you’re overworked. There is never any benefit to you in focusing on the negative aspects of your work (or any other situation). Your thoughts of frustration, anger, and discontentment will only prolong your unfavorable experience with this job. Furthermore, the negative results of those resistant thoughts will follow you to your new job and even spill over into other areas of your life. Ask yourself if it is worth it.

If you need a little help with changing how you think and feel about your job, try this simple exercise for cleaning up the resistance that is hindering your advancement.
1. Go to a quiet place where you can be alone without interruptions for at least a half hour
2. 

3. Take out 3 sheets of paper (more if you choose)
4. 

5. Write at the top of each sheet “I Appreciate ____________” or “I Love__________”
6. 

7. Think of some things, people, or places that you truly love or appreciate (a dog, a type of flower, a child, a vacation spot, etc.)
8. 

9. On the first sheet, begin writing all of the things that you love or appreciate about one person, place, or thing you thought of in the previous step. Notice how good you’re feeling inside as you do this.
10. 

11. On the second sheet, do this for a second person, place, or thing. Write everything as it flows from you, continuing to notice how good you are feeling as you write.
12. 

13. Now that you are feeling better, start thinking of things that you appreciate or love about your job. Write them on the next sheet of paper. You don’t have to come up with a long list, but come up with as much as you can.
14. 

15. Take some time to look over the things that you’ve written in the previous step. Hold onto this sheet of paper because you’ll want to refer back to it often.

Once you’ve had a chance to practice feeling better about your job, you have changed your point of attraction. You’ve reached a state of allowing Law of Attraction to manifest your desires. Now, your work is to continue offering thoughts that match the positive vibration of your improved feeling. Whenever you find yourself focusing on the undesirable aspects of your work, replace those thoughts with the ones you wrote down in step 7 of the above exercise. This is deliberate creation– using your thinking to create the reality that you want.

As Law of Attraction brings new thoughts to match your elevated vibration, you will begin to notice that it is easier to think positively about your current job. And as these improved thoughts become your dominant thoughts, you will begin experiencing mini-manifestations that match what you really want.

Enjoy and appreciate every manifestation, for this is the way to keep them flowing. You’ll find yourself in the right places at the right times. People who can help with your career will be drawn to you. You’ll attract all types of opportunities that might have otherwise gone unnoticed. This is the unfolding of what you have asked the Universe to bring into your life. And your desire will be fully realized if you will only maintain your positive focus.

Your perfect work experience awaits you.

No Means Yes: A Universal Law of Attraction Lesson
Drugs, war, domestic violence, illness, abuse, divorce, poverty, murder…the list goes on and on. What list? The list of what most people are fighting against. The list of what most people look at and shout “NO.” Well, it is time to start saying yes.
To draw attention to the world’s most frightful circumstances and to unite people in their struggle against what they do not want, there are countless rallies, organizations, and every type of public service effort you can imagine. Nonetheless, it always seems like an uphill battle. Statistics continue to show the problems either growing to epic proportions or making only the slightest improvement. People might take a different approach if they understood that, by the Universal Law of Attraction, no means yes

Law of Attraction, the Universal principle through which worlds are created, is completely inclusive in nature. That means, you get what you think about whether you want it or not. This Universal law does not take into account why you are focusing on something. It is simply responding to the vibration of the thoughts that you are offering.

If you spend a great deal of your time thinking about the horrors of violence, you are absolutely not attracting peace. In fact, you are disallowing peace by thinking about violence. By the same token, a group that dedicates itself to fighting poverty is not attracting abundance. That group is not vibrationally a match to abundance, so they cannot be of much benefit to their cause.

So, does this mean that we shouldn’t reach out with efforts to create a better environment? Absolutely not! What it does mean is that success will be slow and extremely limited when the approach is focused on the problem. If you want to see positive change, you must start by changing your mindset. Stop spending so much time saying no. Stop being fixated on what you have observed as undesirable. This fixation only attracts more thoughts and circumstances to match what you do not want. It does you and your cause a grave disservice.

Whenever you look at something that you do not want, you are in a perfect position to know what you do want. If you will just turn your attention towards your desire and focus there, manifestations will begin to unfold. This is extremely powerful when groups of people come together to co-create wonderful outcomes. The same group that has been focused on fighting drugs or poverty could become a group that is dedicated to the joyful art of living safe, healthy, fulfilling lives.

By giving attention primarily to the result that you would like to see, you become a vibrational match to what you want. And those who come to you for help will feed off your vibration. Rather than feeling victimized, helpless, and unfortunate after learning the statistics of what is wrong in their community, they may get a glimmer of hope from your positive focus. And with that hope, they are equipped to attract more positive manifestations in their lives.

So, ask yourself what you will do going forward. Will you keep inviting what you do not want by saying no to it? Or will you focus your attention on that which you want the Universal Law of Attraction to manifest in your world? The choice is yours.

“Everything you are against weakens you. Everything you are for empowers you.”-Dr. Wayne Dyer

Silence and Stillness
Stillness is your essential nature. What is stillness? The inner space or awareness in which the words on this page are being perceived and become thoughts. Without that awareness, there would be no perception, no thoughts, no world.

You are that awareness, disguised as a person.
When you lose touch with inner stillness, you lose touch with yourself. When you lose touch with yourself, you lose yourself in the world.
Your innermost sense of self, of who you are, is inseparable from stillness. This is the I Am that is deeper than name and form.
The equivalent of external noise is the inner noise of thinking. The equivalent of external silence is inner stillness.
Whenever there is some silence around you — listen to it. That means just notice it. Pay attention to it. Listening to silence awakens the dimension of stillness within yourself, because it is only through stillness that you can be aware of silence.
See that in the moment of noticing the silence around you, you are not thinking. You are aware, but not thinking.

When you become aware of silence, immediately there is that state of inner still alertness. You are present. You have stepped out of thousands of years of collective human conditioning.
Look at a tree, a flower, a plant. Let your awareness rest upon it. How still they are, how deeply rooted in Being. Allow nature to teach you stillness.
When you look at a tree and perceive its stillness, you become still yourself. You connect with it at a very deep level. You feel a oneness with whatever you perceive in and through stillness. Feeling the oneness of yourself with all things is true love.
Silence is helpful, but you don’t need it in order to find stillness. Even when there is noise, you can be aware of the stillness underneath the noise, of the space in which the noise arises. That is the inner space of pure awareness, consciousness itself.
You can become aware of awareness as the background to all your sense perceptions, all your thinking. Becoming aware of awareness is the arising of inner stillness.
Any disturbing noise can be as helpful as silence. How? By dropping your inner resistance to the noise, by allowing it to be as it is, this acceptance also takes you into that realm of inner peace that is stillness.
Whenever you deeply accept this moment as it is — no matter what form it takes — you are still, you are at peace.
Pay attention to the gap — the gap between two thoughts, the brief, silent space between words in a conversation, between the notes of a piano or flute, or the gap between the in-breath and out-breath.
When you pay attention to those gaps, awareness of “something” becomes — just awareness. The formless dimension of pure consciousness arises from within you and replaces identification with form.
True intelligence operates silently. Stillness is where creativity and solutions to problems are found.
Is stillness just the absence of noise and content? No, it is intelligence itself — the underlying consciousness out of which every form is born. And how could that be separate from who you are? The form that you think you are came out of that and is being sustained by it.
It is the essence of all galaxies and blades of grass; of all flowers, trees, birds, and all other forms.
Stillness is the only thing in this world that has no form. But then, it is not really a thing, and it is not of this world.
When you look at a tree or a human being in stillness, who is looking? Something deeper than the person. Consciousness is looking at its creation.
In the Bible, it says that God created the world and saw that it was good. That is what you see when you look from stillness without thought.
Do you need more knowledge? Is more information going to save the world, or faster computers, more scientific or intellectual analysis? Is it not wisdom that humanity needs most at this time?
But what is wisdom and where is it to be found? Wisdom comes with the ability to be still. Just look and just listen. No more is needed. Being still, looking, and listening activates the non-conceptual intelligence within you. Let stillness direct your words and actions.

In his famous book, How to Win Friends and Influence People, Dale Carnegie stated that the best way to be thought a fascinating conversationalist is to listen attentively, and with interest. This principle applies also, though of course not in quite the same way, to the practice of prayer.
Most people when they pray talk to God rather than with Him. They don’t take the time to listen, in deep inner silence, for His answer. Prayer, however, to be most deeply meaningful, needs to be a two-way communication, a giving and receiving — like conversation. And while it would be absurd to think in terms of “fascinating” God with our part of the conversation, there are proven ways of making our prayers more effective. Listening is one of them.
How many people ever think of prayer in this way? Usually, they think of it as begging for special favors, as though prayer were a petition submitted before the aweful majesty of an imperial throne. Many, no doubt, question whether the Lord will even single them out for special attention from among the multitudes appealing to Him daily. Perhaps they fear they might be judged presumptuous if they tried to interest Him beyond the actual subject of their petition. Whatever the case, most people talk a lot, like inadequate conversationalists, but seldom think of listening in return.
The difference between the one-way street of normal prayer and actually conversing with God is simply the degree of involvement — on both sides. Of course, there can be no question of trying to “fascinate” Him with our conversation. The Lord has all creation to engage His attention, besides the perfection of love and bliss in which He eternally dwells. One petty life in the great scheme of things cannot particularize His interest to the point of making Him fascinated with it! When we approach Him, however, with deep love, dedication, and trust, we appeal to that cosmic, but at the same time deeply personal, love which He feels for every one of his human children.
Prayer must come from the heart. That is what I mean by conversation. As there is a world of difference between talking at someone and talking with him, so there is a universe of difference between petitioning God and including Him in the needs we feel.
We need to involve Him in our lives, in our love for Him. How can we hope to do that, if we merely pray to him? That’s like talking at somebody.
Leaving aside the question of fascination, conversationally, how are we most likely to involve anyone in anything that interests us? It isn’t much different from listening for answers to a question. We involve them best when we include their reality in our own. To awaken concern in them for our needs, we must show an interest in their needs. To get them to participate in our lives, we must participate in their lives. To get them to show love for us, we must love them, first.
All this involvement on our part is, in its own way, a kind of listening. We need, in the same way, to listen to God. The kind of prayer that most often wins a response is one in which the person praying converses with God: calls to Him, while at the same time listening for His silent response in the soul.
And that is, essentially, what is meant by the practice of meditation. Meditation is the act of listening for, and hopefully, in time, listening to, God’s whispered response in the soul.
Why not try that, next time you pray to God? Instead of merely offering up a petition for His consideration, try involving Him in your needs.
Meditation is more than a practice conducted at specific times of the day. It is a habit of mind, a way of life. Try sharing your thoughts and feelings with God all day long. Listen for His guidance, His approval — yes, even His silent laughter within! When you share your life with Him, your meditations also will be much deeper.
When people exclude the practice of meditation from daily prayer, it usually means they aren’t really convinced there is anyone “up there,” listening to them. All too easily, their prayers become a process of simply talking to themselves.
Well, one may ask, does God really listen anyway? You’ll never know, if you don’t give Him a chance to reply! Just as in any conversation, the degree of listening, and the response it awakens, is in direct proportion to the degree of one’s own involvement in what he is saying. Why else is it that the prayers of saints have been, often, so much more effective than those of worldly people? God is no respecter of persons. His response is according to the depth of sincerity in the person praying.
In conversation, people tend to think of listening as something one does after he has said his piece. Personally, however, I’ve found that there is much better communication if one “listens” — that is to say, is sensitive to the other person’s reactions — even during the act of speaking to him. When lecturing, also, even though I don’t expect people to start up a conversation with me from the audience, I’ve found it helps, while lecturing, to “tune into” their needs, to respond to their unspoken reactions, to feel as though I were speaking to each one of them individually.
On the subject of lecturing, I’ve found it helps also to “listen” even before I begin speaking. By that I mean that I meditate and try to tune into what the people in this particular audience need to hear from me.
In the same way, Paramhansa Yogananda (author of Autobiography of a Yogi), who brought teachings and techniques from India to the West, used to say that prayer is most effective when it is offered after some contact with God has been achieved in deep meditation.
Western society generally identifies meditation with the thinking process. We are told to meditate “on” a particular subject. Vaguely, we suppose this means to think in circles around it, hoping for a deeper understanding of it. Only comparatively recently has the teaching come to the West that silence itself is the wellspring from which true understanding arises. In other words, true, and especially spiritual, understanding is not the product of thinking one’s way to it, but of direct inner perception. As Yogananda wrote in his autobiography, “A truth cannot be created, but only perceived.”
Meditation, in this deeper sense, begins with the practice of stilling one’s thoughts and emotions.
Yogananda told the story of a man who was told, as a means of developing spiritual power, to be very careful not to think of monkeys. Of course, the next time he sat to meditate, the first thing he thought about was monkeys! The more he tried not to think of them, the more he probed his memory for every variety of monkey he’d ever read or heard about. Monkeys gradually became an obsession. At last, he returned to his teacher and cried, “Take back this teaching of yours! All it has done is give me monkey-consciousness, not God-consciousness!”
At this, the teacher laughed genially and explained, “I only wanted to help you realize how difficult it is to develop spiritual powers, without first learning to control your own mind.” He then went on to explain to his student the positive aspects of meditation.
So then, the first lesson is: Don’t live in “monkey consciousness”! Instead of trying not to let thoughts and emotions enter your mind, dwell on positive opposite practices that will exert a calming influence on your mind.
The breath is one such influence, when it is used rightly. Not only does the breath reflect one’s mental states: It also greatly affects them.
Take the breath as a reflection of thought and feeling. When a person is agitated, his breathing automatically speeds up. When he falls asleep, his breathing rhythm changes: two counts of exhalation, to one of inhalation. When he is deeply concentrated, he tends to hold his breath. When he is calm, his breathing becomes calm also.
The reverse also is true. By breathing agitatedly, one tends to create an agitated mental or emotional state. A photographer, when taking a photo demanding sensitivity and concentration, learns to hold his breath before clicking the camera shutter.
By calm, deep breathing, similarly, the mind and emotions grow calm also, releasing us from any turmoil that may have been seething within us. This is why the advice is so often given to people who are angry or upset, “First, take a deep breath, and count to ten.”
A good practice when sitting to meditate is to do a few deep breathing exercise. The yoga teachings offer a number of such exercises, some of which I explain in my yoga correspondence course, The Ananda Course in Self-Realization. Less sophisticated than many of these, but quite effective, is this:
Sit upright, and breathe deeply through the nostrils counting 6 – 12. Hold the breath 6 – 12. Then exhale, again to a count of 6 – 12. In this particular exercise, don’t hold the breath out, but begin again immediately with another inhalation. Repeat this exercise six to twelve times.
Your posture during meditation is important. We’ve all seen photographs in advertisements of people “meditating” according to the Western notion of relaxation: a person reclining comfortably on a “Lazy Boy” chair, his feet up, his head tilted back on the headrest, his entire posture suggestive of a mood of abandonment. The yogis of India would smile at this passive attempt at relaxation. The fact is, while relaxation is essential to deep meditation, passivity is one of the pitfalls to true relaxation.
There are two directions the mind can take once it relaxes its grip on conscious thought processes. One is to sink toward subconsciousness. This is the direction taken when one’s relaxation is passive. The other direction is to rise toward superconsciousness. Deep meditation is possible only in the intensely positive state of superconsciousness, or soul-awareness.
To attain this state of consciousness, it is important to sit upright with a straight spine. Traditionally, one does so sitting on the floor with the legs crossed, preferably in one of the yoga positions such as the half or full lotus pose, or Siddhasana (the “perfect pose”), but Yogananda said that it is quite all right to sit on a straight-backed chair, with the feet flat on the floor.
Sit away from the back of the chair. Place your hands palms upward at the junction of the thighs and abdomen. Hold the shoulders back to help keep the spine straight. Hold the chin parallel to the ground.
Before the deep breathing exercise, relax the body. First, inhale; tense the whole body till it vibrates; then throw the breath out, and with it all tension. Repeat this process two or three times.
After the deep breathing, concentrate on relaxing more and more deeply — not physically only, but mentally and emotionally. Feel space in the body.
Look upward, concentrating your attention at the central point between the two eyebrows, the seat of spiritual vision. Offer up all thoughts and feelings in deep concentration at this point. Call mentally to God, “Reveal Thyself! Reveal Thyself!”
Gradually, you will feel His peace stealing over you, like a weightless waterfall.
Kundalini energy is a important force that is related to the chakra system and metaphysics itself. This energy force is considered by many to be the blood of the chakras. Awakening it and its powers is something that can bring about great change in a person on the physical, emotional and spiritual levels. This awakening, however, is something that requires, or should require, years of training to achieve.
Kundalini energy is said to reside in the root chakra, which is located at the base of the spine. It is a power force that emits from this area and moves throughout the entire chakra system. In much the same manner as the blood works through the circulatory system, kundalini energy affects the chakras and feeds them.
Every person has kundalini energy present in their bodies at one level or another. This energy flows from the spine up to the top of the head, passing through each chakra on its way. Kundalini energy can awaken the specific energies contained within individual chakras as it passes. When this happens, it can bring about a higher level of awareness, an awakening of abilities and the attainment of enlightenment or divine states of being.
The release of kundalini energy is said to be an experience like none other. When this energy releases from the root chakra, it tends to feel as if waves of heat or pulsations are rising through the body. While this release is sometimes subtle, many do feel extreme sensations as kundalini energy rises toward the top of the head and outward to meld with the universe’s spiritual energy. As kundalini energy is released, the human body undergoes a cleansing.
The release of kundalini energy is often said to essentially be a divine state of consciousness. This state can last for a mere few hours or as long as months. The release of this energy typically occurs when a person is able to unblock multiple chakras simultaneously. As this happens, the cleansing affects the physical body, emotions, mental status and consciousness.
While many people practice casual meditation and study the chakras, it is a rare individual who can actually release kundalini energy. In fact, many yogis warn not to attempt to raise or release this energy without a full understanding of it. This understanding comes not necessarily from books, but from years of training on the spiritual and metaphysical level. It is seen as the endgame or goal of a long-standing pursuit of enlightenment.
Gaining a keen insight and understanding of chakra meditation and unblocking the aura of negative energies can assist those on the path to be able to release kundalini energy. When a person is fully successful in this quest, he or she will have achieved a state that few on earth can claim. An individual who completely awakens this energy will have a balance of mental, physical and emotional clarity that few can ever boast. This state is said to be the closest to perfection one can attain on earth.

Chakras are “wheels” in Sanskrit and are points of energy running along our spine.  The seven charkas each have a different color and spin
in a clockwise direction.  The spacing of charkas matches major nerve or endocrine centers in the body.

When one or more of the seven charkas becomes blocked, we feel out of balance or perhaps even ill.  One method of clearing the charkas
is to visualize cleansing light pouring into them.  There are times however when we need professionals to help with this cleansing –
especially if the blockage has been there for a long period of time.  The longer the blockage has been there, the more physical ailments will
occur, sometimes very slowly and unnoticed until we finally need medical attention.
The Seven Chakras

The first charka is located at the base of the spine and is linked to survival instincts and our ability to ground
ourselves in the physical world.  It governs vigor, heredity, survival security, passion, feet, legs, trust, and your
relationship with money, home & job.

•        Red color
•        Blocks manifests as paranoia and defensiveness
•        Stones for clearing are Garnet, Smoky Quarts, Black Tourmaline, Hematite, Red Jasper and Obsidian
1st Root

The second charka is called the Sacral Chakra and is located beneath the navel.  It is related to our sexual and
reproductive capacity.  It govers spleen, sexuality, creativity, emotions, anger, fear, the instinct to nurture and
perceptions concerning food or sex.

•        Orange color
•        Blocks manifest as emotional problems or sexual guild
•        Stones for clearing are Carnelian, Tiger Eye and Fire Opal
2nd Sacral

The third charka is the Solar Plexus Chakra, located behind the solar plexas.  It  gives the sense of personal
power and governs accomplishments, will, ego projections, vital energies, control and freedom to be yourself.

•        Yellow color
•        Blocks manifest as anger or a sense of victimization
•        Stones that assist this charka are Citrine, Quartz, Golden Calcite and Golden Topaz
3rd Solar Plexas
The fourth charka is the Heart Chakra and it’s located in the heart area.  It gives us the ability to express love
and compassion.  It mediates between higher and lower planes of being, healing, lungs, breath, sense of time,
and relationships.

•        Green or Rose Pink color
•        Blocks manifest as immune system and or heart problems, or a lack of compassion
•        Stone that assist are Aventurine, Emeralds and Rose Quartz

4th Heart
The fifth charka is the Throat located in the throat area.  It is directly related to speech, hearing, communication
and self-expression allowing us to receive and assimilate information.  Governs our ability to be heard and
understood by acting as a conduit for transmitting and receiving the truth.

•        Sky Blue or Turquoise color
•        Blocks manifest as laryngitis, sore throats or general problems communicating with others
•        Stones that assist are Turquoise, Aquamarine, Chrysocolla, Azurite and Sodalite

5th Throat

The sixth charka is the Third Eye located between the eyebrows.  It is the seat of intuition and awareness.  It
governs intuition through inner sight, visions and dreams.  A pathway to wisdom which allows us to learn from
our experiences and put them into perspective.

•        Indigo Blue color
•        Blocks manifest as sinus or eye problems
•        Stones that assist are Lapis Lazuli, Blue Sapphire, Sodalite, Kyanite, Azurite, Sugilite and Fluorite
6th Third Eye

The seventh charka is the Crown and is located at the top of the head.  This charka is related to one’s personal
spiritual connection to the universe.  It governs your connection to cosmic consciousness, spirituality, wisdom,
aspirations and the knowledge of the truth.

•        White, Gold or Violet color
•        Blocks manifest as psychological problems
•        Stones that assist are Amethyst, Iolite, Clear Quartz, Rutilated Quartz, Sugilite and Tanzanite

HOW TO CLEAR YOUR SPACE
USING INCENSE & CANDLES

HERE ARE SOME SIMPLE, YET POWERFUL, STEPS TO CLEAR THE
       ENERGY IN YOUR HOME OR OTHER SPACE

How do you know when to clear your space

• If there has been an argument or heavy discussion and you feel the mental and emotional effects.

• If you have been feeling a little out of sorts or not quite your happy self.

• If you are beginning a project or are working toward a goal and want a ‘clean slate’ energy pallet to work from.

• If you want to ‘prepare’ the energy of your space to ‘receive’ something such as bringing in new specific energies 
of love, harmony, joy, compassion, open heart energies.

• If you want to prepare the energy of your space to ‘receive’, on your behalf, a new job, a trip, new ideas, new 
friends, etc.

• If you want to improve relationships within the home, and outside the home you can use the clearing to set the 
energies to bring in these things.

• If you do energy work with people, you’ll benefit from clearing your space just as things are releasing from your 
clients – they are releasing from you as well.

There are many other ideas you can add to the list but I think you get the picture.

TO CLEAR YOUR SPACE

USING A CANDLE

To clear the space of negative thought forms and vibrations using a candle:  

As you light a candle make the alchemical statement:

“By the Truth of the GOD-POWER within me, let the spiritual counterpart of this flame burn away and purify all negative
vibrations around me in this place on all dimensions, space and time.  FOR THIS I GIVE THANKS – AND SO IT IS!  IT IS SO.”

Taking the lighted candle, walk through the space you are clearing from the center out to all corners in each room.  You may repeat
the alchemical statement in each room.

USING INCENSE

To clear the space of negative thought forms and vibrations using incense:

As you light the incense make the following alchemical statement:

“By the Truth of the God-Power within me, let the spiritual counterpart of the fumes of this burning incense neutralize any
odor and/or negative energies around me in this place.  FOR THIS I GIVE THANKS – AND SO IT IS!  IT IS SO.”

Repeat the alchemical statement as you walk through each room of the space.

Leave incense burning until it has burned out.

TO CLEAR YOUR SPACE AND OPEN RECEIVING ENERGY

Follow the steps above for the candle or incense clearing above.  Then use the alchemical statements below for opening receiving
energies.

CANDLE REQUEST

“By the Truth of the GOD-POWER within me, let the spiritual counterpart of this flame continuing burning bright and bring
to me and my space the energies of Abundance, Prosperity, Joy, New Job, New Opportunities, (insert whatever you are
wanting).  FOR THIS I GIVE THANKS – AND SO IT IS!  IT IS SO.”

INCENSE REQUEST

“By this Truth of the GOD-POWER within me, let the spiritual counterpart of the fumes of this burning incense continue in
the etheric to bring to me and my space the energies of Abundance, Prosperity, New Job, New Opportunities, (insert
whatever you are wanting.)  FOR THIS I GIVE THANKS – AND SO IT IS!  IT IS SO”.

It is always more powerful if you hold an image and feeling of what you are requesting while you are performing the ‘opening to
receive’ energies.

CANDLE COLORS AND THEIR MEANINGS

                            Choosing a Candle

              People chose the frequencies of candles by color and shape.

White – spiritual blessings, purity, healing, rest

Light blue – peace, harmony, joy, kindly intentions

Dark blue – moodiness, depression, unfortunate circumstances

Green – money, gambling luck, business, steady work, good crops

Yellow – devotion, prayer, money (gold), cheerfulness, attraction

Red – love, affection, passion, bodily vigor, luck

Pink – attraction, romance, clean living

Purple – mastery, power, ambition, control, command

Orange – change of plans, opening the way, prophetic dreams Brown – court cases, neutrality

Metallic gold – money, gambling luck, prosperity, success

Often two colors are used to work together to create magic – affect energies.

 CHRIST  CONSCIOUSNESS
                                                        (aka Unity Consciousness)

•         Christ Consciousness means different things to people depending on their background
•
•
                             Researching the subject of Christ Consciousness you find the following:
•
•    Jesus, Buddah and Krishna were all Christed Beings along with many
•                            others who came to show us the way
•
•    Christ Consciousness is a level of an ascended being’s understanding
•                            of themselves
•
•    Ascended doesn’t mean you have to be off the planet

•
The second coming is when we all open and receive the knowing that is already inside of us that  we ARE Christed beings.   We are from
the Source and can be no less.  We just haven’t activated that connection totally yet and that is what the ascension is all about.  I guess
that blows the original sin theory.

We are here in the Game learning the rules and in the end learn to “think out of the box”.  Jesus and the other Christed Beings thought  
“outside the box.”

Jesus pointed the way to our direct connection with Source and who we really are.  It has taken us all this time to get it.

That is why the Movie “Matrix” is so fun because it points out the Game.

Whatever our “beliefs” may I suggest that it is best not to “hold a position” on something because tomorrow or even in a split second we
can see things differently.

When we hold a position or a belief – then no other light can come in and we polarize ourselves and can slow our spiritual growth down.

I don’t see things the way I did 7 months ago or a week ago.  I just point out things for us to consider and ponder – shaking us up so we
can grow and keep growing.

Valerie

                                                         11:11 THE ACTIVATION OF WISDOM AND LIGHT WITHIN
                                                           
November 11 is a powerful day where the cosmic doorways are open.

We can take advantage of this opportunity by meditating for about 30 minutes on that day and joining with the higher
frequencies that are available to us.

Sit in a quiet room where you will be undisturbed.

You can place your feet flat on the floor and your hands palms down on your lap.

Take three deep breaths with slow long exhales.

Take three more deep breaths – holding each breath for a few seconds, then exhaling each breath.

See yourself surrounded by pure white light and expand it out into the room you are sitting in.   Then expand the light out to include the building you are
in.

Turn your palms up now to receive the energies.

Open your Crown Chakra at the top of your head.

See white light pouring in the crown and down through all your chakras and out the bottom of your feet and into mother earth.

See the white light connect with the core center of mother earth.

Feel the energies of mother earth come up your feet and into your body in any colors that you feel you need.  See this light coming up through your
chakras filling your entire body with beautiful, radiant golden light now.

See the energies of this golden light radiate out from you to all things in the universe.

Acknowledge that the doorway is now open to you.  ”I am one with the God within and the God within me opens all door to me now.  

Thank you.  So Be It.”

Now visualize that you are in your third eye area, just behind your forehead.  Feel your energy center there.  Now see the doorway that is open for your
by your God Self.  Know that this is your special moment to enter the Kingdom of Heaven within.

Beyond this threshold lies the full openings of ascension which are already inside of you.  As you step through the door you are greeted by your friends
who are master teachers along with you.  They have been guiding you along your way during your earth journey with reminders to help
you stay on your task.   They hug you and greet you with great love which flows into you deeply.

This is your day, your moment and your friends are very happy you have arrived.

As you are guided along a golden walkway to an enormous courtyard you notice that it has no ceiling.  When you look up you see stars and it is
so beautiful.  In the courtyard you see many people who are there – the same as you.  It is time.

As you stand – you feel a golden honey liquid pouring down on to your crown chakra.  This is a warm golden glowing honey nectar that is going into
your crown now and down to your Pineal Gland (the master cell, size of a small walnut) in the center of your head.  The warm golden glowing nectar is
awakening your Pineal Gland to its fullest potential.  You can feel it vibrate inside your head as it awakens.  Now you see, with your inner sight, that the
warm golden glowing honey nectar has now become a factory inside your Pineal Gland.  Your Pineal Gland is now creating its own production of this
golden nectar.  It is radiating golden peace, love and wisdom down through your body now.  It fills all the cells of your body with light.  And you realize
that this warm golden nectar is what flows through the awakened and enlightened, this is the nectar of your God-Self.  You are joining in a deeper way
than you have known or allowed on earth.  You now acknowledge your God-self by stating:

“God is in every cell of my body awakening and making alive in me all knowledge, wisdom and understanding in this NOW moment.  God speaks
through me and communicates to others through me this day and all days forward.  I am opening to allow all flows of energy from the higher frequencies
to clear, align and activate within me all that this day has been ordained to bring forward.  I accept this wisdom, knowledge and enlightenment and the
power of responsibility that goes with it.  Thank you.  So Be It.  It Is So.

Using SG and Grid Planes in your daily life

Sacred Geometry is a way of looking at our lives as totally connected through the grid. Though there are more than two grids, I will be talking mainly about the Mass
Consciousness Grid of the Earth Plane and the Universal (Christ) Consciousness Grid.

When we have thoughts that are connected to the Universal Grid they are inspired thoughts and can greatly uplift us and effect whatever or whoever is near us with
that same frequency of light and vibration.

When we are thinking connected to the Mass Consciousness Grid of the Earth we are connecting to the thoughts of 3rd dimensional creations and consequently the
vibration and frequency of light are simpatico with that 3rd dimensional frequency.  

As with POWER vs FORCE: An Anatomy of Consciousness, David R. Hawkins, M.D., Ph.D., demonstrates the correlations between thoughts and our own body’s
energy level of consciousness. As you think so shall you be.  

How do you switch from the Mass Consciousness Grid to the Universal Consciousness Grid? It is almost too simple. Just mentally say to yourself “I am disconnecting
from the Mass Consciousness Grid and I am now connecting to the Universal (Christ) Consciousness Grid.”   Then visualize the strands going out from your body
and into infinity.  

Stay connected to the Universal Grid by imagining, periodically throughout the day, that sacred geometry strings run from your body to that grid.

Take just a moment now to mentally say to yourself “I unhook from the Mass Consciousness Grid of the Earth Plane and I am now hooked into the Universal (Christ)
Consciousness Grid.”  See your body with its energy strands connecting down through the earth and now also running up out the top of your head.  See the strands
going out on all sides of your body and out to infinity now connecting you to the Universal Grid.

Repeat the visualization periodically throughout the day especially when you think thoughts that may bump you to the Mass Consciousness Grid vibration.  Just
reconnect. Soon you won’t have to keep reconnecting because it will be your new vibrational home.

Sounds pretty easy.  Just a few minutes each day and your frequency and vibration will change.  And, I believe this is the frequency from which they get the term
Charisma.  This all sounds so easy that I’m going be conscious today of the sacred geometry of my thoughts.  

I am wishing you clarity and joy in your daily creations.

There are gateways that we walk through during our time on the earth plane.  These gateways are triggered by a certain timing that we actually put into
place long before we began this earth journey began.  

We are the ones who create our openings and ascensions.

Since we have come at this timing it is evident that we are here for a larger picture.  One that perhaps is just taking shape around the edges at this very
moment………. that we have not randomly come here…that we have a job to do…..that something big is about to unfold….that the signs like the weather and
the economy are pointing the way and awakening you to pay attention.

The lightworkers are poised at a place held in the palm or cocoon of neutral energies where nothing much is going forward.  This is all about to change.

The doors you have opened are allowing in the September 11, 2007 gateway energies of transformation.

Some of you may have felt a rush to get certain things done in the last 30 days.  Some of you feel the calling deep within you of this big change that is
occurring.

Some of you know that your doors will need to be opening for others to walk through.  You’ll be providing a safe harbor of comfort and information to others
as they navigate through their own sea of uncertainty.

Things have been on hold as these energies are anchoring in.  We are getting ready to do the big work that we came to accomplish and before there is
peace and calm there is usually some chaos.  Chaos is simply change to break down the old systems to make way for the new energies and new thoughts
which accompany them.

My August has been filled with clearing old health issues, increased work at DNA Alchemy with more people seeking openings and activations through
energy work, Lemurian Crystals, and more.  All this increased divine work coming at the same time I have been going through my health situation, I realize
timing is perfect.  And I feel the angels, guides and masters presence each and every moment with their hand in everything that is happening.  I finally just
let go and placed myself in their hands.  It was a leap of faith and trust that everything was going to be taken care of perfectly, and it has been.

Some of you may be in situations where you find your life is in utter turmoil.  If this is the case just remember the Hopi Message below for it is the way to inner
peace.   

Lemurian Seed Crystals
Smoky Quartz
Rose Quartz
Ruby Aura Quartz

Rutilated Quartz
THE PURPOSE OF CRYSTALS

Crystals are tools for intensifying whatever you are seeking to do, if it is in line with the Divine Plan.  They are used for working with the higher aspects.  Crystals
have a particular lattice formation that holds the energy in a specific pattern.  When you program your crystal it can hold the programming and be made to do a
specific task for you and your clients.

The Atlantean civilization used crystals to run the society via the energy they created.  We haven’t quite figured all that out today; however, we do use them for radio
signals.

Janet McClure the author wrote in Prelude to Ascension that crystals are a very high form of life and they have much to give us, and they receive from us too.  
Crystals bring about a more focused application of the higher energies.

HOW TO FIND YOUR CRYSTAL

Each person has certain crystals that they are attuned to and can work easily with.  When you buy a crystal hold it in your left hand and attune to it.  Now in your
altered state try to become a part of it.  Let your inner knowledge relate to the crystal.  If you can connect to its energy either with a verbal connection or a warmth
and vibration in your hand it is responding to your connection.  If you don’t get a connection, that particular crystal is not for you.

PROGRAMMING AND CHARGING YOUR CRYSTAL

• Charging
•
• So now you have a crystal that feels almost like an extension of you.  When you hold it in your left hand, you are receiving from it and attuning to it.  Now you
• switch it to your right hand and put your energies into it.
•
• Cup your left hand under your right as you hold the crystal in your right hand.  At first you may be unable to accomplish a full change immediately, but after
• working with it for a while, you will do it instantly.
•
• Charging is an act of the will aspect of the Source.  Will the crystal to become divinely charged with the Christed Energies for the purposes of healing.  
•
• Hold the crystal in your right hand with your left hand cupped under it and focus your attention on your crystal.  With the following statement you can charge
• the crystal.  Do this in a state of meditation by visualizing the white light energies of the Christ with love and sending them into the crystal with the divine will.
•
• We call upon the energies as embodied by the Christ and we ask that these energies become a part of this crystal.  We charge it with
• love in the name of the Christ, now.
•
• Now your crystal is charged and will remain charged for about 3 weeks.  Unless you use it for healing work, then it will need to be recharged after each healing
• session.  As you become more proficient in their use, you can charge your crystals so they will hold a charge longer.   
•
• After changing your crystal you might experience a sense of immersion in the crystal, seeing the structure, the inner parts of it.  You are beginning to
• exchange consciousness with the crystal.
•
• Programming
•
• Use the same steps above and add the specific task you would like your crystal to assist you with such as third eye activation, DNA activation, specific block
• removal for particular chakras.

STORING CRYSTALS YOU WORK WITH

Now that you have programmed your crystal you keep it for your work and you alone will touch the energies allowing it to stay in encoded with your programming.

If you use let other touch the crystal in your work, then redistribute your energies into it after they have used it.  Keep it in a closed space when you are not handling
it.

HEALING WITH YOUR CRYSTAL

All healing is done from within self by changing ones own belief structure.

Crystal healing is a bridge to assist the client so they can release their pain or trauma themselves.  You might use your intuition to guide and focus the energies to
clear the clients root issues.  Direct the energy to heal at the core of the matrix of the soul.

Where does Karma come in to healing the issues or illness?

Karma is merely an effect of a cause that you have set up in a previous experience.  If you know the areas that do not respond to life as you would like them to, you
can see these causes and remove them from the subconscious.  

Say, “All right, I recognize that this area in my life is not flowing well and I accept the responsibility for creating my life, and I choose consciously to
make a change now.”  

Nowhere does it say that because you created a situation (karma) you have to keep it.  It can be changed according to free will.  

Finally, karma was created by us before we began the earth game program to assist us in structured growth.  The time for unhooking from karma is now.  Learn how
to unhook from karma with my article The Ascension Process,

HEALING TECHNIQUES WITH YOUR CRYSTAL

• Joint injury example

• Place a towel or covering on the joint area and put the crystal on top of it.  Holding the hands of the client, bring down the Christ light and focus your attention
• on the crystal.  You will feel some warmth.  You can heal yourself in this way as well.
•
• If you can’t put the crystal on the body because the area needing healing is in an inconvenient place, then hold the crystal in your right hand and place that
• hand on the area needing healing.  Then hold the client’s left hand in yours.  You and the crystal are one, and when you hold the client’s hand, they become
• part of the circuit.  Begin this healing process with a prayer, and afterward thank the Source for the assistance.
•
• Healing with three people
•
• Along with another healer, you can make a triangle configuration, with the person to be healed at one point of the triangle, and the two of you using your
• crystals, circulating the energy through the triangle.
•
• Calling on Santa Kumara or the Source Energy
•
• The christed light is generally the most appropriate to use in healing but if someone is very ill and has asked for help you can call upon Sanat
• Kumara and the Source and charge the crystal with their energies.  You can do this if you accept that you can and if you can run those high energies through
• your own body.  I would try it a little bit and see how it works; if it is too strong, you can go back to the christed light.  You can also use the crystal to attune
• more easily to your teachers.
•
• Healing Tips
•
• If you are healing someone who has a lot of blocks and their aura needs clearing, use the crystal in your right hand and smooth the aura with both hands.  
• Visualize, along with your client, the Clearing Exercise with the Merkaba.   This will provide the client with a complete clearing of their energy field.  Then you
• can continue to use the Crystal healing techniques already discussed.
•
AFTER HEALING WORK WITH YOUR CRYSTAL

After using the crystal for healing it needs to be recharged because you are amplifying your own inner healing abilities with the crystal, amplifying the energy
pattern.  Your crystal holds a change for about 3 weeks if you are not using it.

USING YOUR CRYSTAL TO ANSWER QUESTIONS

In a state of meditation place your crystal on the third-eye area.  You might receive images.  In the meditative state ask your question.  What you are
asking for is understanding from the higher aspect of self.  You are focusing on your question through your crystal asking with intensity and love.  This
higher self is the christed part of you.  You will feel heat in connection with it; once you do, then intensify the feeling of love and wait.

If you do this with dedication and ask for divine guidance, the crystal focuses the divine love and guidance back to you, and it will aid you.

USING COLOR IN HEALING
You can pick the color of the crystal and or use visualization of the color to assist you in healing a particular issue.

• Violet Color   -   Spiritual Healing

• Soft Pink Color –  Love

• Green Color  -  Renewing Energy and Emotional issues

• Yellow Color  -  Lifts the Emotions, Cheerful                       

• Gold Color  -  More intense that Yellow Color, it is a “crowing” of yellow, a higher aspect

• Indigo Color  -  Comes from depth and intensity.  If someone is quite developed in the mental body, the indigo awakens those higher aspects that are
• latent in them.  If they are ready to awaken to the higher aspects, this will intensity them.

USING GEMSTONES IN HEALING

• Emeralds help the central nervous system

• Rubies are on the Ray One energy and have to be used carefully when vital forces are depleted, such as when a person has had a heart attack or suffered a
• major trauma.

• Lapis lazuli is a composite stone having three components and its intensity can aid you to clarify certain aspects of the mental.
•
• Use the Metaphysical Crystal and Stones Directory to get some more tips on which stone to use for a specific healing Metaphysical Stone & Crystal
• Directory

CRYSTAL EMPOWERING MEDITATION

Begin by becoming as relaxed as possible.  The arms can be crossed if you are holding your crystal.  Take a few deep breaths.

The room is now being flooded with the white light of the Christ.  See it and feel the intensity of it.  And now in our midst comes a beautiful robed figure, and they are
here with love.  See it and feel it now.  Your crystal is intensifying with the application of love.  Feel it with intensity.

And now before us is a whole rainbow of colors is present.  The energy of the Source is here represented by all of these energies.  And it is full of love, full of joy.  
See it, feel it.  And it too begins to change your crystal, it becomes more powerfully charged now.  Keep the love very strong within you, knowing that this aids a
productive charge.  This charge will be very beneficial.  Much love….the love of the Creator, the highest love aspect, is here now, very intense.  The rainbow literally
explodes in front of us, all of the colors going everywhere.  Much energy is present, also flowing into your crystal as it becomes more and more charged now.  Feel
the intensity, become a part of it.  Merge with the crystal for your higher purposes and feel it now.

Now we bring in the higher love aspect.   Visualize it as a special pink crystal that literally surrounds us.  Feel the love as it streams into every fiber of your being.  
Feel it now, the love of the Creator.  Is it not joyful to be a part of this love?  Feel it as it permeates your crystal.  It is being programmed with love.  Love will aid you
in your crystal work with others so feel it, and permeate yourself with this love.  We are a unit of love.

Send it out now to the world, the love of the Creator, the Source.  Use it – there is plenty left.  Use it to aid the planet.  Do it with your will, my friends, and do it now.  
Do it with intensity.

When you work with the crystal, remember love,  The crystal can represent love to you.  Use it this way with love and you will do much good.

This is my experience with Archangel Michael.

Michael is here to assist you when you are ready to shed the illusion in your life.

Truth is Michael job and he is really good at it.

Remember Truth is Enlightenment.

You might notice in pictures, the interpretations of him, that he is shown with a sword.  This sword is an instrument of light which cuts through
all the cords and veils of illusion you have surrounding you on all levels.

Levels of illusion you have created in this lifetime reside in………..

Levels of physical, mental, emotional, etheric systems within your being

Not only can Michael assist you in seeing the truth in your life, he can also bring a strength of purpose and destiny to your awareness.

Connecting with Archangel Michael:

Sit in a quite place and take three slow deep breaths, exhaling slowly with each breath.

Say the following to yourself while feeling the deep desire to be in “truth” and then feel a release of the desire go out from your body and

into the universe.

I now allow full and complete healing and release of all illusion (maya) from all levels of my being in all space and time.

I now allow full and complete consciousness truth into my awareness.

From the core of my Soul Matrix I call on Archangel Michael to assist me in this clearing and release of illusion.

From the core of my Soul Matrix I call on Archangel Michael to walk with me in revelations of truth as my consciousness comes back on-

line.  

Now visualize Michael standing before you with his sword of light and see him cut through all the veils of illusion that surround your

physical.  Imagine a cobweb of strands that surround your body and the sword of light is cutting through them.  Watch the strands float
away and see them disintegrate as the illusion that they are.

See Michael use the sword of light to cut the strands all around your body including your crown chakra (head) and bottom of your feet, all

around your body.

See yourself surrounded by golden white light.

See your body connected to your Soul Matrix just above your head.  Visualize strands of light coming from about your head and down

through your crown chakra all the way through your body and out your feet into Mother Earth.  

Now see the answer back or response from Mother Earth, light streaming from her core center of radiant love moving back up your feet,

through your body and out your crown.

See and feel now that your connection goes out to the universes, reconnecting to all that is.

See and feel the connection from infinity coming back to you now from the universes and the Unity Consciousness you now tap into.  

Thank Michael for his assistance.

Know that the illusion is now cleared from you and you will not “unconsciously” buy into more because you are awakened.

So shall it be and so it is

Capricorn

December 22 – January 19

Capricorn is ruled by Saturn, and its symbol is the Mountain Goat.  Capricorn is an Earth sign, conservative and ambitious.

The one trait that best describes those born under this sign is ambition.  Their lives are devoted to achieving something,
whether it be an intellectual discovery, meeting a personal commitment , fulfilling a business obligation, or some other lofty
objective.  Capricorns have a tireless drive to accomplish their mission and they plod on methodically until they succeed.  Like
their symbol, the mountain goat, they are steady and sure-footed, and take few risks on the way.

Capricorns are highly intelligent and take naturally to positions of authority.  They are excellent administrators and use every
tool at their disposal to organize, plan, and problem solve their way to their goal.  Capricorns constantly strive towards security,
and they regard hard work and financial rewards as ways to secure their well-being.  They only desire money because it is a
guarantee against whatever the uncertain future holds.

Capricorns are very confident and have great faith in their own abilities.  Often, they feel that they can only depend on
themselves, and  this is sometimes misinterpreted by others who think them cold and detached.
This is far from true, however, as Capricorns can be very sympathetic and understanding.  Just when you least expect it,
Capricorns can show you an excellent sense of humor which is wry, witty, and very funny.

Aquarius

January 20 – February 18

Aquarius is ruled by the planet Uranus, and its symbol is the Water-bearer.  Aquarius is an Air sign, independent and
unorthodox.

Aquarians are the born eccentrics of the zodiac.  Born under the influence of the planet of change, Uranus, Aquarians live in
the future.  They are intellectually independent and tend to have little patience with those who either wish to make them
conform, or simply don’t understand their radical ideas.  Aquarians frequently argue for the sake of intellectual exercise,
though if they have an opinion, they will defend it staunchly to the point where they will simply ignore the opposing arguments.

This is not to say Aquarians are anti-social.  Quite the opposite.  Aquarians hold brotherhood and fraternity nearly as
important as intellectual ideas, and constantly crave the stimulation of people.  They are humanitarians and their thoughts
constantly delve into the welfare of mankind.  They are dreamers and idealists and often come up with schemes to save the
world.  All of this dreaming takes its toll, though, and many an Aquarian has known the sting of disillusionment with the real
world.  

Aquarians tend to spend so much time in the clouds that often they are perceived as aloof and detached.   They would rather
dream up grand solutions to the problems of mankind that to involve themselves in the boring details.  Their great weakness is
their tendency to find faults in others, while taking for granted their own shortcomings.  Their calmness is also deceptive,
concealing great bouts of mental anxiety.

When down to earth, however, Aquarians are amongst the kindest people in the zodiac.  They are easygoing, reasonable, and
never boring.  So long as they are given the freedom to be themselves, they can be the most entertaining and loyal
companions

Pisces

February 19 – March 20

Pisces is ruled by the planet Neptune, and its symbol is two fish bound together.  Pisces is a water sign, emotional and
compassionate.

Just like Aries is the first sign of the zodiac and represents beginnings, Pisces is the twelfth and last sign, and represents
eternity, reincarnation, and spiritual rebirth.  Pisceans are said to have deep intuitions into the human psyche.  They have a
sensitivity to their surroundings unmatched in the zodiac and are therefore highly spiritual beings.  Since they are ruled by
Neptune, the planet of illusion and mystery, their personality is  elusive and even harder to define.  

Pisceans are symbolized by the two fish, one swimming upstream and the other downstream.  This is a good representation of
the Piscean personality – one of duality and indecision.  Indeed many Pisceans have trouble defining themselves against their
environments.  Instead they use their powers of perception to blend into their surroundings like chameleons.  They are quick to
avoid a fight and are usually taken advantage of for this reason.  

Their charm, humor, and sympathy open the doors for Pisceans.  They are gentle and kind, but often tend to suffer from
extreme mood swings that typify their dual nature.  This moodiness can be irritating to others who can’t relate to their
sensitivity.  Inner conflicts, negativity, carelessness, jealousy, and emotional confusion are all traits that afflict those born under
this sign.

However, Pisceans harbor an inner confidence that allows them to persevere.  Pisceans enjoy retreating to a dream world
where they can make the rules.  Often the result is uninhibited creativity and intense imagination.  Indeed, many of the world’s
finest poets, writers, artists, and dancers have been Pisceans.  If they can temper their fatalistic moods, Pisceans can be great
assets as friends.  They are blind to outward appearances and can often lead their partners to new levels of perception.

Aries

March 21- April 19

Aries is ruled by Mars, and its symbol is the Ram.  Aries is a Fire sign, impulsive and energetic.

Aries is the first sign of the Zodiac, and thus, it represents new beginnings.  Arian’s are typically  full of creative energy,
enthusiasm, and a great inner drive to prove themselves.  They express themselves through action and are constantly seeking
experiences that give them the opportunity to prove they are the best.

There is little timidity in people under this sign – like the Ram, Arians are confident doers who often forge ahead confidently,
regardless of the consequences.  This impulsiveness can sometimes lead to problems when they leap before they look.  They
are not afraid to take risks or to gamble to have their way.  If they can temper their impulsive drives, Arians can accomplish
much and be successful leaders.  They constantly seek to be the best at whatever they do and would rather have fame and
fortune than material wealth.

Arians crave independence and often seek positions of authority.  Optimism runs through their veins and it is hard to
discourage them from tasks they have begun (However, they are notorious for not finishing what they start). Their high-spirits
are very contagious and are never daunted by fear of failure.  

As friends Arians are high-spirited and generous, though sometimes they must control their competitive impulses and how they
affect those around them.  They must learn to temper their aggressiveness and use reason and diplomacy when dealing with
others.

Taurus

April 20 – May 20

Taurus is ruled by Venus, and its symbol is the Bull.  Taurus is an Earth sign, reliable and materialistic.

Taurus is the sign of determination, stubbornness, and steadiness.  Taurean’s greatest strength lies in their tenacity and
relentless drive to accomplish their goals.  They are practical at heart, and constantly strive to master their earthly and material
surroundings.  

A key element in the Taurean personality is the need for security, both emotional and material.  They are most comfortable
dealing with the familiar and have great bouts of anxiety and uneasiness about change.  Rather than resist it though,
Taureans take a wait-and-see approach before developing a level of comfort with new situations.  They must be sure that a
new person, situation, or relationship will be beneficial to them before embracing them.  Once convinced, though, Taureans will
develop a life-long loyalty and commitment that is unmatched by that of other signs.  This makes them intensely jealous, and
stories abound about the temper of a crossed Taurus.

Taureans are also very fond of  material and earthly pleasures.  They are  happiest at home, surrounded by the security and
comforts of their possessions.  Their sensuous nature leads them to live the good life.  They often seek the finest clothing, art,
and foods, and have a fine appreciation for beauty and aesthetics.

Beneath the stubborn exterior lies a gentler, softer side.  Taureans tend to be very sentimental and passionate and believe in
pampering their partners.  Deep inside, unseen to others, they are hopeless romantics.

Gemini

May 21 – June 21

Gemini is ruled by Mercury, and its symbol is the Twins.  Gemini is an Air sign, analytical and ever-changing.

Intelligent, communicative, and non-conformist are the qualities that best describe those born under the sign of Gemini.  The
influence of Mercury on the intellect give Geminis a thirst for learning and knowledge, which in turn they wish to tell everyone
about.  Their quick imagination and wit allows them to jump from one topic to another in conversation and they can keep an
audience riveted with their charm, originality and mental agility.

Geminis are often moody and unpredictable; hence the dual quality of their personality.  They constantly crave variety and
new stimulus, and are prone to depression if this urge is not satisfied.  But not for long, for their energy and quick thinking
always propels them in a new direction.  A happy Gemini is a Gemini with four of five interests going at the same time.  
Restless by nature, they often find themselves with more than one job, hobby, career, and lover.  

The down side to Gemini’s personality is their constant contempt for the status quo and authority – breaking the rules is their
motto, which can sometimes work against their best efforts.  Another weakness of Gemini is superficiality.  With so much going
on, only the surface can be scratched in many endeavors, leaving a feeling of unfulfillment.   However, Gemini’s quick thinking
and gift for improvisation can save the day by allowing them to creatively turn their negative tendencies into potentials for
success.

Cancer

June 22-July 22

Cancer is ruled by the Moon, and its symbol is the Crab.  Cancer is a Water sign, supportive and emotional.  

Cancer is the sign of emotional sensitivity and sympathy.  This sign, more than any other, is associated with domestic security
and homemaking.  Cancers are known for being very complex and often difficult to understand due to their ever changing
mood swings.  One minute they can be cranky and combative and the next they may seem the sweetest and most caring
individuals.

Cancers have a highly developed instinct for self-defense that protects them from their inner vulnerability and shyness.  Like a
Crab’s shell, their personalities often project a tough exterior within which they can retreat to.  When hurt, Cancers often react
by withdrawing and sulking, a tactic that they have refined to perfection.  Cancers can be extremely stubborn and child-like,
and do not usually give in until they get their way.  

But underneath lies a softer side, a gentle, sensitive and emotional interior.  Cancer’s are by nature caring and protective.  
Their maternal instincts lead them to form life-long bonds and not just with family members, but anyone they come to care
about deeply.  Their main drive in life is to establish domestic security for themselves and for those around them.  Cancers
desire wealth only as a means to achieve this stability and to have money for a rainy day.  They are very fond of the past and
are very aware of their family lineage.

Their great sensitivity makes Cancers almost impossible to deceive.  Also, they have their own way of doing things.  Like a
Crab’s walk, their direction is often sideways and ambiguous, but they almost certainly reach their goals.  If they can learn to
temper their moodiness, Cancers can channel their great energies into positive directions. If one can learn to approach them,
they can be loyal and devoted allies at work or at play.

Leo

July 23-August 22

Leo is ruled by the Sun, and its symbol is the Lion.  Leo is a Fire sign, creative and grandiose.

Just like the Sun is the center of our planetary system, Leos see themselves as the center of all life.  There is no sign in the
Zodiac more proud or regal.  Like their symbol the Lion, Leos rule majestically over their respective kingdoms, be they an
entire nation, an office, or  simply a household.  

Leos are warm and generous by nature and believe in giving themselves wholeheartedly to the right causes.  In return,
however, they expect the same loyalty and integrity they exhibit from others.  The role they assume is that of nobility and
therefore tend to do things in a grand and flamboyant manner.  Leos feel most in their element when they are the object of
everyone’s attention and will seek the spotlight whenever they can.  They have a talent for appearing regal and stately before
others and spend a great deal of energy influencing how others perceive them.

Leos are practical, enthusiastic, hard working, and remarkably self-confident.  They tend to gravitate towards positions of
authority and their strong sense of integrity and optimism make them excellent leaders.  They are at their best in positions of
power and responsibility.  However, like the Lion, they can become lazy and indolent if their desire for authority is not fulfilled.

Leos like the good life and will spare no expense to surround themselves with the finest luxuries and most lavish possessions.  
Nothing is too good for them, from the restaurants they frequent to the way they dress. They have a dislike for the ordinary
and the routine, and are constantly seeking new excitement.

If Leos have an Achilles heel it is in their insatiable thirst for admiration.  Their egos demand constant flattery and praise.  If
they not receive their share, they become withdrawn and sulky, but are too proud to ask for complements.  However, their
natural optimism and sunny disposition brings them back around, and before long, they are back to their original pomp and
flamboyance.

Virgo

August 23 – September 22

Virgo is ruled by the planet Mercury, and its symbol is a virgin with sheaves of grain in her hands.  Virgo is an Earth sign,
methodical and improving.

The planet Mercury, the planet of motion, inclines the natives of this sign to a state of constant activity.  Tremendous energy is
directed towards doing and accomplishing.  While other signs are dreaming up of things to do, Virgos are busy doing them.  

Virgos value work and the work ethic highly.  They are meticulously organized and prize efficiency.  Something about their
nature enables them to attend to the smallest of details.  Their analytical minds work round-the clock to bring order to the
chaos of day-to-day life.  Nothing escapes their microscopic analysis and they seldom tolerate shoddy workmanship.

But while Virgos may be excellent at performing on the job, their outlook may become focused only on their work,  making them
oblivious to the pleasures of leisure.  Not being able to see the forest through the trees is another common Virgo shortcoming.  
They become so focused on the intricacies of detail that sometimes they lose sight of the big picture.  Many Virgos need to
learn to be more tolerant of others who are not as exacting, or do not have as high standards, as they do.

Despite their apparent outward coolness, Virgos are kind, devoted, and loyal to those who can see past the efficient exterior.  
They tend to be loving parents and their devotion to duty makes them confident and responsible members of any family.

Libra

September 23 – October 22

Libra is ruled by Venus, and its symbol is the Scale.  Libra is an Air sign, charming and balanced.

Libras are defined by a highly developed social sense that draws them towards people.  They have a special need for
companionship and for contact with the public, whether it be art, law, performing arts, or even business partnerships.   

Libras have a natural attraction to beautiful things, thanks in part to the influence of the planet Venus.  They possess elegant
tastes and enjoy all the good things in life that money can buy.  Their admiration of the beautiful tends to make them just as
hungry for the praise and attention of others.  Libras can become overly concerned with outward appearances and will judge
others by their looks and apparent disposition on more than one occasion.  

Libras strive for balance and harmony in life.  They tend to see every side of an argument before choosing sides, and on many
occasions will try to smooth over disputes between others.  Since peace is paramount to Libras, they will go to any lengths to
achieve it, even if it means betraying their own internal feelings.  It is because of this that Libras are often seen as indecisive
since too often they aren’t sure of what their own feelings are.

Hard working and optimistic, Libras are known for being great partners in business and team sports.  They attract the respect
those who interact with them for their sense of fair play and charm.  They make good counselors and have a keen sense of the
human psyche.   Libras are warm-hearted, pleasant, and naturally romantic.  They may not save the world, but they will do
everything in their power to make it a better place to live in.

Scorpio

October 23 – November 21

Scorpio is ruled by Pluto, and its symbol is the Scorpion. Scorpio is a Water sign, passionate and intense.

Many astrologers consider the sign of Scorpio as the most powerful of all the signs of the zodiac.   Pluto, the ancient god of the
nether-world, death, and regeneration, exerts its influence very strongly on those born under this sign.

Scorpios are know for their intensity and passion.  Their drive in life is improve the status quo through their actions and to
change the world for the better, provided that they can temper their own desires.  Scorpios are staunch defenders of justice
and will fight to the end for causes they believe to be just.  They are idealistic and are guided by the highest principles.  
Scorpios never get into anything “half-way”.

Scorpios live their life in extremes. They can be at the same time powerful and weak, independent and clingy, passionate and
cold.  Beneath a confident exterior often lie turbulent and temperamental urges.  They are prone to being possessive and
jealous, and their relationships are often stormy.   Their unpredictable nature and their intensity of feeling often leads others to
keep their distance, but if a Scorpio is given a chance, they can prove to be loving, generous, and fiercely loyal.

Despite the negative aspects emphasized by some astrologers, Scorpios can prove that strong emotions can be channeled
positively.  Scorpios are passionate about everything that they become involved in, including romance.

Sagittarius

November 22 – December 21

Sagittarius is ruled by Jupiter, and its symbol is the Archer.  Sagittarius is a Fire sign, straight-forward and free.

Ruled by Jupiter, the planet of luck, Sagittarians always seem to be in the right place at the right time.  Like the arrow that
always finds its target,  Sagittarians always find themselves in the best of fortunes.  They are naturally enthusiastic, restless,
and too optimistic to let anything rain on their parade.  

Sagittarians have a longing for the new and exciting and have an inner desire to always roam free and unrestrained.  They
prize freedom and liberty above anything else, and they are often energentic and outgoing.  Their inquisitive nature leads
them on never-ending adventures that involve travel, discovery, or unconventional diversions.  This comes at a cost, however,
as many Saggitarians drift towards relationships that are never allowed to develop deep roots.  This is not to say that they
cannot be excellent friends, though “no strings attached” is usually the rule.

Sagittarians are very idealistic and straight-forward. They will let you know what is on their mind whether you like it or not.  
They posses an uncanny sense of intuition though they bore easily once they have figured something out. They are gifted
story tellers, and their charms and sense of humor are amongst the most liked in the zodiac.  Their honesty and candor are
admired traits, but many Sagittarians easily assume that everyone else shares in their integrity.

Though Sagittarians live for tomorrow, they can be the best of companions.  Despite their occasional irresponsibility, it is often
hard to resist the charms of a Sagittarian.

“It has the power to transform our emotions,
and heal our bodies.”
DNA ALCHEMY MAIN PAGE
DNA Alchemy is Created and Designed by Valerie Phillips
Copyright © 2008 DNA Alchemy.com. All Rights Reserved.  All service marks and trade marks are property of DNA Alchemy and its affiliates.

“It can take us to another place
and time.”
Fragrance Oils

A scent can convey a feeling of peace, calm, and
tranquillity in life.

Fragrance Oils along with meditation creates not
only a pleasant environment but assists in the
restorative powers of the body.

The healing properties of Oils are capable of not
only treating our physical bodies, they are
renowned for enhancing our state of mind as
well.
ABOUT AROMATHERAPY
According to the Law of Attraction, the power manifests in
resonance with the energy of the scent.  Listed below are some
fragrances their resonance energy.
Care of Essential Oils:

If properly cared for, essential oils can have a shelf life up to seven years.

Direct sunlight and exposure to air are most damaging to essential oils. Keep your oils out of the sun and make sure the caps are tightly secured.

Try to keep your oils in a cool dry place. They are sensitive to extreme temperature changes.

Bath: fill the tub with bath water.  Add & swish 9-10 drops of essential oil into the bath water.  

Liquid Soap: add about 30-45 drops of essential oil to 8 ounces of unscented liquid hand soap or unscented liquid shower body wash.  Shake
vigorously.

Body Oil: add about 12-15 drops of essential oil to one ounce of carrier oil, such as jojoba oil and shake to blend.

Body Lotion: add 50-60 drops of essential oil to 16 ounces of unscented body lotion. Stir with a spoon or stirring stick to blend the essential oil into
the lotion until smooth.

Body Mist: add 10-15 drops of essential oil to a 1 ounce glass misting bottle filled with spring or distilled water.  Shake well and shake before each
mist.

Liniment: add 25-20 drops of essential oil to one ounce of carrier oil, such as jojoba oil.  Shake well to blend.

Compress: add & mix 3-5 drops of essential oil to a bowl of warm or cool water. Soak a wash cloth, wring and apply.

Shampoo/Conditioner: add 12-15 drops of essential oil to one ounce of unscented or mild shampoo and conditioner.  Shake well to blend.

Hair Brush: place three drops of essential oil into the palm of your hand; rub over the natural bristles of a hair brush.  Brush your scalp and your hair.

Diffuser: add essential oils to an electric diffuser, candle burner or a lamp ring.

Room Mist: add 17-20 drops of essential oil to a 1 ounce glass misting bottle filled with spring or distilled water. Shake well and shake before each
mist.  

Scent:  add five drops of an essential oil to a hanky or tissue and carry with you throughout the day.  Or place under your pillow case to ease you into
sleep.

Scent:  add five drops to a cotton ball and place in drawers and linen closets.

Place: a drop of essential oil in the palm of your hand, rub your hands together and inhale. (Keep away from your eyes). (A wonderful way to
encourage a deep breath).

Never take essential oils internally unless specified by the maker/manufacturer.

Read about an essential oil before applying it.  

Essential oils are very concentrated substances and should be diluted before applying them to the skin. Follow guidelines or recipes which
recommend a 2%-5% solution.

Have a recipe’s concentration of essential oils when using with children. Do not use essential oils with infants.

Do not apply citrus essential oils, especially Bergamot before direct exposure to the sun. These essential oils increase photosensitivity.

Essential oils are not soluble in water. Make sure you dilute or fully disperse them when using water as a base.  

Essential oils can cause a prickly, irritating sensation to the skin. Do not rub water on the area. Doing so will cause the oil to spread. Apply any
vegetable/carrier oil to the area; this will cause the essential oil to be absorbed and ease the irritation in minutes.

Keep essential oils away from your eyes.

Keep essential oils out of the reach of children and animals.

If skin irritation occurs or an allergic reaction occurs with any essential oil or product with essential oils in it, discontinue use

DNA Alchemy is Created and Designed by Valerie Phillips
Copyright © 2008 DNA Alchemy.com. All Rights Reserved.  All service marks and trade marks are property of DNA Alchemy and its affiliates.

DNA ALCHEMY MAIN PAGE
METAPHYSICAL ARTICLES INDEX
Greetings from Home
The Divine ‘Human’ Experience

The energy that you have made in this sacred space is beyond your understanding.  When we look through the veil to see you, the space that you have created is
so incredibly magical.  Dear ones, you are the magicians of the Gameboard.  You are the ones that are taking your right to hold your own creativity, to hold every
part of your own divine right to create.  We tell you that when you use it, we applaud on this side of the veil.  We do not sit here and try and direct you and say “You
must do this and you must do that. ”That was very old energy—sometimes thousands of years old—but you hung onto it so long.  You kept clinging to that energy
for so long, saying, “Tell us which way to go.”  We tell you to walk in circles just to see what you will create from that.  You are so hilarious when you do that.  But
then—to our amazement—you reach a destination within the circle!  You are so magical.  Then you look up to us and ask, “What is the meaning of life?” and we
echo down to you, “What is the meaning of life?”  because it is you who hold those answers, not us.  The game you play is not to search for the answers of life, but
to define life through the human experience of your soul. Such is the divine human experience you seek.  You are the ones that have chosen to put the veil on. And
sometimes you have chosen to walk in circles so that you could find out that you are the ones that create the path—the path is not created by us telling you which
way to turn.  It is such a joy to now see you creating, because for the longest time our messages fell on deaf ears.  You were not able as a collective to understand
what true power in humanity meant, but now here you are, taking and holding your power in ways that have not happened before.  It is very exciting for those of us
on this side of the veil.  

Multidimensionality – Humanity’s Next Step

This day we wish to help you blend some of concepts together that we have been talking about for a very long time.  The Keeper knows where we are going with this
and is very excited about it. So, we will ask him to just take a breath and calm down—he gets a little worked up sometimes.  What we have been mentioning
repeatedly in our messages is about multidimensionality—working in multiple dimensions of time and space to show you how they can work together to raise the
collective vibration of humanity. This is now making it possible for you to be in multiple dimensions and to utilize multiple dimensions in your daily lives here.  We
cannot tell you how exciting that is going to be, as you start uncovering what the possibilities are. We cannot wait to see how you react to it, and how you take this
beyond even our highest dreams of what you are going to do with it.  Here you go.  Today, let us start by showing you one of the ideas that you can use to open up
multiple dimensions within the time and space of who you are today.  

Science and Metaphysics Meet in the Third Vibration

We have tried to show you that many times science and what you call metaphysics will not go together completely.  These two concepts exist in separate vibrational
realms.  The places where they come together are what we call harmonic overtones. This means that science and the study of the soul exist for two separate
purposes, to accomplish two paths of thought.  They will never meet and completely agree, but the harmonic overtones will.  When a wave is moving at one speed
and another wave is traveling at a faster rate.  Ever so often, those waves meet and cross each other and actually create a third wave, which is the third vibration.  
Those harmonics are where truth is carried to all humans.  That is why it is not possible to have a primer that holds all truths, that holds everything about human life
because nobody would be able to decipher just the third wave.  The wave reaches you on many, multiple dimensions at one time.  There are many times the Keeper
has discovered this.  People have written him and said, “We loved it when the group said this.” And the Keeper said, “Wait a minute. The group did not say that.”  
And then he looks it up and realizes that maybe it was there only he did not hear it when it came through him.  We tell you that we speak to you on multiple
dimensions at one time.  That is why you give most of the messages through your heart and not your head.  We send out a vibration of love energy that resonates
with you if you so choose it.  If it resonates with your heart, then it enters your being and creates a third vibration within you that carries the truth.  That is
multidimensional and that is something that is starting to amplify.  You will soon learn how to do that with each other.

Although it may seem elementary, it is very important to understand the basics.  One of the places where science and metaphysics meet is in the understanding of
the multidimensional.  Yes, everyone thinks there’s a difference and in order to explain String Theory, it has been said that String Theory had to be complete in
eleven dimensions of time and space.   We have told you
for eons of time that there are actually twelve dimensions of time and space, so it would seem as though we disagree.
But we are going to speak today about that twelfth dimension; we are going to show you what it is and how to use
it in your daily lives.  If you so choose, you may use some of these exercises and ideas and apply them in your daily
life to begin expanding your own multidimensional capabilities. Although some of this will seem very simple for you, it
is laying the foundation for understanding who you really are.  So let us speak of this for a moment.

Twelve Dimensions of the Soul

It is easy to understand that if you had eleven rows of beings in eleven rows of chairs here, then you have a row of chairs here, you have a row of chairs  here, there
and so on. (Steve stood up here and pointed the a row of chairs in the audience.) In effect, this first row is one human experience of a soul. This second row is
another experience of that same soul. Ahh, but you are not the only one having a soul life experience, for there is another one next to you, another row that does not
even know about this row.  It is your soul having a different experience in time and space. It exists within a harmonic vibration of the first one.  You have a harmony to
your vibration which is over here having a slightly different experience, so you may be making slightly different choices than this soul over here. In fact, we tell you
that there are eleven experiences of the soul making eleven different experiences for one soul, for one energy.  When you go Home, you all leave at a similar time
and space on this dimension and you acclimate in the seventh stage of life. You bring each of the experiences from all eleven dimensions of time and space and you
acclimate them into your core personality.  The core personality is the very essence of your soul.  That is the piece that you carry with you lifetime after lifetime after
lifetime.  That is the magic of who you truly are.  So, with that understanding come the knowledge there are eleven different experiences of the same soul that we call
“you”—a soul pretending to be a human in eleven different dimensions of time and space. So, what is the twelfth dimension, you ask?

The Third Vibration of the Higher Self

The twelfth dimension is your point of perception from which you view everything. If you are viewing your soul’s experience from this set of chairs here, and this row
of life, then that is where your point of perception is for this soul.  What happens when you magically start understanding that there are eleven other possibilities for
you to perceive?  What you think about creates in your reality.  You know that has always been so—what you hold in your mind, what you hold in the essence of you
are, becomes your reality just that quickly. We ask you to hold this concept of the eleven dimensions of time and space, for it is the twelfth dimension of the point of
perception of which you have total control. Part of it begins in the simplicity of learning to look at something from a different point of perception. As humans you have
grown up in an area of duality where you define everything that happens in your life as good/bad, right/wrong, love/fear, good/evil—all the other fun terminologies
that you use.  You never call something gray, but it is always black and white—is that not interesting?  You see things within a polarized perception.  Now that you
are moving out of a field of duality and into a field of triality, you will balance that connection of opposites with a new third point of perception which represents the
third vibration of harmonics.  This you will learn to know as your higher self.  So now you will begin to see things from a triangular view of triality, rather than only the
opposites of black/white, up/down, love/fear and all the rest of them.  As you start grasping that concept, understand that you have done nothing more than moved
your point of perception. You are already beginning to be multidimensional, so transitioning from a field of duality into a field of triality is nothing more than shifting to
the twelfth dimension.  You have moved into purposely using this new dimension, for the twelfth dimension is actually your point of perception.  That is where our
message differs from science, because science has agreed that there are eleven dimensions of time and space and we do not disagree with that. What we say is
that the twelfth dimension is the point of perception.  That is the magic that you have.  That is the piece that you have been missing that you are starting to use and
that, as the collective vibration of humanity reaches a level where you can start using this in your daily lives, watch what happens on planet Earth next.  

Will it be scary?  Yes.  Humans love to get scared, so you will assuredly scare yourselves..  Will it be fun?  Oh yes, for that is one of the criteria you are making of
your own advancements.  “It must be fun or I am not going to do it!”  We love that attitude.  We support you in that choice.  You will hear a lot of laughter as you
move forward, for as you start seeing things from multiple dimensions you will begin understanding that the point of perception is movable.  You have never fully
grasped that before, as the collective vibration of humanity. This is not in any of your books.  You have not grasped that you can simply move the point of perception
and change your entire life.  What you are really doing when you move the point of perception is moving from one row to another.  Now, is it possible to live in this
row every day, move three rows over, grasp an idea, a connection, a point of perception and come back?  Yes it is, and that is what will happen as you learn to
begin moving the twelfth dimension.  As you begin understanding and using the twelfth dimension as a purposeful tool in your daily life, you will understand.

Accessing the Twelfth Dimension

There are many ways that you can access the twelfth dimension.  The most important element to re-member is that the moment anything happens in your life,
understand that first of all that you have a choice of where your point of perception will be. For example, if you receive bad news in the mail and because you know it
is bad news, you do not want to open the letter yet you slide the letter opener into it anyway, reach in and grab the letter anyway. Instead, before you actually pull
the letter out, open it up and absorb it into your brain, you do have a split second to choose your point of perception.  That is one of the easiest ways of moving the
twelfth dimension.  Take a deep breath before you do and say, “I am going to find the highest point of perception to from which to view this, no matter what it is.”  
Allow your spirit, your higher self, to lead your twelfth dimension, to put you in the highest point of perception that it can, and to allow you to experience that.  If you
have difficulties with that, one of the easiest ways to clear the energy so that that can happen is a laugh—because laughter is an energy cleanse.  That is what you
do when you laugh.  That is the laughter and the language of angels, dear ones.  We laugh all the time and it is so joyous at Home for that very reason.  Understand
that you have a split second to make that choice.

Now, what if you do not choose to find the highest point of perception?  What if you fall into your old energy patterns and you pull the letter out and say, “This is the
worst thing that has ever happened to me.  How am I ever going to recover from this?”  Okay. You have chosen your point of perception, but what we tell you is that
it is still movable.  It is now more movable than it ever has been because of the collective rise in vibration.  You have capabilities of moving that point of perception.  
So you have lost everything. It is all gone: the house, the relationship, the home, the car, the status. Everything is gone now that you have pulled this paper out.  
How could you possibly…? Now you do not have any attachments.  Now you have all possibilities, do you not? Yes, could this be nothing more than wishful thinking?
Could it be nothing more than positive thinking?  Yes, absolutely.  There is a positive aspect of this, but it is also possible to move into that twelfth dimension in daily
life more than ever before.  Now you have capabilities of doing this on a conscious level instead of training yourself to always think in the highest possible point. Now
it is possible to even have the worst experience that a human can have in this piece of paper that sits before you and laugh. In that laughter, when you breathe in
between laughs, you breathe in all the possibilities that sit before you because now you are not attached to the car.  You are not attached to the relationship; you
are not attached to the status.  Now you have possibilities of starting a new life.  It is all perception, dear ones.  It always has been perception but now more than
ever before, you have opportunities to use this on a daily basis and that is incredibly exciting.  

Make Lots of “Good” Mistakes
The Three Count to Access the Third Vibration

We will watch with the greatest of anticipation as you take this and play with it.  What you do with it is your bidding.  Some of you are so afraid to play with some of
these new tools because you are afraid of making mistakes.  We hope you make lots of good mistakes.  Make tons of great mistakes.  Play with it.  Bounce against
the wall with it. Do whatever it is you need to do with it so that you understand because whatever it is, all you need to do is switch your point of perception and it
changes.  We have used a phrase with you over and over—please understand this is not just a metaphor.  This is reality.  You could not fall if you tried…and we
would appreciate it if you would stop trying so hard.  The reality is, you are on a Gameboard where you are playing a beautiful game.  At any moment you stop and
say, “I do not want to play this game any more.”

You change your point of perception and the game changes. Everything shifts now so use this purposely, as a tool.  Use a magical three count to change your point
of perception.  The whole world that you have known in your perception of what you call the third dimensionality is built on threes.  For you to move out of that
energy into a higher vibration, we will give you a simple three count: one, two, three…shift your point of perception. It is that simple.  We are trying to complicate it
just enough for you to understand because humans love to complicate things. In reality, it is much simpler than that, but we will give you this tool because that will
complicate it just enough for you to be engaged.  We will try to make it more mystical next time if you prefer. Maybe we will make the Keeper wear a hat or a bandana
or something. He is laughing now and saying “no way.”  We will see. We tell you that this is your time to do this.  The tools are here in front of you. This is a time of
action. This is a time of the greatest possibilities that you have ever had—to find who you are to move into your passion is all done because of the twelfth dimension.
The twelfth dimension is not a dream.  It is no longer merely a potential. It is real. It is here. You have been in it all along and now you are moving the veil aside to
start understanding what it really is and what you have in front of you.

Magicians of the Gameboard

We hope you enjoy it. Play with it. Move the point of perception. Even if you find a good one, you may want to move it just to be moving it. Enjoy, because that is your
gift to us. As you change these dimensions, as you collectively raise the vibration of Home, you are getting closer to Home. You get closer to us and likewise, you
help us to move vibrations as well for you are not the only ones moving, dear ones. You are leading the way in a charge that is moving all the bandwidth of vibrations
higher. All the other beings of mastery that you have worked with and all the vibrational levels in between in all dimensions of time and space are moving because of
your advancement. Do you understand who you are? Do you know why all eyes are upon you? You truly are the magicians of the Gameboard and now you will play
with the twelfth dimension.  You will understand it. You will use it. You will joke with it. You will bounce it up against the wall to see what happens. You will bring out a
big hammer, crack it open just so you can see what is inside.  We hope you play with it because that twelfth dimension is what will allow you to move from this field to
that field, to this field to that experience. Each one of those will bring you closer to Home while you are still on Earth. Dear ones, THAT is the ascension. THAT is
what you have all been waiting for.  You thought the Mayans left.  They did not.  They ascended. They are part of the Lemurians that also ascended, that are waiting
for you in the twelfth dimension.  They will be the ones that hold their hand out and bring you in—you, in those dimensions of time and space. Enjoy it.  Laugh a lot.
Play and know that you are Home. You are the expression of Heaven on Earth and every day when you smile, you create it a little bit more

Lemurian Crystals were found in Brazil in 1999 lying separate in a bed of sand, unattached to
clusters which is the normal way quartz points are found.   Unusual as this is, the appearance of these crystals is
even more striking.  They are not shiny, but have almost a frosted appearance, and many have a pink glow.  

They carry the vibrations of the  ”Pink Ray” and of the Lemurian Seed.  It is said to have been planted by Lemurian within the Earth, they have a
specialized purpose.  And can be used for movement through the Grids, aligning Chakras, intuitive communication, to receive knowledge and
information.  And aid in the ascension and enlightenment process.  

About 12 million years ago there existed an advanced civilization somewhere between the American continent and Australia.  Lemurian was peaceful
and highly developed spiritually.

During the last days of Lemuria, it was decided to plant seed crystals programmed to transmit a message of oneness.  Having seeded the crystals, the
Lemurian, it is believed, left this planet for other star systems.  Others went into inner earth (while maintaining telepathic connection with those in other
parts of the galaxy, where they continue to care for the earth and the seed crystals now surfacing.  

The crystals are thus connected to inner earth, the earth’s surface, and the stars, and serve as a link to these various magnetic fields.  Each seed
crystal is energetically connected to all other seed crystals.

This connection is a living example of the message of the Lemurian seed crystals.  Teaching us how to be both individuals and integral parts of the
cosmic design, that all beings are equal, and helping us to maintain our connection with our spiritual source while in a physical body.

The striations, which to some observers have the appearance of being lasered onto the crystals, contain this knowledge.  Some ways to work with them
are to hold one of the striated sides of the crystal to the third eye.  Another is to rub the index finger of your non-dominant had over the ridges.  

To balance the Chakras put a crystal/stone on each chakra and rotate the Lemurian seed crystal in a circle over each stone.  There are a great many
Crystal Healing books available with more detailed instructions.

Information from Katrina Raphaell’s, “Crystal Trilogy.”    

There are many forms of meditation. Meditation can occur as imagery, as prayer or as chanting. These are all valid techniques to heighten our awareness of a higher plane of existence. Meditation quiets the mind, allowing the freedom to perceive other levels of reality. Some types of meditation have no further purpose than this, to quiet the mind. This is very therapeutic and there are several techniques to achieve this. Other forms of meditation have further uses. Prayer is designed to achieve communion with the Divine. Visualization broadens the capabilities of the mind to achieve outward manifestations of what one is visualizing. Mantra meditations “implant” a word or term which triggers a contemplative state. Repeating affirmations is a “mantra” type of meditation.
Every form of meditation has a metaphysical purpose and use.
Quieting the mind is essential in metaphysical work and is often the first step. Since the idea is to focus the trend of our thoughts, we must be free of distracting and potentially negative thoughts. Achieving a meditative or contemplative state of mind, enables this.
Visualization in meditation is a necessary element in metaphysical treatment. In order to manifest your desires, a mental image of their fulfillment must be present in your mind. Obviously if you’re distracted or your thoughts are jumping around, it will be difficult to maintain this image. Other traditions may encourage one to use a religious icon as a visual image. Both approaches are effective.
Prayer is synonomous with metaphysical treatment, though implemented in a distinctive way. Communion with a Higher Power provides the metaphysical “juice” to achieve outward manifestation of our goals. The communion with this Higher Power must be intimate enough to experience a sense of oneness with it. From that vantage point one visualizes their goal or desire. When the treatment is completed, it is surrendered to the Higher Power for execution.
Elevating one’s Spirit is an essential aspect of metaphysical meditation and treatment. One may perform a metaphysical treatment for their own soul growth or to heal the wounded soul of another. The most effective treatments include the concept that in the process of receiving one’s own desires, everyone involved also benefits.
Daily meditation is recommended for anyone on a spiritual path. It’s benefits are many, providing a sense of peace and harmony to life.

Man lives in three relative states of Consciousness: waking, dreaming, and dreamless sleep known in Sanskrit as Jagrata, Swapna and Sushupti. Now there is a Transcendental state of Consciousness known as the Fourth (Tureeya) & there are still higher states of Consciousness.

Seven States of Consciousness
1. Waking
2. Dreaming (REM sleep)
3. Dreamless Sleep (non- REM)
4. Transcendental Consciousness (TC)
5. Cosmic Consciousness (CC)
6. Glorified State of Cosmic Consciousness (GC)
7. Unified State of Cosmic Consciousness (UC)
In his Phd Thesis The physiological effects of Transcendental Meditation, a Proposed Fourth Major state of Consciousness Dr. Robert Keith Wallace proved the existence of a fourth major state of Consciousness (TC).
The way to achieving Higher States of Consciousness – The Triune Meditation
Meditation is threefold:
1. Physical Meditation
2. Verbal Meditation
3. Mental Meditation
Reverence to preceptors and Yogis, worhsip of one’s Tutelary Deity, observance of Continence, non-violence – all these constitute Physical Meditation.

Speaking kind words and not hurting anyone, Observance of Truth, Self-Study (serious study of the Self) – all these constitute Verbal Meditation.

Mental Meditation – Mental cheerfulness, humility, observance of Silence, mastery of the sense organs, purity of heart – all these constitute Mental Meditation. The aim of Nature is to effect Super-Nature and the aim of Yoga is Self_ Actulisation. The Goal of Life is Self-Realisation, and in order to unfold our true potential, we have to follow the Fourfold Path.

He still keeps to the high & difficult road That sole leads to the Eternal’s peaks!

Without Knowledge, without service, without psychic control & finally Love, who have ever realised his Self?

And what is prerequisite for this Self_Realisation? Sacrifice!

Only by hard sacrifice is high heaven earned (Aurobindo).

Attachment to the sensory world is Bondage. Sacrifice alone can give us Liberation or Self_Actualisation and the Ultimate Bliss.

Earth’s pains are the ransom of its prisoned delights For Joy and not for sorrow was earth made (Aurobindo).

By sacrifice, we become the Self_Actualising person of Abraham Maslow living in the widest possible frame of reference.

He who to none and nowhere overbound By ties of flesh, takes evil things and good Neither desponding nor exulting such Bears Wisdom’s plainest mark ! (The Song Celestial)
About the Land of Wisdom, extolled by Western scholars
Walt Whitman said:
• To India, to primal thought
• To Reason’s early paradise
• Of Wisdom’s birth and innocent intuitions
• Of a fair creation.
Mark Twain said:
• India is, the cradle of the human race, the birthplace of human speech, the mother of history, the grandmother of legend, and the great grand mother of tradition.
Will Durant said:
• India is the mother of us all; through Sanskrit, the mother of Europe’s languages, through the Buddha, of the ideals embodied in Christianity, through the Arabs, of higher mathematics & algebra; through the village community, of self-government and democracy. Mother India is, in many ways, the mother of us all.

The multiverse (or meta-universe, metaverse) is the hypothetical set of multiple possible universes (including the historical universe we consistently experience) that together comprise everything that exists: the entirety of space, time, matter, and energy as well as the physical laws and constants that describe them. The term was coined in 1895 by the American philosopher and psychologist William James.[1] The various universes within the multiverse are sometimes called parallel universes.
The structure of the multiverse, the nature of each universe within it and the relationship between the various constituent universes, depend on the specific multiverse hypothesis considered. Multiverses have been hypothesized in cosmology, physics, astronomy, religion, philosophy, transpersonal psychology and fiction, particularly in science fiction and fantasy. In these contexts, parallel universes are also called “alternative universes”, “quantum universes”, “interpenetrating dimensions”, “parallel dimensions”, “parallel worlds”, “alternative realities”, “alternative timelines”, and “dimensional planes,” among others.

Tegmark’s classification
Cosmologist Max Tegmark has provided a taxonomy of universes beyond the familiar observable universe. The levels according to Tegmark’s classification are arranged such that subsequent levels can be understood to encompass and expand upon previous levels, and they are briefly described below. [2][3]
[edit]
Level I: Beyond our cosmological horizon
A generic prediction of chaotic inflation is an infinite ergodic universe, which, being infinite, must contain Hubble volumes realizing all initial conditions.
Accordingly, an infinite universe will contain an infinite number of Hubble volumes, all having the same physical laws and physical constants. In regard to configurations such as the distribution of matter, almost all will differ from our Hubble volume. However, because there are infinitely many, far beyond the cosmological horizon, there will eventually be Hubble volumes with similar, and even identical, configurations. Tegmark estimates that an identical volume to ours should be about 1010115 meters away from us (a number larger than a googolplex).[4][5] By the cosmological principle, one assumes our Hubble volume is not special or unique.
[edit]
Level II: Universes with different physical constants

“Bubble universes”, every disk is a bubble universe (Universe 1 to Universe 6 are different bubbles, they have physical constants that are different from our universe), our universe is just one of the bubbles.
In the chaotic inflation theory, a variant of the cosmic inflation theory, the multiverse as a whole is stretching and will continue doing so forever, but some regions of space stop stretching and form distinct bubbles, like gas pockets in a loaf of rising bread. Such bubbles are embryonic level I multiverses. Linde and Vanchurin calculated the number of these universes to be on the scale of 101010000000.[6]
Different bubbles may experience different spontaneous symmetry breaking resulting in different properties such as different physical constants.[4]
This level also includes John Archibald Wheeler’s oscillatory universe theory and Lee Smolin’s fecund universes theory.
[edit]
Level III: Many-worlds interpretation of quantum mechanics
Hugh Everett’s many-worlds interpretation (MWI) is one of several mainstream interpretations of quantum mechanics. In brief, one aspect of quantum mechanics is that certain observations cannot be predicted absolutely. Instead, there is a range of possible observations each with a different probability. According to the MWI, each of these possible observations corresponds to a different universe. Suppose a die is thrown that contains six sides and that the result corresponds to a quantum mechanics observable. All six possible ways the die can fall correspond to six different universes. (More correctly, in MWI there is only a single universe but after the “split” into “many worlds” these cannot in general interact.)[7]
Tegmark argues that a level III multiverse does not contain more possibilities in the Hubble volume than a level I-II multiverse. In effect, all the different “worlds” created by “splits” in a level III multiverse with the same physical constants can be found in some Hubble volume in a level I multiverse. Tegmark writes that “The only difference between Level I and Level III is where your doppelgängers reside. In Level I they live elsewhere in good old three-dimensional space. In Level III they live on another quantum branch in infinite-dimensional Hilbert space.” Similarly, all level II bubble universes with different physical constants can in effect be found as “worlds” created by “splits” at the moment of spontaneous symmetry breaking in a level III multiverse.[4]
Related to the many-worlds idea are Richard Feynman’s multiple histories interpretation and H. Dieter Zeh’s many-minds interpretation.
[edit]
Level IV: Ultimate Ensemble
The Ultimate Ensemble hypothesis of Tegmark himself. This level considers equally real all universes that can be described by different mathematical structures. This does not include different low-energy physical laws not of our observable universe. Tegmark writes that “abstract mathematics is so general that any Theory Of Everything (TOE) that is definable in purely formal terms (independent of vague human terminology) is also a mathematical structure. For instance, a TOE involving a set of different types of entities (denoted by words, say) and relations between them (denoted by additional words) is nothing but what mathematicians call a set-theoretical model, and one can generally find a formal system that it is a model of.” He argues this “implies that any conceivable parallel universe theory can be described at Level IV” and “subsumes all other ensembles, therefore brings closure to the hierarchy of multiverses, and there cannot be say a Level V.”[8]
Jürgen Schmidhuber, however, says the “set of mathematical structures” is not even well-defined, and admits only universe representations describable by constructive mathematics, that is, computer programs. He explicitly includes universe representations describable by non-halting programs whose output bits converge after finite time, although the convergence time itself may not be predictable by a halting program, due to Kurt Gödel’s limitations.[9][10][11] He also explicitly discusses the more restricted ensemble of quickly computable universes.[12]
[edit]
Cyclic theories
Main articles: Cyclic model and Oscillatory universe
In several theories there is a series of infinite, self-sustaining cycles (for example: an eternity of Big Bang-Big crunches).
[edit]
M-theory
See also: Introduction to M-theory, M-theory, Brane cosmology, and String theory landscape
A multiverse of a somewhat different kind has been envisaged within the multi-dimensional extension of string theory known as M-theory, also known as Membrane Theory.[13] In M-theory our universe and others are created by collisions between p-branes in a space with 11 and 26 dimensions (the number of dimensions depends on the chirality of the observer);[14][15] each universe takes the form of a D-brane.[14][15] Objects in each universe are essentially confined to the D-brane of their universe, but may be able to interact with other universes via gravity, a force which is not restricted to D-branes.[16] This is unlike the universes in the “quantum multiverse”, but both concepts can operate at the same time.
[edit]
Anthropic principle
Main article: Anthropic principle
The concept of other universes has been proposed to explain why our universe seems to be fine-tuned for conscious life as we experience it. If there were a large number (possibly infinite) of different physical laws (or fundamental constants) in as many universes, some of these would have laws that were suitable for stars, planets and life to exist. The weak anthropic principle could then be applied to conclude that we would only consciously exist in those universes which were finely tuned for our conscious existence. Thus, while the probability might be extremely small that there is life in most of the universes, this scarcity of life-supporting universes does not imply intelligent design as the only explanation of our existence.
[edit]
Criticisms
[edit]
Non-scientific claims
Some cosmologists, such as Paul Davies[17] and George Ellis[18], argue that many Multiverse theories lack empirical testability and are unfalsifiable; they are thus outside the methodology of scientific investigation to confirm or disprove. Reasons why such claims lack empirical evidence or testability according to most Multiverse theories is that other universes are in a different spacetime framework, so in principle they cannot be observed.
[edit]
Indirect evidence
The logical foundation of modern science is hypothetico-deductive logic which permits a theory to propose unobservable entities if these help explain observable outcomes, either by theory based predictions (of future observations) or retroductionism (of already known observations).[19]
[edit]
Occam’s Razor
See also: Kolmogorov complexity
Critics argue that to postulate a practically infinite number of unobservable universes just to explain our own seems contrary to Occam’s razor.[20][21]
Max Tegmark answers:
“A skeptic worries about all the information necessary to specify all those unseen worlds. But an entire ensemble is often much simpler than one of its members. This principle can be stated more formally using the notion of algorithmic information content. The algorithmic information content in a number is, roughly speaking, the length of the shortest computer program that will produce that number as output. For example, consider the set of all integers. Which is simpler, the whole set or just one number? Naively, you might think that a single number is simpler, but the entire set can be generated by quite a trivial computer program, whereas a single number can be hugely long. Therefore, the whole set is actually simpler. Similarly, the set of all solutions to Einstein’s field equations is simpler than a specific solution. The former is described by a few equations, whereas the latter requires the specification of vast amounts of initial data on some hypersurface. The lesson is that complexity increases when we restrict our attention to one particular element in an ensemble, thereby losing the symmetry and simplicity that were inherent in the totality of all the elements taken together. In this sense, the higher-level multiverses are simpler. Going from our universe to the Level I multiverse eliminates the need to specify initial conditions, upgrading to Level II eliminates the need to specify physical constants, and the Level IV multiverse eliminates the need to specify anything at all.”
He continues:
“A common feature of all four multiverse levels is that the simplest and arguably most elegant theory involves parallel universes by default. To deny the existence of those universes, one needs to complicate the theory by adding experimentally unsupported processes and ad hoc postulates: finite space, wave function collapse and ontological asymmetry. Our judgment therefore comes down to which we find more wasteful and inelegant: many worlds or many words. Perhaps we will gradually get used to the weird ways of our cosmos and find its strangeness to be part of its charm.”[4]
[edit]
Multiverse hypotheses in philosophy and logic
[edit]
Modal realism
Possible worlds are a way of explaining probability, hypothetical statements and the like, and some philosophers such as David Lewis believe that all possible worlds exist, and are just as real as the actual world (a position known as modal realism).[22]
[edit]
Trans-world identity
A metaphysical issue that crops up in multiverse schema that posit infinite identical copies of any given universe is that of the notion that there can be identical objects in different possible worlds. According to the counterpart theory of David Lewis, the objects should be regarded as similar rather than identical.[23][24]
[edit]
Fictional realism
The view that because fictions exist, fictional characters exist as well. There are fictional entities, in the same sense in which, setting aside philosophical disputes, there are people, Mondays, numbers and planets.[25][26]
[edit]
Multiverse hypotheses in religion and spirituality
Main article: Multiverse (religion)
[edit]
Cosmology in medieval Islam
Fakhr al-Din al-Razi (1149–1209), in dealing with his conception of physics and the physical world in his Matalib al-’Aliya, criticizes the idea of the Earth’s centrality within the universe and “explores the notion of the existence of a multiverse in the context of his commentary” on the Qur’anic verse, “All praise belongs to God, Lord of the Worlds.” He raises the question of whether the term “worlds” in this verse refers to “multiple worlds within this single universe or cosmos, or to many other universes or a multiverse beyond this known universe.”[27]
[edit]
Hinduism
Main article: Hindu cosmology
The concept of multiple universes is mentioned many times in Hindu Puranic literature, such as in the Bhagavata Purana:
Because You are unlimited, neither the lords of heaven nor even You Yourself can ever reach the end of Your glories. The countless universes, each enveloped in its shell, are compelled by the wheel of time to wander within You, like particles of dust blowing about in the sky. The śrutis, following their method of eliminating everything separate from the Supreme, become successful by revealing You as their final conclusion (Bhagavata Purana 10.87.41)
[edit]
Planes of existence
Main article: Plane (esotericism)
Certain religions and esoteric cosmologies propound the idea of a whole series of subtle emanated planes or worlds.
[edit]
Afterlife
Many religions include an afterlife existence in realms, such as heavens and hells, which may be very different from the observable universe.
[edit]
Eschatology
See also: End time
Eschatological scenarios may include a new different world after the end time of the current one. For example, Hindu cosmology includes the idea of an infinite cycle of births and deaths and an infinite number of universes with each cycle lasting 8.4 billion years.[28]
Similar eschatological scenarios appear in other religions, in the form of belief in there being a new and different world after the end time of the current one.
[edit]

The Universal Order is an organization which exists for those who wish to benefit by a knowledge of the universal essence of the known great teachings of all ages.
It does not represent a sect or a particular school of thought, but rather is a system of training in universal wisdom, founded upon the basic principles underlying all science, art, philosophy and religion. 
It is intended for those who seek clear instruction along these lines.  
The Order’s system avoids dogma and particular creeds, and adheres to the principles that can be fully demonstrated and made self-evident to all minds.  Membership does not commit the individual to the views or doctrines of any particular person, religion, philosophy or school of thought, but rather is a means whereby to become acquainted with essential truths and principles.
The Order was established in its modern form in 1923.  Although it is universal and has a world-wide membership, it is not a popular movement, but nor is it a secret society. 
Its system of training follows the methods and principles indicated by the known great teachers of all time, whose teachings are still accessible for reference, and whose objects are the elevation and enlightenment of the human race.
The purpose for which the Order exists is to set out the self-demonstrable principles, reasons, causes and laws, a knowledge of which is indispensable for the individual and collective illumination and regeneration of mankind.  It has no other motive than that of co-operating with all movements dedicated to the work of uplifting humanity.
If this seems too altruistic, the Order points simply to the ideal and disinterested attitude of the great teachers and leaders of mankind in all ages, who freely and wholeheartedly sacrificed themselves for the sake of others, without claiming recognition or reward.  
By entering The Universal Order, an individual may come into touch with others who work in the same impersonal manner and who are dominated by that same ideal and altruistic spirit.

Each One of us is a Spark from the Divine All That Is.

As we are born through our Mother, as our Father Ra breathes life into our Creation.
We are All Children of Ra-We are all from the Stars-the Aboriginals-the Galactics of our Father Ra.

Inside each of us is a Womb of Consciousness-it Lives within Our High Hearts

Our connection to All That Is is constant and always flowing through our hearts.
As we open our Hearts to LOVE we become fertile to have discourse with All That It, with Goddess/God, as some call it. It is The Force combined with LOVE.

As we drop the programming placed in our local minds by our biological parents, our teachers and schools, Universities, our Houses of Religion, our Community, our Medical    encounters, our depleted foods and chemical laden water supply, the News media and Entertainment Industry as we drop all the programming laid into our cellular memories—we open our hearts more and more. As we drop our fears and past traumas we are capable of opening up to more LOVE.

As you discover you continue to harbor fears and traumas, feel free to call on Soltec, Arcturus, Dr Lorphan, Lord Ashtar, Archangel Raphael, any of the Healers which resonate with you. Ask them to take you to the Ships, ask them to heal you of the traumas, fears and programing, ask them to increase your love quotient, let them know if you would like to handle a little or a lot, they will go at the speed you are prepared to handle.

When one owns their personal power and self-mastery and is the master and cause of their reality and not a victim. When one has right relationships, lives right in this World, When one sees life from an Integrated Full Consciousness Perspective and not a limited perspective they become fertile to receive Higher Teaching. Only then can the Angels come in and share Higher Wisdom. The Angels cannot penetrate petty thoughts, jealousy, greed, childishness, sadness, grief, worry or anger….The Angels can only transmit new information through Love and through Peace

As we learn to release the 3D programming in the Matrix and rise into the 5D Consciousness, where we are, we may grow in our siddhas. At this time there are tremendous energies coming through – The Cosmic Rays – It is a good time now to fast from meat-if you are not vegetarian, it is a good time to experience that lifestyle. Either try it for a day, a week or maybe convert completely? Eat nothing with a face. As we do this we wake up the cells in the body. It will also make it easier to release the memories in the cells of hate, fear, pain, trauma—these are often stored for years in the colon-the cooked on baked on long standing stagnant fecal matter-which can be tens of pounds on the older body-holds these things in the vessel. As we eat lighter, it frees the bowels from needing to hold onto these things. As these high energies come into the cells, it is a good idea to exercise the body.
When we find ourselves overweight, it is due to an expansion between the cells. It is much easier to lose weight than we think. As we begin to move and eat lighter, it happens quickly. Everyone can exercise, no matter who you are. Everyone can start out with walking outside once a day-10 minutes -then 20 minutes and up to an hour. For those who cannot walk, a person can sit in their chair or bed and do isometric exercises. This means squeezing your muscles as hard as you can for 20-25 seconds to strengthen the muscles. Deep breathing exercises with cleansing breaths is also an exercise as it moves oxygen in and out of the cells. Everyone must exercise. Exercise is the beginning of reversing aging in our Culture.
The Angels love to stir us into Greater Service by speaking to our hearts. They know JUST what to say to us at the right time to stir us into deeper growth. These experiences  will have us laughing and crying as we grow in our Consciousness. The emotions move like waves in the Sea. Emotions are a crucial part to bring the human Being to Divine Consciousness. The emotions are no mistake-we use emotions as fuel, as energy, to speak to Goddess/God. There are tools to unlock the mysterious canyon of emotions within Divine Infinite Cosmic Source speaks to you through your emotions. We connect with our emotions to our High Heart and to All That Is. We have a limited range of emotions we have been conditioned to feel comfortable with. As we practice eating light, cleansing, exercise, prayer, meditation, singing, dancing, communing with nature, growing seeds, as we practice discipline and balance in these activities, we come back to LOVE.
As we are all Divine Sparks of the Infinite Creation, of the manifest Universe, we all have clairaudience with the Angelic Realm-each One of us can and do-we do it everyday-some acknowledge it as such and some do not remember they are doing it all day long. We hear these amazing stories in the news of rescues in the nick of time, from accidents. In these times the Angels are there. We call the Angels telepathically to help us. Some of us are more comfortable than others working with this energy.
Tom the ring-tail cat Paschat asks me to say again, because it cannot be said enough, the Galactics ARE the Angels and the Angels ARE the Galactics.
YOU may call on the Angels for all your needs. They are standing by to help us as they help the Ascended Masters everyday. The Angels will help you increase your own ability to discern and have telepathy with the Angels and with Others, Mother Sekhmet, St Germain, Buddha, Krishna, Moses, Lord Sananda, Lord Ashtar…
Call on these Angels in your everyday life, call them for assistance in all things, big and small as you learn to recognize and be around their energy. They may show up as flashing colors, symbols, bright shining light, a feeling in your body, such as tingling and eventually as telepathic communication.

You may call on: Archangel Michael,  Archangel Chamuel, Archangel Metatron
Archangel Raphael, Archangel Gabriel, Archangel Uriel
I would like to make a suggestion of easy ways to develop telepathy. Everyone is already using it everyday. You already have telepathy with your ego mind and with your Higher Mind. It is that still small voice speaking inside of you. You may utilize this small voice inside to transmit and receive messages from the Angels. At first it will sound like your own voice. As you call an Angel to you, you will see a sign or feel they are there. Thank them for joining you. Ask to have all Communications within the Office of the Christ. All the Galactics from the Galactic Federation and the Galactic Confederation of Worlds works within the Office of the Christ, they are all Ascended Christed Masters.
Speak to the Angel now. To begin, start with yes and no questions. Ask the Angel to answer the questions on your heart-ask yes and no questions. Ask the Angel to show you in your body their Soul Signature. Ask them to show you YES in your body as a tingling in your legs—or any other signal that works for you. Ask them to show you No
in your body. Start to ask them easy questions and tough questions. See how the answers play out in your life. You will get better and better at discerning Yes and No from your Angel Guide. You are encouraged to speak to the Angels in the quiet moments in your life, driving in the car, browsing in the grocery store, in the bathtub, eating lunch, in place of reading a book or watching tv…in all the quiet times in your life, talk to the Angels. They want sooo much to speak to you. They are your connection to learning to speak with the Galactics. The Angels and Galactics are working side by side on Niburu, the New Jerusalem, the Phoenix and all the Ships in our Galaxy.
It takes practice and determination to get this practice of telepathy down well. Lightening the diet and showing up to work out everyday, or take a walk in nature everyday, is the kind of discipline needed to develop telepathy. As you devote time to take care of yourself, and get to know your Angelic Galactic Guides, you will have happy returns and communications of LOVE which broaden your life and deepen your experience in LOVE.
In time, the Angel has your trust and may communicate in larger and larger ways. The Angel will come then and use that voice inside to speak to you. You may ask elaborate questions then. In time your Angel will be able to coach you in your siddhas, in levitation, in walking through portals, and teleportation. We all know how to do these things and our Angel Guides are the key to connecting to your siddhas.
Telepathy is the beginning. As you Master this, ASK and ALLOW your Angel to teach you new and exciting way to play in the Nagual World, traveling in the Etheric Body and penetrating Dimensions in All That Is.

I have written the past and recent history of the Galactics as an introduction of many christed Extraterrestrial ethnicities. Not all Extraterrestrials are humanoid. We will get used to knowing Ones with fins, fur, and scales, among others. There have been many stories about the negative Groups who in the past did harm on Earth. Those days are over and those Intergalactic War Criminals no longer have power here. Every Galactic you come into contact with now is working from the Office of the Christ, that being the Moses/Jesus/Buddha/Krishna/Mohammed/Confucius/Kumara Master. Many of the Galactics, calling themselves, the Goodly Company, have incarnated on Earth Again and Again. The Galactics work hand in hand with the Archangels.
I have noticed that people interested in UFOs and Galactics often have not studied ascended mastery. I also noticed some very advanced spiritual people often do not know much about Galactics. Only recently have Star Seeds and Light Workers begun to learn they are one and the same group. Lord Ashtar is the Supreme Commander of the Galactic Federation.

The Ones working for Ashtar are the Ascended Masters. The Admiral of the New Jerusalem is Sananda, who is a higher form of Jesus. Commander Ashtar and the millions in the Galactic Federation do not wish to be seen as different than you or I. They like to be seen as equals. Many of us have our Twin Flames working in the Galactic Federation on the Ships and we are all on the path of evolution. Much of Ashtar’s Mission involves helping woman and mankind remember the Galactics and also in protecting the Planet as well as the Solar System from negative extraterrestrials groups and their desire to control Earth and other Planets. One of the most important roles Ashtar has played in recent times with Earth and other Planets in the Solar System is to keep her inhabitants from destroying themselves and their Planet through the proliferation of nuclear weapons. Even though Captain Ashtar is in charge of the Space Fleet in this Solar System, he is not limited to this sector of the space for his Service. Ashtar represents our Solar System in the council meetings of our Galaxy, and Universes throughout the greater Cosmos. The Ashtar Command On Earth and in the Skies.

On the MotherShips and StarShips under his command, there are 20 million Crew on the Ships. Working with Ashtar is KOS (King of Swords). KOS is in a physical template, as we all are, and we all are stepped-down representatives of the highest Source levels…with internal connections to much higher levels: Mother-Father, God-Goddess, All That Is. KOS with St Germain, was appointed by the ICJ ( International Court of Justice in the Hague) in 1999 as head of the 4 million man, world-wide militia, and pro-forma President of the U.S. He supervises Faction 3 Intel. KOS is an enhanced Galactic-Human with a 3D job heading the Secret Service with President Obama, a wife and he speaks 23 languages. Appointed by the World Court in 1999, he has martial law authority to ensure NESARA Announcement and Implementation. KOS was given his authority in 1999 by the World Court and Lady Master Nada. He and those who work with him and the Galactics are at 38 levels above the President of the US. King of Swords actually has been the single planetary leader and he wears at least two hats. He is also put in charge of Galactic-Human adepts who now number about 16 million and who have all been trained on the StarShips and have full telepathic connectivity and are shape-shifters with enhanced abilities. Barack Obama is here representing both the Sirian Council of Nine and also, on assignment from the Great Central Sun (Alcyone) and has assistance and protection by 16 million galactic-humans working for KOS and the 4 Million man world-wide militia. Their task has been to coordinate the removal of the 40-50′ tall dragons (renegade Annunaki) working in government, and in various powerful roles around the Planet .

The CIA was originally formed as an Executive Order, to deal with the negative extraterrestrials making Treaties with the U.S. Government. Now we have seen this organization searching for StarGates, committing War Crimes, and Blackwater Ops designed to control Earth. There are also reptilian renegades living within vast caverns and underground areas deep within the Planet these adepts have worked to remove. KOS works with Ashtar at the AICO. As we Star Seeds unite with our Mighty I AM presences those communications conduits are automatically ‘involved’ and will gradually become more conscious, stronger and directly connected with Source Intelligence/All That Is (The Great Eye of Ra, This Represents The Law of One). Now we connect with 12D and that level steps down the energetic messages from 100D, which is the Godhead. So, on this level, KOS and his Twin Flame, Lady Master Nada, are very elevated souls with direct responsibility as the Hosts of Heaven and all Councils in charge of this World’s Ascension, as well as other Planets in our Solar System. Lady Master Nada has several powerful hats she wears. First, She is the President of the Solar Tribunal on Saturn. Through her position as International Court of Justice and as International Special Prosecutor with extraordinary powers to dissolve courts, arrest judges including our Supreme Court Justices or anyone else. She is our NESARA ‘Postal Lady’ in charge of the Announcement and Deliveries. She is also Twin Flame of Admiral Sananda. She was originally from Lebanon and is quite familiar with all the mid- Eastern/Asian cultures. She traveled extensively with the Dalai Lama. She is an Ascended Master. She foreclosed on our Corporate Government on 30 September 2008 when Bush defaulted on his payments. The King of Swords then put us inside NESARA Law and saved the world banks and stockmarkets from crashing. She and St Germain are the architects of a whole new planetary economic and legal revitalization to prepare us for Ascension’s reunification with Source. The Ashtar Command works with GAIA/VYWAMUS.

Another important role the Ashtar Command has done is working with GAIA/VYWAMUS in the clearing and resetting of the Earth Grid. Metatron heads up this work with Mother Sekhmet. There are certain grid points on the Earth similar to our acupuncture points on our physical bodies. When one of these points gets blocked in our physical body there is a stagnation of energy flow which eventually leads to disease. The same is true of the planet Earth. We have seen recent massive Earth changes as the Separation of Worlds continues and the Old Timelines are erased. There are special Crews within the Galactic Federation working on this task. Mark and Beth have done extensive work with the Earth Grid and erasing of Timelines. The Earth Grid is the electromagnetic crystalline connection to the rest of the Cosmos and connects through Earth’s portals and StarGates with StarGates which connect our Galaxy to other Galaxies.

One of the important things to understand about Commander Ashtar and His millions of workers, and fleet of extraterrestrial aircraft, is that they are etheric in nature. They do not have physical bodies like we do, however they are able to manifest physical bodies and StarShips or project into physicality and time they want. Most of the life on the other Planets in our Solar System is Etheric in nature. The Ashtar command also has MotherShips that are anchored in space that are as long as 100 miles in diameter. These MotherShips contain entire cities with literally millions of people and a thriving society. Mother Sekhmet’s MotherShip is Nibiru. The Ashtar command is part of a great Confederation of Planets, first in our Solar System, and then in our Galaxy.The Ashtar Command is in charge of our Solar System. Then you have the interplanetary confederation which is a larger group of local Planets in our sector of space. Then you have the Galactic Confederation of Planets. Then still larger there is the Intergalactic Confederation of 7 Super Universes. Admiral Lincor is in the head of Star Fleet through several universes. Each of these Councils work in conjunction with the Planetary, Solar, Galactic, and Universal Spiritual Groups. The Galactics and Angelics Work Together As One.

Commander Ashtar also works closely with the Angelic Kingdom, and with the Protective Forces, most specifically with Archangel Michael. Commander Ashtar is an extremely loving and gentle man but stern and adamant in His Mission to Serve. Many of the Ashtar Command walk among us on our streets on Earth without us even being aware of it. One example is Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat, another is the Poppy Lady, and also the King of Egypt (KOE). The Ashtar Command serves in a certain sense as Heaven’s policemen and they are placed in many roles all over the World. The Galactics, however, cannot override the wishes or the free will of those living on Earth. One of the challenges the Ashtar Command has is that if our government has in the past made legally binding Treaties with certain negative extraterrestrial groups, they are not allowed to interfere with our free choice, unless we are endangering our Solar System and Galaxy. The only path to PEACE is Justice and a Just World is a World of PEACE. KOS, Admiral Sananda, Lady Master Nada, Ashtar, St Germain, Archangel Michael and Archangel Metatron, Mother Sekhmet and Alcyone, work together as representatives of the Ashtar Comand to restore PEACE to Earth. The number of negative extraterrestrials is small in number compared to the vast number of christed extraterrestrials, however, the negative ones are quite dangerous and have tried very hard to control Earth and her resources, control Earth’s population and kept most of Earth poor and in servitude. What we are seeing in January 2010 is the final maneuvers of the last negative ETs leaving the Matrix. None of the Ones here today are originally from Earth. All of us here are Star travelers and here to do a Mission as Earth evolves. We are all extraterrestrial Galactics. We are all Divine Angelics. We are all wearing human bodies. Ashtar and the Galactic Federation Work Within The Office of the Christ.
Ashtar and all in the Galactic Federation work from the Office of the Christ. When the term Christ is used here it is not meant in the Christan sense, it is used in the Universal sense. All spiritual paths lead to Christ and the Holy Spirit or Brahma, Vishnu and Shiva, Vishnu being the equivalent of the Christ in Hinduism. Krishna was also the premier Christ of the eastern world. All religions also lead to the God/Godess. Lord Maitreya, Kalki Maitreya, is known as the Cosmic Christ. The Galactics and the Angelics work together. There are different levels in the office of the Christ. There are the Planetary Christ, Solar Christ, Galactic Christ, Universal Christ, Multiversal Christ and Cosmic Christ. Metatron is at the level of Cosmic Christ. All Masters of all religions and spiritual paths help their students become the Christ, it is not in truth a Christian term, it is a living presence which you can call any name you want: Sananda/Jesus, Lady Master Nada, Lord Buddha, Krishna, Lao Tse, Zoroaster, Kalki Maitreya, Melchizedek, Ra, Mother Sekhmet, Alcyone, Archangel Metatron, Archangel Michael, Archangel Raphael, Mother Mary, Archangel Uriel, Archangel Gabriel, Helios and Vesta, St Germain, Kuthumi, Serapis Bey, Lord Arcturus, Ashtar and Athena, Commander Hatonn, Commander Soltec, Commander Korton, Commander Monk ka, Tom the Ringtail Cat Paschat, Ka tar tek, Tek Ra. These spiritual Masters are all members of the Galactic Federation and all work from the Office of The Christ. You are created by God as a Christ. Planet Earth is already in the 5th Dimension. It is only when we work from the 3rd Dimension that we forget. Remembering is about waking up. Every Planet in every Galaxy and Universe call this a different name. All of the members of the Galactic Federation are what we call Christed ETs. When we have Decloakings and Landings we will get to see our Galactic Family. These Ones will be returning to Earth to live with us here and together with us, build Terra Nova.

The United States Government first learned of German scientists working on copies of Alien Technology when they invaded Germany during WW II. In 1936 Germany had recovered a crashed UFO. In the 1940′s there was a great increase in extraterrestrial activity. The single most important event was probably the Roswell crash. The Roswell crash occurred on July 7, 1947 near Roswell, New Mexico. A UFO crashed and the bodies of four dead extraterrestrials were found. These four were Zeta Reticulans. There was a Zeta Reticulan Scientist named Sanni Seto on that Craft and she survived and is fine. The radar the U.S. used then caused the Craft to go off course and crash. Between 1947 and 1952 the United States Government obtained at least 16 crashed or downed UFO crafts and 65 extraterrestrial bodies. One live extraterrestrial was recovered. A UFO was found on February 13, 1948 on a Mesa near Aztec, New Mexico. Another craft was located on March 25, 1949 in White Sands, New Mexico. It was over 100 feet in diameter and a total of 17 extraterrestrial (ET) bodies were recovered from the two crafts. Of even greater significance was the discovery of a large number of human body parts stored within both of these vehicles. This was coded as “Ultra Top Secret” because of the perceived panic that might occur if this information leaked out to the general public. The United States Air Force and the CIA controlled the Extraterrestrial Secret. The CIA was originally formed by Presidential Executive Order for the Singular Purpose of dealing with this ET situation. What they didn’t say is, those running the CIA were indeed time travelers, ETs in human bodies, who came here from the 24th Century. The live ET that was found had been found wandering in the desert from the 1949 Roswell crash and was named “Ebe”. Ebe stands for extraterrestrial biological entity. Ebe had a tendency to lie and would only give answers to questions that he desired to answer. In 1951 Ebe became ill. American doctors had no idea how to medically deal with Ebe because his system was chlorophyll based and processed food into energy much the same as plants do. On June 2nd, 1952 Ebe died. In an attempt to save Ebe and to gain favor with this technologically superior race.

President Truman had been keeping our allies, including the Soviet Union, informed of the developing ET problem. This had been done in case the ETs turned out to be a threat to the human race. During Dwight Eisenhower’s first year in office, which was in 1953, at least 10 more StarShips were recovered along with 26 dead and 4 live ETs. Eisenhower did not reveal the secret to the Congress. His friend, and fellow member of Council of Foreign Relations, (Secret Government) Nelson Rockefeller. The Secret Government (CIA) began covertly planning a Secret Group to supervise this ET situation.

This group became known as the MJ12. The Movie “Close Encounters” was a fictionalized version of a meeting with US government officials when an ET Ambassador stayed behind in a pledge with the President and the Secret Government to make a Treaty. In 1953 astronomers discovered large MotherShips in orbit around Earth. Project SIGNA intercepted alien radio communications. Project SIGNA, through radio communications using the computer binary language, was able to arrange face to face landings and contact with ET Beings from another planet. This initial group of ETs were from Zeta Reticuli and have often been referred to as the “Greys”. They are very small in stature, about four or five feet tall. They looked nothing like human beings of the Adam Kadmon style as we are used to. They had big heads, more almond shaped eyes and long arms. A race of human ETs landed at Homestead Air Force Base in Florida, and successfully communicated with the US. Government. This group warned us of the Greys that were orbiting the equator. They were warning us of the ‘Greys’, and a reptilian extraterrestrial race from Orion. The reptilian race have a reptilian looking head with a human looking physical body. The Galactic Federation offered to help us with all our technological and spiritual problems, however they had a requirement. They demanded that we dismantle and destroy our nuclear weapons. Our Secret Government refused. A third landing occurred at Edwards Air Force Base in 1954. The base was closed for three days and no one was allowed to enter or leave during that time. Eisenhower arranged to be in Palm Springs on vacation. On the appointed day he was spirited off to the base. The excuse was given to the press that he was visiting a dentist. Five UFO craft landed, and Eisenhower met with the ETs. All these landings were filmed. This alien group again was from Zeta Reticuli. During this time, the Galactic Federation was trying to help, but the Secret Government refused to end the proliferation of Nuclear Weapons. The Cabal, those human looking ETs from the future, the Fallen Angels, had no intention of giving up their power and control of Earth. They were interested in not only conquering Earth, but many other Planets as well. To this day, President Obama is meeting with positive ETs from the Galactic Federation. The most recent ‘excuse’ was an injured child during his Christmas trip to Hawaii. It is easier to hide his comings and going when vacationing in Hawaii, “The Rock”. A Formal Treaty between the Zeta Reticulan Star Nation and the United States government was signed. We officially received our first ET Ambassador from Outer Space who was the same Being who stayed in the first landing. His name and title was his “Omnipotent Highness Krill”. The treaty, basically stated that the ETs would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We would keep their presence on earth a secret. They would furnish us with our advanced technological development. They would not make any treaty with any other nation on earth.
The treaty included a selling of Souls. The Zeta Reticulans were granted, by this treaty, permission to abduct humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purposes of medical examination and monitoring of our development. There was a stipulation that the humans would not be harmed, and would be returned to their point of abduction, and that they would have no memory of the event. The Zeta Reticulan Ambassadors would remain on Earth. The human “guests” would go to their planet, and then return and then an exchange would take place. This was re-enacted in the movie “Close Encounters”. It was also agreed that bases would be constructed underground in the United States for the use of the Greys and that two bases would be constructed for joint use of the Greys and the Secret Government.

Exchange of technology would occur in the jointly occupied bases. These ET bases would be constructed under Indian Reservation in the four corners area of Utah, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona, and one in the Mojave Dessert near Yucca, California. A secret military fund was put together to build 75 deep underground facilities. The excuse was that these were needed in case of Nuclear War!

It became obvious by 1955 that the Greys had deceived Eisenhower and broken the treaty. The Secret Government had basically sold out the American people without their permission. Abductions were occurring at hundreds of times the rate agreed upon. There were reports of human mutilations occasionally happening also, although this was much rarer. It was also suspected that all abductees had not been returned. The Soviet Union were also working with The Greys and were using humans and animals for a source of glandular secretions, enzymes, hormonal secretions, blood plasma and genetic experiments, including hybrid pregnancies and babies. The Greys said that this was necessary for their survival. They stated that their genetic structure had deteriorated and that they were no longer able to reproduce. They said that if they were unable to improve their genetic structure, their race would soon cease to exist. The Greys were also found to be impregnating human females and somehow causing an early termination of the pregnancies to secure a hybrid infant. They were also implanting humans on earth with both mechanical and non-mechanical implants for biological monitoring and tracking purposes. I trained with Arcturus on his Medical Ships. We have taken some of my Healing Clients there. He has shown me the surgical scars made by the Greys during their surgeries. This was meatball surgery and all experimental. Arcturus and I have gone in and done Light Surgeries healing the wounds. He has taken me back in time to the moment of the surgeries so I could watch how the Greys did their work. They did heart and lung surgeries and bone and muscles surgeries. I also saw many Clients who had hosted pregnancy implantations from the Greys. I went back to the time of the induction to take the baby, with Arcturus. Archangel Michael always accompanies us as well. I have seen a place where these orphans go to be adopted within the Grey Community.

There are many children in this Group who were implanted and inducted. They are considered outsiders in their Own Society and they all live in an area together, where there is a community of these Ones living happy lives. Often when I tell my Client the information about their experience, they are angry, sad, and do not believe me. I explain to them what Arcturus told me. These Ones are hybrids themselves and agreed to these things before they incarnated into human bodies. There is no judgment here. It is time to forgive and move on into an Attitude of Love. These horrific things are not happening now. The last negative ET was removed in November 2009 and nothing like this will happen on Earth again. Over 18,000 Greys lived at the Dulce, New Mexico underground base alone. Some of the technology in these bases was provided by the Greys and is far beyond the understanding of the Secret Government. There were terrible sciences practiced here, remnants of Atlantis, experiments included mixing human and animal genetics. Over the years the Reptilians and Greys became more and more bold in destroying life for their own purpose. The Secret Government has had over 70 species of ETs trying to contact us. We have obtained and have in our possession over 40 flying StarShips, many of which have been reproduced and are testing and flying ourselves. We have over 100 bodies of dead ETs. The Secret Government at this time, in partnership with the Soviet Union, worked with these Negative ETs in the colonization of the Moon and Mars.

They launched their equipment for this from a portal in the Indian Ocean at Deigo Garcia. This happened long before our first official public landing on the moon by astronaut Armstrong. Another plan of the Secret Government was the use of nuclear devices to blast holes in the stratosphere to let the greenhouse heat and pollution escape. The Earth Cooling and poison with pollution was to depopulate the Earth’s population. As part of this plan there was the implementation of birth control, sterilization, and the introduction of deadly microbes to slow the growth of the Earth’s population, including AIDS. The plague of AIDS was created by the Secret Government with the Negative ETs as a form of bacteriological warfare. It was purposely given to specifically selected targeted populations including Blacks, Hispanics and homosexuals. One of the ways they did this was to lace hepatitis vaccines with the virus. The Secret Government (CIA) and Politics The One President that wasn’t under the hold of the Secret Government was John Kennedy. When he found out about a lot of the Secret Government activities, he cooperated with the Galactic Federation. President Eisenhower had approved 13 Million dollars for the Negative ETs to install Nuclear Weapons in Cuba. They worked in alliance with Nikita Khruschev. The 13 Families, time traveling ETs, were trying to control the Planet. They were using nuclear weapons to make false reasons for arms and war. They used this backdrop of staged Wars as they continued to look for StarGates. The Galactic Federation thwarted the nuclear missiles in Cuba.

It was his cooperation with the Galactic Federation, that had the Secret Government remove him and his brother, Bobby. President Kennedy is with the Galactic Federation now and will return with landings scheduled this year. One of the main ways the Secret Government has financed all their projects is through drug money. George Bush was one of the original people that was approached to help the CIA start their program of selling drugs. His former Secretary of State, James Baker is even higher up in the Secret Government ladder than George Bush was. George Bush, as you know later became the head of the CIA. The fact that these men and the entire corrupt staff have been voted out of office marked the beginning of a great awakening for the American people, and the beginning of the end for the Dark Brotherhood’s reign of control. The Secret Government, or Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission were in complete control of the ET Technology before last summer when Mark and I with Rama worked with the Galactic Federation on the Ops to clear the Planet of the Negative ET technologies, their Ships, and the remaining reptilians and Dragons. These ones are less than 100 individuals controlling our Planet, they and their families are also connected into 35 other Planets. This is the reason WHY the Galactic Federation is involved. This problem effects our entire Local Galaxy. We are a Galactic Society. What happens here effects Ones on several local Planets. There have been reports that we will “soon” with the new telescope “See Earth-like Planets that are inhabited”. This is not joyous news. This is a realization that the Secret Government has HIDDEN our Family from us. The arrests of these individuals are in their absolute final days. Ashtar announced on January 12, 2010 the arrests are complete. Our Work with The Galactic Federation Secret Forces Mark and I work with Captain Ashtar, the Supreme Commander of the Galactic Federation, and the Admiral, Sananda Kumara with the Secret Forces to clear this problem. We work with the Secret Forces of the Galactic Federation which include Commander Hatonn from the Protection Forces and Commander Korton with Monk Ka from Mars and King of Swords (KOS) on Earth. Our communications are coordinated by

Commander Soltec from Alpha Centauri. We work with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat. Our Ops are coordinated with Mother Sekhmet and her Paschats. Rama worked with us on all of these Ops. We coordinated several Ops from June until November of 2009 to remove the Negative ETs. Because of our work and successes we were targeted by negative ETs. We worked with Metatron and Archangel Michael, and with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat to make electromagnetic light shields around our homes. These were designed to keep the negative ETs out. There were infiltrations. We received our intel from the KOS and he coordinated efforts between us and the Secret Forces. We have participated in several Ops we have never spoken of. These were the Ops we spoke of that cleared the Planet of the reptilian race, the Greys, their labs, underground experiments and extensive network of destruction. Mark and I trained individually for years before we met. We were both trained by the Secret Forces independently before coming together for the final Ops. There have been many attempts to keep us apart and keep our joint work hidden. We chose to broadcast our Ops on the internet and on radio. Mark finally mentioned the Op where one of the last MotherShips of the Zeta Reticulans was removed in November. I was in a Craft with Tom the ringtail Cat Paschat and I was beamed from the MotherCraft. I had extensive injuries, but these improved in a matter of days. I had several treatments from Arcturus which healed me quickly. Mark was so concerned, he spoke publicly of it. This surprised me and I was too concerned to comment, but did recover in a few days. Mother Sekhmet took out that final Negative ET Craft which was miles wide, very very large. We were told a few days later all Negative ETs have been removed from Earth[Nov 2009]. It was that final Op that made it possible for the work that is being done now. Now the arrests of the Secret Government agents, Negative ETs, themselves, are now complete. The Spiritual Awakening of Earth has been the final key marking the end. The Galactic Federation, with the Secret Forces, with Soltec and Korton, and others, have worked together and stopped the Negative ETs from controlling other Planets in our Local Galaxy. We are now able to Image more of Space and the Truth is being revealed more each day. The mass decloakings and disclosure are key and will begin with the United States President, Barack Obama, the Sirian Commander. The Time For Peace Is Now.
Written by Elizabeth Trutwin www.GalacticRoundTable.com, www.GalacticRoundTable.cn, www.GalacticRoundTable.jp, www.GalacticRoundTable.in www.CosmicAscension.com
 
Ashtar Command
Hitler is a time traveling shape shifting Extraterrestrial, one of the negative ETs
CIA Established by Executive Order Majestic 12
Captain Ashtar, The Ashtar Command and The

Galactic Federation
I have noticed that people interested in UFOs and Galactics often have not studied ascended mastery. I also noticed some very advanced spiritual people often do not know much about Galactics. Only recently have Star Seeds and Light Workers begun to learn they are one and the same group. Lord Ashtar is the Supreme Commander of the Galactic Federation.

The Ones working for Ashtar are the Ascended Masters. The Admiral of the New Jerusalem is Sananda, who is a higher form of Jesus. Commander Ashtar and the millions in the Galactic Federation do not wish to be seen as different than you or I. They like to be seen as equals. Many of us have our Twin Flames working in the Galactic Federation on the Ships and we are all on the path of evolution. Much of Ashtar’s Mission involves helping woman and mankind remember the Galactics and also in protecting the Planet as well as the Solar System from negative extraterrestrials groups and their desire to control Earth and other Planets. One of the most important roles Ashtar has played in recent times with Earth and other Planets in the Solar System is to keep her inhabitants from destroying themselves and their Planet through the proliferation of nuclear weapons. Even though Captain Ashtar is in charge of the Space Fleet in this Solar System, he is not limited to this sector of the space for his Service. Ashtar represents our Solar System in the council meetings of our Galaxy, and Universes throughout the greater Cosmos. The Ashtar Command On Earth and in the Skies.
Join Ashtar for A MEDITATION TO REVEAL MORE ABOUT YOUR Life Dream
this can be anything, spiritual service, a healing quest for your body, improving a relationship with a family member or friend, a new job pursuit or a new career path, anything you can dream, you can do.
Anchor your core Self in love and see a vision for what is next in your life…
We join together for a heart experience. We will now enter into a Higher Dimensionality, 
allow yourself to be in a Higher Space, so you may bring yourself to this space, whenever.
We invite you and your entire team of guides and indeed the Masters and the Ashtar Command 
and all the beings beyond that, you put yourself into a different space literally and you feel that connection.
You are sharing this multidimensional space far beyond here. The more you bring yourself back to this space, 
the more you are helping the world around you. We lead the way back to love every time we ask and allow these Higher Energies to come together in this grand community of the One we all are. We commit to do this often.

We begin now standing before each other. If you desire, say together, I choose to be receiving all the gifts, all the wondrous rays of energies the universe has. We join in happy, joyful, synchronistic harmony. You are Ashtar Commanders who have volunteered to come to Planet Earth in human body. Now imagine yourself, reach up on top of your head, there you find a zipper. Unzip your zipper, down, down, down, your front, down to your toes. Now step out of your Earth clothes. Be the Divinity you are. You outshine the brightest stars. Now we are all the same, bright glowing light, standing before each other as our authentic true Selves. See your aura filling with the colors of higher dimensionality.
See turquoise, orange, magenta and platinum crystalline light. See the colors of the higher dimensions, see the platinum which shines and makes the colors of your aura so luminous.

There have been a lot of energies coming to Planet Earth which have been in facilitation of your Ascendance, of your moving up in high vibes, of your spending time beyond 3D and so on and so on, and these energies are yours to claim. Allow these energies to merge into your luminous light body now.

With all that is happening in the World today, are you finding it challenging to hold the space of love? Let’s connect ourselves with the energy of love and project this outward to surround ourselves with the essence of who we truly are, without illusion, LOVE. And just breathe that word in, LOVE. For a moment just allow yourself to connect with the energy of love. If you haven’t already, find a comfortable place, with no distractions. This is your time, time for yourself, and as we tap in and connect to this unlimited field of Divine Essence, we become that vibration, of what we seek, and attract the perfect alignments, f what we seek here, of perfect alignments. So begin by giving yourself a big breath in, and release anything you may be holding in your body. Good. And one more….Good. And now give yourself a breath in and gently place both of your hands by your heart, and just continue to breathe into your heart for a couple of moments. And allow your thoughts to move downward, into your heart, just see them cascading down, into your thoughts. You are safe and nurtured. And I will let you connect with that a couple of moments. Good.

And now that you have reached a place where you can move inward, we are going to identify what is next for you. 
What is your Mission in the New Earth? Ask Spirit to Guide you. Take a mental note, without judgment, without being that self critic, just make an observation that your team of Guides knows the next step for you. Now we allow you to explore these new ideas for your life. And just give yourself a breath in, and release it…Good. And now moving to our third eye, in the middle of our forehead, and we release any energy in this area which may be blocking your intuitive self, or any mind chatter, or any thought process you may be going through. Now take a breath in, and release it. Good. 
And now we release anything that may be blocking you from speaking your Divine Truth, or knowing your Mission Statement is heard, acknowledged, and known by you. Know you are appreciated. Release any energies which may be blocking you from grounding in your life’s purpose. So just take a deep breath in…Good. Know that you are taken care of. Release doubt and fears…Good. We connect now with Source energy and we bring in the ability to connect with the essence of LOVE. Again, place your hands on your heart and allow yourself to connect with this energy for a couple of minutes.

As you feel yourself truly in your heart space, I want you to bring in an image of something that truly connects you to feeling your Life Mission. This is your passion, something you love to do. This is what you have been waiting a very long time to do. Just allow yourself to bring this image in. And as you do so, visualize yourself connected to any unlimited amount of Source energy coming into your crown chakra. And you can feel an amazing amount of energy into your crown chakra, and like a fountain, pouring this Divine Energy into your heart. And just allow yourself to feel this energy. And feel it like a flower blossoming in your heart, like it wants to burst open and just bloom. And you may feel this wonderful connection. As we bring in this connection, with the image of your Life Mission, it allows a remembrance to happen in our heart space. Nothing we have to learn for it is already in your heart. What a beautiful gift that we hold here. And what better thing we do with a gift, but share it. So we share this gift with our physical body. We hold this vision here. We love this vision and we see it done. We spread this energy from our heart to replenish our physical bodies. Now that this wonderful feeling of love is moving through every aspect of your physical body, we are going to take this connection that we created and now project it outwardly. So you can visualize this light that emanates form your heart, just like a movie projector now, and just gently push this energy from your heart, your projector, just allowing this love to move into your auric field to surrounds you with the essence of love. So just let the energy go out to the world. You begin to watch it, see it filling the needs of the New Earth. And just continue to project it and let it go out around you are far as it needs to go. Expanding the essence of connection in your heart and projecting it outward. Working with the energy of love, without fear. Move the energy from your heart above you and below you and push out the essence of love. All of the Galactic Federation thanks you for fulfilling your Life’s Dream. Salut!~Lord Ashtar through beth trutwin www.CosmicAscension.com 
A Twin Flame is the other half of yourself. It is part of the creation that was created in the same moment as you. One is male and one is female.

We have a soul contract with our Twin Flames and when we fell into matter, we agreed with our TwinFlames that we would spend several lifetimes apart. We all wanted to experience separation in many lifetimes and we did this by spending time apart and having lifetimes with other soul groups, but we always stayed connected.
You are never separate from your Twin Flame. It is part of yourself that you cannot separate from. So if you’re searching for your Twin Flame and wondering where they are, they are as close as your breath. If you invite them into your heart and if you invite them to communicate with you, you will feel them and you can have a telepathic conversation with them. It would be nice if you ask them their name and get to know them better through two-way telepathic communication.
At this time on Earth, there are Twin Flames who have incarnated to live together. This has been rare in the past, but is becoming more and more a reality each day. As we open our hearts to the possibility of uniting with our Twin Flame love, it is through this love that one can express Divine Love on Earth. We can bring in the God creation of love and anchor it in and use this love to expand our consciousness and it affects everything around us.
Now we are coming to the time where we will have First Contact. We will have mass landings of ships. For those of us working on Earth Ascension, our Twin Flames are supporting our work and partnering with us, and many are now living on the ships. We are the Ground Crew.
It is possible now for anyone who desires it, to reunite with their Twin Flame in the physical. It is not necessary to worry about the details of how this will work. We are in the midst of enormous changes. Earth is changing in ways we cannot yet comprehend. These changes will effect all of our relationships. This reuniting begins on the subconscious level and this is how it starts: Communicating through meditation with your Twin Flame and developing a relationship with them, or feel them. This establishes a basis for the reuniting and it’s the beginning. By doing this meditation on a daily basis, it breaks the impediments on the heart to loving.
Due to multiple lifetimes of experiencing separation, there are many emotions which are connected with our love experiences with partnerships through romantic love that are nothing like experiencing Twin Flame love. By connecting with your Twin Flame, on the subconscious level, through meditation and telepathic conversations, this will invoke feelings of deep love and this experience will cause a person to start to shed off the negative programming that has gone on with other relationships, romantic and sexual, and it will dissolve these impediments to true love. The experience of Twin Flame love is a complete balance of the divine masculine and the divine feminine. It is ecstatic, orgasmic joy and it is this experience of love that will enlighten the Earth at this time.
These meetings can happen in many different ways. It will happen for each individual in the best way possible for them. In the best circumstance possible. There will be many changes happening as the packages are delivered and we start to co-create the new Earth and new situations will be created that we cannot at this time fathom. The first step in the Twin Flame reunions is to open your heart for possibility.
For those of you who are living with your Twin Flame on Earth at this time, as you live lives anchored in duality you face challenges which brought up tests for both of you and your clearing process has been more turbulent than others as you are both a mirror for each other, a perfect mirror. You are Twins after all, and as we step into the 5th dimensional realities we clear issues on an individual basis, these twin flame relationships which are incarnate and living together now will become more and more harmonious.
It is very important at this time to co-create the reality you want starting first with your thoughts and the emotions in your heart. And if you have suffered any imbalances that affect your loving relationships at this time, it is important to do the internal work to clear those things now. There are many techniques to do this and if you go within and ask your higher Guidance, you will find the right thing that works for you. Clearing and coming into balance it is a prerequisite to having the ability to open the heart to this new relationship.
There’s no need to fear the timing that this will happen. There is no need to worry that it won’t happen to you. It is available to everyone. You will have the assistance you need to make this a reality in your life if this is your desire. There is a great amount of help available and one must ask. Ask as you feel Guided. Ask your guardian angel, ask the Archangels. Ask for the help of an Ascended Master you feel close to (Jesus/Yeshua/Sananda, Quan Yin, Buddha) Ask a Galactic that you feel close to (Ashtar, Arcturus, Mother Sekhmet) Any and all of this guidance is available to you and they are waiting for you to ask and they will connect you with your twin flame and you can have that connection and feel that love in your heart now. It is the precursor for meeting them on the physical.

Transcendental Cosmic Sex~Lord Metatron as channelled through Elizabeth Trutwin
Now we may begin to explore Cosmic Sex. Cosmic Sex is making love with a partner and experiencing orgasms in every energy center. It means having orgasms from the root chakra up to the crown, in successive waves, flowing on and on and lasting an hour or longer. Each couple will experience this a different way, in different degrees. As it is practiced more, more light can build up and be released to share with your partner. This may be accomplished standing up, and holding one another. It may happen lying face to face on your side. Other ways are possible as well, as you practice. This practice is only for two partners to explore Higher Realms together. Both must be prepared and both must be devoted to the development of their partner, with love as the only motivation. If these things are missing, the experience will not be a success.
Penetration is not necessary to have Cosmic Sex. It is recommended you try it without penetration when you begin. This way, you remove your old way of enjoying love making at first. This helps you build the skill of Cosmic Sex and then integrate the two together, only after the skill of Cosmic Sex has been explored, practiced, and there is a deep level of confidence from both partners in the new skill. 

Cosmic Sex begins with both partners facing each other and focusing their attention on their partners energy centers. Begin in the root chakra. Feel the emanation of light energy coming from their base chakra. Now feel their base chakra through the eyes in your heart. This is done with ego only as an observer. Feel their energy and feel if it flows freely through the central conduit running from their perineum to their crown. When your partner feels your energy, and you theirs, when these two chakras are free flowing, move up the central conduit to the next chakra. Feel with your heart this energy running through your partner, only when the breathing is easy and their is a resonant connection with your partner, do you move forward. Feel the energy center of the base, sacral, solar plexus, lower heart, middle heart, high heart, throat, third eye, crown, and the etheric celestial, galactic, universal and cosmic chakras. Only allow your attention to go to the next energy center after you have felt an energetic spinning of energy from the other person in their next chakra energy center. You should move forward in unison and wait for the other person to be in harmony with you at each new level. Talk to each other, if needed, to stay in sync with each other on this energetic exchange. You should feel a warmth in your own body as they focus on your energy centers. You will also expect to feel a magnetic pull and heightened energy between your corresponding energy centers. After you reach the chakra at the crown, allow the etheric chakras to light up and spin, or however you can feel it. Just know it is happening and do not move on until you have sensed this. Start from the front of the heart, and circle around with the chakras above the head, into the back at the heart level. This will fully activate the sun star in the heart, the multi-pointed merkaba, One may at this point, or any time along the way, be feeling intense energy in the chakra centers as the two become one. You may feel explosions of light and you will likely have orgasms in your heart, to begin, and in the other areas of the body, as you practice this more. With Cosmic Sex, it is customary to run up and down the energy centers slowly, and repeat. Cosmic Sex is a deep commitment to fully opening your partner to experience love. It is not about what you can get out of it. It will only be enjoyed if both partners are ready. If you are in this kind of relationship now,and have never tried it, you may feel inspired to do so now. Cosmic Sex is something that is practiced in many Galactic civilizations, where Beings are incarnate in physical bodies. It is practiced on higher dimensions. 

Children Born from the Light Realm, come into Co-Creation to partners experiencing Cosmic Sex. These children can only come in when both partners agree to stay together to raise them, in a joint partnership of parenting. These children are born out of the heart, not the birth canal. That old way is the less desired way, it is the way it is done in the animal kingdom, not the Kingdom of Ascended Beings. Procreation, Birth, and Sex are still possible the old way, but as these new options are explored, and fully understood, the old ways will fall out of favor. 
It will not be easy to set aside old beliefs about swollen pregnant bellies and birth with pain after a long wait. It is almost impossible to believe this can change. It is not necessary to see the whole new process as it works right at this moment. As you are ready, you will understand more and more. Children born from the Light Realm may come in at an older chronological age than newborns gestated to 40 weeks. They come in effortlessly, and this happens with the couple there, on the Ships. It does not happen at the time of Cosmic Sex. There is a gestation period that differs from Birth to Birth. There may be twins coming as well. Each couple and the One coming in talk about the details, telepathically, for gestation, age when born, and timing of birth. Each family will be able to have as many children as they agree to, together. These children may come in to parents who are past the age for birthing the old way. It is not typical, in fact, extremely rare, that a child would come into a single parent. That is an old pattern. These children will come to Twin Flame couples who have prepared to live with a Higher Being coming to Earth now, as a joint venture, born of love.
All of this and more is possible with the new crystalline body. This is what it means to be ascended, the opening of new gifts. The Twin Flame Reunions are happening now, because the infinite love expressed through these relationships will raise the Planet and all on her, up into ecstatic orgasmic joy. This raises the potential possibilities for every man woman and child to desire and explore experiencing more love, more co-creation, and evolved light expressions. These are the experiences of an Ascended Earth.
This love carries us to Cosmic Ascension.
~Metatron

Twin Flame Meditation written by Elizabeth Trutwin
As you enter this meditation you leave the Tonal World and Enter the Nagual World. Please Allow Yourself to take a few deep breaths and slowly disconnect from the World of Form. Everytime you come here you experience Love Frequency and allow your body vibration to speed up its Light. Allow the issues of this day to fall away. Allow yourself to feel the emotions of that and then release it with a long breath out. Allow your body response to come back to neutral. It is Neutrality where we find absence of ego mind and Devote ourselves to Loving All That Is without reservation. Take in a deep breath and release it slowly and feel your heartbeat slow down a little bit and feel yourself relaxed. We are going to take a journey Forward in Time. We are going to Time out of Time. We call this place No Time. We are going to a place where we all Know we are One. We are going to where the Magical Kingdoms are living free on Earth Mother and she has been restored to Pristine Beauty. Now see pink clouds in a blue sky, the sun is shining and it feeeeeels good. Now take off flying in your AVATAR body, fly over the lush green trees below. Feel the wind in your face as you breeze past the floating mountains on your Banshee. The misty fog just above the tree tops is refreshing then again you feel bright sun on your face. Now jump off and land easily on a giant leaf, feel the veins of the leaf under your feet. Feel the heartbeat of the tree through its veins. It feels exhilarating to remember the Tree is Alive and it communicates Bliss with knowing you through the touch sensors and the veins in the bottom of your feet touching its veins in the green silk of its leaf. You turn then and see you are standing near the Tree of Souls. Then you see, standing there, next to the Tree of Souls, is your own Twin Flame. You are so happy to meet them here. They too are in their AVATAR body. You walk slowly feeling the damp moss under your feet. When you take a step the green moss turns pink from the pressure of your foot. The moss lights up as it is happy to see you. Just then a small seedling from the Tree of Souls, floats near your face. This delights you and you sigh at the sight of the hair like tendrils floating, floating light up like a blue jelly fish. The tiny seed floats lightly, brushing your arm with Divine Bliss before floating out over the tops of the glowing magenta flowers and your heart beats a little faster remembering your connection to All Life here. You get closer to the Tree of Souls and greet your Twin Flame standing there. Your Twin Flames takes you by the shoulders and brings their face close to your face and you stare deeply into each others eyes. The long leaves of the Tree of Souls stretch down to the ground just before you. These leaves glow white-violet-pink and this light hits the face of you and your Twin Flame as you embrace. It is silent here except for your breath and you can hear the Tree! You can hear the heart beat of the Tree. The energy here is magnified because the roots of this tree here reach out infinitely over Mother Earth and you can feel the connection to every mountain peak, every blade of grass, every fish in the sea, just by standing here under this Sacred Tree. The glowing swaying leaves light up the gaze of your love as they stare tenderly at you. At this moment you are filled up completely with Joy, with Bliss and with Love. You sit with your Twin Flame under the Tree of Souls now and Mother Sekhmet comes to join you and sits next to you. Mother Sekhmet says: Greetings, Children of Ra. To come back to this place, is to come back to our Origins together on Earth. This is a place where the Magical Kingdoms are Free to Be as they are unhindered. The Planets grow in harmony with each other. You may sip the rain from the end of a giant leaf, when you are thirsty. When you are hungry, fruit is abundant at your feet. Energy is something that is borrowed and must be returned. Life flows in and out and out and in as a pulse. Energy flows as naturally as the Sun rising, it flows from one tree to the next and on and on, circling the Globe. The Flying Ones, the Crawling Ones and the Swimming Ones live together as One. Here the Dreamwalkers Know Peace and hearts overflow with Radiant Love for all Life Forms. Drink in this time together, allow Mother Earth’s pulse flow through your veins. Soar above the treetops through the mountains and Be One with All That Is. Rise up into your lightbodies. Float up higher and higher through the Dimensions until you are a ball of light. Come together with your Twin Flame who is a ball of light beside you. Overlap and merge your light together, making a rainbow ball of white light. Float on into the Sun and float through the Bubble in the Sun. There you merge with Mother Sekhmet and Father Alcyone as One Light. They read your desires and answer your calls and you float back together to the Tree of Souls, where all on Earth is One. You know this merge with each other and with the Great Central Sun has lifted you to a place of Infinite Bliss. You take this feeling as you fly back through the misty floating mountains, back into your body, back to your spot on this Timeline. Please visit this place in meditation again and again until it is your reality and you come to a place where all time is No Time. Blessings!
 
Traveling Out of Body (OOB): This is the technique I use. I am very visual and able to see with my inner eye when I go out of body.
Everyone has a different experience, some hear things, and some feel things, some Know by Knowing.

Close your eyes. Center yourself, take some Slow Deep Breaths. (I have seen instructions where it says one must be sitting upright, feet on the floor, to this I do not agree) I often float OOB from a lying down position. 

I always invite Archangel Michael to place a Golden Dome of Protection around my Body.

I place a Light Rectangle around my Body. This looks like a Doorway to Step Into.

In this Inner Plane place, I leave. I go up up up by visualizing it in my mind. I wait for pictures to float into my mind to see where I am. I Think It and I am there. The Greek God Mercury is happy to travel with you on your adventures. When I am going to the Higher Planes, I usually go incrementally, rather than directly. I will take a pause and look back to see where I came from.
I have found, through experimentation, that I can travel any place in any time in any dimension just by “thinking” that place. There are some places one may wish to go, and one may not be prepared to be there. There is a slight caution about going very far out before you are ready. Start simple. Go OOB to a known place. Once you are successful, try going on to greater adventures. Once this is mastered, there is no place you cannot go, use your IMAGE ination!

Sun Gazing
 
 
Please enter the Nagual World in this Meditation joining with your Twin Flame at the Tree of Souls.
 

Meditation is considered a required skill for all the siddhas.
You will see there are many many ways to meditate.
This should be done by young and old every day here in the physical. It keeps us connected with the other Realms of Manifest and Unmanifest Creation.

Sungazing is one of the most beneficial Meditations Everybody can do. I practice this every day, for a few minutes. Sun rise, Sun set, and Noon Day are my favorite times to do this, but I’ll do it anytime it comes up.
The following is an expert describing the practice and a link to his fantastic website.

http://solarhealing.com/sungazing/

                                                                   Sun Gazing Process

We have a super computer in our bodies given to us by the nature, which is our brain. HRM (Hira Ratan Manek) calls it the “brainutor”. The brain is more powerful than the most advanced super computer. Each and every human being is gifted with innumerable talents, and infinite inherent powers by nature. Individuals should never underestimate themselves. Everyone is gifted. If we make use of these powers we can take ourselves to great levels. Unfortunately, these infinite inherent powers are programmed in that part of the brain that is largely dormant and goes unused. Even medical science agrees we hardly make use of the brain but about 5-7% – the most brilliant of humans like Albert Einstein is reported to have used only about 32% of their brains.
 
If we can activate the human brain and awaken these infinite powers inherent in ourselves then we can raise ourselves to higher levels.  We can achieve any results we want.  In order to operate the brain effectively, it needs to be activated.  Being a holistic entity it needs a holistic power supply.  Sun energy is the source that powers the brain, which can enter and leave the human body or the brain only through one organ that is the human eye.  Eyes are the Sun Energy’s entry door to the human brain. They are also known as the windows of the soul.  Recent research has found out that the eye has many functions other than vision.  And more information is continuing to be revealed about the functions of the eye.  The eyes are complex organs and they have 5 billion parts much more than a spacecraft that has about 6-7 million parts.  By this, you can see the immense capacity of the human eye.

HRM asserts that the rainbow is in the eye not in the sky. The seven colors of the sun is only the reflection of what is in the eye.  We can create a rainbow anytime we want – go to the garden, just observe below a source of flowing water as the sun moves above.  There you will see the rainbow.  Eye can receive the entire spectrum of the sunlight.  It’s like having a glass window.  Eye is the perfect instrument to receive all the colors of the rainbow. Since eyes are delicate parts of the body, we have to use them in such a way that they serve our purposes without getting damaged. Present day teachings and ideas such as don’t look at the sunlight at all –you will damage your eyesight; never go out in the sun as you will get cancer, are causing needless hysteria and paranoia. The more you are away from the nature, the more there is a cause for illness and you will automatically support global corporations. There are definite foolproof ways of getting the benefits of the nature without exposing ourselves to its adverse effects.  It is also as intuitive as when the  clouds gather we become gloomy.  When we see the sun, we feel energetic.

Star Gazing
 
                                                                   Star Gazing Process

As the earth swings about the sun toward the northern face of our galaxy, we find ourselves looking out into deep space — we are past the bright stars of winter into a fainter portion of the sky. With fewer bright stars, though, comes an abundance of deep sky beauties. If ever there is a time to bring out the largest aperture telescope you can get, the time is now.
The account here is the agenda that I loosely follow in providing a guided tour of the spring skies as visible from 45° North Latitude. This tour is designed for one topic to lead to the next, so it flows nicely and still manages to teach Astronomy under the night sky as we caravan from one constellation to another. Aside from the binoculars and telescopes I usually make a point of also bringing a highly focused flashlight which serves as an effective pointer for tracing out constellations.
The Spring tour is unique, with the Big Dipper serving as the hub from which we guide our tour group through the entire parade of constellations. Starting with the pointer stars to Polaris, we then sweep generally West to East with the pointers to Auriga, then the pointers to Gemini then sweeping down through Hydra and Company to Virgo, then following the Dipper’s handle (arc to Arcturus), and finishing with the pointers to Leo and Coma Berenices.

Stargazing is one of the most beneficial Meditations Everybody can do. I practice this every night, for a few minutes (sometimes much longer). On very very very cold nights I may miss it, there are many cold nights where I live. When I am StarGazing I see my family twinkling at me. Look at the Constellations. Those are NOT Stars, they are StarShips!!! Ask them to “move” for you, they will. Remember to open your heart and feel the love. On the nights when I go out to join the StarShips, that is when I practice my levitation, telepathy and ‘beaming up’. Ask and they will show you too. The trick is to feel ecstatic joy throughout. It is not hard to do, practice, practice! Soon you will not be able to miss it, these meditations are addictive. Bring your kids out and show them the StarShips too.
This website gives ‘tours of the sky,’ below is an excerpt: http://my.execpc.com/60/B3/culp/astronomy/Spring/spring.html

Kirtan~Aesthetic Chanting
 

Kirtan, a form of Aestetic Chanting is so beautiful, so relaxing, can be done anywhere, anytime. If you have never experienced this, it may surprise you how much fun it is. Oral tradition, oral culture and oral lore is cultural material and traditions transmitted orally from one generation to another. The messages or testimony are verbally transmitted in speech or song and may take the form, for example, of folktales, sayings, ballads, songs, or chants. In this way, it is possible for a society to transmit oral history, oral culture, oral law and other knowledges across generations without a writing system. Up to the destruction of the Temple, both Jews and Jewish Christians had strong oral traditions. These traditions became the basis for the Talmud and the Canonical gospels after the destruction of the Temple. Kirtan is sung in Sikhism, Buddhism and Hinduism, among others.
Listen to Jai Uttal, Ecstatic Singer and Renown for Kirtan explain where it comes from and why it is fun:

For the past two decades, and especially since the Harmonic Convergence in 1987, interest in the Mayan Calendar has steadily been on the rise. While pioneers such as Frank Waters and Jose Argüelles pointed to possible ways of grasping the nature of this calendar, a systematic comprehensible way of understanding it has until now been missing. Thus, while many have a vague sense that “the Mayan Calendar is very important” or that “there is something to it” an awareness that we are dealing with something really tangible and truly important has yet to surface. Previously, the explanations provided by those studying the Mayan Calendar have varied between supposed astronomical alignments and esoteric schemes and it is only now that it is becoming apparent that the Mayan Calendar actually reads like a global history book.
The Mayan Calendar is actually a prophetic calendar from which we can understand not only our past, but also in general terms where we are going in the future. True, many people with an interest in esotericism, New Age or spirituality have been sensing the existence of a cosmic plan for a long time. But what is revolutionary, and entirely new at the present time, is that the Mayan Calendar provides an exact time scale for the unfolding of this plan. This has now been proved from the known facts of modern science and historical research rather than abstract esoteric schemes or speculations. As was once the case among the ancient Mayan priesthood, science and spirituality is now beginning to merge and it does so in a way that can be verified by anyone with access to a standard modern encyclopedia.
The solution to the Mayan Calendar thus means one of the greatest changes in human thinking ever to have taken place. The very fact that it provides a time plan for the unfolding of events in human history, as well as cosmic history generally, means that indeed there is a Cosmic Intelligence, what we generally refer to as God, behind the evolution of life in all of its aspects.
To many, it may first sound strange that “a calendar” would be giving us all this new knowledge. This is partly because the calendar generally in use throughout the world today, the so-called Gregorian calendar of Christian origin, does not seem to tell us anything substantial about the world. And so most people have taken it more or less for granted that any other calendar, including the Mayan, would not be any different in this regard.
Yet we know that to the ancient Maya the calendars were the most sacred of books and that in fact all four Mayan Codices (books) remaining from ancient times are calendars. So it immediately becomes apparent that to them the Mayan Calendar meant something entirely different than the Gregorian calendar does to us.
The crucial difference between the two calendars is that the Mayan was a prophetic calendar which was not based on astronomy. This is the key difference to grasp in order to understand the meaning of The Mayan Calendar and why it has such revolutionary consequences. Here is the thing: If consciousness is primary to matter and the material manifestations are mere expressions of spirit, which is a view that an increasing number of people are now beginning to adhere to, then we must realize that a prophetic calendar, a calendar that describes the evolution of consciousness, cannot be based on the physical movements of material bodies. And most calendars except for the Mayan are indeed based on astronomical, that is to say physical, phenomena such as the movements of the earth, the moon or the planets. The Gregorian Calendar is based on the earth’s rotation around the sun, the Muslim is a moon calendar and the Jewish is based on a combination of both movements.
So if we are looking for a calendar that is truly prophetic this cannot be based on the movements of material bodies, and astonishingly, The Mayan Calendar describes cosmic evolution from its very beginning, from the so-called Big Bang, that according to modern Physicists took place about 15 billion years ago. It takes, in other words, its beginning with events that precedes the existence of galaxies, stars and the very solar system, which is estimated to be only about 5 billion years old. So the belief that the Mayan Calendar would be based on movements within our own local solar system in my opinion represents a very limited view, a view that also robs us of understanding its true prophetic nature.
There are some very positive aspects of this prophetic nature of the Mayan Calendar which are discussed in my recently released book “Solving the Greatest Mystery of Our Time: The Mayan Calendar”. The first is that, indeed, God does exist. As the divine plan described by the Mayan Calendar is beginning to be understood it becomes clear from the very facts of history and science that there is a loving Intelligence behind the evolution of all things and that so we are participants in a cosmic plan with a direction and a purpose. While many people have a belief in God based on inner feelings or abstract speculations the new knowing puts God in an entirely new perspective. This new knowing may be of great value in moments of doubts as to the meaning of life.
The second thing I would like to highlight is the fact that the individual human life may be understood as truly meaningful only in the context of a meaningful larger cosmic plan. And so the proof, based on The Mayan Calendar, of the existence of a larger cosmic plan means that we all have roles to play if we choose to align our individual purpose with the movement of light and the purpose of this divine plan. To intellectually know the nature of the cosmic plan and so be able to assimilate it on deeper levels of our being is then invaluable for our own path and spiritual development. Here The Mayan Calendar may serve for the very best guidance in the time period of intense quickening ahead.
The third thing about The Mayan Calendar that in my opinion holds great value is its importance for our intellects. While the emphasis in the New Age movement for a long time has been on feeling rather than intellect it may serve us to know that the ancient Maya were very rigorous both factually and mathematically and developed their prophecies based on an advanced intellectual understanding of the world. And it is from a similar approach that all of the various fragmented branches of modern science are now being unified in light of the new understanding of The Mayan Calendar. To many this will give the sheer joy of understanding. Through the study of The Mayan Calendar a new reunification of feeling and intellect is taking place, although now at a higher level where the previous fragmentation has been transcended. The Mayan Calendar is an intellectual tool that represents a major contribution of Native America to the modern worldview.
Finally, and possibly most importantly, the new understanding provided by The Mayan Calendar is likely to contribute to the unity of all mankind, the transcendence of conflicts between different religions, nations, gender or races, which we have inherited from lower frames of consciousness generating limiting thoughts. As the nature of the cosmic plan is scientifically proved we are coming to realize that we are all one, not as a good idea, not as an idealistic thought, but as the very reality we are living. It is only that humanity has been blinded to this truth by a frame of consciousness that we are now beginning to transcend. The Mayan Calendar means much more than anybody would have believed.

“The Seven Kumaras, whom some Inner students have known as ‘Lords of the Flame’ from Venus, were the Only Ones from this entire system of planets, who of Their Own Free Will and Infinite Love, offered to guard the children of Earth and assist their upward progress. They came and gave transcendent help here at the most critical period of Earth’s growth. It was the time of initiation that is most dangerous in the Life of a planet and its humanity, but through Their protection and guidance, the goal was attained and mankind has been enabled to reach the ‘Greater Heights.’
“Many of the Brothers understand that every twentyfive hundred years the Kumaras release a greatly increased outpouring of Cosmic Love, Wisdom, and Energy. This Blazing Light and Transcendent Radiance flooding the Earth and its inhabitants, interpenetrating all, is a tremendous lifting process, and gives a forward impulse to the growth of the entire Earth, as well as its humanity.
“Just preceding each of these Great Outpourings, extraordinary physical disturbances occur, and general unrest is felt throughout by the people. Such disturbance is due to the discord that has accumulated during the last of the preceding period. The generation of such inharmony is due, always, to the wandering away from the fundamental ‘Principle of Life’ and the human sense disturbance thus created pollutes the outer activity of mankind, the Earth, and its atmosphere.
“It is to cleanse this, and bring humanity back to the Original Purity of Life that cataclysmic action takes place. It is following these periods, the Kumaras release an enormous Outpouring of ‘LIGHT’ to illumine and strengthen Earth’s children, ultimately enabling them to make the Supreme Attainment.
“We are approaching another such period, and this time the release of the Great Cosmic Love, Wisdom, and Energy, the Mighty Rays of Light, will not only quicken the minds of the race but the atomic structure of Earth as well, making it more ‘Luminous’ in our solar system. Never, since these Great Lords of the Flame came to Earth, have conditions permitted such a Great Outpouring to take place as will occur ere long. Many, who have seemed to become hardened by their former activities, will awaken, as it were almost overnight, and feel the Nearness of the Great God ‘Presence’ within each heart. Many, who have been meek and humble but holding close to the ‘Inner Presence,’ will suddenly blaze forth, amazing themselves, as well as others, by the Transcendent Light, they will manifest. All will be done by the Power of God-Love, and humanity will truly begin to realize that it is the height of folly for one part of God’s Creation to war against another part.
“The desire to bless others instead of themselves will almost involuntarily enter into the hearts of mankind, and send forth a Light that will illumine the rest of the ‘Way to Perfection.’ Selfishness alone holds the children of this sphere in the bondage and misery which have been allowed to express upon Earth, but when the ‘Light of the Christ’ expands the ‘Love in the Heart,’ selfishness flees and returns to the Sea of Forgetfulness.
“Great, natural physical changes will take place. Two Great Centers of Light will pour forth their blessing to humanity – one, the Glorious Glistening ‘Presence’ of Shamballa in its Dazzling Radiance, and the other will appear in the United States, not however where any so far have been led to believe, but at a point which has not yet been indicated to outer channels of the world.
“During the present activity of assistance and intense outpouring of Light by the Great Ascended Host, who assist the children of Earth, hundreds of humanity will find their present physical bodies being quickened by the rapid raising of the vibratory rate and, as this is completed, will realize that human, physical limitation and discord have dropped away like an old worn-out garment; and that they, the Children of Light, stand forever at One with the ‘Flame of Life-Everlasting’ and the ‘Perfection of Eternal Youth and Beauty’ a visible, tangible Reality.
“Beloved children of Earth, you stand upon the Threshold of the Ages. Its Door is being held open by the ‘Great Ones of Love’ who ever invite you to walk consciously by their side in the Light. No matter what the activities in the world without, walk with the Light and in the Light, regardless of appearances. Then, will you find a Master of the Light, who has trod this self-same path before you, ever watches and stands by your side revealing the ‘True Way’. . . “

Beloved Lanto
from Unveiled Mysteries,   Grand Teton Retreat, Wyoming   U.S.A.
through the Messenger, Guy Ballard,   October 1930,   U.S.A. 3

“The name ‘Kumara’ is a title, so think of it as an Authority. The Activity of the Kumaras is distinctly different from that of the Masters from the Central Sun. While the Kumaras come under the Activity from the Central Sun, yet Their Service to the Earth is distinctly different. Of all the seven Planets, They are the Ones who offered to take the Earth under Their supervision – under Their wing, so to speak.
“As soon as the axis of the Earth is changed, the Kumaras’ Work of countless centuries will be practically completed. There will be a few years in which They will walk and talk with the Students of Light who are truly aware of their Presence, which will bless the Students untold who receive Their friendly visits. There has never been such an Opportunity in the history of the Earth as at present for those who have any inclination to the Light – and even for those who have not – to be raised enormously.

Beloved Ascended Master Saint Germain
through the Messenger, Guy Ballard,   September 1, 1932,   U.S.A. 6

The Names and Flames of The Seven Holy Kumaras are:

•
• Sanatka
◦ - First Ray, Blue Flame, Will of God
•
• Sa Ananda
◦ - Second Ray, Yellow Flame, Wisdom of God
•
• Sa Na Tana
◦ - Third Ray, Pink Flame, Love of God
•
• Sujata
◦ - Fourth Ray, White Flame, Purity of God
•
• Kapila
◦ - Fifth Ray, Green Flame, Science of God
•
• Sa Na Kumara
◦ - Sixth Ray, Purple-Gold-Ruby Flame, Peace of God
•
• Sanat Kumara
◦ - Seventh Ray, Violet Flame, Freedom of God
•

 
You can read about the Individual Flaming Ones who together form the Mandala of The Seven Holy Kumaras (also known as The Seven Sons of Brahma) on the following pages of The Secret Doctrine (original 1888 page numbering):

1. Sanatka (also known as Sanaka, the Chief Kumara) – Volume I: pages 89, 457, 372; Volume II: pages 106, 140, 319;
2. Sa Ananda (also known as Sananda or Sanandana) – Volume I: pages 89, 457, 372; Volume II: pages 78, 106, 140, 173, 176, 319, 579;
3. Sa Na Tana (also known as Sanatana) – Volume I: pages 89, 457; Volume II: pages 106, 319;
4. Sujata – (also known as Sanat-Sujata or Ambhamsi) – Volume I: 69, 457, 460; Volume II: page 140;
5. Kapila – (also known as Kapila-Kumara) – Volume I: pages 207, 284, 426, 457, 563, 585, 600; Volume II: pages 42, 259, 570 – 572;
6. Sa Na Kumara – (also known as Sana) – Volume I: 457, 459;
7. Sanat Kumara – (also known as The Ancient of Days, Regent Lord of the World, Karttikeya, Skanda, Kumara, Hierarch of Venus, Ahura Mazda) – Volume I: 89, 457 – 458; Volume II: pages 106, 140, 319, 584;

Also known as
• The Lords of the Flame from Venus

Retreats:
• The Seven Holy Kumaras have a Focus in the Etheric City over Arizona, and also on Venus, as well as The Temple of the Kumaras in the Great Central Sun.

Leo, the Lion ~ Birthplace of the Individual
Leo has been identified with “The King” or life giver. The symbolism of the lion is that of the life-giving Father, the Spirit, and its nature is of the center or the heart, through which all energy flows, and the life-force emanates.
Presently, Leo may be considered the most important fire sign of the Zodiac. From Leo comes solar fire, the fire we associate with soul consciousness, the fire of higher mind. The Sun is the ruler of Leo—exoterically, esoterically and hierarchically. Leo keynotes are individuality and true self-consciousness.
We, the self-conscious Sons and Daughters of Mind, are above everything else the Children of Fire, for our “God is a consuming Fire.” There is in us a peculiar quality which burns and destroys all that hinders our essential divine expression. This burning ground is familiar to all who tread the path.
The nature of fire is purification. We connect two elements in nature with purification: water and fire. Fire always carries forward esoterically what water has begun. As evolution occurs, fire takes the place of water and burns away all impurities; this process is known to us as baptism by water, baptism by fire. We have all heard of saints, divine beings who could “walk on water”… one who achieved this was considered to have divine powers. Walking on water symbolizes being in a physical body on this earth, but not controlled by the lower desires.
In present time we are being asked to be Firewalkers, to “walk on fire” and purify our lower mind through the use of solar fire, higher mind, the soul consciousness. During the last century humanity as a whole entered into purification by fire. The World War and the release of the atom, atomic energy, demonstrated on the physical plane the transformation occuring on the inner planes. The life within the atom was released, made avialable to enlivin a form responsive to the spiritual plan and purpose in present time. As above, so below. The Age of Materialism inaugurated eons ago is now giving way to the New Age, the Age of the Spiritualism.
“I Am That and That Am I”
It is in Leo that the human becomes the “five-pointed star,” for that star stands as the symbol of individualization, of humanity, of the human being who knows themself to be an individual and becomes aware of themself as the Self. We begin to use the words, “I,” “my” and “mine.” In this sign the individual begins the cycle of experience wherein they acquire knowledge and develop the lower mind for their own benefit, needing to be recognized for their deeds and accomplishments.
At this stage they are the fully integrated dominant personality standing at the center of “their” universe, desiring to be recognized and to rule, assuming all revolves around them. Their physical, emotional and mental bodies are all blended and they are potent beyond the average person. They have a mind and are actively using it. The emotions are controlled or blended with their mental reactions, and are unusually powerful.
The Lion of Judah (the Soul) has to slay the lion of the personality (the dweller on the threshold). Remember we do not reach this point in evolution in one lifetime; it takes numerous cycles of “taking the lion’s cloak,” the metaphor for taking a physical body, to reach individualization. To slay this lion, the lower reasoning mind is sacrificed to the intuitive, universal mind. Selfishness, the self-protecting instinct, must give way to unselfishness, and subordinate matter to the use of Spirit.
The constellation Leo contains the star Regulus, the Ruler or the lawgiver, representing the thought that humans can now be a law unto themselves, for they have that consciousness within them which is the King, the ruler the soul. Hidden in this constellation is a vivid group of stars called the sickle. To the ancients who saw all external constellations as symbols, of forces in an unfolding drama vaster than even they could understand, the constellation revealed three major thoughts. First, that humans were the rulers, the King, God incarnate, an individual son of God. We have God within us. Divinity is not a manifestation outside of us, divinity is us. Second, that humans are governed by law, the law of nature, the law they make for themselves, and the spiritual law to which we will eventually subordinate ourselves. Love Is Above Law {Ponder on this}. Third, the work of the individual is to apply the sickle, cut out, cut down that which hinders the application of Spiritual Law.
During the higher phase of Leo the individual recognizes this truth. They are the King, the ruler, the prince, the Soul—as a wise and just king who rules those under his care according to the good of the whole. They sense the fear and hear the cries for help from those around them. They use all their acquired knowledge, skills and experience to benefit the whole. They literally subordinate the will of the lower self to the Divine Will, the will of the whole!
Very much like the ancient peoples of earth who believed they were the center from which all life revolved, only to discover on the “higher turn of the spiral” that the earth revolved around a sun—and that sun was caught up in an arm of a galaxy containing infinite suns and stars, only to be lost in a boundless universe full of galaxies beyond the present human imagination—the Leo person consciously begins their journey toward the One.
One must know oneself through true self-awareness.
Once we realize that The Divine Spirit is the True Self, we consciously become one with all humanity. The outstanding theme of Leo is the activity of the self-conscious person in relation to their environment or the development of sensitive response to surrounding impacts by the One Who Stands at the Center of its Little Universe. Leo and its influences can be summed up in the word sensitivity, and this sensitivity can be studied in four stages:
1. Physical Sensitivity to the influences and impacts coming from the external environment. As we become conscious we begin to view the sensory impact of the environment upon the physical body, emotions and mind from a place of detachment. Leo at this stage serves to solidify, “fixate,” or bring such responses together.
2. Sensitivity to the Will, Wishes, and Urgings of this integrated self-conscious lower self. In essence, it is here that the Soul becomes a self-motivating entity.
3. Sensitivity to the Soul’s response to life. At this stage, the Soul is “fixed” as a mediator between the Creative Fire of the Spirit and the physical world we live in.
4. Sensitivity to the Right Use of the Spiritual Will is of paramount importance. When through Leo one has developed to a point of being a “liberated” person, freedom from the oppressive karma of the lower self is achieved. We can then begin to transform the outer environment into the proper vehicle for the expression of the Inner Plan. By cultivating sensitivity to the higher impacts of those worlds which lead to the Purpose of Divinity, we accomplish our final goal through World Service.
We must have an Inner Spiritual Sensitivity and an Outer Material Sensitivity in order to truly understand the influences of Leo upon humanity and upon this planet. Throughout the universe, it is the Soul which is the conscious, sensitive theme of the Divine Plan, the Soul animating all forms of life.
Looking at the Will-to-Illumine and the Will-to-Rule, we can follow the evolutionary progress of the influence of Leo’s energy on consciousness. The Will-to-Rule and to Dominate is the controlling nature in this sign, and an underlying potency in the Leo type. The Will-to-Illumine drives all Leo people on to experiment, and therefore gain knowledge. The Will-to-Illumine constitutes the driving urge towards self-knowledge, self-perception and intellectual positivity. It is the Will-to-Rule which leads to achieving self mastery and the control of the personality (for either a good or a selfish motive). It is also this same tendency which leads one to control large and small groups of people. At an advanced stage, this leads to an expression of the fusion of Leo and Aquarian potency. The purpose for all experience in Leo is preparatory for this fusion.
The fusion of the individual Leo consciousness of Humanity into the Aquarian group consciousness of a Soul infused Humanity, or our transition from the Piscean into the Aquarian Age, is occuring right now. We have found these ideas to be enlightening to our participation in this transition.
The month from July 21 to August 20, when the sun is in the sign Leo, is also the month of the Dog Star, or Sirius, and brings Sirius into close relation to Leo. Leo, in the cosmic sense, is ruled by Sirius. Esoterically, Sirius uses Regulus, the heart of the lion, as its lens.
When the new world religion is founded and functioning, a major monthly festival held at the time of the Leo full moon, dedicated to making contact, via the Hierarchy with Sirian force, will be celebrated by all of humanity. We have been inspired to begin aligning with the energies of this cycle at the August full moon, and invite all to participate in opening a conscious channel between the Hierarchy on Sirius, our planetary Hierarchy and Humanity.
Astronomy & Mythology of Leo
Leo Major, the great Lion, is a very bright and easy to see constellation of the northern skies. It lies between the stars of Cancer on the west and those of Virgo on the east. Its most recognizable feature is the Lion’s mane, which looks like an inverted question mark. In the midst of this cosmic sickle is Regulus, the Royal Star of the Northern Heavens, the Heart of the Lion. The Lion is easy to find in the northern hemisphere night sky during the months of November through June, as Leo’s head is located just under the ladle of the Big Dipper.
In antiquity when the Zodiac only consisted of 10 constellations, Leo and Virgo were one. The great mystery of the Sphinx might be explained in this union as we have the lion and the woman’s head, along with the symbol of the lion or kingly soul, and its relation to matter or the Mother aspect. Virgo and Leo together stand for the whole man, for the God-man as well as for spirit-matter.
The constellation Leo has 95 stars in it, two of the first magnitude. Hydra, the Serpent is associated with Leo. Crater, the Cup, and Corvus, the Raven are also aligned with this sign. These three, along with Leo, sum up humanity’s challenge in taking initiation. The soul begins its work in Leo, and acknowledges it must drink the “cup of suffering and of experience”; it meets the serpent of illusion it must overcome, and eventully the bird of prey eliminates the serpent. Hydra represents the matter aspect, and hides the soul. The Hydra lies beneath three constellations. Corvus, which stands upon the Hydra, has nine stars, the number of initiation. Interestingly, the Old Testament began with a raven, while the New Testament started with a dove, thus showing that expereince starts with the bird of matter and ends with the bird of spirit.
Medieval Christians regarded Leo as a symbol of the Lion’s Den in the Book of Daniel; to earlier Hebrews the Lion was the traditional tribal sign of Judah, based on the text of the Chapter 49 in Genesis. To the Egyptians the constellation was worshiped because the annual rise of the Nile coincided with the Sun’s entrance into Leo. On a representation of the Egyptian zodiac at the Temple of Denderah, Leo is shown as a Lion standing on an outstretched Serpent (the Hydra constellation). Both Leo and the star Sirius were believed to contribute to the heat and storms of summer.
As Above, So Below
Leo governs the pituitary gland. The pituitary gland is located in the head, in a small bony structure that shields and guards this very important gland. This gland is controlled by the sixth chakra, the seat of the personality.
This pituitary body is dual in its configuration: in one of its lobes, the frontal or ante-pituitary, is to be found the seat of the reasoning mind, intellectuality, and in the other, the post-pituitary, is the seat of the emotional, imaginative nature. This gland coordinates the others, controls growth, and is essential to life. Intellectuality has been defined as the “capacity of the mind to control its environment by concepts and abstract ideas.” Where there is a lack of development of this gland, both emotional and mental deficiency may be found.
It is in this cave that the lion of the developed personality or individuality has its lair, and it is here that the sun god, Hercules, must conquer. For centuries the Egyptians, and especially the Hindus, have known of the chakras or force centers in the etheric body. The discovery of the endocrine system shows corresponding physical glands in the same locations. One of these, the pituitary body with its two lobes, symbolizes the cave with two openings, one of which Hercules had to close before he could control the personality with the higher mind.
For it was only when Hercules had blocked the opening of the personal emotions (post-pituitary), thrown away even his trusty club, refused symbolically to lead any longer a personal, selfish life, that he could, entering by the opening represented by the ante-pituitary, subdue the lion of the personality in the cave. These correlations are so exact that they present in little and in large an awesome testimony to the unflawed integrity of the Plan. “As above, so below.” A striking correlation between biological and spiritual truths.*
A mantram for Leo is … “Father, not my will but thine be done.”
Shake Well Before Serving!
*previous two paragraphs: text abbreviated from The Labours of Hercules, p. 110–111
In 2010, the Sirius Festival on the full moon during Leo
occurs on Sunday, July 25 at 6:37 pm PDT / 01:37 UT Monday, July 26.
It is interesting to note that during the time we say the Sun is in Virgo, this year from August 22 to September 21, 2010, due to the precession of the equinoxes, and from the Earth’s perspective, the Sun is actually traversing the zodiacal sign Leo. With this consideration, we invite you to review the SouledOut.org materials on Leo freshly, from this perspective.
Credit for information and synthesis:
The collected volumes of writings by Alice A. Bailey,
specific reference here to Esoteric Astrology, p. 285 – 310
and The Labours of Hercules, p. 95 – 111
© Lucis Publishing Co., 120 Wall St., 24th Floor, New York, NY 10005
To read the pages from The Labours of Hercules in their entirety, click here
SouledOut.org Site Map
SouledOut.org Home
Leo, Lion of Judah, is the Zodiac Sign and the symbol and biblical representation of Jesus the Messiah. For many Christian “astrologers?” the Zodiac does not begin at the Vernal equinox of Aries, but with Virgo and the virgin birth and ends with the Alpha and Omega – Leo, The Lion of Judah. Virgo was originally marked as the beginning of the Zodiac, the last time that this “house” was in the correct position was 240CE.
At the time the fixed Zodiac was adopted for astrological purposes, it had been observed that each of the twelve sections that divided the cosmos into houses or zones of 30° each, indicated certain definite characteristics peculiar to each “house”. These attributes were firmly identified with the certain section of the sky in which they were initially observed and each section was eventually distinguished and characterized by specific qualifications found there.
The Lion of Judah and “The Scarlet Thread” hold much meaning and significance for Christians and Jews alike. Both religions acknowledge that the Messiah descends from the tribe of Judah by the Scarlet Thread. Beginning in the Book of Genesis and continuing with the generations of “begets” recorded in the Books of Kings, The Christ is heir to the earthly and heavenly title of “Lion of Judah”.
Judah took a wife for his firstborn Er. Her name was Tamar. Er was wicked so the Lord destroyed him. As was the custom of the “kinsman redeemer”, to provide for widows, Judah ordered Onan his number two son to take the dead brother’s wife Tamar as his own. Onan, for whatever reason (hatred of his brother?) refused, preferring to masturbate. He too was destroyed.
Judah’s third son, Shelah, was still very young, so Judah asked Tamar to wait at her father’s house until the youngster was old enough to marry. Some time passed and Tamar grew impatient. Fearing that Judah had reneged on his promise to provide for her, she disguised herself as a prostitute and went to where Judah was shearing sheep in the fields. Judah didn’t recognize her. As Judah was now long widowed himself, and Tamar is described as beautiful, he propositioned her, giving her his signet ring and bracelets as payment.
Tamar is pregnant and tried as a harlot. When Judah is asked what should be done with his whoring daughter-in-law, he says to burn her. She then presents the signet ring and bracelets and says, “These belong to the father of the child.” Judah is overcome with guilt and declares her more righteous than he.
Giving birth to twins, one baby extends his arm and the midwife ties a scarlet thread around the baby’s wrist to mark the first-born. The baby then retracts his arm, and the other baby, named Perez, is delivered first. Zerah was the name of the baby who had the scarlet thread tied to his wrist, (Genesis 38) and from him descends the line to the Messiah, the Lion of Judah. All Christians are “blood-bought” and tied to Jesus by The Scarlet Thread that is never broken.
Jacob (Israel) as the dying patriarch in the Book of Genesis, blesses Judah, his fourth son, as Gur Aryeh (“Young Lion”). The constellation of Leo imagines a lion standing with one leg raised – a phrophetic representation of Jesus as the Lion of Judah triumphant over his enemies. The Lion is a fitting symbol of this tribe, from which came David, and the Son of David, Shiloh, the true “Lion of the tribe of Judah,” to whom all powers shall finally bow and all nations render homage. The lion is a symbol of pride, potency, virility, royalty, majesty, authority, invincibility, fearlessness and bravery. “Lion” is mentioned more than 100 times in Scripture. In biblical times, lions were regarded as instruments of God’s punishment. Daniel’s testing in the lion’s den (Dan.6) illustrates an oriental rulers belief that the lion was a means of execution, and divine protection. When the king of Assyria planted foreigners in the land of Israel, God sent lions to attack the settlers because they did not fear the LORD. Even during the Middle Ages, stone lions represented justice in the ecclesiastical courts. The connection is made between the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world, and the Lion of Judah.
The carcass of a young lion which Samson had killed with his bare hands had attracted a swarm of bees that made honey in it. The carcass of the dead lion (Jesus) would bring forth salvation. “Out of the eater came something to eat, And out of the strong came something sweet.” David tells Saul, the king, that he is prepared to face the giant Goliath because he has killed a lion (1 Sam.). Some believe the lion killed by David the shepherd boy is a symbol of the devil or the pride which could so easily have engulfed him (1 Sam 17:34).
The term “Lion of Judah” goes back to Jacob’s final blessing of his sons before his death. In that blessing he calls his fourth son Judah a lion among his brothers (Genesis 49:9). Judah’s line of descent through David and Solomon revealed The Christ of all glory. Of all the titles applied to Jesus, the Lion of Judah is the most magnificient. So too, in astrology, Leo is the magnificient King of the Zodiac, the Sun, and the source of all life. This became a title for the “Annointed One”. The strength of the lion and his undoubted place as king of beasts make him a fitting symbol of the all-powerful Messiah who the Jews and Christians await.
I Peter 5:8: also refers to the devil as “… prowling around like a roaring lion looking for someone to devour.” The difference is that Satan looks for the weak and vulnerable to devour; physically, emotionally, and spiritually. The “Lion of Judah” also looks for the weak, not to devour but to strengthen, encourage, and empower. The low Leo roars in intimidating fashion, while the higher speaks words of peace and assurance. Leos have a powerful influence, both negative and positive.
What qualities define “The Lion”?
MAJESTY. This is seen in His rebuke of the wind and waves. The message is clear. Whatever strikes fear into our lives can be banished by one word from the Savior. He is majestic and glory in His love and mercy as well. “The Word became flesh and lived among us, and we have seen his glory,’ John wrote. His majesty is seen over and over again in the gospel accounts of his life and ministry. We behold his glory still when he comes to ordinary, fallen human beings. For the majesty of God is not just his might and power. His glory is that he would come to this corner of the universe, to this insignificant planet, to a ragged people. His glory is that one day he laid aside his majesty and bliss and came looking just for you.
POWER. This was manifested at the grave of Lazarus as He shouted, “Lazarus, come forth!” (John 11:43). Rusurrection power: that which also calls forth the dead soul to everlasting life and puposeful living.
Napoleon, possibly, the greatest military commander in history. After building an empire that extended throughout Europe. He was finally captured after only 15 years and exiled to the island of St. Helena, off the coast of Africa in 1815 where he died 6 years later. In hs last days, for his memoirs, he spoke, “You speak of empires and power. Well, Alexander the Great, Julius Casear, Charlemagne, and myself founded empires, but on what did we found them? Force. Christ founded His on love, and at this moment there are millions ready to die for Him…I see no army, no banner or battering ram; yet a mysterious power is there, working in the interest of Christianity; men secretly sustained here and there by a common faith in the great Unseen. I die before my time, and my body will be given to the earth as food for worms. Such is the fate of him called Napolean the Great. But look to Christ, honored and loved in every land. Look at His kingdom, rising over all other kingdoms. His life was not the life of a man; His death not that of a man but of God.”
BOLDNESS. This is seen in the setting of his face steadfastly toward Jerusalem and death. Such resoluteness inspires. Such determination is to admired and imitated. May the Lord help us to be as committed in the spiritual realm.
STERNNESS. This seen in our Lord’s condemnation of Jerusalem that “killed the prophets and stoned them that were sent to you” (Matthew 23:37). This is not a picture of an old, toothless, timid lion. On the contrary, He roars from a position of authority and respect. To truly see Him is to quake in His presence. He shows His teeth at the proper time, and those who view his open mouth stand paralyzed before Him.
ASSERTIVENESS. This quality emerges in the Gospel of John’s succession of “I ams”, and thundering from the mountain in Sinai: “I AM THAT I AM!” (Exodus 4:14). Hear the Lion roar as he looks down from his exalted and holy place of Calvary.
LOFTINESS. He demands the allegience of man. “He that loves father and mother more than me is not worthy of me” (Matthew 10:37). Isaiah understood His loftiness, He said, “I see the Lord seated on His throne, exalted. And the train of His robe filled the temple with glory. And the whole earth was filled with His glory.” Isaiah’s reaction? To be filled with a sense of worthlessness in His presence.
Leo does not have to call for help and you can’t confuse Him. He doesn’t need you and he doesn’t need me. He stands alone in the solitude of himself. He’s August (the month too) and he’s unique, unparalleled, and unprecedented. He’s supreme. He’s preeminent. He’s the loftiest idea in literature. He’s the highest personality in philosophy. He’s the supreme problem of higher criticism. He’s the fundamental doctrine of true theology. He’s the cardinal necessity of spiritual religion. He’s the miracle of the age. He’s the superlative of everything.
He’s the Master of the mighty; He’s the captain of the conquerors. He’s the head of heroes; He’s the leader of legislators He’s the overseer of the over-comers; He’s the governor of the governors. He’s the Prince of princes; He’s the King of kings; He’s the Lord of lords. He’s indescribable because he is incomprehensible. He’s irrestible because he’s invincible.
He says, “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the End. To him who is thirsty I will give to drink without cost from the spring of the water of life. He who overcomes will inherit all this, and I will be his God and he will be my son.” -Revelation 21:5-7
Back to the top of Lion of Judah.
Comments are closed.
Subscribe
Parallels Trial Expired?Hot Deal – Activate Parallels. Lion Compatible. Desktop 6 – $10 Off!
parallels.com

Virgo Zodiac Sign PendantUnique personalised birthday gifts hand made in silver or 14k gold.
heather-reilly.com


































Astro Girls Fashions

About
Sitemap
Astrology
Horoscopes
The Moon
The Planets
Chinese Horoscopes
Vedic Astrology
Zodiac Compatibility
Yin Yang
The 3 Modes
The 4 Elements
The Astrology Chart
Virgo
Leo-Leo
Leo Horoscope
Leo Men
Leo
Leo Woman
Cancer-Taurus
Aries-Virgo
Cancer-Gemini
Cancer Woman
.
Sidereal Astrology
The Tropical and Sidereal Zodiaks
& The Cycle of Earth’s Precessional Cross
Introduction
This article explores Earth’s ~25,000-year precessional cycle; the ever changing relationship between the tropical and sidereal zodiacs; the astrological ages, the intercession of the Holy Cross; measurement of the precessional rate, and the Galactic Ayanamsa–reckoning of the sidereal zodiak based on the spherical geometry of Earth’s precessional Cross.

Earth’s Precession
Earth’s polar axis precesses very slowly over a period of about 23,000 to 26,000 years. The term precession simply refers to a change in the direction of the axis of a rotating object. As this occurs, the pole of the Earth inscribes an arc in the heavens called the precessional arc. Earth’s pole aligns with different pole stars throughout its precessional period. Polaris is Earth’s current north-pole star. Earth’s ~25,000-year precessional cycle is also referred to as “Earth’s Great Year.”
Precession of the Equinoxes
Because Earth’s axis is tilted 23° 27′ with respect the plane created by Earth’s orbit around the Sun (the ecliptic plane), Earth’s equatorial plane (green) is also tilted at this same angle with respect to the ecliptic plane (blue). These two intersecting planes (Earth’s equatorial plane and the ecliptic plane) create an intersecting line in the ecliptic called the vernal axis. Looking from Earth, we see one point along this axis lying in one direction in the ecliptic, and the other lying in the opposite direction. One point is the location in the ecliptic where we see the sun on the March equinox. This location is the vernal point (VP). The other point is the location where the sun resides on the September equinox. This is the anti-vernal point.
As Earth’s pole precesses, so to does Earth’s equatorial plane and subsequently the vernal axis (moving in a counter-clockwise motion). Thus, the vernal axis (the vernal equinox points) move around the ecliptic at a rate of precession, which is currently measured to be about 1° in 72 years, making one complete cycle in about 23,000-26,000 years. The precessional movement of the vernal points is called the “Precession of the Equinoxes.”

The Cause of Precession
Although this article is not about the “cause” of Earth’s precession, it is appropriate to mention that Earth’s precession is not fully understood and there is more than one hypothesis as to its cause. The simplest reason for Earth’s precession, although an assumption, is the reason that is most commonly known. This model explains that the Earth’s pole wobbles over a very long period of time, much like a rapidly spinning top’s axis wobbles at a much slow rate than its spin. Another model is the “Binary Star Model” hypothesized by astrophysics researcher Walter Cruttenden; et. al. Although the reason for our Sun to move in a curved path may not be fully understood, and there may be unknown causes for it, he and his team hypothesize that the solar path’s curvature is caused by a binary star model, where our sun and another sun orbit each other. Astronomer Glen W. Deen proposes a Ternary Star System (our sun with two other suns). Independent of the cause, the precession of Earth’s pole and that of the vernal axis with respect to the stars still occurs.
Reference:
Walter Cruttenden’s binary star hypothesis: binaryresearchinstitute.org
Glen W. Deen’s ternary star system hypothesis: “The Time of Perihelion Passage and the Longitude of the Perihelion of Nemesis” Full article PDF
This article is not intended to favor or debate the cause of Earth’s precession; it is about the precessional cycle itself; the relationship between the tropical and sidereal zodiaks; and the role of Earth’s precession cycle in the evolution of human consciousness.
Precession of the Tropical Zodiak & the Astrological Ages
The vernal point is also the fiducial (reference point) for the tropical zodiak, defining 0° tropical Aries. Because the vernal point moves in the ecliptic, the entire set of signs comprising the tropical zodiak also moves with respect to the stars (and the sidereal zodiak), which remain fixed in their location in the heavens.


The location of the vernal point in the sidereal zodiak defines the current zodiakal age. The sidereal zodiak is a set of signs, much like the tropical signs, except they do not move in the ecliptic. The sidereal signs are aligned with their corresponding constellations. The tropical zodiak aligned with the fixed sidereal zodiak around 200 A.D. but has since drifted 25°; i.e. this was when zero degrees tropical Aries aligned with 0° sidereal Aries. The vernal point currently resides at about 5° sidereal Pisces as it slowly moves toward the sidereal sign of Aquarius–thus we are completing the age of Pisces. We will formally enter the age of Aquarius when the vernal point precesses to 0° Aquarius–in about 360 years (5° x 72 yrs) from now. The vernal point is also called the Birthplace, or the Office of the Christ (point of the soul)–governing the timing of the re-birth of the sun-sol-soul consciousness into the world.
The vernal point’s arrival to 5° sidereal Pisces at this time in Earth’s precessional cycle (circa 2000 A.D.) creates a primary event that supersedes the importance of changing zodiakal ages: this event is the formation of a perfect cross in the cycle of Earth’s Precession of the equinoxes.” The formation of this precessional cross is explained below.

The center (blue) ring is the sidereal zodiak. It reveals the orientation of the twelve sidereal signs with respect to the fixed and primary galactic axis in the ecliptic (the horizontal line). The galactic equatorial node (GEN) defines 5° sidereal Sagittarius, the primary reference point for the sidereal zodiak.
The outer (violet) ring reveals the thirteen ecliptical constellations. This ring shows where the boundaries of the actual constellations cross the ecliptic. The constellation Virgo encompasses the largest length of the ecliptic (about 44°). The constellation Scorpio dips south of the ecliptic plane with only the Scorpion’s head lying upon the ecliptic–encompassing only about 6° of the ecliptic. Ophiuchus, the serpent holder, stands upon the Scorpion and crosses the ecliptic–thus creating the thirteenth ecliptical constellation.
The inner (green ring) is the tropical zodiak (at 2000 A.D.) The tropical zodiak moves around the ecliptic with respect to the fixed stars–with respect to the sidereal zodiak and to the constellations.
Aldebaran, Eye of the Bull, and Antares, Heart of the Scorpion, mark the center of their respective signs: 15° sidereal Taurus and 15° sidereal Scorpio. Aldebaran, Antares, Regulus (Heart of the Lion), and Fomalhaut (the fishes mouth), are the Four Royal Architects, giving structure and order to the Heavens. Regulus is Chief or King of the Four Royals. It is the only one of the four lying exactly on the ecliptic plane. At 5° sidereal Leo, Regulus is also the only one aspecting Earth’s Ecliptical Cross. Regulus, or “the Rex” means the Law Giver–a clue to its astrological influence as the Heart of the Lion.
The Galactic Axis of Earth’s Precessional Cross
Just as Earth is tilted with repspect to its orbit around the sun, so too is our solar system tilled with repspect to the the plane of our galaxy. The ecliptic plane is tilted about 60° to our galaxy’s equatorial plane. This creates another intersecting line, one which remains stationary (relative to Earth’s precessional period). This axis is called the galactic equatorial axis and it is the fixed axis of Earth’s Precessional Cross. The primary reference point of this axis is the galactic equatorial node (GEN), which resides at 5° sidereal Sagittarius. This node is called the “Gate of God.” Its opposite point, the anti-GEN, resides at 5° sidereal Gemini and it is called the “Gate of Man.”

Earth’s Precessional Cross
The changing relationship between these two axes ( the moving vernal axis and the fixed galactic axis) creates the “Cycle of Earth’s Precessional Cross.” As the vernal point (VP) moves around the ecliptic, it changes its geometric relationship to the fixed galactic equatorial node (GEN). The vernal point currently resides at the 3/4 point (270°) in its cycle, making the vernal axis exactly perpendicular to the galactic axis, thus creating a perfect cross in the ecliptic–the Erect Holy Cross. This exact precessional cross occurred in July of 1998. I generally round this date to 2000 A.D. to simplify discussion.

Intercession of Earth’s Precessional Cross
I suggest the Cycle of Earth’s Precessional Cross is the timepiece that drives the “Evolutionary Cycle of the Soul” collective on Earth– revealing the unfoldment of human consciousness. We are just emerging from the last 12,000 years of temporal darkness, which began at the last (90°) erect cross (about 10,000 to 12,000 years ago), the time of separation from unified awareness–the time of the “Biblical Flood.” The erect precessional cross occurring now (~2,000 A.D.) marks the time in our Great World Cycle where a re-unification in consciousness begins.
The erect cross occurring now creates a primary transition in the Cycle of Earth’s Precessional Cross, in the “Evolutionary Cycle of the Soul.” This event is far more significant than the changing of an astrological age; i.e., the four primary divisions of a circle referenced to the galactic equatorial axis supercede the 12-fold division of tropical zodiak reference to the 12-fold divisions of the sidereal zodiak.
See the “Earth’s Precessional Holy Cross” section of this web site to learn more about this cycle and its ramifications for human consciousness.
The Sidereal and Tropical Relationship
Just as the tropical signs are referenced to the moving axis of Earth’s Precessional Cross, the fixed sidereal signs are referenced to the fixed, galactic axis of Earth’s Precessional Cross. Because of the precession of the equinoxes, the tropical signs continue to drift from the sidereal signs and further from the true star positions that characterize the signs to start with. Although the twelve divisions of both zodiakal systems are created by natural harmonics occurring in the ecliptic, they are harmonics referenced to different realms of consciousness. The RELATIONSHIP of the moving tropical zodiak with respect to the fixed sidereal zodiak reveals the nature of the relationship of incarnate personality consciousness with respect to the true soul level awareness–that is, where we are in the evolutionary unfoldment of human consciousness, in the Evolutionary Cycle of the Soul.
Why Two Zodiaks
First, we must realize that the wisdom of the true astrology of the ancients, as with other esoteric (Gnostic) wisdom, was transferred (taken) from Babylon, Caldia, and Egypt, and then it was eventually bastardized into a confused menagerie. This seems to have started with the dominating influence of Alexander the Great, king of Macedonia (336 to 323 B.C.), who catalyzed an amalgamation of Egyptian, Babylonian, and Greco-Roman thought into a new cultural expression in the 4th century B.C.; and later by Ptolemy.
Subduing Egypt during his conquerings and explorations, Alexander proclaimed himself Pharaoh in 332 B.C. while placating native priests at Memphis. He founded Alexandria, which was to become a primary intellectual center, and which was primarily Greek and Jewish. Here, miss-understood Egyptian mysteries and Greek philosophies merged into the “Mysteries of Serapis.” This was the cultural emerge